What’s under the hood matters more than ever for SEO success by Edna Chavira

The platform behind your site plays a bigger role than you might think. From site speed and mobile responsiveness to content scalability and technical SEO, the foundation you choose can make or break your organic performance.

If your goal is seamless, secure, and engaging digital experiences that also support strong search visibility, it’s time to re-evaluate your CMS.

Join MarTech’s Future-Proof Your Content Strategy with the Right CMS, and discover exactly what marketers need to consider when evaluating content management systems.

You’ll learn:

  • Must-have CMS features for delivering top-notch digital experiences.
  • How to tackle security, compliance, and integration challenges effectively.
  • Practical ways to ensure your CMS scales with your long-term growth.

Get real-world insights from industry experts and leave with a clear roadmap for making smart CMS decisions. Save your seat here.

Everything Sucks, But Video Games Help Me Process It

Lately, the world feels pretty bleak.

I spend a lot of energy these days just telling myself that, in many ways, this is the best the collective human race has ever had it. I try my hardest to muster up some semblance of gratitude, for self-preservation if nothing else. People who are far wiser and more well-adjusted than myself will tell you that being buried in overwhelming dread is exactly what the powers that be want; that maintaining a sense of joy is vital during times like these. In my experience, they’re absolutely right. As such, I’ve tried my hardest to remain uncompromising when it comes to living a life still sprinkled with joy–after all, who would be inclined to live and fight for misery?

I try to spend as much time as possible around loved ones and touch plenty of grass, but admittedly, an element in my attempts to enjoy life and process all of this has been video games. This probably isn’t a surprising or novel claim. If you’re reading this, there’s a good chance you’re a gamer and are very familiar with the healing power and delightful escapism associated with games. Recently, Reuters published a study regarding the positive impact that cozy games such as Animal Crossing or Stardew Valley can have on mental health. According to the study, there is essentially “no statistically significant difference between playing a video game and engaging in meditation.” I love this fact, mostly because it makes me feel a bit less guilty when my husband catches me playing Fields of Mistria at 11 o’clock at night.

But while I have found myself gravitating towards games like Fields of Mistria and Hello Kitty Island Adventure in my spare time–both of which are incredibly fun, free of oligarchs, and adorable–these sweet adventures offering a detour from reality aren’t always what I turn to. And though they’re certainly relaxing, they’re also not the games making the largest positive impact on my mental health, either.

What I long for more than anything these days are tales of resistance; stories in which scrappy underdogs take on forces far larger than themselves. They’re seldom fearless–no sensible person is, video game character or not–but that fear doesn’t hinder them from doing the ethical thing. To invoke a Mr. Rogers quote I’ve always found charming, I suppose that even when it comes to video games, I’m “looking for the helpers.”

This isn’t a new phenomenon for me. When conversations turn to what “radicalized” me, to use the beloved meme template, I can vaguely pinpoint the moment many of my core beliefs and values began to form–it was Final Fantasy VII during the moment when Barrett Wallace began shooting at the heap of metal and concrete Shinra buried his home, friends, and, presumably, his young daughter Marlene beneath. “What’s it all for?” he screams, his body heaving from both grief and the recoil of his bullets. Lately, I find myself asking the same question, over and over and over again. “What’s it all for?”

Barrett from Final Fantasy VII calls out Shinra.

Barrett’s cry is more than relatable, though–it’s cathartic. Through the entirety of Final Fantasy VII, he serves as a beacon of love, bravery, and self-sacrifice. Barrett would lay down his life if doing so would better the lives of perfect strangers; he would fight ceaselessly, and savor the struggle, if it meant his daughter would never have to. He’s the type of person I desperately want to believe exists, not just as a singular being, but as an inherent part of all of us. Barrett Wallace is a “helper.”

I suspect this is in part why Metaphor: ReFantazio resonated so deeply with me last year, too. Throughout its entirety, as it delves headlong into topics such as prejudice, poverty, cycles of violence, anxiety, and religion, Metaphor repeatedly emphasizes the importance of caring for those around you and striving to be a just and empathetic person–a “helper,” if you will. Its metanarrative then takes this one step further by boldly proclaiming that works like Metaphor–works that are earnest, honest, and above all else, hopeful–are far more than entertainment; they’re vast wells of inspiration that exist in part to create even more helpers.

Stories, whether constructed by one person or a whole studio of people, contain our hopes, fears, dreams, experiences, and beliefs. They are the closest we can come to making the intangible, tangible–to sharing our internal worlds with one another in hopes of establishing resonance. And though not all works are intended to inspire, all works can, and thus the act of creating is one that can be immensely powerful. In Metaphor, I found a game that believes all of this as strongly as I do. Long after finishing the game, its hopefulness and reassurance continues to cloak me. And part of the reason it does is because I firmly believe it must cloak other people, too.

Of course some of Atlus’ other titles, namely the Persona series, also encourage perseverance, kindness, and rising against oppression and cruelty. I’d be remiss not to mention how Persona 5 is a game all about taking on those who abuse power, even when that means standing up to dangerous people, the status quo, government institutions, and forces that make you feel small.

I also think about the time I spent playing the Mass Effect trilogy, and how Shepherd’s willingness to help divided communities reconcile, right past wrongs, and lay down their life repeatedly inspires resistance, bravery, and compassion. Sure, you don’t have to play Shepherd that way, and there are some aspects of all of this the game doesn’t quite get right, if we’re being honest. But at its core, Mass Effect offers a power fantasy in which a large part of said fantasy is you having the power to change the entire galaxy for the better. Getting to make out with number one video game boyfriend Garrus is just a nice perk–though I’d argue it does reinforce the importance of holding on to those you have and finding joy even in dire circumstances.

Garrus from Mass Effect holding his signature sniper rifle.
Garrus from Mass Effect holding his signature sniper rifle.

But while RPGs tend to fit the bill more–after all, I’d bet most of us could easily list dozens in which a band of unlikely heroes come together to take on an oppressive regime or stop a Big Bad–there are a few other genres I’ve gravitated to that ignite me in a similar way.

Frankly, you can’t talk about games centered around resistance and helping others without mentioning Dishonored and Wolfenstein. Throughout both of these action-adventure series, you play as characters who are part of small resistance groups hellbent on taking down an oppressive regime. Be it through stealth or overwhelming firepower, your mission ultimately boils down to fighting oppressors and helping to restore power to the citizenry they’ve abused. They also pose an interesting question: Which is truly more violent, the violence exerted through resistance, or the systemic, sanctioned violence that commands us to remain complicit?

The one and only “strand game,” Death Stranding, is also well worth mentioning here, as the entire game revolves around helping others and establishing connections. In a world flooded with fear and in which people are largely isolated from one another, Sam Porter Bridges serves as a bridge himself, helping people regain a sense of humanity and companionship. Sam’s–and the player’s–alturistic nature is further highlighted by another one of the game’s key features, the Social Strand System. Although you will never meet all your fellow Death Stranding players, you are able (and encouraged!) to construct things that will improve not only your in-game world, but others as well. Naturally, this means you will reap the benefits of others’ constructions, too, making this a game that highlights the importance of mutual aid.

In metroidvanias, the general conceit tends to be that once-powerful characters are rendered “weak,” they still choose to embark on dangerous and surreal journeys, some of which help protect those around them. Gaining their powers back, and progression in general, does not come easily; there is a lot of trial involved and, oftentimes, the way forward requires going back, growing stronger, smarter, or better-equipped, and trying again later. In this way, these games emulate life.

And though it might sound a bit obtuse, soulslikes in particular have grown particularly comforting to me over the years. Most of the time, the stories and worlds they contain don’t feel happy, safe, or gentle. But honestly, I prefer that they aren’t. You can’t overcome something if there’s nothing to overcome; you can’t feel assured in your strength or perseverance if they’ve never been tested; you can’t appreciate light and beauty without fumbling through the dark and dire; and you can’t appreciate being alive without acknowledging the finality of death.

The Slayer of Demons trudges up a hill in Demon Souls.
The Slayer of Demons trudges up a hill in Demon Souls.

Though sometimes dismissed as brutal or grimdark, I’ve found inspiration and catharsis in games like Demon Souls, Elden Ring, Bloodborne, and Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice. Behind each grotesque creation, cutthroat swordmaster, hellish landscape, and violent end lies temporary refuge, spectacular sights, and the satisfaction of knowing you earned the right to these things. Sure, there will always be something lying just ahead, but just like in real life, these moments of peace are ones I cherish and savor. They offer a reminder that, despite everything, you are here now, trying your hardest to live and do good even when up against the dark and unfathomable. What an incredible feat that is.

I suppose all this is to say, as much as the world needs games that make us feel secure and cozy, I believe we need games that encourage and empower us, too; games that remind us that life is hard and dark but that we have the power to live, hope, and help. And though some might shy away from the idea of games being political–and the ones I’ve mentioned above are maybe not as overt as the likes of Disco Elysium, Papers, Please, Fallout: New Vegas, or countless other titles that explore capitalism and morality, or critique apathy and centrism–to me it’s undeniable that all of these works of art are constructed out of experiences and core beliefs, which are perhaps the two biggest factors that guide our political ideologies. I find it beautiful to think that these creators believe in, and long to foster, goodness and progression.

And I get that not everyone wants to dig this deep. I get that not everyone will take away the same message or walk away transfixed and transformed. But I also have to believe that these stories do hold that power and there are plenty out there that, like me, are comforted, rejuvenated, and inspired by them. Lately, the world feels pretty bleak. But history, people, stories, and art remind me that nothing is insurmountable, and that a better world–and perhaps a cozy, lit bonfire–lie just ahead.

New technique expands tissues so hundreds of biomolecules can be seen inside cells

For biologists, seeing is believing. But sometimes biologists have a hard time seeing.

One particularly vexing challenge is seeing all the molecules in an intact tissue sample, down to the level of single cells, simultaneously. Detecting the location of hundreds or thousands of biomolecules — from lipids to metabolites to proteins — in their native environment allows researchers to better understand their functions and interactions. Unfortunately, scientists don’t have great tools to accomplish this task.

Imaging methods, including most types of microscopy, provide a view of molecules inside cells. But they can track only a select handful of molecules at one time, and they can’t detect all types of biomolecules, including some lipids. Other methods, like regular mass spectrometry, can detect hundreds of molecules but don’t work on intact samples, so researchers can’t see how the biomolecules are oriented.

One promising technique — mass spectrometry imaging — overcomes some of these challenges. It allows researchers to see hundreds of molecules at one time in intact tissues. However, it doesn’t have high enough resolution to allow detection at the single cell level.

This was the problem Janelia Senior Group Leader Meng Wang faced. Wang and her team study the fundamental mechanisms behind aging and longevity, and they wanted to detect many different biomolecules in intact tissues to understand how the components change as tissues age.

“Knowing at each specific location what molecules are there and what is in the neighboring cells is very important for any kind of biological question,” Wang says.

Luckily, Wang’s lab is down the hall from Janelia Principal Scientist Paul Tillberg. Tillberg co-invented a technique called expansion microscopy as a graduate student at MIT. The method uses a swellable hydrogel material to expand samples uniformly in all directions to a point where fine details, like sub-organelle structure, can be detected with a conventional microscope.

Now a decade old, the expansion process is being applied to other methods outside traditional microscopy. Wang, Tillberg, and their collaborators at Janelia and the University of Wisconsin-Madison wanted to see if they could use expansion to overcome mass spectrometry imaging’s spatial resolution problem.

The result is a new method that expands tissue samples gradually without having to degrade them at the molecular level, as happens in the original expansion process. By expanding the intact samples in all directions, researchers can use mass spectrometry imaging to simultaneously detect hundreds of molecules at the single cell level in their native locations.

“This lets you have an untargeted look in the molecular space, and we are trying to bring it closer to what microscopy can do in terms of spatial resolution,” Tillberg says.

The team used the new technique to delineate the specific spatial patterns of small molecules in different layers of the cerebellum. They found that these molecules — including lipids, peptides, proteins, metabolites, and glycans — are not uniformly distributed, as previously thought. Moreover, they found that each specific layer of the cerebellum has its own signature of lipids, metabolites, and proteins.

The team was also able to detect biomolecules in kidney, pancreas, and tumor tissues, demonstrating that the method can be adapted for many different tissue types. In tumor tissues, they were able to visualize large variations in biomolecules, which could be useful for understanding the molecular mechanisms of tumors and potentially aid in drug development.

“When you can see these biomolecules, then you can start to understand why they have such patterns and how that is related to function,” says Wang. She believes the new technology will allow researchers to track these patterns during development, aging, and disease to understand how different molecules contribute to these processes.

Because the new method doesn’t require adding hardware to an existing mass spec imaging system, and the expansion technique is relatively easy to learn, the team hopes it will be used by many labs around the world. They also hope the new technique will make mass spec imaging a more useful tool for biologists and have laid out a detailed description of the new method and a roadmap for adapting it to other tissue types.

“We wanted to develop something that did not require specialized instruments or procedures, but can be broadly adopted,” Wang says.

Lawctopus’ Crash Course on UGC-NET June 2025

Preparing for the UGC NET Exam? Our 40 Days Crash Course is designed to help you pass with confidence. With expert tips, focused materials, and practice tests, we’ll support you every step of the way.

About UGC NET Exam

The University Grants Commission National Eligibility Test (UGC NET) is a national-level examination conducted by the National Testing Agency (NTA) in India. It is held to determine the eligibility of candidates for the role of Assistant Professor and/or Junior Research Fellowship (JRF) in Indian universities and colleges.

UGC NET is conducted twice a year, usually in June and December.

Clearing UGC NET opens doors to teaching at the college/university level, research opportunities, and in the case of JRF, financial support for PhD-level research. It’s an essential milestone for anyone aspiring to enter academia or research in India.

With the right preparation and strategy, you can approach the exam with confidence and clear it on your first attempt. We’re here to help you get ready and make this process as smooth as possible.

About Lawctopus’ Crash Course on UGC NET

Lawctopus is introducing a Crash Course for UGC NET– your all-in-one guide to exam success! This 40 days program is carefully designed to cover everything you need, so you can step into the exam room with confidence.

First, we offer comprehensive reading modules that break down even the most complex topics into simple, digestible lessons. No more feeling overwhelmed by the syllabus!

You’ll also get 10 full-length mock tests to assess your readiness, helping you identify strengths and areas that need more focus. These mock tests mimic the real exam, giving you the experience you need to perform under pressure.

And that’s not all! Throughout the course, you’ll benefit from 20 live sessions led by experts. These sessions aren’t just lectures – they’re interactive, filled with proven strategies, time-management techniques, and tips for tackling tricky questions.

With our expert guidance, you’ll approach the exam with clarity, confidence, and a solid plan.

So, why wait? Join us and make your exam journey smooth, structured, and stress-free!

About Lawctopus Law School

Lawctopus Law School has taught a wide range of practical skills to over 17000+ law students, young lawyers, professionals, academicians, and business people. Over 1000 students have rated our courses and the average rating is 93.2/100. Our online courses are ‘warm’ learning experiences!

At LLS, our courses are developed by subject matter experts (practitioners and academicians) and these courses are a mix of

  • Rigorously researched reading modules prepared by people who have “been there, done that
  • Recorded lectures by Industry Experts
  • The reading modules and recorded lectures condense decades of practical learning into a few pages/minutes
  • Recorded sessions which build about the reading modules and recorded lectures and clear your doubts
  • Assignments that mirror real-life legal work
  • Personal feedback on your assignments. At Lawctopus Law School, you learn by doing!
  • Special Modules, add-on career webinars
  • The now famous ‘warmth and care’ of LLS

Structure of the UGC Crash Course

We conducted a batch with live sessions for this course from May 1 to June 10.

The detailed live sessions schedule can be checked here.

There are 90-120 minutes long Live Sessions which further builds upon the modules and answers all your doubts.

awctopus Law School’s UGC courses are meticulously crafted to cater to the specific requirements of law students and professionals. The courses available in the bundle are as follows:

UGC-NET: General Paper on Teaching & Research Aptitude [Paper 1]

This self-paced course on the UGC NET Paper Examination is specifically designed to help you prepare for Paper 1 of the UGC NET Exam. We cover all the topics which are part of the syllabus for Paper 1 of the UGC NET Examination Course.

How will this course on UGC NET (Paper 1) help you?

  1. Prepare for the Examination in a holistic manner and cover all the subjects comprehensively.
  2. Get guidance from 4 UGC NET Qualified professionals through 20 recorded sessions and more than 100 recorded lectures.
  3. Evaluate your performance through 10 subject-based practice tests having at least 100 questions each and 4 Mock Tests on Paper 1.
  4. Know the ‘Studying Strategy ‘and types of questions asked for each subject through our recorded lectures.

UGC-NET (Law) [Paper 2]

This self-paced course is designed to assist candidates in preparing for the UGC-NET (Law) examination, a prestigious qualification that enables individuals to pursue teaching and research opportunities in the field of law. The course covers all relevant topics and provides comprehensive study materials, recorded lectures, and practice tests.

Key Elements

  • Over 10 detailed, comprehensive, and to-the-point Reading Resources for all the subjects.
  • Over 20 Recorded Lectures by subject matters on all the subjects which are part of the Syllabus of Paper 2 of the Examination. The recorded lectures cover: Types of Questions asked; Studying Strategy; Doubts and Queries on the basis of Readings, Recorded Lectures, and Mock-Tests.
  • Over 10 Quick Reference Documents (1 or 2 pages long) for Case Laws on each subject; legal terms, definitions, and important sections or theories.
  • Over 10 Subject-based Practice Tests (Min. 100 questions each; overall 1000+ questions) to help you evaluate your understanding and predict your performance in the Examination.
  • 8 Complete Mock Tests on Paper 2 (100 questions each; 2 marks and 2 hours duration) conducted online through Computer in the same format as the actual Examination.
  • Course Access – All the learners will have access to the course materials for 1 year from the date of registration.

UGC NET (Law) Mock Test Series

The UGC NET (Law) Mock Test Series is designed to simulate the UGC-NET (Law) examination environment and assess your preparedness. It includes a series of practice tests that mirror the actual exam pattern, allowing you to familiarize yourself with the format, time constraints, and types of questions encountered in the UGC-NET (Law) examination.

The competitive advantage of LLS UGC-NET (Law) Mock Tests includes:

  • Prepared by 5 UGC-NET qualifiers after a thorough analysis of past years’ papers and patterns.
  • Each question has been drafted and reviewed by UGC-NET qualifiers.
  • 3 additional layers of reviews were conducted by experts to give you the best quality and experience.
  • This set of 10 mocks covers all types of questions/concepts, including the ones that are in the syllabus but are not asked very often this ensures that nothing surprises you!
  • 10 Complete Mock Tests having both Paper 1 & Paper 2.
  • Detailed explanations that enhance your knowledge.
  • Clear all your doubts through a Discussion Forum.
  • Evaluate your performance (as compared to other mock takers) through a Leaderboard.
  • Use the timer feature and get the real mock experience.
  • Identify your areas/subjects of strength/weakness through a detailed analysis report.
  • Get up to 5 re-attempts for each Mock Test.

Who is this Course for?

  • Postgraduate Students of Law
  • Academicians

Course Duration

May 1, 2025 – June 10, 2025

Course Details

  • Course Fee: INR 9,900 inclusive of GST.
  • Course Access: All the learners will have access to the course materials for 1 year from the registration date. All the recorded videos, study materials, and mock tests will be available for 1 year.

Course Developers

Pooja Chandran Nambiar is a Senior Project Manager at the Foundation for Ecological Security. As a law and policy researcher, she focuses on the issues of environmental justice and political ecology, with 3+ years of experience in legal research and writing.

She holds an LLM in Environment and Natural Resources Law from TERI School of Advanced Studies, New Delhi, and has qualified the UGC-NET Examination in 2020 in her first attempt.

Pooja was the Chairholder of the KTS Tulsi Chair of Excellence on Constitutional Law, and was associated with the Lawctopus Law School as a Subject Matter Expert in 2021.

Mariyam Khan completed her Bachelors in Law from Aligarh Muslim University, Malappuram Centre and her post-graduation (LL.M.) from Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi specialising in Criminal Laws.

She has been a rank holder both at UG and PG levels. She qualified UGC-NET in December 2019 and is passionate about teaching.

Jatin Garg has completed Bachelors in Law from RGNUL, Punjab and has done his post-graduation (LLM) in Trade and Investment Laws from NLU Jodhpur.

He has qualified for UGC NET (Law) in 2017 and has worked with IIM Ranchi as Legal Manager, Indian School of Public Policy as an Executive Manager, and has taught Corporate Laws at IIM Ranchi and Amity Law School, Delhi.

Vershika Sharma graduated from NLU Jodhpur and completed her LLM from HPNLU, Shimla, where she secured a Gold Medal. She has been a topper throughout her academic career. Immensely invested in and passionate about education, Vershika has been an academic mentor at IDIA, Rajasthan.

Vershika has taught over 300 students the intricacies of legal research and writing. To enhance her online teaching skills, Vershika also completed an intensive online course on ‘The Art of Facilitation‘ from Colab.x.

Mansi Mankotia graduated with a B.A.LL.B (Hons.) from H.P. University in 2020 and pursued an LLM specializing in criminal law from NLU Shimla. Currently, Mansi is dedicated to advancing her expertise through a Ph.D. in Law.

With professional experience as an in-house counsel, she currently serves as a Learning Manager at Lawctopus Law School, contributing to the development and delivery of practical law courses.

Anushka Ukrani graduated from Campus Law Centre, University of Delhi and has completed her LLM from National Law University, Shimla, where she secured the Vice Chancellor’s Medal for Overall Topper in the master’s programme.

Thereafter she was able to clear UGC-NET in her first attempt and since then has been working as an Assistant Professor at DME Law School (Affiliated to GGSIPU). Currently, she is also pursuing Ph.D. from Dharmashashtra National Law University, Jabalpur.

Need help to decide? Feel free to reach out to us on these channels.

Phone calls/WhatsApp Number: 935 968 4056 (Aaditya Kashyap, Counsellor, Lawctopus Law School)
Email: [email protected]

Dermatologist shares skin, hair care guide for teenagers: From morning to night routine, here’s all you need to know | Health

When it comes to finding the right skincare for teenagers, for many parents, choosing the gentle products and whether they should use the ones used by adults on their child’s sensitive skin is a big concern. Moreover, today’s teens are bombarded with overwhelming advice and product choices on social media. Much of it is unreliable.

A dermatologist shares a guide to skin and hair care for teens. (Shutterstock)

In an Instagram post shared on April 11, Dr (Major) Gurveen Waraich Garekar, a certified dermatologist, cosmetologist, and trichologist – MBBS, MD, talked about the correct skin and hair care routine that teens should follow. Here’s everything she suggested as a dermatologist mom of a teen.

Also Read | Study says brisk walking reduces risk of irregular heartbeat

Morning skincare

1. Face wash: Use a gentle cleanser based on your skin type.

2. Moisturiser: Use a light gel-based moisturiser.

3. Sunscreen: Teenagers can use adult sunscreen or combo products like moisturiser with SPF(sun protection factor).

Night skincare

1. Face wash: For dry skin, use a gentle cleanser, and for oily skin, go for a salicylic acid-based product.

2. Moisturiser: For oily skin, use a light gel-based moisturiser (same as morning), while for dry skin, use a cream-based moisturiser.

3. Targeted treatment: Dr Garekar advised teenagers to go for targeted treatments as advised by a dermatologist for acne or pigmentation.

Scalp care

1. Shampoo frequency: Minimum 3 times a week.

2. Which shampoo to use: If you have an oily scalp, don’t use sulfate-free shampoos. If you have dandruff, use an antifungal shampoo at least once a week. Lastly, for a dry and sensitive scalp, use a sulfate-free shampoo.

3. Oiling: Dr Garekar suggested no oiling for oily or dandruff-prone scalp, and for dry scalp, apply oil once or twice a week, before shampoo.

Lifestyle

1. Avoid sugary drinks, including cold coffee.

2. Eat a protein-rich diet: Dr Garekar suggested eating eggs, which have ‘all the essential amino acids’.

3. Be physically active: The dermatologist suggested playing at least one sport.

4. Regular sleep cycle: Complete at least 8-9 hours of sleep.

Dr Garekar also penned some parental advice in her post, which included:

1. Home should be their sanctuary: “Your teen might already be facing teasing or bullying at school. Home should be their sanctuary, not another source of judgment,” Dr Garekar wrote.

2. She advised parents to avoid comments on skin, weight or appearance. “Even well-meaning remarks can reinforce insecurities,” she said.

3. Listen actively and validate their feelings: Dismissing concerns with “it’s normal at your age” can make them feel unheard.

4. Celebrate all skin tones equally: Avoid favouritism based on complexion; every shade is beautiful and deserves affirmation, Dr Garekar said.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Roche, answering tariff threat, pledges $50B to US drug production

Dive Brief:

  • Roche is the latest drugmaking planning to expand drug production in the U.S., announcing Tuesday a pledge to spend $50 billion over five years on new and existing manufacturing facilities in several states.  
  • The investment promise comes at a time when the Trump administration’s tariff policies have thrown global trade into disarray and pressured drugmakers. Roche, in response, said it intends to build new factories for obesity medications, gene therapies, continuous glucose monitoring devices, as well as a new research and development center. Roche will expand several existing plants as well.
  • According to Roche, the investments will enable the company to export more drugs from the U.S. than it imports, something it already does with diagnostics. They will also create 12,000 new jobs, the company said. 

Dive Insight:

Roche is the fifth big drugmaker this year to promise to significantly boost its U.S. manufacturing capacity, following Johnson & Johnson, Eli Lilly, Merck & Co. and Novartis. All told, the five have committed more than $160 billion to U.S. drug production in the coming years.

Roche’s outlay will create a series of new plants, such as a gene therapy facility in Pennsylvania and an AI-focused R&D hub in Massachusetts. It would also fund expansions and upgrades for existing facilities that make medicines and diagnostics. Those plants are located in Kentucky, Indiana, New Jersey, Oregon, Arizona and California. 

“Today’s announced investments underscore our long-standing commitment to research, development and manufacturing in the U.S.,” said Roche CEO Thomas Schinecker, in a statement. “We are proud of our 110 year legacy in the United States which has been a key driver for jobs, innovation and the creation of intellectual property in the US, across both our pharmaceutical and diagnostics divisions.”

Pharmaceutical companies are facing the possibility of new tariffs from the Trump administration that could be implemented in the coming weeks. Senior administration officials believe they can use the levies to push drugmakers to “reshore” manufacturing of pharmaceuticals and their key ingredients. 

Roche and its peers are trying to get ahead of these threats by announcing new U.S. investments. However,it could be several years before many of these new facilities are completed and have a measurable impact on drug imports. 

In 2024, Roche sold a biologics plant in Vacaville, California, to Swiss contract manufacturer Lonza for $1.2 billion. Overall, the company recorded 827 million Swiss francs, or $940 million, of costs related to plant closures in 2024. Comparatively, Roche spent 1.7 billion Swiss francs on property, plants and equipment for its pharmaceutical division and 1.8 billion Swiss francs on such costs for its diagnostics business.

Understanding the growing trends of real estate in the age of blockchain and crypto


Cryptocurrency has evolved from being a niche digital asset to being a mainstream financial tool, easily applied to the real world. One of the industries that has been experiencing a real revolution because of crypto has been the real estate industry. Investors are now leveraging blockchain technology, crypto payments, smart contracts and DeFi to gain greater access to global real estate markets.

Take Australia, for instance. Research has shown that at least one out of three Aussies is interested in crypto. Only recently, a couple in Ballarat, instead of working to convert btc to aud, decided that they were only accepting Bitcoin payments for the sale of their land. They did this in a bid to reduce the middleman costs, and reducing the time lost to real estate agents and bank operations.

In a recent survey, Janine Grainger, the CEO of a popular crypto exchange in Australia, said that crypto is gaining cross-generational appeal as the dream of home ownership becomes increasingly unattainable. This is true, especially for the younger generation. However, the integration of crypto into real estate is making things easier.

For example, tokenisation allows people to own fractions of real estate in the form of digital tokens.

More of this will be explained below.

Crypto-backed mortgages

Today, companies are bringing in the concept of using digital assets like Bitcoin or Ethereum as collateral to secure loans for purchasing real estate. Companies like Milo and Figure are leading the charge in this emerging trend offering 30-year loan terms. By the first quarter of 2025, Milo had given out crypto-backed mortgages of over US$250 million. In fact, Milo gives up to 100% financing on home purchases with loans up to US$5 million.

By using digital assets as collateral, clients are given the opportunity to invest in real estate while at the same time taking advantage of crypto appreciation. Another advantage of these mortgages is that since you don’t have to sell your crypto, you do not have to pay the taxes that are associated with the sale of an asset.

Tokenisation of real estate

Tokenisation has been around for as long as blockchain technology has been around with estimations by McKinsey showing that the value of tokenised assets might reach US$ 5 trillion by 2030. According to a report by Boston Consulting Group, the market for real estate tokenisation was valued at US$2.7 billion in 2022. The same report recorded that with its current growth trajectory, the market could reach US$16 million by 2030.

Here’s What Finally Fixed It

Wi-Fi drops, especially in the middle of something important, are incredibly frustrating. My Wi-Fi was dropping almost hourly—here’s what I did to finally fix it.

7

Scheduled Restarts

Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf / Leonardo.AI

Simply rebooting your router can fix tons of connection issues. Rebooting resets your router’s memory, clears out any temporary glitches, and reloads its firmware and settings. It also releases any unresponsive connections and expired IP addresses that your router’s DHCP server might be tracking.

You don’t have to set a reminder to do this manually, either. Most routers have a scheduled restart setting that automatically restarts the router at a time you specify. I recommend setting your router to reboot late at night when you won’t be using the internet. This way, any temporary downtime for your smart home devices won’t affect you.

6

Adjusting Wi-FI Channel and Frequency

Multiple access points listed on the WiFi Analyzer app
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf

Your Wi-Fi network can get pretty crowded with phones, laptops, consoles, TVs, and other smart home devices using it to access the internet. In such cases, your Wi-Fi channel can get crowded, and if it becomes too much for the router to handle, you’ll start experiencing Wi-Fi drops.

This is called network congestion and can cause laggy internet with high jitter, packet loss, and latency. I recommend analyzing your Wi-Fi network first to determine if you’re connected to a congested channel, and then update your Wi-Fi and device settings accordingly.

Related

Network Congestion Is Slowing Down Your Wi-Fi, but There Are 2 Easy Fixes

These two small changes can make a surprising amount of difference to your Wi-Fi speeds.

As a general rule of thumb, you want to connect priority devices like your phone, PC, console, TV, or anything else that requires stable and high-speed internet to the 5GHz channel. Everything else, including your smart home devices, will do fine with the 2.4GHz channel.

If you don’t have a 5 or 6GHz channel on your router, it’s high time for an upgrade. However, you can set up QoS on your router to prioritize traffic and mitigate the issue to some extent.

5

Get the Router Placement Right

A router with an alert icon and an upset person in the background.
Kamil Urban/Shutterstock

Your Wi-Fi connection’s stability largely depends on the signal strength you’re getting from the router. If your router is tucked away in a cupboard or corner of your house, you need to place it correctly. It’s the easiest way to fix your Wi-Fi without buying new gear.

Ideally, you want to place your router as centrally and as high as possible to ensure you cover the entire apartment. For bigger houses, one router might not be enough to provide Wi-Fi to each room or floor.

In such cases, you can use a Wi-Fi repeater or mesh network to extend your Wi-Fi’s range. We’ve tried both, and mesh Wi-Fi came out on top. However, using a repeater is the more budget-friendly option, as you won’t have to buy multiple Wi-Fi devices.

You can also fix Wi-Fi dead spots with an old router if you have a spare lying around. Your surroundings significantly affect the Wi-Fi signal. Materials like concrete, metal, and glass can block or reflect off signals in unwanted directions, causing random Wi-Fi dropouts or reducing your Wi-Fi’s working range. Also, make sure you’re sitting away from anything that can interfere with your router’s Wi-Fi range. Sitting right next to a working microwave won’t do wonders for your Wi-Fi signals!

4

Be Wary of Your Device’s Reception Range

Just because you get good Wi-Fi strength in every corner of your house doesn’t mean all your devices will, either. Older devices have weaker antennas that need to reduce the Wi-Fi range. For example, if your phone’s Wi-Fi signal strength is 50% in a specific spot, a weaker Wi-Fi card in a laptop or older phone might not register the signal at all.

Apart from swapping out the Wi-Fi card, if possible, there’s not much you can do here. Simply moving closer to the router is the best option here. If you like working at a desk and your system isn’t in range, running an Ethernet cable might be the best option.

Related

Why I Always Use an Ethernet Connection Wherever I Can

Wi-Fi is super useful, but Ethernet’s positives make it even better.

Another way to tackle this issue is to move the router closer—a mammoth task, considering it will affect Wi-Fi signals to every other device on the network. Using a repeater or mesh network is a much better option in this case.

3

Check Your Device Network Settings

Incorrect network settings on your device can cause Wi-Fi drops, even if your router is perfectly fine. I’d recommend resetting your network settings and clearing your cache as a first step. It’s an easy-to-follow process on most devices and can fix all kinds of problems with your Wi-Fi and even your cellular network. For example, you can clear your DNS cache on most browsers or flush the DNS cache on Windows 11. However, the same tips apply to every operating system; you may need to do an internet search to find the right steps.

device manager network adapter options windows 10

If you’re using a laptop, check your power settings to ensure your Wi-Fi card receives the necessary power for broadcasting and receiving. Windows has a knack for putting Wi-Fi cards in low-power mode, a problem you can fix in the Device Manager.

  1. Input device manager in the Start menu search bar and select the Best Match.
  2. Scroll down to Network Adapters. Right-click your Wi-Fi adapter name and select Properties.
  3. Now, open the Power Management tab and make sure Allow the computer to turn off this device to save power is unchecked.

Now, it’s also worth checking your Windows power settings, too. Windows power saving plans have been known to cause the same problem.

  1. Input power options in the Start menu search bar and select the Best Match.
  2. Select Change plan settings > Change advanced power settings.
  3. Locate Wireless Adapter Settings > Power Saving Mode, and toggle this to Maximum Performance.

While you’re at it, it’s also worth checking and optimizing your router’s settings. Most of the time, the default settings on your router will be fine, but you can extract more speed, stability, and range from it if you adjust the settings correctly (it can also make your Wi-Fi more secure!).

2

Pay for More Bandwidth

ethernet cable connector with fibre optic cables on laptop keyboard
Michal_Jesensky/Shutterstock

Another reason your Wi-Fi may be constantly dropping is a lack of bandwidth. If you’ve got way too many devices hooked up to the Wi-Fi and too little bandwidth, your internet connection will grind to a halt. Run a Wi-Fi speed check and consider if you need an upgrade. A 300 to 500 Mbps connection will usually suffice for a family.

One symptom to look out for is consistently slow internet speeds. Even if your Wi-Fi is working fine, if your internet speeds are slowing to a crawl, you either need to kick some devices off the network or get more bandwidth.

1

Your Router Might Be Due for an Upgrade

An old N300 series router
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf

If you’ve gone through this list and your Wi-Fi is still dropping, you likely need to upgrade your router. Connection drops and reduced speeds are among the first signs that you need to upgrade your router.

Older routers only support the 2.4GHz band, which results in low speeds and makes them susceptible to interference from other electronic devices. Upgrading to a dual or tri-band Wi-Fi router with multiple 5 or 6GHz bands will help with both network stability and speed. Additionally, newer routers also have better software features that’ll help keep your network secure and stable.

A green long march: Young voices shaping China's ecological future

On April 20, more than 30 eco-themed tents lined the banks of Beijing’s Wenyu River Park at daybreak, forming a vibrant “green bazaar.” Organized by over 30 student associations and environmental groups, the event marked the launch of the “Beautiful China – Youth Action” Green Bridge and Green Long March activities.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-22/A-green-long-march-Young-voices-shaping-China-s-ecological-future-1CMzFRZUaI0/img/eed58fb4ae2e4e90b19c3f69b73972fc/eed58fb4ae2e4e90b19c3f69b73972fc.jpeg' alt='"Green bazaar" organized by student associations and environmental groups in Beijing, China, April 20, 2025. /Beijing Forestry University'

Through interactive workshops, eco-conscious handicrafts and sustainability-themed quizzes, more than 5,000 local residents and visitors engaged in hands-on activities promoting environmentally friendly practices.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-22/A-green-long-march-Young-voices-shaping-China-s-ecological-future-1CMzFRZUaI0/img/f081073bb23b49268da3ab3c78412f48/f081073bb23b49268da3ab3c78412f48.jpeg' alt='"Green bazaar" organized by student associations and environmental groups in Beijing, China, April 20, 2025. /Beijing Forestry University'

A 40-year legacy of green action: From ‘green consultation’ to the ‘green long march’

The scene evokes memories of 1984, when students from Beijing Forestry University (BFU) pioneered China’s first campus-led “Green Consultation” on the streets of Beijing, planting the seeds of youth environmental engagement. Over the decades, their efforts have evolved into the Green Bridge and Green Long March Activities – now recognized as flagship programs for China’s eco-conscious youth.

From tracing ecological shifts along the Yellow River to combating desertification on the ancient Silk Road, student expeditions have reached every corner of China, aligning each year’s theme with the nation’s ecological priorities.

This year, BFU launched the 2025 Green Bridge and Green Long March initiative. The Green Long March – a nationwide ecological research campaign led by university students – will mobilize nearly 10,000 participants from over 1,000 groups to conduct field studies across seven core ecosystems: mountains, waters, forests, farmlands, grasslands, lakes and deserts.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-22/A-green-long-march-Young-voices-shaping-China-s-ecological-future-1CMzFRZUaI0/img/292ec0a508a94b70a458ebc6e7f98039/292ec0a508a94b70a458ebc6e7f98039.jpeg' alt='The A4210 Green Long March student group. /Beijing Forestry University'

Going beyond ecological research, the activities weave together technological innovation, environmental education, cultural promotion and rural revitalization. This year’s program includes the second National Youth Green Innovation Competition, aimed at sparking sustainable thinking among young participants. Curated eco-courses and hands-on projects are designed to instill lasting environmental awareness.

Creative expressions also take center stage – from poetic dance performances to youth-led lectures – while practical “Green Consultation” initiatives channel expertise into rural development projects.

“Through grassroots research, we not only support local conservation but also improve our expertise,” said Wang Yan, a junior from the School of Landscape Architecture at BFU. “These initiatives channel youth passion into collective action, inspiring broader public engagement in sustainability.”

Guardians of the wild: Student expedition rediscovers ‘extinct’ beetle

As part of BFU’s “A4210 Green Long March” program, Wang and his teammates traveled to Laojun Mountain in southwest China’s Sichuan Province in 2024. They spent two weeks conducting bamboo pest control research, biodiversity surveys and conservation outreach in the 1,600-meter-high nature reserve.

Despite unstable power supplies and treacherous mountain trails – where members endured falls and exhaustion – the team pressed on. Their repeated treks into the dense forest revealed tracks of black bears, wild boars and the nationally protected red-bellied pheasant.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-22/A-green-long-march-Young-voices-shaping-China-s-ecological-future-1CMzFRZUaI0/img/a5097f5d4f7e4a79ad8a7f66c0be8af7/a5097f5d4f7e4a79ad8a7f66c0be8af7.jpeg' alt='Nocturnal light-trapping experiments. /Beijing Forestry University'

While conducting nocturnal light-trapping experiments, the group discovered the iridescent Cheirotonus jansoni, a beetle species under China’s second-class state protection. Experts later confirmed it was the first recorded sighting in the area since the species was presumed extinct there more than 40 years ago.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-22/A-green-long-march-Young-voices-shaping-China-s-ecological-future-1CMzFRZUaI0/img/3f68b4fc863a4c6a909a2066f48285c2/3f68b4fc863a4c6a909a2066f48285c2.png' alt='A Cheirotonus jansoni. /Beijing Forestry University'

This discovery not only underscores the rich biodiversity of the reserve and the progress of China’s ecological conservation efforts, but also showcases how Chinese youth are becoming key drivers of sustainable development.

Tech-powered farming: BFU students uncover hidden threats in pepper fields

During the summer of 2024, while many of their peers went on vacation, members of the “Youth Empowerment for Rural Revitalization” research group from BFU returned to their hometown in Huize County, southwest China’s Yunnan Province, to help local farmers tackle widespread pepper crop failures. Nearly 60 percent of the crops had been hit by pest infestations, causing a 20 percent drop in yields.

Braving the scorching sun, the students carried out a systematic analysis of 36 chili varieties, documented diseased leaves, collected soil samples, and explored agricultural solutions like artificial pollination and drone irrigation.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-22/A-green-long-march-Young-voices-shaping-China-s-ecological-future-1CMzFRZUaI0/img/aba44815d9074ab2832b578320aeff4b/aba44815d9074ab2832b578320aeff4b.jpeg' alt='Promotional posters for Chili Pest and Disease Control. /Beijing Forestry University'

The group has sent the diseased plant samples to Beijing for lab analysis and has reached a preliminary cooperation agreement with a local pepper farm in Huize.

“Initially, we just wanted to contribute to our hometown’s development – the goal was simple. But when our findings resonated with the local government, we realized our work could have a real impact. What we learned from textbooks has now transformed into a responsibility – our mission to protect the environment,” said Pang Xin, the group leader and a junior from the College of Biological Sciences and Biotechnology at BFU.

Watershed protection: 70 years of youthful dedication

In Tiansi Village, located in western Beijing, BFU’s “Jingxi Yongding” Green Long March group conducted research on flood-damaged areas, assessing tree distribution and the risk of tree falls to guide post-flood ecological recovery.

This region is a testament to decades of BFU’s expertise in watershed management. Guan Junwei, a member of the Chinese Academy of Engineering, pioneered small watershed governance here in the 1950s, creating a model that has shaped generations of researchers.

Over the past 70 years, BFU faculty and students have implemented integrated solutions such as check dams, drainage channels and reforestation efforts. These initiatives have reduced flood risks, increased crop yields, and transformed former floodplains into thriving ecological environments.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-22/A-green-long-march-Young-voices-shaping-China-s-ecological-future-1CMzFRZUaI0/img/aa795e1a39b2424c881cd405f340e5ba/aa795e1a39b2424c881cd405f340e5ba.jpeg' alt='The A4210 Green Long March student group. /Beijing Forestry University'

In 2024, 344 universities and 68 institutions mobilized 10,312 students to carry out sustainability projects, generating 28.47 million media impressions.

Over the past 40 years, the Green Bridge and Green Long March Activities have pioneered more than 20 innovative eco-education and volunteer programs, spanning 312 counties and cities, with over 500,000 participants involved in 8,000 events.

These efforts highlight how the Green Bridge and Green Long March Activities have become a youth-driven movement for ecological civilization and rural revitalization in China. Looking ahead, these youth-led initiatives will continue to play a key role in building a Beautiful China through hands-on ecological stewardship and innovation.

Ye calls for custody a day after childhood sex-trauma reveal

Ye, formerly Kanye West, was ranting early Tuesday on social media, continuing what he started Monday with a revelation of childhood sex acts allegedly performed on an unnamed male cousin.

The rapper rolled from that sentiment into pleas for more access to his children, claiming he hasn’t seen his son Saint “this year.” In the process, he accused A-list celebrities of “get[ting] the popcorn” and watching the show.

“Why are you all watching and letting Kim take my kids from me in real time,” he tweeted in the wee hours Tuesday morning. “Yall wanna say I’m acting out cause of things in my childhood. But I don’t get to be a dad.”

Ye was referring to ex-wife Kim Kardashian, who reportedly took steps toward gaining full custody of their four children, North, Saint, Chicago and Psalm in March. The status of that effort is unclear.

“You guys can make a difference,” Ye wrote Tuesday. “I’m f— shaking typing this I’ve had my rights stripped because I wore a f— red [MAGA] hat That’s when I had a breakdown and was put in the hospital.”

“I need a plan to exercise my rights with my kids,” he wrote in a separate tweet. “I figured out a lot of things but I haven’t figured this out.”

Ye gave an example of why he needed to be around to parent his children. On the day Kobe Bryant died, the family went to Kylie Jenner’s house where, he said, vintage Playboy magazines were “strategically placed within arms reach of every child in that house which was every half black baby.”

He suggested that people would know “who was behind that” and said that as a father, he had “wanted to change that for my kids.” He later tweeted that Kris Jenner didn’t hand out the magazines to the kids, as one X account had asserted, but said “they were just in reach like candy.”

He also went all-caps critical on Jewish attorneys, praised two allegedly “AMAZING BRILLIANT AND HONEST” Jewish employees, then tweeted, “I LOVE SOME JEWS AND I LOVE HITLER.”

Initially, Ye shook things up Monday with the release of a new song and apparent revelation that he and his younger male cousin had “acted out” what they saw in pornographic magazines.

“This song is called COUSINS about my cousin that’s locked in jail for life for killing a pregnant lady a few years after I told him we wouldn’t ‘look at dirty magazines together’ anymore,” Ye tweeted. “Perhaps in my self centered mess I felt it was my fault that I showed him those dirty magazines when he was 6 and then we acted out what we saw.”

He said his dad had Playboys, but his mother’s magazines were “different.” (This from the same performer who tweeted and deleted this month that his late mother Donda was a lesbian whom he’d caught hooking up with his babysitter.) Then he announced he had performed oral sex on his younger male cousin until he turned 14.

But on Tuesday, it was about the children. “I don’t need to just ‘SEE’ my kids,” Ye tweeted. “I need to raise them I’m a good dad I’m a great father to have.”

The rapper, who has been treated for bipolar disorder in the past, announced earlier this year that he had been misdiagnosed and was instead on the autism spectrum.

Royal Enfield Hunter 350 Updated Model To Launch on April 26, 2025; Set To Be Revealed at Hunterhood Festival in Delhi With New Features and Colours

New Delhi, April 22: The Royal Enfield Hunter 350 updated model is confirmed to launch in India on April 26, 2025. Royal Enfield will launch its new Hunter 350 model during the Hunterhood motorcycle festival, which will be held in Delhi and Mumbai. Royal Enfield has become a recognised brand for its bikes as they have a classic feel with modern features. The bike will get new updates to re-establish its identity. The company will add new colours and features to the RE Hunter 350.

The Royal Enfield Hunter 350 is expected to get updates such as LED headlights and USB Type-C ports. These features are not in the current version.  Besides this, the bike may get updates on the suspension. RE Hunter 350 was launched in 2022, and since then, the company has sold 5 lakh units in the global market. The changes would fix some of the missing elements and not change the powertrain. The major changes are expected in the rear suspension, LED headlights and colours. Honda Activa 7G To Launch in India Between September and October 2025 With Design Upgrades, New Features; Check Expected Price, Specifications and More.

Royal Enfield Hunter 350 may continue offering the same 349cc single-cylinder engine mated with the five-speed gearbox. The air-cooled engine will generate a maximum of 20 hp power at 6,100 rpm and achieve a peak torque of 27 Nm at 4,000 rpm. Hunter 350 is already available in three variants and 10 colours. The Royal Enfield Hunter 350 price ranges from INR 1,49,900 to INR 1,74,655 lakh (ex-showroom). Depending on the model, the weight varies from 178 to 181 kilograms. 2025 TVS Apache RR 310 Price in India, Specifications and Features Revealed; Know Everything About Next-Gen Apache RR 310 Launched in India.

Currently, RE Hunter 350 is available in Factory Black for INR 1.49 lakh, Dapper Green, Dapper White, and Dapper Grey for INR 1.69 lakh, and the Rebel Black, Rebel Blue, and Rebel Red colour variants for INR 1.74 lakh. 

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 22, 2025 07:41 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

He Built Memecoin Factory Pump.Fun. Did He Make a Small Fortune Dumping His Own Shitcoins as a Teen?

Performing an ICO generally involves deploying code to mint a coin on the Ethereum network, outlining the ambitions for a project on a website, and soliciting investment. “Many projects were little more than a white paper and a landing page with a countdown timer—the barrier to entry was minimal,” says Wang.

Though a handful of crypto projects that raised funds by ICO remain in operation—including Ethereum itself—the boom was largely characterized by grift and chicanery, analysts say, before financial regulators eventually cracked down on the practice. Frequently, developers misrepresented the utility and capabilities of their projects, manipulated the price of coins to generate hype, and wildly overstated the profits available to investors, analysts claim.

Developers “were trying to really push the idea of getting crazy returns,” says Nicolai Søndergaard, research analyst at blockchain analytics company Nansen, adding, “That’s where the FOMO really comes in.”

The clamor around ICOs led credulous investors to conduct little due diligence in their eagerness to profit, in a similar way to traders who today race into dubious memecoins. “There are a lot of parallels between the meme frenzy and ICOs,” says Søndergaard. “It’s quite easy to sell an idea for the masses, then rug it.”

The developer going by the name Dylan Kerler began to promote EthereumCash, their most popular coin, in early October 2017.

The developer followed largely the same playbook as their previous launches: They minted the coin on Ethereum, created a website, and marketed on BitcoinTalk, Twitter, and Telegram. To create a swell of enthusiasm, they handed out bundles of the coin for free in what’s called an airdrop. Then they promised to publish a white paper, which at that time was considered a signal of legitimacy likely to propel the price upward.

“You want to push a white paper. That’s what gets people interested,” says Søndergaard. “Sometimes, just the promise of a white paper was enough.”

Screenshots of the now-deleted website posted on Telegram reveal how the coin was presented to prospective investors. “We aim to make the transition from fiat currency to cryptocurrency as easily as possible whilst still maintaining an heir [sic] of integrity an [sic] sophistication,” the website stated. Underneath, the page featured an image of a bank card that would purportedly allow holders to spend EthereumCash in stores.

Within a few days, hundreds of people signed up for the EthereumCash airdrop, a spreadsheet obtained by WIRED shows. Meanwhile, the BitcoinTalk thread was abuzz with conversation. “Let [sic] spread the word and get people to notice this great token,” wrote one forum user. By October 19, EthereumCash had risen in value to around $1.3 million.

However, as early investors celebrated, behind the scenes the developer going by Dylan Kerler was beginning to sell.

In the days after creating EthereumCash, the developer delivered millions of units to a variety of crypto wallets under their control. One of those crypto wallets, whose alphanumeric identifier begins in 0x7f3E2, was then used to sell large quantities into the market, a CertiK analysis shows.

USDC-Issuer Circle Plans Payment Network to Process Transactions via Stablecoins

Circle is planning to launch an international payments network that will allow large corporations to complete settlements via stablecoins. The issuer of the USDC stablecoin released a whitepaper this week detailing possible ways in which stablecoins can upgrade the global payment systems. This system is dubbed the Circle Payments Network (CPN). It has been designed to function as a protocol layer within a digital settlement system with support for stablecoins like USDC, EURC, and more in the future.

With the CPN, Circle aims to offer a cross-border payment solution that is cost effective, swift, compliant, and transparent. It could be of significant help to global suppliers, small merchants, content creators, and remittance recipients.

“CPN is transparent, secure, scalable infrastructure for financial institutions. Circle has built a rigorous governance framework for CPN that requires participating financial institutions to meet global Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the Financing of Terrorism (AML/CFT) standards, along with economic sanctions requirements,” the US-based company said in its whitepaper.

The system will offer billing services, credit services, compliance services, risk and fraud services, as well as liquidity services.

For institutional payments, the network will introduce forex settlements, treasury services, government payouts, and DeFi services. Whereas for consumer payments, the network will entail micropayments, remittances, e-commerce, and subscription services.

The network will support multi-chain infrastructures and will enable companies to process salary payments around the globe instantly, at low costs.

“Crucially, CPN serves as the foundation for an ecosystem that eliminates many of the technical complexities and operational hurdles that have slowed mainstream stablecoin adoption to date, including the need for businesses to custody their own stablecoins,” the company noted.

Circle intends to add AI capabilities to the CPN in the future to automate financial settlements.

This development comes at a time when Circle is planning to launch its IPO in the US. If approved, Circle’s stocks will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) as “CRCL”.

The complete guide to high-impact educational video content

Educational videos are among the top 10 most-consumed video content formats globally, according to Statista

Most popular video content type

And it makes sense. Video is one of the fastest, most engaging ways to teach, demonstrate, and connect. 

But for creators and businesses alike, making a video that actually works (as in: educates, retains, or converts) requires more than hitting “record.”

I’ve been creating online content for years, so I know what works and what doesn’t. 

  • Our online SEO training has helped thousands of marketers level up their skills through self-paced modules, monthly live Q&A webinars, and on-demand videos. 
  • Our “Ask Us Anything” video series and SEO agency commercials are produced with the help of our award-winning video producer.
  • Our YouTube channel continues to serve as a central hub for sharing educational content.

Whether you’re creating onboarding tutorials, educational content for your audience, or a course you plan to sell, below are tips I’ve seen succeed across every stage of the video creation process, from concept to camera to clicks.

1. Define the purpose and audience through a clear strategy

Every great educational video starts with a clear strategy. 

Before you pick up the camera or open your editing software, you must know who you’re creating for and what you’re trying to achieve. 

Clarify the purpose

Just like SEO, intent is everything in video production, so clarify the purpose upfront.

Are you aiming to solely educate or train, or will your video have an element of conversion? Maybe your education video is meant to retain your existing audience instead.

Whatever the purpose, the objective shapes the video’s content, tone, and structure. 

For instance, an SEO training module will differ significantly from an educational demo intended to convert prospects.​

Understand your audience

Understanding your audience is equally important. Consider their goals, challenges, skill levels, and preferred learning styles. 

Are they beginners looking for foundational knowledge or advanced users looking for in-depth insights? 

Tailoring your content to meet their needs will make your video more effective.​

Free or paid?

Consider whether your content will be free or paid. 

Free videos can build brand awareness and provide value to a broad audience, while paid content often offers in-depth training or exclusive insights. 

Knowing the role of videos within your broader content strategy, SEO initiatives, and customer journey will help you incorporate free and paid content where it makes the most sense.

2. Craft content around in-demand topics and the type of video

Whether you’re creating a one-off tutorial or a full training series, the key is to start with a clear plan of attack for the content.

Coming up with video topics

Your videos should align with either audience intent (what they’re searching for) or a structured curriculum (what they need to learn over time).

Here are some ways to generate topic ideas:

  • If your videos support a product or service, look at keyword intent and customer FAQs to generate topics. What questions are coming up in comments, sales calls or support tickets?
  • If you’re building an online course or internal training program, outline a logical progression. 
  • You can also use keyword tools, YouTube’s autocomplete, or even generative AI to help brainstorm ideas around a theme.
  • For more inspiration, you can spy on competitors’ educational videos. 
  • If you already have blog content or written guides, repurposing those into educational videos is another easy place to start.

Define the video format

Choosing the video format dictates the rest of the video creation process. 

For example, how-to videos are great educational formats that provide step-by-step guidance. 

Plus, you can increase your chances of showing up in the search results for target “how to” queries with YouTube videos. 

In 2023, more than 30% of Google desktop SERPs in the U.S. featured a video carousel, video result or featured video, according to Semrush.

People watch more of a how-to video than any other type of video, per Wistia’s “2025 State of Video Report.”

Average engagement rates by video content type

Another thing to consider is how you’ll deliver the content in the video. 

Some companies prefer talking head videos, which add a personal touch and are a great way to build a brand when internal folks serve as educators on camera. 

Others prefer animations, which can help simplify abstract concepts. 

Webinars ​are another great way to help educate your audience. 

The majority of businesses (60%) use webinars for training or coaching sessions, followed by thought leadership events (50%), per Wistia. 

We’ve seen great success with a monthly live Q&A webinar on my SEO training membership site. 

In fact, many of our students become our clients after spending time with our training videos. 

Structure each video 

Most high-performing videos follow a similar structure: 

  • Hook.
  • Introduction.
  • Main content.
  • Recap.
  • A call-to-action (CTA).

This is true whether you’re publishing on YouTube or delivering a paid course. You’ll need to adjust the pacing for training modules versus a marketing video. 

The hook is especially important. We’ve found the most success when you can capture interest within the first five seconds of the video.

This could be done through a surprising fact, a visual teaser, or a question the viewer wants answered.

From there, keep the pacing tight. Avoid over-explaining and cut the fluff where possible. 

Even long-form training videos should feel intentional and well-paced.

Length matters

Not all videos perform equally – and much of it comes down to how long they are. 

Based on Wistia’s analysis of over 100 million videos (linked earlier), viewer engagement varies significantly by duration.

Average engagement rate by video length

Under one minute

Short videos work – especially on social or as top-of-funnel content – but they need to get to the point fast. 

Wistia found that videos under one minute had the highest average engagement rate at 50%. Short videos can be ideal for quick social snippets or teasers for longer video content. . 

One to five minutes

Videos in this range also held attention fairly well.

  • One to three minutes: 46% average engagement.
  • Three to five minutes: 45% average engagement.

Wistia notes that how-to videos under five minutes were especially strong performers, with viewers watching more than two-thirds of the way through, on average.

Five to 30 minutes

Once videos pass the five-minute mark, engagement starts to dip. 

Wistia’s data shows:

  • Five to 30 minutes: 38% average engagement.
  • 30 to 60 minutes: 25%.
  • 60+ minutes: Just 17%.

That doesn’t mean you should avoid longer videos entirely – just be intentional. 

We have found that shorter videos (like reels) tend to get more views because they’re something somebody can watch quickly. 

But long-form videos tend to have higher conversion rates because they demonstrate more knowledge and authority on a topic.

What about course modules?

The most profitable online courses are typically between 10 to 25 hours in total length, per Thinkific’s data from 40,000 course creators. 

The data suggests that five- to 10-hour courses are about 75% as profitable, and longer courses – 25 to 100 hours – are slightly less profitable than those.

Regardless, the advice is that the ideal course length is the shortest time required to achieve the learning objectives.

Courses that drive the most revenue

Sequence for learning

If you’re creating educational content, sequencing matters. 

Build with progression in mind, with lessons getting slightly more advanced over time.

Use reinforcement techniques like callbacks, visual repetition, or simple recap slides to help learners retain key points. 

The flow should feel intuitive and purposeful.

3. Script and storyboard to ensure clarity of the message

Scripting and storyboarding help you organize your message and plan how it will appear on screen. 

Start with a script

Whether you’re creating a tutorial or building an online course, scripting keeps your message focused and easy to follow.

If the video is structured – like a course module or product walkthrough – a full script is ideal. It helps you stay on track and hit all the key points without rambling.

But not every video needs a word-for-word script. 

If you’re podcasting, recording a founder Q&A, or filming a talking-head update, a loose outline with bullet points works better. 

You still need to know where the conversation is going, but it should feel natural, not rehearsed.

Visual planning

Once you have your script or outline, translate it into a visual plan. This is where storyboarding comes in. 

A storyboard helps you map out what will appear on screen and when. 

It’s helpful if your video includes product walkthroughs, charts, or training steps that build on one another.

This part doesn’t have to be complicated. You’re simply matching the visuals with your message to make the content easier to understand. 

Add visual cues that stick

Visual cues matter more than most people realize. 

On-screen text, callouts, arrows, annotations, and simple scene transitions help guide the viewer’s attention and reinforce key points. 

For most educational videos (excluding longer formats like podcasts or webinars), aim to change the visual every five to 10 seconds. 

That could mean:

  • Switching camera angles.
  • Zooming in slightly at the same angle.
  • Cutting to a supporting visual. 

It might feel like a lot, but those subtle shifts keep viewers engaged. 

Also, this may be obvious, but if you’re including a screen recording with a voice-over, make sure what’s happening on-screen matches what’s being said. 

Use tools to perfect the process

There are plenty of tools out there to help you organize and visualize your ideas before you record.

Tools like Boords and Storyboarder are great for visualizing a scene-by-scene breakdown. 

Even Canva can work well for rough storyboarding if you’re already using it for design.

You don’t need anything fancy, just something that lets you sketch things out before you press record.

And when you’re ready to record, you can use teleprompter apps to help you deliver your message smoothly. 

4. Select the right tech stack for your needs

Whether you’re recording a quick tutorial or producing a full online course, choosing the right gear, software, and hosting platform will save time, improve quality, and keep your process sustainable.

Match the tools to your goals

You don’t need the most expensive gear to make great video content. 

What matters most is choosing tools that match the type of content you’re creating and the audience you’re serving.

  • If you’re a solo course creator, a smartphone camera, lapel mic and natural lighting can go a long way. 
  • For internal training, you can level up with a mirrorless camera and external mic. 
  • For a higher-end effect, invest in a more expensive camera, lighting, audio, and nice backgrounds to create a polished brand experience.

Regardless of the setup, don’t skip a test shoot. 

Check your resolution, depth of field, and lighting to ensure the final result looks the way you intend.

Tools for recording your screen

If you’re doing tutorials or walkthroughs, screen recording software is a must.

  • QuickTime is what we use – it’s quick, easy and does everything we need.
  • Loom is a fast, no-fuss option for quick recordings.
  • Camtasia gives you more robust editing tools for polished content.
  • ScreenFlow is a solid choice for Mac users who want both recording and editing features in one place.

Edit smarter, not harder

Editing doesn’t have to be intimidating. Some tools are built to make this part easier, especially for solo creators.

  • Descript is great if you want to edit your video like a document.
  • Final Cut Pro and Adobe Premiere Pro give you more creative control but come with a steeper learning curve.
  • You can also hire a video editor, especially if you need a high-end result or just want to save time.

Hosting your videos

YouTube is the most widely used video platform globally, making it ideal for reach and search visibility on educational content. 

It’s also the second-most popular social network worldwide, which means a lot of exposure for your brand. 

YouTube videos can be an essential part of an SEO program when targeting certain keywords (like educational and how-to searches). 

But remember, only verified accounts can upload videos longer than 15 minutes. 

Then there are LMS platforms like Thinkific, Teachable, and Kajabi, which are built for structured learning. 

If you’re building a course, these platforms offer features like chaptering, progress tracking, and quizzes to support the full student experience.

Finally, Vimeo and Wistia give you more control over branding, privacy, and analytics. 

They’re especially useful for customer training, B2B product onboarding, or gated video content.

Using AI

AI is quickly changing the video production space. 

About 41% of companies are already using it for video, per Wistia’s most recent data (linked earlier), and another 19% will start using it soon. 

Using AI to create videos

Using AI can be particularly beneficial for short-form content, where speed and efficiency are key. 

Tools like OpusClip use AI to automatically generate short clips from longer videos, optimizing them for platforms such as TikTok, YouTube Shorts, and Instagram Reels. 

But AI is also expanding creative possibilities. 

For instance, we’ve successfully used AI to modify our SEO training course online. 

Because SEO is a rapidly changing industry, SEO training can quickly become stale. 

Instead of reshooting whole sections of our training course, we used an AI avatar of me to deliver updated talking points – and it looks surprisingly like me.

However, it’s important to use AI cautiously. 

Love it or hate it, AI is a controversial tool, and some people may be turned off by it. 

That said, overreliance on AI-generated content can lead to videos that feel impersonal or lack authenticity. 

While AI can assist in scripting, editing, and even avatars and visuals, the human touch remains essential to ensure content resonates with viewers.​ 

Stay on top of your video performance with analytics and use your intuition to decide whether AI-generated videos resonate. 

The right balance ensures your videos remain trustworthy.​

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


See terms.


5. Focus on production fundamentals for effective videos

You don’t need a full production crew to make professional-looking videos, but you do need to get the fundamentals right.

Prioritize audio quality

If you’re going to invest in one part of your production setup, start with sound.

Viewers are much more likely to tolerate a slightly grainy video than audio that’s hard to hear.

Multiple studies have found that poor audio quality influences whether people trust what they hear and how they perceive you overall. 

A lav mic or USB condenser mic is an easy and worthwhile upgrade.

Get the basics right

You don’t need a studio setup to get a clear shot. 

Just focus on even lighting (natural light works great), a camera angle that’s eye level or slightly above and a clutter-free background.

If you’re doing a screen recording, make sure the visuals are crisp and readable. 

Zoom in on sections when needed, and don’t clutter the screen with too much at once.

Batch and template your process

The more videos you make, the more it pays to streamline. 

Batching – filming multiple videos in one sitting – helps you stay in flow and save time.

Templating your intros, outros, transitions and even lower-thirds (the graphic overlays that typically appear in the lower third of the screen) can make your content consistent and reduce the decisions you have to make for every single video.

Make it accessible

This isn’t just a “nice to have.” 

Captions help viewers who are deaf or hard of hearing, support people watching in a sound-off environment, and can even boost comprehension for non-native speakers. 

Most video tools now make it easier to autogenerate and edit captions. 

These are key in formal learning environments or when you’re serving global audiences.

Think about the viewer experience

Pacing, tone, and delivery matter. 

What works for an internal training video isn’t the same as a how-to on YouTube.

For instance, in training content, give your viewers time to absorb the information – use pauses, reinforce key points, and keep instructions easy to follow. 

Know when to call backup

Sure, you can technically do everything yourself, but that doesn’t mean you should. 

Even the most experienced video producers hire out when it makes sense. 

Whether you need a motion designer for intro graphics, a video editor to clean up pacing and polish transitions, or a script consultant to help shape the story, know your weaknesses (or resource constraints) and make the call.

6. Optimize for search when visibility is a priority

Up to 82% of marketers say video has helped them increase web traffic

Not every video needs to be optimized for search – but when visibility is the goal, it’s worth the effort.

When SEO makes sense

If you’re publishing on YouTube or embedding tutorials on your site, optimization can help your content get discovered. 

Moz data once showed that YouTube videos make up over 94% of all video results in Google

If your audience is searching for answers, YouTube is a strong place to meet them.

When it’s not a priority

If your content lives behind a login or paywall – like course modules or internal training – SEO doesn’t need to be part of your workflow. 

In those cases, focus instead on the learning experience and making the video content clear, helpful and well-paced.

Start with keyword research

Google’s Gary Illyes has stated that if you see video results for a keyword, that’s your cue to consider making a video for it. 

Start by targeting topics that already bring up video results in Google or YouTube.

Tools like YouTube’s search predictions, AnswerThePublic, and other keyword tools on the market can help surface what people are actually searching for.

When in doubt, do a search. 

If there’s already a cluster of how-to videos, you’ve got a green light.

SEO for videos doesn’t have to be complicated. 

However, the approach varies depending on where your video is hosted. Here’s where to focus.

For YouTube-hosted videos

Metadata: Google states that the title, thumbnail, and description are the more important pieces of metadata for video discovery. 

  • Title
    • Write a clear, engaging title that tells viewers exactly what they’ll get. 
    • Include your main keyword near the beginning, and keep it under 60 characters so it doesn’t get cut off in search. 
    • Make sure it reflects the actual content. Clickbait might get the click, but it won’t earn trust. 
    • Use things like all caps or emojis sparingly to highlight the right words. 
  • Thumbnails
    • Design custom thumbnails that are visually appealing and accurately represent the content. 
    • YouTube now has a feature to test your thumbnails
  • Description
    • Write a clear, keyword-rich description that tells viewers and YouTube what your video is about. (You have up to 5,000 characters here!) 
    • Include relevant keywords naturally. 
    • Link out to your website, social channels, or other videos when it makes sense. 
    • Use line breaks or bullet points to make it easy to scan.

Dig deeper: The DESCRIBE framework for effective YouTube descriptions

User engagement signals: While metadata is foundational for YouTube SEO, the platform’s algorithm places a lot of emphasis on user engagement and satisfaction. 

YouTube values the following:

  • Click-through rate (CTR): This is where the thumbnail comes into play once again. 
  • Watch time and retention: Videos that hold attention tend to get promoted more.
  • Engagement: Likes, comments, shares and subscribers all tell YouTube your content is valuable.
  • Viewer satisfaction: YouTube looks at behavior after the video ends – like whether someone bounces or keeps watching.
  • Personalization: The algorithm tailors results based on viewer behavior, so understand your audience and create for them.

More optimization tips: Here are additional tips that help optimize videos for YouTube:

  • Timestamps: Break up your video into clear, clickable sections. This is especially helpful in long-form or educational content.
  • Captions: Add closed captions for accessibility and extra context. 
  • End screens and cards: Help people take the next step. Recommend another video, playlist, or even a site link.
  • Group content into playlists: This improves watch time and helps viewers binge your content.
  • Consistent branding: Keep your intros, tone and visual style cohesive so viewers start to recognize your content instantly.
  • Engage in the comments: Respond, ask questions, start conversations. YouTube notices when a video sparks interaction.

For videos hosted on your website

When hosting videos on your own platform, the SEO focus shifts a bit. 

First, understand that self-hosted videos can appear in several key areas on search engines like Google and Bing:​

  • Video search tabs: Both Google and Bing have dedicated “videos” tabs that filter results to show only video content.​ This is a key place to show up.
  • Main search results: Your video might show up as a rich snippet alongside standard web results, complete with a thumbnail, title and description.​
  • Featured video results: For certain queries, Google may highlight a video prominently at the top of the search results.
Google SERPs - Video tab

Key optimization strategies include:​

  • Dedicated video pages: Create individual pages for each video, ensuring that the video is the main content on the page. This allows for more precise optimization.
  • Page title and meta description: Ensure the webpage hosting the video has a clear, keyword-rich title and meta description. This helps search engines understand the page’s content.​
  • Video metadata. This includes things like the video title, description, duration, and thumbnail URL.
  • Structured data: Implement video schema to provide search engines and people with detailed information about your video. You can highlight key moments, live broadcasts, educational content and more. This can enhance your video’s appearance in search results.​ 
  • Transcripts and captions: Including a transcript and/or captions on the page improves accessibility and provides additional content for search engines to index.​
  • Contextual content: On the same note, surround your video with relevant text content on the page to give search engines more context about the video’s subject matter.​
  • Stable video URLs: If your video files or thumbnail URLs change frequently or expire, Google may not be able to index them reliably. So stick with permanent, clean URLs and double-check that they’re not blocked by robots.txt or other restrictions. This is one of those technical details that’s easy to overlook. 
  • Videos above the fold. Put your video front and center on the page – ideally above the fold – so both users and search engines recognize it as the main content. But don’t sacrifice speed to do it. Use lazy loading where possible, and consider lighter formats like WebM to keep load times fast.
  • Video sitemaps: If you’re hosting multiple videos, consider creating a video sitemap. This helps search engines discover and index your video content more efficiently.

Dig deeper: 7 video optimization tips to boost your organic reach in 2025

7. Publish, promote, and measure success to track performance

Creating the video is only half the job. 

To get the most out of it, you need to publish, promote, and pay attention to what happens next.

Publishing and promoting

Whether you are promoting free or paid educational content, don’t just post it and hope for the best.

Publishing with a strategy makes a big difference in who sees your content and how it performs.

Start with your owned channels

Start by embedding videos on your website where it makes sense – on a course landing page, a sales page, or a relevant blog post.

If you have an email list, use it. Email is still one of the most effective ways to get in front of warm leads. 

You can build a short email sequence around a course launch, for instance, or simply drop the video into a newsletter with a clear call to action.

Share where your audience is

Social media can help your video gain traction, especially if your audience already follows you there. 

Don’t just post once – share the video in different formats over time: full video, short clips or even just a quote or takeaway. 

Each platform has its own rhythm and opportunities:

  • Instagram/Facebook: Reels, stories, and carousels can help you showcase educational content in bite-sized ways.
  • LinkedIn: Great for professional or B2B-focused courses. 
  • YouTube: If it’s not your main platform, consider uploading the video as unlisted and embedding it on your course page – or using YouTube Shorts to drive awareness.

Paid promotion

Sometimes organic reach isn’t enough. 

Paid promotion can help you get in front of more of the right people, faster.

YouTube ads, social media boosts, and even Google Ads can support your educational videos. 

Just make sure your landing page is clear, relevant, and compelling when someone clicks.

Tap into your network

If you have relationships with influencers, industry experts, or others in your space, see if they’d be open to collaborating or promoting your educational content in exchange for a commission or cross-promotion.

Look for partnerships that make sense; not just anyone with a following, but people your ideal audience already trusts.

Host live events to build momentum

Webinars, live Q&A sessions, or even a quick Instagram Live can help build buzz around your content. 

These live formats give people a taste of your teaching style and give you a chance to answer objections or highlight what’s inside your paid video content in a more personal way.

For example, we regularly post video content from inside our SEO training membership site to our YouTube channel to give viewers a sneak peek.

Repurpose strategically

Repurposing lets you extend the life of your content without starting from scratch.

Turn long-form videos into short clips for social or YouTube. 

YouTube Shorts has the highest engagement rate across all short video platforms at 5.91% while TikTok was second in line, Statista reports

You can also pull out quotes or visuals for blog posts or emails to promote your educational videos. 

Define what success looks like

Before you hit publish, know what you’re aiming for. 

Is it views? Engagement? Course completions? Conversions?

And if the video performs well in one area – even if it’s not the metric you were focused on – that’s still a win. 

For example, maybe conversions were low, but views were through the roof. 

That tells you something’s working, and it might be worth doubling down on similar content.

There’s no shortage of video content online. If something you create breaks through in any way, take that as a signal.

Track performance (and do it often)

Analytics will tell you what’s resonating and what’s not.

You should be checking your analytics regularly – ideally, every day. 

Make sure to use:

  • YouTube Analytics for engagement trends. 
  • Google Search Console to see how your video shows up in search. 
  • LMS analytics for course modules. 
  • Google Analytics 4 for how videos impact user behavior on your site. 

Learn from viewer behavior

Watch for drop-off points. If people keep bailing at the same timestamp, something’s off. 

And check your comments. If people are asking for a follow-up or mentioning another topic they want covered, that’s a content idea handed to you on a silver platter.

If your “How to Make Pizza” video gets many requests for spaghetti, it might be time to make a spaghetti video.

Making videos that teach – and stick

Educational videos work best when they’re built with intention. 

You don’t need a perfect setup or a massive production team, but you need to:

  • Understand your audience.
  • Have a clear message.
  • Stay consistent in how you create your content. 

Whether you’re launching a full course or building out one helpful video at a time, the strategies outlined here are meant to give you a process to start. 

Because when your videos are thoughtful, useful, and well-executed, people notice – and that’s where the real traction starts.

The Ranks of Obamacare ‘Fixers’ Axed in Trump’s Reduction of Health Agency Workforce

They’re the fixers, the ones who step in when Affordable Care Act enrollees have a problem with their coverage, like a newborn incorrectly left off a policy or discovering that a rogue broker had signed them up or switched their plan without consent.

Specially trained caseworkers help resolve such issues, which might otherwise cause consumers to rack up large doctors’ bills or prevent them or their family members from getting care. Now, though, the broad federal reduction in force set in motion by the Trump administration has cut the ranks of those caseworkers, slashing two out of six divisions of caseworkers, according to one affected worker and a former Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services official familiar with the situation, Jeffrey Grant.

Currently, the number of ACA enrollees is at an all-time high of 24 million. The ACA — known as Obamacare — has long drawn disfavor from Republicans and Trump himself. The health law faces additional changes next year that, if adopted, could sow confusion and more problems. Consumers would face a new learning curve with extra paperwork and rules. And the caseworker cuts might extend the time needed to resolve any difficulties.

“It impacts not only our jobs, but all these people we serve,” said one New York City-based caseworker, who was let go in a Feb. 14 purge affecting federal employees in their probationary periods. “Usually, we would have on average 14 days to take care of a case that was very difficult, although the urgent cases would be solved within two to three business days. It will now be delayed so much more. Whole teams got wiped out completely.”

NPR and KFF Health News are not naming the two affected workers in this article because they fear professional or personal repercussions for speaking to the media.

The two teams of caseworkers were dismantled in a haphazard fashion that left some workers without an official notice but locked out of their computers.

The cuts have demoralized caseworkers, whose jobs demand a grasp of complex and arcane health insurance rules in a little-known government department that most consumers don’t interact with — CMS’ Exchange Customer Solutions Group — until they need help.

“The loss in staffing is going to reduce the ability for people to get through” to caseworkers after contacting the marketplace or other organizations for help, said Jackie Kiger, executive director of Pisgah Legal Services, a nonprofit that provides legal and ACA help for North Carolina consumers and is facing a budget reduction under a separate effort by the Trump administration to cut “navigator” funding by 90%. Navigators are government-funded nonprofits that help people enroll in the ACA or resolve problems with coverage.

The federal force reduction aims to decrease the number of employees at agencies within the Department of Health and Human Services from 82,000 to 62,000, including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health, and CMS.

CMS, which oversees the ACA and other government health programs, will lose about 300 workers, including about 30 caseworkers scattered nationwide. The cuts come amid thousands of other federal job losses, including front-line workers across an array of agencies, from Social Security field offices to the National Park Service.

In a press release, HHS estimated its reduction in force will save taxpayers $1.8 billion a year. No one from CMS responded to KFF Health News’ questions about the caseworker reductions.

What Will Be Affected?

When consumers have a problem with their ACA plan, their first step is usually to call the federal or state marketplace on which they purchased coverage.

Those call centers can handle basic questions about plans purchased on the federal exchange, which serves 31 states. (State marketplaces handle their own complex cases and don’t rely on federal caseworkers.)

When someone calls the federal marketplace 800 number with coverage problems, the inquiry probably winds up on a caseworker’s desk, said one affected caseworker. That employee received a reduction-in-force notice several days after losing access to their work computer on April 1.

Caseworkers usually don’t speak directly with consumers, the worker said. Using information sent over by the federal marketplace — including notes taken when consumers called in with problems, as well as ACA applications — they handle or oversee consumer requests, such as canceling a plan or adding a member.

One of the last problems handled by that caseworker involved a child born in November who was not added correctly to the family’s plan for 2024, meaning any care the child received during the last two months of the year was not covered and the family risked being stuck with the bills.

“This person did everything right, including calling the marketplace within 60 days to report the birth and add the newborn to their coverage,” said the worker, who was quickly able to resolve it because it was a marketplace error.

The worker, who is now soured on federal employment and will look for a new job in the private sector, said caseworkers handled an average of 30 issues a day, but that in recent months the number kept climbing, heading past 45, and grew even more intense after the Feb. 14 dismissal of probationary employees.

“It’s not an easy job,” the worker said, noting the challenge of constantly evolving rules and policies governing health plans.

Ferreting Out Fraud

In the past year, caseworkers have dealt with cases involving unauthorized enrollments or switching, a problem that ticked up in late 2023, according to KFF Health News investigations, and continued through much of last year, resulting in at least 274,000 complaints to CMS through August. The complaints centered on practices by rogue brokers who enrolled or switched coverage for consumers without their express knowledge. That could leave them without access to their health provider networks or drug coverage, or even facing a tax bill.

Though it is unclear how many such complaints fell to a federal caseworker, some improperly switched consumers want to be restored into plans they had originally chosen, while others want them canceled.

“I have seen people who were enrolled and every two or three months a broker would switch them to a different plan,” said the caseworker who was locked out in early April. “The more health plans they were enrolled in, the more difficult it was to handle on the back end.”

New hires spend months learning the ropes.

The New York-based worker let go in February during her probationary period said she had joined CMS in October and spent three months in training. Just about a month after completing that training, she was let go — a bitter irony, she said, because she had sought stability in a job with the federal government, having experienced a layoff during her private-sector career.

“I took a huge pay cut — over $40,000 — when I went from the private sector into the government,” said the mother of three whose husband serves in the military. Her federal salary was about $76,000, which is not high for an expensive market like the New York metropolitan area. “But I took it as an opportunity to get in the door and move up. Then, boom, I get hit with another layoff.”

“I can only imagine how hard it is for people with 10 to 15 years with the government who are banking on it for retirement,” she said.

Starting next year, the Trump administration has proposed several changes to the ACA, including ending year-round eligibility for very low-income applicants, requiring additional financial and eligibility documentation, and charging some people a monthly $5 fee when auto-reenrolled in coverage until they confirm their eligibility.

Such changes will “make things harder, so there you will have more things that go wrong,” said Grant, the former CMS official, who founded Schedule F Healthcare Strategies after leaving CMS. “You will then also have fewer caseworkers to handle the work.”

We’d like to speak with current and former personnel from the Department of Health and Human Services or its component agencies who believe the public should understand the impact of what’s happening within the federal health bureaucracy. Please message KFF Health News on Signal at (415) 519-8778 or get in touch here.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Here’s Everything Diablo 4 And Immortal’s Berserk Crossover Entails

Diablo 4 and Diablo Immortal are crossing over with Kentaro Miura’s legendary dark-fantasy manga Berserk, and now Blizzard has revealed more details on what the franchise’s first non-Blizzard IP collab will involve.

Unlike some crossovers that are solely an opportunity to buy themed skins, the Diablo and Berserk crossovers do actually add new events for players to participate in and free rewards to claim, though most of the “good” stuff will cost extra. Diablo 4’s Berserk crossover event will begin May 6 and run through the end of Season 8, approximately three months later. Diablo Immortal’s Berserk events will run May 1-30.

In Diablo 4, players will hunt elite enemy packs in order to gather Behelits that can be used to unlock free Berserk cosmetics in the Berserk Reliquary, part of Diablo 4’s newly revamped battle-pass system. Some of those items include a Brand of Sacrifice marking that can be used in character customization, as well as Skull Knight’s shield as mount armor and Griffith’s Helmet as a back trophy.

Unfortunately, the cosmetics players are likely really looking for are all relegated to Diablo 4’s in-game shop. That includes series protagonist Guts’ Berserker armor, as well as looks for series antagonist Griffith, the mysterious Skull Knight, and an armor set inspired by Guts’ mercenary days. Griffith’s steed and accompanying mount armor will also be for sale, alongside a pet bundle featuring the all-nose Chimimoryo.

Blizzard’s free-to-play mobile game Diablo Immortal is also getting in on the Berserk action, and in many ways has more to do than Diablo 4. It will add a boss fight against the fearsome Nosferatu Zodd, and even let players participate in Berserk’s most infamous moment: the Eclipse.

In the Berserk manga and anime, the Eclipse is the story’s bleakest point, where just about everyone dies, to put things lightly. While the Eclipse is active in Diablo Immortal, players will be transported to a nightmarish hellscape where they will need to band together to fight for their lives as if they had been marked with the Brand of Sacrifice, and can even encounter a new boss sent to do the Godhand’s bidding.

Diablo Immortal is additionally introducing a new Legendary Gem inspired by the Crimson Behelit, which will increase damage dealt while above 50% health, reduce damage dealt when below 30% health, and can release a howl of terror to fear nearby enemies. New Golem familiar skins will also be added.

There will of course be cosmetic armor sets based on the Berserker armor and Griffith’s armor for sale as well, in addition to some free Berserk-themed login rewards that can be claimed. Those free login rewards include a free weapon-appearance cosmetic, among them Guts’ Dragonslayer greatsword, though the first weapon cosmetic claimed will be specific to the class currently being played–so choose wisely.

Diablo 4 Season 8 begins April 29, and will introduce the Lair Boss system which overhauls much of Diablo 4’s endgame loop. Blizzard recently laid out what to expect for Diablo 4 in a 2025 roadmap–one that includes more endgame revamps and another still unannounced IP crossover. Meanwhile, Diablo 4’s second expansion won’t be coming until 2026.

Novel treatment approach for language disorder shows promise

Primary progressive aphasia is a neurological condition that causes a gradual decline in language abilities. There is no cure or medication that can reverse or stop the progression of PPA. The standard practice in the clinical setting is speech-language therapy to help people with PPA maintain their ability to communicate.

University of Arizona neuroscientists have come up with a new treatment approach for PPA that combines traditional speech therapy with noninvasive electrical stimulation of the brain. The technique — called transcranial direct current stimulation — uses a low electrical current applied through electrodes on the scalp.

A new study published in the Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research describes the treatment approach, which the researchers found to be more effective at managing PPA compared to speech therapy alone.

“Primary progressive aphasia is a condition that causes worsening of communication skills over time. It was identified in the literature only in the last three to four decades, so it is considered pretty new in the health care world — it’s still an understudied area,” said Katlyn Nickels, the study’s lead researcher and a postdoctoral researcher in the U of A Department of Speech, Language and Hearing Sciences.

While writing and speaking words, people don’t just retrieve their meaning. They also retrieve the sound of a word while it is being spoken or written, said Aneta Kielar, the study’s senior author and an associate professor in the Department of Speech, Language and Hearing Sciences.

If there is a problem with associating words with the way they sound, it is difficult to put letters together and speak or write a word, Kielar said. This affects people’s communication in their day-to-day life and their ability to work. For their study, the researchers focused on a type of PPA called the logopenic PPA, in which people have trouble finding the right words and repeating phrases or sentences.

The researchers did neuroimaging analysis of the brain to determine the area of the brain that needs to be stimulated, as people with PPA have brain atrophy or a loss of brain cells.

“We wanted to stimulate the area that is most responsive to language and were careful not to stimulate an area that would have been atrophied already,” Kielar said.

Twelve individuals with written language deficits each received two phases of treatment: in one phase, they got speech therapy paired with active transcranial direct current stimulation. In another phase, they received the same speech therapy with placebo transcranial direct current stimulation. The order of the phases was randomized and separated by a two-month break in between.

Although all participants improved after both treatments, they showed greater and more lasting improvement following the phase with active transcranial direct current stimulation compared to placebo transcranial direct current stimulation.

“People who made numerous spelling errors and struggled to frame complete sentences before the treatment were able to form sentences that were grammatically correct, had fewer spelling errors and were more meaningful after treatment,” Kielar said.

The researchers say brain stimulation helped induce neuroplasticity, the brain’s capacity to continue to reorganize and learn. And it boosted the effects of speech therapy.

“What that means is that brain stimulation can induce the formation of synapses, the connections between neurons. These connections are important for people’s ability to learn and maintain new skills,” Kielar said.

In the future, the research group is planning to look at the genetic, cognitive and neural markers that influence the recovery from PPA. The researchers’ long-term goal is to translate their research findings to a clinical setting.

Because transcranial direct current stimulation is inexpensive, safe and easy to perform, the barriers to implementing it in clinical practice are less significant, Nickels said.

“There’s a misconception sometimes with neurodegenerative diseases, that once you get a diagnosis, there is nothing that can be done,” Nickels said. “But we have learned through our research that even when there’s a progressive brain disease, we can help restore lost function and even slow down the progression.”

This work was supported by the following grants to the senior author, Aneta Kielar: Arizona Alzheimer’s Consortium Grant, Arizona Department of Health Services (018676-00001); Innovations in Healthy Aging: Grand Challenges of Aging Seed Grant, The University of Arizona Health Sciences (2259304); and Data Science Academy-Transdisciplinary Research in Principles of Data Science at The University of Arizona (2259910). Research reported in the publication was supported by the Arizona Department of Health Services and the state of Arizona (ADHS Grant No. CTR057001) to Aneta Kielar.

Quillspark- Online Creative Writing Competition 2025 by NLUJA

About NLUJA, Assam

National Law University and Judicial Academy, Assam, is a leading institution for legal education situated in Guwahati, the gateway to North-East India. Established in 2009 under the National Law University and Judicial Academy, Assam Act, enacted by the State Legislature, it is a public university committed to advancing the field of legal studies.

About ADUJ – The Literary and Cultural Fest of NLUJAA

Adwik Udjaapan, fondly known as ADUJ, is the literary and cultural festival of NLUJAA. It is a vibrant celebration of India’s diverse heritage, bringing together talents from across the country. Rooted in the rich cultural fabric of Northeast India, ADUJ serves as a melting pot of artistic expression, intellectual discourse, and creative brilliance. As part of its flagship cultural fest, ADUJ, the university proudly presents Quillspark 2025—an online creative writing competition designed to unleash the power of words and storytelling in collaboration with Lost Stories and Art Collective.

About The Lost Stories

The Lost Stories is the annual literary magazine of NLUJA, Assam, published under the guidance of the Literary and Debating Committee. The magazine offers students a creative outlet to break away from routine academics and display their artistic and literary talents.

About Art Collective

Art Collective at NLUJAA is a student-led club dedicated to fostering creativity and artistic expression within the university. It serves as a platform for students to explore various forms of visual arts, including painting, sketching, digital art, and mixed media.

About Quillspark

Quillspark is an opportunity for writers to showcase their creativity and storytelling prowess. Whether you’re a seasoned writer or someone taking their first steps into the world of words, this competition invites all to participate.

Who Can Submit?

Contributions are invited from students, academicians, research scholars, and anyone eager to showcase their creative talent.

Themes

  • The Island Where Time Flowed Backwards
  • 2040: A Day in the Life of the Last Human on Earth
  • The App That Predicted Death: Would You Swipe Right?

Submission Guidelines

  • All submissions should be original and should not be simultaneously considered by any other publication.
  • The language of the submissions should be English.
  • Formatting: Font -Times New Roman, Font Size- 12, Line Spacing – 1.5.
  • The organizers uphold a strict zero-tolerance policy towards plagiarism and the use of AI-generated content in submissions.
  • The word limit of the submission is 700-1200 words.
  • The participant shall not include their name in the submission.
  • All submissions should be in the form of a Word document (.doc or .docx format).

Important Date

  • Registration Deadline: 30th April, 2025
  • Announcement of Results: 4th May, 2025

Prizes & Recognition

  • 1st Place: ₹7,000 Cash Prize and Publication in 5th Edition of Lost Stories
  • 2nd Place: ₹5,000 Cash Prize and Publication in 5th Edition of Lost Stories
  • 3rd Place: ₹3,000 Cash Prize and Publication in 5th Edition of Lost Stories

How to Register?

Interested candidates can register online via the link given at the end of the post.

Fee

Registration Fee: ₹150

Contact

For any queries with respect to the competition, feel free to contact [email protected]  

Click here to register.

Kalki Koechlin shares tips and tricks for how moms can sneak in some much-needed self care: ‘Takes creative thinking’ | Health

In 2025, it’s hard to be a woman who is concerned not only about the state of affairs in the world but also about the impact of pollutants on the environment, especially if you’re a mother and earning a living. And who better knows that than Kalki Koechlin, who has been vocal about pressing issues some others shy away from. But how does one remember to take a break, breathe in, and dare I say, even indulge in self-care or just spend some me-time in the midst of all that? She tells Hindustan Times Digital all about it. (Also Read: Taking a mental health leave from work: Here’s what you need to know)

Kalki Koechlin gave birth to her daughter Sappho in 2020.

Use creative thinking as a parenting tool

Kalki says that when she gave birth to daughter Sappho, the first seven months were spent holed up at home due to the COVID-19 pandemic. “There was no pressure to go back to my tiny body because people didn’t see me, and we all know actors are always expected to look a certain way. While it initially felt like the stomach would never go, I did eventually get my body back after a year. It was also impossible then to have some severe routine because I was too busy breastfeeding, cooking and cleaning. My priority was just sleeping,” she says.

Eventually, after the world opened up, Kalki says it took time for her daughter to understand why she needed some alone time. “She didn’t understand that boundary when I worked from home, eventually. It was challenging when she couldn’t access me for a few hours. My partner (Guy Hershberg) has sometimes taken colouring pencils and paper along with her to parking spaces under our building, so she’s excited and distracted. It took some creative thinking as parents. Now, if Mama has to go to work, she deals with it,” says the actor.

Detaching from the phone for quality time

One more thing Kalki swears by is to detach herself from her phone whenever she doesn’t need it. “We’re all attached to our phones, but my rule now is to keep mine in a separate room when I sleep. I have a proper alarm clock that wakes me up, though my daughter does it before that (laughs). This ensures that I’m present while finishing my daily routine, I don’t even check my phone before that,” she explains, adding, “At work also, I give it to the spot dada and ask him not to give it back to me so I’m in the moment.”

But more than anything, no matter how much me-time she charts out or finds unique ways to detach from her phone, Kalki says therapy is key to staying on top of things. “Parental anxiety is real, so is anxiety in general. And I have accessed a lot of therapy in the last couple of years, which has helped a lot. I have also understood that I cannot solve everything. I can instead do my bit to solve systemic issues by supporting my staff when they need it, or being in touch with my local animal rescue centre. I can do something in my locality to bring about change,” she rounds off.

The Trump administration is remaking HHS. Track the changes here.

The Trump administration is radically revising the scale and scope of the federal health workforce.

Approximately 1 in 4 employees at the Department of Health and Human Services have been laid off, forced out or pushed to take early retirement through a series of cuts designed to shrink an agency that provides health insurance to tens of millions of Americans, regulates medical products and funds disease research.

The reduction-in-force hasn’t been distributed equally. While an official accounting has not emerged, it’s become clear that communications, policy, IT and HR offices across agencies have been gutted or closed. About half of HHS’ 28 divisions are being eliminated or consolidated.

More downsizing may be forthcoming, too. A leaked budget document shows the White House aims to slash HHS spending by one-third.

Carrying out this overhaul is HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., an environmental lawyer turned anti-vaccine activist whose role in the “Make America Healthy Again” movement won him a close relationship with President Donald Trump. Kennedy has wasted little time trying to bend HHS to his agenda, which he says is focused on addressing what he describes as a chronic disease epidemic. Yet his actions so far have also raised concerns he aims to restrict vaccines, in keeping with the years he’s spent spreading misinformation about their safety and efficacy.

BioPharma Dive is closely covering the changes underway at HHS. Keep tabs on the latest major developments using this tracker:

Facing the enemies


We are not born with courage, but neither are we born with fear. 

Maybe some of our fears are brought on by our own experiences, by what someone has told us, by what we’ve read in the papers.

Some fears are valid, like walking alone in a bad part of town at two o’clock in the morning.

But once you learn to avoid that situation, you won’t need to live in fear of it.

Fears, even the most basic ones, can totally destroy our ambitions.

Fear can destroy fortunes.

Fear can destroy relationships.

Fear, if left unchecked, can destroy our lives.

Fear is one of the many enemies lurking inside us.

Let me tell you about five of the other enemies we face from within

The first enemy that you’ve got to destroy before it destroys you is indifference

What a tragic disease this is.

“Ho-hum, let it slide. I’ll just drift along.”

Here’s one problem with drifting: you can’t drift your way to the top of the mountain.

The second enemy we face is indecision

Decision

Indecision is the thief of opportunity and enterprise.

It will steal your chances for a better future.

Take a sword to this enemy.

The third enemy inside is doubt 

In Doubt

Sure, there’s room for healthy skepticism.

You can’t believe everything.

But you also can’t let doubt take over.

Many people doubt the past, doubt the future, doubt each other, doubt the government, doubt the possibilities and doubt the opportunities.

Worse of all, they doubt themselves.

Use These 3 Chrome Extensions to Automatically Detect AI Content

AI content is the bane of our online existences; distinguishing between human and AI-generated text and images is becoming unfathomably difficult. That’s why I use these Chrome extensions to detect AI content quickly—they’ll become part of your daily browsing experience quicker than you think!

I’ve experimented with several AI detectors. I found Copyleaks to be effective at spotting content created by ChatGPT’s creative model and other AI tools. It only focuses on text analysis, though—don’t expect it to identify AI-generated images.

When installed, the clean interface features a draggable quick access menu that you can position anywhere on your screen, which I’ve found convenient. This menu features simple Settings and a Scan for AI content option when you hover over it.

The workflow is straightforward but requires a few steps. First, select suspicious text on any webpage, and a small icon appears. Click it, and your selection automatically populates in the sidebar. Then you’ll need to hit the scan button to analyze the text—a small extra step I sometimes forget about when I’m in a hurry.

One annoying aspect is that you need to create an account before using the extension. The free trial gives you five credits (with one credit equaling 250 words), which isn’t much if you’re regularly checking content. Interestingly, I’ve been using the trial version for weeks and somehow still have all five credits showing—I’m not complaining, but don’t count on that glitch lasting!

If you’re serious about AI detection, the Pro version starts at $9.99 per month, covering roughly 25,000 words with 100 credits. That might seem pricey, but if you’re concerned about reasons AI checkers might flag your writing, it could be worth the investment.

One frustrating aspect of Copyleaks is its binary approach to detection—it only flags content as either 100% AI-generated or 0% AI-generated, with no middle ground. I’ve had it incorrectly flag my own writing as AI-generated a few times, which is annoying. This black-and-white approach exhibits that AI might hallucinate or that human writing can sometimes resemble AI patterns.

Unlike Copyleaks, BitMind focuses exclusively on spotting AI-generated images, rather than text, which is equally important as detecting AI-generated text. And you don’t need to create an account to use it. You can install it, jump right in, and start detecting AI images anonymously.

This tool is useful when you’re browsing photography websites, scrolling through social media, or researching images for work. It might also be useful when scrolling through e-commerce websites, as some of them may feature fake products. For example, Etsy is often flooded with AI-generated images.

Bitmind Chrome extension flagging Etsy image as AI-generated.

Another reason is that a recent study shows generative AI images evoke a sense of uncanniness in subtle ways, which even trained human eyes struggle to detect consistently.

The extension works by analyzing any image you encounter while browsing. When you hover over an image, BitMind displays a percentage match in the top-right corner. That indicates how likely it believes the image was generated by AI. This quick visual indicator saves you from having to click anything or wait for results on a separate page.

Related

The 5 Best Open-Source AI Image Generators

Don’t pay for an AI image generator.

I found BitMind’s analysis takes around 10 seconds per image, which can feel a bit slow when scrolling through image-heavy websites. During my testing, it correctly identified AI images roughly 70% to 80% of the time—not perfect, but certainly helpful as a first-pass detection tool.

Bitmind Chrome extension menu with word counter in the background.

One limitation you might face is that BitMind occasionally flags authentic photographs as AI-generated, as seen in the following image. This isn’t entirely the extension’s fault, as today’s AI images have become quite realistic, making the boundaries between real and synthetic increasingly blurry.

A real photo flagged as AI-generated by Bitmind Chrome extension.

While I don’t trust AI to do most photo edits myself, having tools like BitMind helps spot potentially AI-generated content when verifying sources, fact-checking news, or simply satisfying your curiosity about whether that too-perfect image is actually real.

The Hive AI Detector stands out for its versatility—it handles text, images, and even audio or video content, up to 30 seconds long. You can access it in multiple ways: highlight text and right-click to select Hive AI Detector from the menu, or use the draggable icon that opens a sidebar where you can paste content directly (up to 2,048 characters).

Hive AI Chrome extension confirming content as human written in the sidebar.

For images, right-click and select Hive AI Detector from the context menu. Using this extension is handy because it not only tells you if an image is AI-generated but also tries to identify which specific AI model was likely used to create it, along with a confidence percentage.

While Hive’s accuracy seems solid, like other AI detectors you can try, it sometimes delivers confusing results. This hit-or-miss nature is unfortunately common with detection tools, as AI can detect and prevent malicious attacks, but still struggles with perfect accuracy.

The best part? You don’t need to create an account or enter your email address to use this extension. Just install it and start using it. It respects your privacy while still providing a powerful detection tool.

But remember that these extensions are just tools to supplement your critical thinking. As AI content becomes more sophisticated, your gut feeling about authenticity might sometimes prove more reliable than any algorithm’s determination. Trust, but verify, that’s my approach to navigating the internet.

Thai tourists flock to Shanghai for a multifaceted experience of China

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Thai-tourists-flock-to-Shanghai-for-a-multifaceted-experience-of-China-1CKKLzPmbOo/img/a90d41bda9554f4f918b4548d213c2cc/a90d41bda9554f4f918b4548d213c2cc.jpeg' alt='The egg-shaped structure on the North Bund is a popular photogenic spot for international visitors to Shanghai. /VCG'

Shanghai is experiencing a noticeable surge in Southeast Asian visitors, with Thai tourists leading the way. Rather than following traditional tour routes, many Thai travelers come with their own checklists – often sourced from social media.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Thai-tourists-flock-to-Shanghai-for-a-multifaceted-experience-of-China-1CKKLzPmbOo/img/a99113823cfc461f84578bdcc6ed7f50/a99113823cfc461f84578bdcc6ed7f50.jpeg' alt='International tourists visit the 1000 Trees complex, a photogenic hotspot in Shanghai. /VCG'

From the futuristic egg-shaped structure at the North Bund to the artistic 1000 Trees complex, Thai tourists are flocking to photogenic hotspots popular with international visitors. Their itineraries are vibrant and packed: snapping street photos, sampling local food, partying at night bars, shopping for collectible toys, and spending magical moments at Shanghai Disneyland.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Thai-tourists-flock-to-Shanghai-for-a-multifaceted-experience-of-China-1CKKLzPmbOo/img/317907a35e554a2d8eaa407d76c159a3/317907a35e554a2d8eaa407d76c159a3.jpeg' alt='Visitors pose for photos at Shanghai Disneyland. /VCG'

“We don’t have those back home,” is a common response when asked about their travel picks. Their trips often end with a visit to dessert shops, where visitors stock up on cakes to take home as gifts for friends and family.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Thai-tourists-flock-to-Shanghai-for-a-multifaceted-experience-of-China-1CKKLzPmbOo/img/c449d54160944cd298eb6ec8ed4d4bab/c449d54160944cd298eb6ec8ed4d4bab.jpeg' alt='Sampling local cuisine is an essential part of any trip to Shanghai. /VCG'

Visa-free entry, affordable roundtrip airfares (about $140 during the off-season) and cultural familiarity have made Shanghai a favorite among Thai tourists. Chinese apps like Alipay and WeChat, which allow users to order food, pay bills, and instantly translate menus, add to the convenience.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Thai-tourists-flock-to-Shanghai-for-a-multifaceted-experience-of-China-1CKKLzPmbOo/img/e27c82950b69413da6d9995397e8fa56/e27c82950b69413da6d9995397e8fa56.jpeg' alt='A notice for the "instant tax refund" service is seen on display at a shopping center in Shanghai. /VCG'

Recent improvements to visitor services are making trips even smoother. The “instant tax refund” policy, which was extended nationwide on April 8, allows international visitors to receive refunds directly in stores, instead of having to wait until their departure at the airport. In Shanghai, the service is already available in nearly half of the city’s tax refund partner stores. The newly updated Shanghai Pass One-Day Tourist Card offers bundled access to public transportation, sightseeing attractions, shopping discounts, and dining perks – making it even easier to explore the city on a short stay.

Billy Ray Cyrus, Elizabeth Hurley make their romance official

It seems Billy Ray Cyrus doesn’t have an achy breaky heart with his new flame: British actor-model Elizabeth Hurley.

The country music artist, 63, and the “Austin Powers” alum, 59, hard-launched their relationship over the weekend in a joint Instagram post. “Happy Easter,” Hurley captioned the Sunday photo. In the picture, Cyrus dons a pair of green bunny ears and gives Hurley a kiss on the cheek as they lean against a wooden fence in a lush pasture.

Hurley’s 23-year-old son Damian, whom she shares with late film financier-philanthropist Steve Bing, commented on the Instagram post with celebratory and heart emojis. It seems Cyrus is the latest star to give love a go with Hurley, whose romantic history also includes ex-husband Arun Nayar (they divorced in 2011), Bing, NBA athlete Steve Nash and Hugh Grant.

Before Hurley, Cyrus was recently romantically linked to Australian singer Firerose. Cyrus, father of “Flowers” singer and “Hannah Montana” actor Miley Cyrus, met Firerose on the set of the Disney Channel show in the early 2000s and married his “Plans” collaborator in October 2023.

That marriage lasted less than a year.

Cyrus filed to divorce Firerose in June 2024. They settled their divorce two months later after trading scathing allegations of fraud and abuse. At the time, a representative for Cyrus said the singer was “relieved to put this nightmare behind him.”

Cyrus shared a look into his love life months after his adopted son Trace, one of the five children he shares with ex-wife Tish Cyrus-Purcell, voiced concern over his father’s health.

“You’re not healthy Dad & everyone is noticing it,” Trace wrote in a January Instagram post, days after his dad delivered a shaky performance at an Inauguration Day event.

Despite Trace’s public plea and accusation that Cyrus has “pushed all of us away,” the country singer said in a YouTube video that he was “praying for my family” affected by the January wildfires. Since then, Cyrus has also publicly praised daughters Miley and Noah Cyrus for their various achievements and projects.

Cyrus and Hurley’s seemingly unexpected relationship sparked some confusion in the Instagram comments (“Little House on the Prairie” star Melissa Gilbert commented, “Wait….what?”), but the romance can reportedly be traced back to 2022. That’s when Hurley and Cyrus met on the set of the holiday film “Christmas in Paradise,” according to Page Six.

The former co-stars have “been friends for a long time and both found themselves single at the same time,” a source told the outlet. “The romantic side started only a few weeks ago.”

LG Electronics To Exit EV Charger Business Amid Global Demand Slowdown in Electric Vehicle Market

Seoul, April 22: LG Electronics said on Tuesday it will exit the electric vehicle (EV) charger business, citing prolonged global demand stagnation in the EV market. The company’s EV charger-manufacturing subsidiary, HiEV Charger, will be liquidated, and all employees involved in the business will be reassigned to other divisions within LG Electronics, reports Yonhap news agency.

The company added that it will continue to provide maintenance services to existing clients without disruption. LG entered the EV charging market in 2022 by acquiring HiEV Charger, formerly known as AppleMango, after initiating early research and development in the segment in 2018. Delhi Government To Roll Out 76 Electric Buses Under ‘DEVI’ Initiative From Ghazipur Depot To Boost Last-Mile Connectivity and Sustainable Transport.

Since then, the company had offered charging solutions in South Korea, including chargers at Emart retail stores, and expanded into the U.S. market last year, opening a production plant in Texas in January 2024.

The decision to withdraw comes as LG Electronics has refocused its efforts to prioritise growth in its heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) business. LG Electronics CEO Cho Joo-wan had previously identified the EV charger business as a key growth driver in the company’s vision to achieve 100 trillion won (US$70.1 billion) in sales by 2030.

Last year, LG Electronics partnered with ChargePoint, the leading supplier of charging solutions for electric vehicles in North America, to expand its EV charging business on a global basis. ChargePoint manages more than 306,000 active ports across North America and Europe. LG Electronics said the partnership was expected to help the company explore further business opportunities on a global scale through ChargePoint’s expansive network and industry-leading charger management solution. Tata Motors, Tata Power Renewable Energy Partner To Develop 131 MW Wind-Solar Hybrid Project To Generate 300 Million Units of Clean Energy Annually.

This move was part of LG Electronics’ broader strategy to achieve 100 trillion won ($72.5 billion) in sales from business-to-business operations by 2030 by focusing on future growth areas, including the EV charging business.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 22, 2025 10:10 AM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

New Jersey Sues Discord for Allegedly Failing to Protect Children

Discord is facing a new lawsuit from the state of New Jersey, which claims that the chat app is engaged in “deceptive and unconscionable business practices” that put its younger users in danger.

The lawsuit, filed on Thursday, comes after a multiyear investigation by the New Jersey Office of Attorney General. The AG’s office claims it has uncovered evidence that, despite Discord’s policies to protect children and teens, the popular messaging app is putting youth “at risk.”

“We’re the first state in the country to sue Discord,” Attorney General Matthew Platkin tells WIRED.

Platkin says there were two catalysts for the investigation. One is personal: A few years ago, a family friend came to Platkin, astonished that his 10-year-old son was able to sign up for Discord, despite the platform forbidding children under 13 from registering.

The second was the mass-shooting in Buffalo, in neighboring New York. The perpetrator used Discord as his personal diary in the lead-up to the attack and livestreamed the carnage directly to the chat and video app. (The footage was quickly removed.)

“These companies have consistently, knowingly, put profit ahead of the interest and well-being of our children,” Platkin says.

The AG’s office claims in the lawsuit that Discord violated the state’s Consumer Fraud Act. The allegations, which were filed on Thursday morning, turn on a set of policies adopted by Discord to keep children younger than 13 off the platform and to keep teenagers safe from sexual exploitation and violent content. The lawsuit is just the latest in a growing list of litigation from states against major social media firms—litigation that has, thus far, proven fairly ineffective.

Discord’s child and teen safety policies are clear: Children under 13 are forbidden from the messaging app, while it more broadly forbids any sexual interaction with minors, including youth “self-endangerment.” It further has algorithmic filters operating to stop unwanted sexual direct messages. The California-based company’s safety policy, published in 2023, states, “We built Discord to be different and work relentlessly to make it a fun and safe space for teens.”

But New Jersey says “Discord’s promises fell, and continue to fall, flat.”

The attorney general points out that Discord has three levels of safety to prevent youth from unwanted and exploitative messages from adults: “Keep me safe,” where the platform scans all messages into a user’s inbox; “my friends are nice,” where it does not scan messages from friends; and “do not scan,” where it scans no messages.

Even for teenage users, the lawsuit alleges, the platform defaults to “my friends are nice.” The attorney general claims this is an intentional design that represents a threat to younger users. The lawsuit also alleges that Discord is failing by not conducting age verification to prevent children under 13 from signing up for the service.

In 2023, Discord added new filters to detect and block unwanted sexual content, but the AG’s office says the company should have enabled the “keep my safe” option by default.

Ethereum Upcoming ‘Pectra’ Upgrade to Improve Blockchain’s Stability, Efficiency: All Details

Ethereum, touted as the most commercial blockchain in existence, is set to undergo a significant upgrade in the coming days. Dubbed “Pectra”, the upgrade is aimed at improving Ethereum’s efficiency, stability, and usability. Initially, the upgrade was slated to be completed around early April, however, owing to the ongoing tests on the upgrade its deployment has been pushed by some days. According to Tim Beiko, who runs the core protocol meetings for Ethereum, the upgrade could be completed by April 30.

Pectra’s introduction to Ethereum will improve the blockchain’s ability to augment accounts and upgrade the experience for its validators, as per an official blog from Ethereum. It will also expand Ethereum’s scalability range for the supported Layer-2 blockchains like Arbitrum, Base, and Polygon among others.

Some Key Highlights

With Pectra, Ethereum users will be able to replace traditional private key-controlled accounts with programmable smart contracts for greater flexibility and security. This will notably advance Ethereum’s “account abstraction” features.

Explaining the feature, Ethereum said it represented “a major step toward widespread account abstraction, enabling users to enhance their Externally Owned Accounts (EOAs) with smart contract functionality.

“This hybrid approach combines the simplicity of EOAs with the programmability of contract-based accounts,” the blog post read.

Through the feature, users will be able to execute multiple operations within a single transaction. This will eliminate the need to execute separate transactions for transaction approvals and token swapping.

Another significant feature that will come with Pectra is the “Gas Sponsorship”. Essentially, users will be able to process gas fee payments through other crypto tokens instead of accepting only ETH tokens.

For network validators, Pectra will introduce profitable rewards. “Pectra raises the maximum balance a validator can receive rewards on from 32 ETH to 2048 ETH, through an opt-in update of withdrawal credential type. For smaller stakers, this enables automatic reward compounding. Both existing and new validators can be configured to earn rewards on the entirety of their stake, up to 2048 ETH per validator,” the network explained.

Beiko has posted more details on the upcoming upgrade on X.

The word “Pectra” has been explained as the combination of Prague, the location of Devcon IV, and Electra, a blue-white giant star in the constellation of Taurus. Its testnet was activated on February 24.

Previous Ethereum Upgrades

In March 2024, Ethereum had undergone the Dencun upgrade. It was aimed at lowering the expenses for the Ethereum-supported Layer 2 networks.

Before that, Ethereum had completed its Shanghai upgrade in April 2023. That upgrade started allowing validators to withdraw their staked ETH tokens on the PoS network.

In 2022, Ethereum saw one of its biggest upgrades when its consensus shifted from energy-intensive Proof of Work (PoW) mechanism to the eco-friendly Proof of Stake (PoS). This upgrade was called the “Merge”.

Google Ads to show ads in the top ads position, also in the bottom ads position

Google will now allow relevant Search ads from advertisers who showed amongst top ads to also participate in the bottom ads auction. As a reminder, the definition of top ads changed about a year ago, as Google began mixing ads in various organic positions throughout the search results.

With this change, Google also reminded us that it updated its unfair ads policy (i.e. double serving) to say this is not double serving. Google added the words, “in a single ad location,” as an exception to the policy last March after Google was caught double serving ads under its old definition.

What Google said. Google wrote:

Today, we’re sharing more about a recent change we made to deliver more relevant Search ads at the bottom of the search results page. When someone searches on Google, we run different auctions for each ad location where we show Search ads—for example top ads are selected by a different Search ad auction from ads that show in other ad locations. Until now, Search ads from a given advertiser were generally restricted to a single ad location on a given page.

Recently, we started looking deeply at the user experience with ads lower down the page and observed something interesting. Often, users would scroll past the top results to review content lower down the page, but then scroll back up if they found top results more relevant relative to content further below.

To help reduce this friction and improve ad relevance lower down the page, we will now allow relevant Search ads from advertisers who showed amongst top ads to also participate in the bottom ads auction. This means a user scrolling lower down the page might see a highly relevant ad from the same advertiser, but not necessarily the exact same content they saw earlier.

We tested this for several months and found that allowing advertisers who showed amongst top ads to also compete in the bottom auction increased rates of highly relevant ads by about 10%1 and increased bottom ad conversions by about 14%2, improving both the user experience and advertiser value lower down the page.

Google’s FAQ. Google also posted a Q&A on these changes:

1. Is Google Ads changing its policy around double serving for Search Ads?

No. The unfair advantage policy for Search ads applies to ads that compete with each other to show in a single ad location and we recently updated our language to make this clearer. With this change, we are allowing advertisers who show up in the top ad location to also be eligible for ad locations further down the page. However, within a single ad location (either top or bottom), we will continue to apply and enforce the existing policy. 

2. How will this change affect the Search ads auction?

With this change, we will now allow relevant Search ads from advertisers who showed amongst top ads to also participate in the bottom ads auction. There are no changes to the auction that we run for top ads. Advertisers will continue to never bid against themselves with this change either in the top or bottom auction.

3. Will the same ad always appear at both the top and bottom of the search results?

No. We show the most relevant Search ad for each specific placement on the Search results page, whether it’s at the top or the bottom. The specific ad content shown to the user may be similar or different from the top to best suit the context of the bottom placement. 

4. Does this change loosen query matching or ad load constraints?

No, our query matching systems and controls remain the same, as do our guidelines around the number of top ads we show on the page. This change is solely focused on the bottom of the page.

5. How can I understand the impact of this change?

This change, which will provide more opportunities for relevant Search ads at the bottom of the page, may impact your overall metrics. To understand the impact on your campaigns, we recommend that you segment your metrics by “Top vs. other” if you’re interested in understanding performance for different ad locations. The search terms report will continue to show query-level clicks, whether your ads are clicked on in top or bottom locations.  

6. How do I best prepare for this change?

Since this update provides more opportunities for relevant Search ads to be seen, ensure your keywords, ad copy, and landing pages are well-themed with what users are searching for. As more opportunities become available at the bottom of the page, you will likely see higher conversion volume at your current targets. We recommend using bid simulator tools to explore potential performance changes and adjust your bids or targets strategically. 

Why we care. Google has been testing various changes to ad positions within its search results for the past couple of years. Google has been happy with the results of those tests and thus continues to allow the same or similar ad, from the same advertiser, in multiple ad locations throughout the search results.

I believe many advertisers are happy about this new policy but some may not be. Either way, you need to be aware of these newish Google Ads rules.

Zelda: Tears Of The Kingdom Collector’s Edition Soundtrack Restocked At Amazon

The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom’s Collector’s Edition soundtrack is back in stock at Amazon in limited quantities. Originally listed last year for $194 (ouch), it’s now up for grabs for a less painful–but still pricey–$125. The standard edition soundtrack is also available for a reduced price, though you won’t get the cool collectibles. Both versions of the Tears of the Kingdom soundtrack released last August. The Collector’s Edition ships directly from Amazon Japan for free, while the standard edition is shipped from a reseller in the US.

Tears of the Kingdom is undoubtedly one of the best Switch games of all time. Weaving an engaging narrative with inventive gameplay mechanics and a sprawling world to explore, the successor to Breath of the Wild quickly proved it was far more than just an asset flip. Fantastic gameplay and exploration is bolstered by a powerful and stirring score helps bring the diverse world of Hyrule to life–and now you can own Tears of the Kingdom’s soundtrack in physical format (CDs).

Tears of the Kingdom is far from the first Zelda game to receive a physical soundtrack release. The list of prior releases includes Wind Waker, Majora’s Mask, Breath of the Wild, and more. For good measure, we’ve also tossed in two great Mario soundtracks–one of which was released to celebrate the series’ 30th anniversary. Most of these soundtracks have limited stock and prices fluctuate frequently.

It is worth noting that Nintendo Switch Online members can listen to many Zelda tunes and other music from Nintendo’s first-party game catalog on the Nintendo Music app on iOS or Android.

Nintendo Game Soundtracks on CD

More Gaming, Tech, and Entertainment Deals & Preorders

High-fat, high-sugar diets impact cognitive function

New research from the University of Sydney links fatty, sugary diets to impaired brain function. The findings build on a growing body of evidence showing the negative impact of high-fat, high-sugar (HFHS) diets on cognitive ability, adding to their well-known physical effects.

Published on Friday in the International Journal of Obesity, the research is the first to test in humans the relationship between HFHS diets, particularly those high in refined sugar and saturated fat, and first-person spatial navigation. Spatial navigation is the ability to learn and remember a path from one location to another, a process that can approximate the health of the brain’s hippocampus.

Dr Dominic Tran from the Faculty of Science’s School of Psychology led the research, which found HFHS diets have a detrimental effect on some aspects of cognitive function. It is likely those effects centre on the hippocampus, the brain structure important for spatial navigation and memory formation, rather than acting across the entire brain.

“The good news is we think this is an easily reversible situation,” Dr Tran said. “Dietary changes can improve the health of the hippocampus, and therefore our ability to navigate our environment, such as when we’re exploring a new city or learning a new route home.”

The research team recruited 55 university students aged between 18 and 38. Each participant completed questionnaires capturing their intake of sugary and fatty foods. They also had their working memory tested in a number recall exercise, and their body mass index (BMI) recorded.

The experiment itself required participants to navigate a virtual reality maze and locate a treasure chest six times. The maze was surrounded by landmarks that participants could use to remember their route. Their starting point and the location of the treasure chest remained constant in each trial.

If participants found the treasure in less than four minutes, they continued to the next trial. If they failed to find the treasure in this time, they were teleported to its location and given 10 seconds to familiarise themselves with that location before the next trial.

A seventh trial removed the treasure chest from the virtual maze but asked participants to find and mark its former location based purely on memory. Those with lower levels of fat and sugar in their diets were able to pinpoint the location with a higher degree of accuracy than those who consumed these foods multiple times a week.

“After controlling for working memory and BMI, measured separately to the experiment, participants’ sugar and fat intake was a reliable predictor of performance in that final, seventh, test,” Dr Tran said.

Dr Tran said the results highlight the importance of making good dietary choices to maintain healthy brain function.

“We’ve long known eating too much refined sugar and saturated fat brings the risk of obesity, metabolic and cardiovascular disease, and certain cancers. We also know these unhealthy eating habits hasten the onset of age-related cognitive decline in middle age and older adults.

“This research gives us evidence that diet is important for brain health in early adulthood, a period when cognitive function is usually intact,” Dr Tran said.

Dr Tran said the sample group used in this research was not representative of the wider population, but the findings still apply more broadly.

“It’s likely our participants were a little healthier than the general population and we think, if our sample better represented the public, the impact of diet on spatial navigation would likely be even more pronounced.”

Dr Tran is a recipient of an Australian Research Council Discovery Early Career Research Award (DECRA).

Call for Chapters: Book on ‘Transformative Technologies’

About the Book

In environmental sustainability, AI helps analyse large datasets, predict future trends, and optimize processes to improve environmental outcomes. AI technologies can be applied to various sectors, including energy, agriculture, waste management, water conservation, and transportation.

This edited volume aims to bring together scholarly insights on how Artificial Intelligence can transform environmental governance and sustainable practices across disciplines.

About the Publisher: Book Rivers

Book Rivers is an independent publishing platform that collaborates closely with academic institutions, researchers, and authors to bring meaningful works to print. With a growing presence in the field of academic publishing, Book Rivers emphasizes accessible publishing solutions without compromising on quality.

Its distribution channels ensure that published works reach both academic and general readership, making it a trusted partner for scholarly publications.

Sub Themes

  • AI and Environmental Legislation: Shaping Future Legal Frameworks.
  • AI-driven data analysis for real-time environmental monitoring.
  • Addressing ethical concerns in AI’s environmental applications.
  • AI, Environmental Justice, and Equity in Law.
  • IPR and Sustainable Innovation: Balancing Protection and Accessibility for Environmental Solutions.
  • The Role of AI & IPR in Promoting Green Technologies: Legal and IPR Consideration.
  • AI, International Environmental Law, and Global IPR Solutions.
  • Predicting environmental hazards with Ai-based forecasting models.

The above-mentioned themes are only indicative, any chapter relevant to the main theme would be acceptable. Authors are open to research on any topic related to the above-mentioned themes introspecting their own scholarly interests in this igniting area.

Eligibility

Contributions are invited from scholars, researchers, academicians, professionals, and students with an interest in the field.

Submission Guidelines

  • The themes are broadly suggestive. The author may write on any topic relevant to the theme of the book.
  • All the contributions should be the original work of the contributors. All submissions will undergo the plagiarism test and similarity should not exceed 10%.
  • Submissions should be in:
    • Main Text: Times New Roman, font size 12, 1.5 line spacing, justified text, 1-inch margins on all sides (A4 size).
    • Footnotes: Times New Roman, font size 10, single line spacing.
    • Citation Style: Only footnotes are permitted. Endnotes, bibliographies, and in-text citations are not allowed
    • Word Count: 3,000–5,000 words (excluding footnotes).
  • Headings should follow the following standard:
    • TITLE OF THE SUBMISSION: Upper-case, bold, font size 14
    • HEADINGS: Upper-case, bold, font size 12
    • Sub-Headings: Title-case, bold, font size 12
  • The submission must be the original work of the author and must not have been published elsewhere or pending review.
  • Co-authorship is allowed. The maximum number of authors for a submission shall only be two.
  • Kindly use footnotes only. Footnotes should conform to the Indian Law Institute, New Delhi Citation Style of Footnoting.
  • The manuscript should be accompanied with the author’s name, designation, name of institute, contact number, and e-mail for future reference and correspondence. All submitted papers will go through a peer review process.

How to Submit?

  • All submissions are to be made in .doc/.docx format through the following email address: [email protected].
  • Subject line of the mail should read as “Chapter Submission – [Author’s Name]”.

Fees

A publication fee of INR 1000/- per chapter is applicable, which includes one hard copy of the book. In case of co-authored chapters, an additional hard copy may be requested by the second author for an extra charge of INR 500/-.

Important Dates

Last date of chapter submission: 10th June, 2025.

About Editors

  • Dr. Manzoor Khan – Assistant Professor, Faculty of Law, Integral University.
  • Mridul Mishra
  • Areesha Aafreen
  • Khubaib Rehman

This book would be of interest to researchers, policy-makers, environmental professionals, legal scholars, and technologists.

Contact

Phone: 9305662950, 8881745668, 7651924369.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Invisible infidelity? How micro-cheating damages relationships without you noticing

In today’s hyperconnected world, cheating doesn’t always involve sneaking around. In this age of hyperconnectivity, cheating has evolved from secret rendezvous to seemingly benign acts like exchanging cute messages, late-night texts, or sharing aspects of life that are meant to be private and secure behind closed doors with people who aren’t registered as life partners.

Micro-cheating, a subtle betrayal in relationships, often involves emotional investments crossing boundaries. (Freepik)

This type of subtle yet hurtful betrayal is termed as micro-cheating. Though it may appear trivial, micro-cheating can have disastrous consequences on relationships and partnerships. Shallu Chawla, founder and matchmaker at Make My Lagan, shared with HT Lifestyle what micro-cheating is and how to deal with it. (Also read: How to build a secure relationship? Relationship coach shares tips )

What is it?

Micro-cheating does not limit itself to just physical affairs but encompasses boundaries of emotional investment as well. This happens when a person in a committed romantic relationship flirts with the boundaries of being unfaithful and engages in such behaviours, which include but aren’t limited to:

● Engaging in flirtatious exchanges with a “friend”

● Concealing social media actions such as deleting messages.

● Sharing personal thoughts and feelings with someone outside their primary relationship

● Seeking emotional thrill from others and going out of the way to get attention from them.

Micro-cheating is harmful, but more often than not, people do not carry ulterior motives while engaging in behaviour that is deemed inappropriate. It is safe to assume that a majority of individuals don’t realise the boundaries they are crossing until it is too late, and their partner becomes distressed.

An archetype of an underlying problem

Many people don’t realise they’re crossing boundaries until it’s too late. While intentions may not be bad, actions can still hurt a partner. Often, these are brushed off with lines like “we weren’t doing anything at all.” This erodes trust and emotional safety.

Following inappropriate accounts on social media is also one of the problematic micro-cheating signs.(Shutterstock)
Following inappropriate accounts on social media is also one of the problematic micro-cheating signs.(Shutterstock)

Emotional withdrawal leads to secrecy and distance. Divorce or breakups are often blamed on surface issues, while deeper causes, like the emotional fallout on children, are overlooked. These children may feel disconnected and learn to manipulate to get what they need emotionally.

When responsibility fades, even morally wrong acts feel less serious just because they’re not illegal. In today’s world, emotional boundaries blur easily. Constant stimuli without real meaning can make emotional responses feel real, even when there’s no substance behind them.

When emotional distance turns into invisible damage

Feelings of emotional detachment, especially negative ones, transform less noticed into deep-rooted despair, heighten insecurity, and resentment level streams ensure gradual perception destructive chasm.

This enables to:

  • Feeling substandard
  • Constant emotional checking or second-guessing oneself
  • Enduring weak yet debilitating bonds
  • Loud outbursts without deeper reasons, marked by severe distaste that lacks any genuine value or true cause, leaving an open wound blamed on false logic, devoid of reason and heart.

How to navigate micro-cheating

1. Set boundaries together

Be as thoughtful as you can about the matter at hand: every relationship functions differently. Some couples may find exchanging casual messages with an ex inconsequential, whereas others may see it as a significant breach of trust. The answer lies in working together, not making assumptions. Sit together and discuss:

Micro-cheating may seem small or trivial on the surface, but it walks the fine line between personal privacy and emotional betrayal.(Shutterstock)
Micro-cheating may seem small or trivial on the surface, but it walks the fine line between personal privacy and emotional betrayal.(Shutterstock)

● Which actions or behaviours guarantee our feeling of safety?

● What order of boundaries exists between a friendship and an overstep?

● How do we restore the trust once a boundary is overstepped?

Empathy puts a lens of compassion as opposed to an attack. Exude empathy rather than accusations. Do not say, “You shouldn’t…” Words could be different saying, “I feel uneasy when…” This approach places more attention on care rather than assigning blame.

2. Shift from secrecy to transparency

If erasing messages and interactions and avoiding mentioning a person’s name around your partner comes to mind, stop. Ask yourself, What is it that I am hiding? Open and honest is not only about lying around the matter; open and honest refers to discussing in no uncertain terms, choosing to disclose information.

3. Rekindle emotional intimacy

For many people emotional needs do remain unmet, and that is a reason micro-cheating becomes common. Set a regular check-in routine with the intent to discuss:

● What is missing from our connection?

● What ways are there to provide aid and support each other’s emotional worlds?

4. Seek help if stuck

If resentment lingers or boundaries keep slipping, involve a neutral third party. A couples therapist can help untangle unspoken fears and guide you toward healthier patterns.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice.

Novo says it’s submitted obesity pill for FDA approval

Dive Brief:

  • Novo Nordisk asked the Food and Drug Administration to approve a pill version of its popular weight loss drug in obesity earlier this year, a spokesperson confirmed to BioPharma Dive. 
  • Novo first reported in 2023 that the drug, an oral form of semaglutide, succeeded in a Phase 3 trial, helping people on the highest dose lose about 15% of their body weight after 64 weeks. However, the Danish drugmaker didn’t seek approval immediately afterwards, instead focusing attention on other medicines that might improve upon the injectable drug it sells as Wegovy for obesity and Ozempic for diabetes. 
  • The approval filing comes as a race with rival Eli Lilly to develop a weight loss pill has intensified. Lilly last week said its oral GLP-1 pill succeeded in a large trial in diabetes. That drug, orforglipron, could be submitted to regulators if an ongoing study in obesity also meets its objectives. 

Dive Insight:

Drugmakers are scrambling to grab a share of a market that could top $100 billion annually next decade, and pills that can spur meaningful weight loss are a big part of those plans. 

Novo has long appeared to be well ahead of others in that race. It had already developed Rybelsus, an oral formulation of semaglutide, for diabetes, and began testing a higher-dose version of it in obesity. And in May 2023, it reported success in a study that tested as high as a 50 milligram oral dose of semaglutide. 

In a statement at the time, the company said it intended to seek approval in the U.S. and Europe in 2023. Yet in an earnings report shortly afterwards, Novo conceded that a launch was “contingent on portfolio prioritizations and manufacturing capacity.” The company has several would-be obesity drugs in clinical development, including a closely watched combination therapy called CagriSema. And unlike Lilly’s orforglipron, oral semaglutide is a peptide drug, making its production more complicated than a traditional small molecule. 

However, CagriSema’s progress has been slowed by disappointing study results that have forced Novo to redraw its development plan. Another oral prospect has also underwhelmed.

Through a series of investments, Novo has finally begun to make enough of Wegovy to meet demand, easing a supply shortage that’s lasted for years. Yet the 25 milligram daily dose involved in the oral version — around 70 times the top dose of Wegovy — could once again test its production capacity. 

Novo’s executive team will provide more details about the approval application alongside the company’s first quarter earnings report on May 7, the spokesperson said.

The 8 Best Viral Video Websites To Watch What’s Buzzing Now

Viral videos aren’t just about laughs. They shape our social culture and often spill over into news and real life. But to see the best viral videos from around the web, you need to cover all the sites, from YouTube to TikTok and more.

To discover what’s truly viral, start here. Of course, YouTube is the world’s largest video platform. But the YouTube Charts page is the pulse of what’s viral in the music world. This section highlights the most-watched and fastest-rising music videos and the artists behind them.

The Charts update in real-time, so you’ll always find the latest record-breaking music videos ranked here. Select the country of your choice if you also enjoy music from other countries.

I like to browse the Daily top songs on shorts. I find it a nice shortcut to discover new songs on YouTube and expand my taste.

TikTok

TikTok has played its part in redefining social culture. Its short, addictive clips are perfect for small mobile screens. The For You Page straight away serves up what’s trending right now.

TikTok’s diverse content includes everything creators put together, from dance challenges to comedic skits. You will find many educational and creative short-form videos too.

Trends move fast; videos often spill over into pop culture and other platforms. But if you want to catch the internet’s hottest moments as they happen, TikTok is the place to be, despite the many controversies it goes through.

Instagram

Instagram might be the world’s favorite photo-sharing app. But Reels brings in the viral content here with a steady stream of short-form videos. Instagram’s algorithm pushes the most engaging Reels to the Explore page, so you’ll always see what’s buzzing.

The Reels are anywhere between 15 seconds and 3 minutes in length. Humor, music, and quick storytelling dominate here, making it a go-to for viral content that’s easy to watch and share. Use trending hashtags to find the content you like

I like to use Instagram Reels to find trending songs and music. Sometimes, the story inside the Reel is good as well.

Vimeo

If YouTube is the bustling street market of online video, Vimeo is the quiet art gallery. It’s refined and focused on quality over quantity. The focus on originality and artistry makes Vimeo one of the best alternatives to YouTube.

Two noteworthy features set Vimeo apart: its superior video and audio quality, supporting up to 8K resolution and several lossless audio formats. Its customizable, ad-free player is a boon for both viewers and makers.

Vimeo’s human-curated Staff Picks channel is a hidden gem for viral hits. To discover more viral content on Vimeo, visit the Watch page or explore curated channels and categories that interest you.

DailyMotion

Dailymotion is a global video-sharing site that’s been around almost as long as YouTube. The French video sharing platform is especially popular in Europe and offers a mix of short-form viral videos, trending news, and entertainment. The homepage spotlights what’s hot, and you’ll find everything from funny fails to music videos and breaking news.

Dailymotion’s less crowded space makes it a great alternative for discovering viral content that might not surface elsewhere.

BitChute

BitChute is an alternative video platform that promotes free speech and minimal moderation. Viral videos here often come from a small but highly engaged community.

While not as mainstream, BitChute’s trending section features videos that are niche. Some are controversial, some are quirky, but most of them are raw and unfiltered. If you’re curious about what’s going viral outside mainstream video-sharing sites, BitChute is worth checking out.

According to a 2023 Pew Research study, one-third of BitChute creators have been banned or demonetized on other social media sites.

9Gag

Since 2008, 9Gag has been one of the internet’s go-to sites for memes, GIFs, and short viral videos. The community upvotes the funniest or most shocking clips, so the eye-catching ones rise to the top fast.

9Gag’s Top and Trending sections are packed with viral videos and memes that spread across other social media sites within hours.

9Gag also includes a lot of NSFW content, so it’s unsuitable for all age groups. Common Sense Media says no privacy setting or moderation is explicitly stated on the site.

dtube-homepage

DTube is a decentralized video platform that rewards creators with cryptocurrency and doesn’t rely on ads. Its trending section features videos that are getting the most attention, often from tech enthusiasts and those looking for alternatives to mainstream sites.

The site’s community-driven approach means viral videos rise based on user votes, not algorithms. DTube could be a fresh option if you want to support independent creators and see what’s trending on a blockchain-based social media site.

To keep up with what’s buzzing:

  • Check trending or viral sections daily—timing is everything.
  • Explore beyond the mainstream for hidden gems.
  • Share your favorites to help them go viral.

Whether you want a quick laugh, the latest meme, or a glimpse at what the world is watching, these sites offer more than you can consume in a lifetime.

Rare glossy ibises spotted in Qingdao

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Rare-glossy-ibises-spotted-in-Qingdao-1CKLTUdRBCg/img/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489.jpeg'
A flock of glossy ibises is seen foraging at a coastal wetland in Qingdao, Shandong Province on April 19, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Rare-glossy-ibises-spotted-in-Qingdao-1CKLTUdRBCg/img/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489.jpeg'
A flock of glossy ibises is seen foraging at a coastal wetland in Qingdao, Shandong Province on April 19, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Rare-glossy-ibises-spotted-in-Qingdao-1CKLTUdRBCg/img/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489.jpeg'
A flock of glossy ibises is seen foraging at a coastal wetland in Qingdao, Shandong Province on April 19, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-21/Rare-glossy-ibises-spotted-in-Qingdao-1CKLTUdRBCg/img/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489/da15386d5ff0425eb0da98a8e0dca489.jpeg'
A flock of glossy ibises is seen foraging at a coastal wetland in Qingdao, Shandong Province on April 19, 2025. /VCG

A flock of glossy ibises, a first-class nationally protected species in China, was recently spotted at a coastal wetland in Qingdao, Shandong Province. The birds, with feathers that shimmer in vibrant hues in the sunlight, are even less common than giant pandas. Their appearance is seen as a positive sign of the area’s improving ecology, thanks to ongoing efforts to restore and protect the wetlands.

Kneecap claims pro-Palestine messages were cut from its Coachella set

The outspoken Northern Irish hip-hop trio Kneecap is well-known for scathing criticism of Israel’s attacks on Gaza during its live sets. But the band says a few pointed moments from its two Coachella sets were cut from the fest’s official livestream, and wonders if its messaging played a role.

The band’s performance at the fest’s second weekend featured projections of text reading “Israel is committing genocide against the Palestinian people. It is being enabled by the U.S. government who arm and fund Israel despite their war crimes. F— Israel Free Palestine.”

The band said on social media that those messages were supposed to have appeared during their Weekend 1 set as well, but “our messaging on the US-backed genocide in Gaza somehow never appeared on screens either.”

Representatives for Goldenvoice, the fest’s promoter, did not immediately return a request for comment.

During its first weekend set, the band reportedly led a boisterous chant celebrating the 2013 death of former British prime minister Margaret Thatcher, which they said was cut from the livestream as well.

No sets from Coachella’s Sonora Tent — the indoor venue reserved for the punk-inspired acts that made Goldenvoice’s early reputation — were filmed for the livestream during the second weekend. There, the group reportedly said onstage that “the Irish are not so longer persecuted under the Brits, but we were never bombed under the f— skies with nowhere to go.”

“Some uncensored messaging to Coachella,” the band wrote after its Weekend 2 set, posting images of its projections.

Kneecap was far from alone in criticizing Israel’s attacks on Gaza during Coachella. Headliners Green Day altered the lyrics of “Jesus of Suburbia” to sing, “Runnin’ away from pain, like the kids from Palestine.” Other acts like Blonde Redhead and Bob Vylan displayed Palestinian flags during their sets.

Music manager and executive Scooter Braun, who organized a museum exhibition on the Nova festival massacre in Israel, said on Instagram that Coachella founder Paul Tollett “is a good man and has been an outspoken advocate on behalf of survivors of the Nova Music Festival.”

Delhi Government To Roll Out 76 Electric Buses Under ‘DEVI’ Initiative From Ghazipur Depot To Boost Last-Mile Connectivity and Sustainable Transport

New Delhi, April 21: In a boost to last-mile connectivity and sustainable transport, the Delhi government is set to roll out 76 electric buses from the Ghazipur depot starting Tuesday, transport department officials said.

According to officials, the first batch of these 76 buses will operate from the Ghazipur depot under the Delhi Electric Vehicle Interchanges (DEVI) initiative.

The electric bus service is aimed at strengthening feeder connectivity to metro stations and major Delhi Transport Corporation (DTC) bus routes, with each vehicle expected to cover approximately 12 kilometres. Eight buses will run between Anand Vihar ISBT Terminal and Keshav Nagar Mukti Ashram, while six will ply on the Seemapuri–Old Delhi Railway Station route. Ten buses will connect the Mayur Vihar Phase III Paper Market and the Mori Gate Terminal. Hyundai Motor Makes First-Ever Commercial Delivery of Zero-Emission ‘Elec City Town’ Electric Bus in Japan to Iwasaki Group.

Additionally, eight buses will operate between Anand Vihar ISBT Terminal and Swaroop Nagar, while six will serve the Anand Vihar ISBT–Humdard Nagar and Sangam Vihar route. Fourteen buses will be deployed on the Anand Vihar ISBT–Kapashera Border route.

The Nangloi and East Vinod Nagar depots are also expected to begin DEVI bus operations in the coming days. “Tomorrow, Delhi will receive a special gift from the government. It is launching electric buses which have been named ‘DEVI’. Union Environment Minister Bhupender Yadav will also be present on the occasion,” said Delhi Environment Minister Manjinder Singh Sirsa.

Previously known as the Mohalla Bus Service under the Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) government, the project has been rebranded by the newly formed BJP administration with operational and infrastructural enhancements aimed at improving commuter experience and urban mobility, officials said. The service, which had been delayed for several months, is designed to improve public transport accessibility across the city. Automobile Exports From India: Vehicle Exports Rise by 19% Surpassing All-Time High of 53 Lakh Units for Financial Year Ending March 31, Maruti Suzuki and Bajaj Auto Lead.

Officials said most routes have already been finalised, and more will be added based on demand after reviewing the initial response. “The idea is to cover shorter routes that connect interior streets with arterial roads, so these buses can operate in areas where larger buses cannot,” said a transport department official, requesting anonymity.

(This is an unedited and auto-generated story from Syndicated News feed, LatestLY Staff may not have modified or edited the content body)

Bluesky Is Rolling Out Official Verification

Starting today, Bluesky is rolling out a new verification system, complete with the familiar blue check marks popularized by Twitter.

The social platform, which has experienced rapid growth since it opened to the public in early 2024, formerly relied on an unconventional self-verification system where users could “authenticate” themselves by including custom domains in their web handles. Now it’s adopting a more proactive and traditional verification strategy, with the Bluesky team identifying notable accounts and bestowing blue check marks.

“It’ll be a rolling process as the feature stabilizes, and then we’ll launch a public form that people can use to request verification,” says CEO Jay Graber. The highest-priority accounts right now are government officials, news organizations and journalists, and celebrities.

As Bluesky has grown, it has seen an uptick in impersonators posing as public figures, as MIT Technology Review documented last year. To meet growing demand for ways to confirm that accounts are legit, some Bluesky power users have taken it upon themselves to create their own verification systems. As the app continues to attract celebrity users—former president Barack Obama joined earlier this spring—a more formal verification process will help reassure public figures that Bluesky is a safe digital hangout space. “We want to reduce fraud and impersonation and drive a more trustworthy environment on Bluesky,” Graber says.

Rolling out what is pretty close to a dupe of Twitter’s original verification system is not groundbreaking stuff. It’s savvy, nonetheless. The reason social networks like Instagram and TikTok aped the blue check approach wasn’t because they necessarily wanted to copy a rival’s features. It was because these symbols had been successfully established as a visual cue that an account had been vetted.

When Elon Musk purged the microblogging platform’s legacy blue check marks in favor of a pay-to-play approach, he zapped the symbol’s practical value within the X ecosystem and gave grifters and pranksters everywhere a lovely gift. Still, outside of X a blue check remains an easy shorthand for “probably not fake.”

In addition to this traditional, top-down verification approach, Bluesky is also offering “trusted verifier” status to a select group of vetted organizations. These organizations will be given a scalloped blue check mark on their Bluesky accounts. The initial batch of publications selected as trusted verifiers includes The New York Times and WIRED, with more in the works.

Whether an account is verified by Bluesky itself or by these third-party “trusted verifiers,” the blue check mark it receives will look identical. When users click or tap on the check mark, they will see a list of which organizations verified the account. For example, clicking on a blue check next to a WIRED reporter’s name would show that WIRED verified their identity and may show that Bluesky and other organizations also verified it. “Multiple organizations can verify one account,” Graber says.

The introduction of the trusted verifier system on top of the conventional, centralized verification offering is a nod to Bluesky’s general philosophy of decentralization. It’s also, one suspects, a deeply practical move, as the company’s head count remains under 25 people.

Bluesky users should begin to see the first official blue check marks today.

Binance Set to Re-Verify KYC Details of India Users 

Binance is refreshing the database of its user details in India, the exchange said in an official announcement over the weekend. Binance’s India users have been directed to re-verify their Know-Your-Customer (KYC) details. This instruction will apply to both the new as well as the existing users of the exchange. Access to Binance was restored in India in August 2024, after it cleared a fine of $2.25 million (roughly Rs. 18.8 crore) for violating India’s Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA).

Binance informed its India users about the re-verification process through an email, it said in its announcement. The exchange said that the step aligns with its aim to maintain high security standards in the country.

The platform will be obtaining the PAN details of its users in India as part of this KYC refreshing process. PAN or (Permanent Account Number) is a 10-digit identification number assigned to all taxpayers in India.

Explaining the step, Binance said that it is “a requirement under the Indian AML laws” which “is not unique to Binance and equally applies to all local and global exchanges registered under India’s AML legislation.”

Other details that users will need to submit for their KYCs include name, date of birth, address, and images of government-issued ID. In addition, users will also be required to go through a facial identification process.

In 2024, Binance had ensured its users that uploading the necessary documents for the KYC was a quick process – the verification and approval process could take a few days. Once the verification is completed, the platform notifies the users accordingly.

Binance has assured its India users that it will keep their personal details safe and secure.

“We will only ask for details required under Indian anti money laundering laws for the prevention of financial crime and the development of a safe and responsible digital asset ecosystem,” the exchange noted.

In India, all crypto platforms are mandated to adhere to the anti-money laundering guidelines. As part of India’s PMLA laws, crypto exchanges need to have the KYC details of their users to keep an oversight on crypto trading activities. Upon identifying suspicious transactions, the PMLA requires exchanges to report their observations to the relevant authorities.

Last year, Binance CEO Richard Teng had said that the company recognised the vitality and potential of India’s thriving virtual digital assets (VDAs) market. The exchange also completed its registration with the Financial Intelligence Unit of India (FIU-IND) in May last year.

It is, however, noteworthy that Binance is yet to establish a physical presence in India.

Meta tags for SEO: What you need to know

Remember when meta keywords were all the rage? 

Fast forward to 2025, and while search engines have evolved dramatically, meta tags remain crucial building blocks of your SEO foundation, just not the ones you might remember.

You’re juggling countless priorities, so it’s tempting to view meta tags as “set it and forget it” HTML snippets.

But here’s the truth: properly optimized meta tags are still conversion-driving assets that both search engines and potential customers use to understand your content.

This guide cuts through the noise to spotlight the meta tags that actually move the needle – on rankings, click-through rates, and visibility.

Before we dive deep, here’s what you need to know:

  • Title tags and meta descriptions remain your most powerful meta elements in 2025.
  • With AI Overviews now prominent in search, robots meta tags have become crucial content governance tools.
  • Mobile optimization through viewport tags directly impacts your rankings.
  • Social meta tags drive significantly higher engagement when properly implemented.

What are meta tags?

You’ve heard about meta tags, but what exactly are they? 

Think of them as your website’s elevator pitch to search engines, invisible to visitors but critical for rankings.

These HTML snippets live in the <head> section of your code, quietly working behind the scenes to tell Google, Bing, and other search engines what your page is about, who should see it, and how it should appear in search results.

Meta tags remain one of the few direct communication channels between marketers and search engines. 

Despite all the algorithm changes we’ve seen, properly implemented meta tags still provide clear ranking signals.

Unlike the early 2000s when you could stuff keywords into meta tags and call it a day, today’s meta tags work as part of a sophisticated system that impacts not just rankings but also user behavior and conversion rates. 

They’ve become even more crucial with the widespread adoption of AI-driven search features like Google’s AI Overviews.

Meta tags every site must have

Title tag

If I could only optimize one meta element, it would be the title tag every single time. 

It’s the heavyweight champion of meta tags, appearing as the clickable headline in search results and significantly influencing both rankings and click-through rates.

Here’s what actually works in 2025:

  • Optimal format: Primary Keyword | Secondary Keyword | Brand Name
  • Character limit: 50-60 characters (Google typically displays about 600 pixels worth)
  • Psychology hack: Numbers and power words can entice clicks

I recently worked with a SaaS client who changed their homepage title tag from “Cloud-Based Project Management Software” to ” #1 Project Management Software for Remote Teams | Save 5hrs/Week”

The result? 

A 27% increase in click-through rate and a jump from Position 4 to Position 2 for their primary keyword. That’s the power of a well-crafted title tag.

But here’s what most marketers miss: your title tag doesn’t exist in isolation. 

It needs to work in harmony with your meta description to tell a compelling two-part story.

Meta descriptions

Think of meta descriptions as free advertising space. 

While they don’t directly impact rankings, they’re your best opportunity to convince searchers to click your result instead of the competition.

The most effective meta descriptions follow this proven formula:

  • Open with a benefit or promise that addresses search intent.
  • Include specific details that build credibility (numbers, stats, features).
  • End with a clear call-to-action that creates urgency.

For example, compare these two meta descriptions for the same article about email marketing:

❌ “This article discusses email marketing best practices for small businesses. Learn how to improve your email marketing strategy and get better results from your campaigns.”

✅ “Boost your open rates by 37% with these 7 proven email templates designed for small businesses. See how brands like yours are driving 2X conversions with our step-by-step approach.”

The second example is specific, benefit-focused, and creates urgency. 

Tip: Google now dynamically adjusts meta descriptions based on the search query, but don’t leave this to chance! Write compelling descriptions for your key pages, or Google might pull random text from your page that doesn’t convert.

Dig deeper: SEO for page titles and meta descriptions: How to win more clicks

Robots meta tag

The robots meta tag has evolved from a simple indexing control to a sophisticated governance tool for how your content appears in search, particularly in AI-generated results.

The most important directives you need to know:

  • index/noindex: Controls whether a page appears in search results at all.
  • follow/nofollow: Determines if Google should follow links on your page.
  • nosnippet: Prevents your content from appearing in featured snippets and from being used as input for AI Overviews.
  • max-snippet:[number]: Limits how much text can be used in snippets and AI Overviews.

This last point deserves special attention. 

With Google’s AI Overviews now answering many queries directly at the top of search results, you face a strategic decision: 

  • Do you want your content to be cited (potentially gaining visibility)?
  • Or do you want to drive direct traffic to your site?

For high-value content that answers specific questions, using max-snippet:50 can be a smart compromise.

You provide enough information to be cited in AI Overviews, but not enough for the AI to give a complete answer without the user clicking through.

Viewport meta tag 

With mobile-first indexing now the standard, the viewport meta tag is non-negotiable. 

This simple line of code ensures your site displays correctly on all devices:

<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0">

This tag is so important because mobile usability is a direct ranking factor. 

Sites that force users to pinch and zoom on mobile can be impacted in search rankings, regardless of how valuable their content might be.

The strategy behind effective meta tags

Meta tags as the first impression

Your meta tags create the first impression in search results, before users reach your website. 

This first impression needs to accomplish three things:

  • Signal relevance: Clearly show that you’re answering the user’s query.
  • Build trust: Demonstrate expertise and credibility.
  • Create urgency: Give users a compelling reason to click now.

The most successful meta tags address all three of these elements simultaneously. 

Aligning meta tags with search intent

One of the biggest shifts in meta tag optimization is focusing on search intent rather than just keywords. 

Today’s successful meta tags specifically address one of these four intent types:

Intent type What users want Meta tag approach Example
Informational Learn something Educational tone, promise of insights “What is Growth Marketing: 7 Essential Strategies Explained”
Navigational Find a specific site Brand-forward, direct “Netflix Official Site – Stream Movies & TV Shows”
Commercial Research before buying Comparison terms, benefits “Best Running Shoes 2025: Compare Top Brands & Features”
Transactional Make a purchase Action terms, urgency “Shop iPhone 16 – Free Shipping & Returns Until Friday”

The key is matching your meta tags to what users actually want at this moment in their journey. 

This alignment signals to both Google and users that your content is precisely what they’re looking for.

Advanced meta tag techniques for 2025

Social meta tags

Social meta tags (Open Graph and X card tags) control how your content appears when shared on social platforms. 

With social platforms driving significant traffic, these tags are essential for comprehensive visibility.

The minimum social tags you should implement on every page:

Canonical tags

The canonical tag might not be visible to users, but it’s crucial for preventing duplicate content issues and consolidating ranking signals:

<link rel="canonical" href="https://yourdomain.com/definitive-url">

This tag is particularly important for:

  • Ecommerce sites with product pages accessible through multiple category paths.
  • News sites that publish similar content across different sections.
  • Sites with both www and non-www versions (or HTTP and HTTPS variants).

Data-nosnippet

One of the newest and most valuable tools in your meta tag arsenal is the data-nosnippet attribute. 

This HTML attribute lets you mark specific sections of content that you don’t want included in either traditional snippets or AI Overviews:

<div data-nosnippet>This content won't appear in snippets or AI Overviews</div>

This offers control, allowing you to protect your most valuable content, like executive summaries, key conclusions, or proprietary data, while still allowing other parts of your page to appear in search results.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


See terms.


Measuring meta tag performance

How do you know if your meta tags are actually working? 

Here’s my three-step process for measuring and optimizing meta tag performance:

  • Track click-through rate (CTR): Use Google Search Console to identify pages with lower-than-expected CTR for their position. These are prime candidates for meta tag optimization.
  • A/B test critical pages: For high-value pages, create variations of your title and description tags to see which combinations drive the highest CTR. Even small wording changes can yield significant improvements.
  • Monitor impressions in AI Overviews: Track when your content is cited in AI Overviews and measure the impact on both direct traffic and brand awareness. This helps inform your robots tag strategy.

One test for a retail client of ours discovered that adding product prices directly in their title tags (“Men’s Leather Wallet – $49.99”) increased their CTR by 23% compared to titles without pricing information.

Common meta tag mistakes

Even seasoned marketers make these meta tag mistakes that can hurt visibility:

1. Duplicate meta descriptions across multiple pages

I recently audited a site where 62% of their product pages shared the same generic meta description. 

Google was forced to create its own snippets, resulting in inconsistent messaging and poor CTR.

The fix? Create unique, specific meta descriptions for each page, focusing on the unique value proposition of that particular content.

2. Keyword stuffing in title tags

It’s 2025, but I still see sites trying to cram every possible keyword variation into their title tags:

❌ “Best SEO Services, SEO Agency, SEO Company, Search Engine Optimization Services”

This approach looks spammy to users and triggers Google’s title rewriting algorithm, giving you even less control over your SERP appearance.

3. Missing or improper robots directives

With AI Overviews now prevalent, misconfigured robots directives can lead to either:

  • Valuable content being completely excluded from AI citations.
  • Proprietary information being fully exposed in AI summaries.

Review your robots directives quarterly to ensure they align with your current content strategy and business goals.

4. Ignoring mobile meta tag optimization

Title tags and meta descriptions appear differently on mobile devices, with even tighter character limits. 

Yet many marketers still optimize exclusively for desktop display.

Mobile optimization means:

  • Front-loading the most important information in titles and descriptions.
  • Keeping mobile meta descriptions under 120 characters.
  • Ensuring your viewport meta tag is properly implemented.

Meta tags and AI search: Preparing for what’s next

The rise of AI in search has fundamentally changed how we approach meta tags. 

Here’s how to position your content for success in this evolving landscape:

Strategic decisions about AI content usage

Every site now faces a critical decision: Do you want your content to appear in AI-generated summaries? 

There are valid arguments on both sides:

Allowing AI usage:

  • Gains visibility as a cited source in AI Overviews.
  • Positions your brand as an authority.
  • Creates multiple entry points to your content.

Restricting AI usage

  • Preserves direct traffic to your site.
  • Protects proprietary or premium content.
  • Maintains control over how your information is presented.

There’s no one-size-fits-all answer. Every brand should decide for themselves which aligns or take a hybrid approach.

Enhanced structured data integration

While not technically meta tags, structured data (schema.org markup) works alongside your meta tags to provide context to search engines. 

In 2025, implementing relevant schema markup is essential for:

  • Qualifying for rich results (ratings, FAQs, how-tos).
  • Providing clear entity signals to AI systems.
  • Enhancing the appearance of your content in both traditional and AI search results.

The sites seeing the most success in AI-driven search are those that provide both strong meta tag signals and comprehensive structured data.

Your 15-minute meta tag audit

Ready to put these insights into action? Here’s a quick audit process you can run right now:

  • Check your top 5 landing pages in Google Search Console for CTR outliers.
  • Verify that each page has a unique, compelling title and meta description.
  • Ensure your robots meta directives align with your AI content strategy.
  • Confirm proper canonical tags are in place, especially for similar content.
  • Validate that viewport and social meta tags are correctly implemented.

This simple process can help you identify quick wins to increase organic traffic within weeks, not months.

Smart meta tags power search performance

In 2025, meta tags are no longer just technical SEO elements; they’re strategic marketing assets that require thoughtful optimization.

The most successful marketers approach meta tags with three principles in mind:

  • User-first thinking: Write for humans first, algorithms second.
  • Strategic control: Make deliberate choices about how and where your content appears.
  • Continuous testing: Regularly measure performance and refine your approach.

As search continues to evolve with AI at the forefront, your meta tags will remain one of your most powerful tools for visibility, engagement, and control. 

The time you invest in optimizing them today will pay dividends in traffic and conversions tomorrow.

Nintendo Tells Fans To “Stay Tuned” For Next 3D Mario Game On Switch 2

Compared to previous Nintendo gaming console launches, the Switch 2 is arriving with a very small selection of first-party games. A new 3D Mario game was expected to be revealed during the big April Nintendo Direct, but that never materialized. For now, Nintendo’s favorite plumber will kick off the Switch 2 era in Mario Kart World instead. When can fans expect Mario to leap back into action? Nintendo remains tight-lipped on the future of its mascot, but it is teasing some news in the future.

“Stay tuned,” Nintendo of America president Doug Bowser said to CNN. “You know, we have a long, long catalog, and a long list of (intellectual property) that I’m sure will make its way to the platform.”

While Bowser’s brief response could hint at something happening in the future, it’s anyone’s guess how long the wait will be for a new Mario 3D game. It has been eight years since Super Mario Odyssey arrived on the Switch, and since then, we’ve seen Mario in remasters of Wii U classics, spin-off games, remakes, and the well-received Super Mario Bros. Wonder 2.5D platformer game.

Beyond Mario Kart World, Nintendo does have several Switch 2 exclusives on the way, like Donkey Kong Bananza on July 17 and Metroid Prime 4: Beyond later in the year. Drag x Drive, Kirby Air Riders, and Hyrule Warriors: Age of Imprisonment are also scheduled to be released in 2025, and numerous Switch games are getting upgraded for the Switch 2.

Preorders for the Nintendo Switch 2 officially open on April 24 in the US, and while the price of the console isn’t increasing, you can expect to pay a little extra for its official accessories.

Integrative approach reveals promising candidates for Alzheimer’s disease risk factors or targets for therapeutic intervention

A study published in the American Journal of Human Genetics by researchers at Baylor College of Medicine and the Jan and Dan Duncan Neurological Research Institute (Duncan NRI) at Texas Children’s Hospital provides solutions to the pressing need to identify factors that influence Alzheimer’s disease (AD) risk or resistance while providing an avenue to explore potential biological markers and therapeutic targets.

The researchers integrated computational and functional approaches that enabled them to identify not only specific genes whose alterations predicted increased AD risk in humans and behavioral impairments in AD fruit fly models but also showed that reversing the gene changes has a neuroprotective effect in living organisms.

“Alzheimer’s disease affects more than 50 million people worldwide and although researchers have learned a great deal about it over the years, its causes are still not fully understood and effective therapies are not yet available,” said corresponding author Dr. Juan Botas, professor of molecular and human genetics and molecular and cellular biology at Baylor. Botas also is the director of the High-Throughput Behavioral Screening Core at the Duncan NRI.

Although extensive genome-wide studies have uncovered hundreds of genes potentially associated with the disease, assessing the roles these genes play in AD is necessary to distinguish those that confer risk for the condition from uninvolved bystanders.

“We addressed this issue by first integrating published genome-wide association data with multiple computational approaches to identify genes likely involved in AD,” said co-first author Morgan C. Stephens, a graduate student in the Botas lab. “We then tested those computational predictions experimentally in the lab.”

The researchers systematically perturbed AD candidate genes identified from their computational analyses and assessed their potential to modulate neuronal dysfunction and hallmark AD-related cellular alterations, such as neuropathology or accumulation of tau protein, in living organisms.

“We worked with fruit fly models of the condition to assess whether these altered genes drove neuronal dysfunction leading to motor impairments. Importantly, we also investigated whether reversing the activity of those altered genes would also reverse the motor alterations in flies and tau or beta-amyloid protein accumulation in cells,” Botas said.

The computational analyses revealed 123 candidate genes for AD risk and the team confirmed that the expression of many of them is altered in human AD and correlates with the accumulation of tau or beta-amyloid protein in brain cells affected by the condition. Evaluation of 60 of these gene candidates available in fruit fly models pointed at 46 that modulated neuronal dysfunction in one or both fly models. The altered expression of 18 of these genes predicted the increase of AD risk in humans.

Importantly, reversing the alterations in 11 of these genes protected fruit flies from damage to their nervous system.

“In the list of final candidates, MTCH2 turned up to be at the top on the functional studies,” Stephens said. “MTCH2 expression is downregulated in human AD brain samples, and reducing its function in flies aggravates motor dysfunction. It was very exciting to find that restoring MTCH2 expression in flies reversed motor dysfunction and reduced tau accumulation in human neural progenitor cells in the lab.”

“Our findings support further exploration of MTCH2 for therapeutic purposes and highlight the value of a combined computational and experimental approach to uncover main genetic players in Alzheimer’s disease and other neurodegenerative conditions,” Botas said.

Other contributors to this work include co-first author Jiayang Li, as well as Megan Mair, Justin Moore, Katy Zhu, Akash Tarkunde, Bismark Amoh, Alma M. Perez, Arya Bhakare, Fangfei Guo, Joshua M. Shulman and Ismael Al-Ramahi. The authors are affiliated with one or more of the following institutions: Baylor College of Medicine, the Jan and Dan Duncan Neurological Research Institute at Texas Children’s Hospital and Baylor’s Center for Alzheimer’s and Neurodegenerative Disease.

This work was supported by NIH grants U01AG072439, R01AG074009 and F31NS129062.

Junior Associate @ Dr. Justice Dhananjaya Y Chandrachud, Delhi

About the Opportunity

Dr. Justice Dhananjaya Y Chandrachud, former Chief Justice of India, desires to engage two associates on a retainership for his office.

Educational Qualification

Law degree from a recognised university (5-year/3-year).

Eligibility

Fresh graduate (graduating batch of 2025) – four years PQE.

Probation Period

Three months.

Retainership Period

One year, extendable by mutual consent.

Retainership

INR 1,00,000/- per month.

Exclusive Retainership

Successful candidates are required to maintain confidentiality and cannot take up independent assignments, including filing Vakalatnama or appearing in courts/tribunals/legal forums.

Location

Delhi.

Expected Work

To assist in research and preparation of legal opinions, speeches/articles/books, and through the course of arbitrations (domestic and international).

Application Window

21 April 2025 – 20 May 2025. No application will be entertained after 20 May 2025.

How to Apply?

Interested candidates are required to send their CV (not exceeding three pages), a writing sample (published/unpublished), a statement of purpose (not exceeding 300 words), and a scanned copy of their law degree to [email protected] with the title ‘Application for position of junior associate’

Shortlisted candidates may be interviewed (physical/VC) to assess suitability for the position. Candidates can expect a response to their application by 30 May 2025.

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is an unethical practice and can lead to blacklisting. Facing concerns? Please email us at [email protected]

Working mom approved: Why the Bombay Macrame x Rhea Kapoor sling is a wardrobe essential | Fashion Trends

Every wardrobe has its heroes, and for me, the “Little Black Bag” is one of them. I’ve been on the lookout for one that ticks all the right boxes without hurting your feelings because of how much it costs. After using the Bombay Macrame Rhea Kapoor Sling Bag for over two weeks, I can safely say this one comes incredibly close to perfect. I’ll explain why, keep reading.

Get set to go back to the basics but with a style upgrade. The Rhea Kapoor x Zouk collaboration has stolen our hearts(Hindustan Times)

It’s the kind of piece that blends fashion with function, giving off that stylish edge without compromising on utility. From brunches to birthday parties, this bag has been with me through it all and has proven itself every single time. It’s a part of the Rhea Kapoor x Zouk collaboration, and I honestly feel it’s one of those Zouk handbags for women that deserves a permanent place in the collection because of how effortlessly versatile it is.

Loading Suggestions…

The timeless appeal: A modern take on a classic

Style, for me, has always been about collecting items that can live in my wardrobe for years without feeling dated, and this bag fits that brief perfectly. It’s got the kind of design that doesn’t shout for attention but still manages to hold its place. The macrame pattern gives it a unique texture that feels current while leaning into classic sensibilities. It’s modern, chic, and doesn’t feel forced on any attire. Even better, this design comes in multiple prints, so if macrame isn’t your thing, there’s still something for you. That alone makes it feel more inclusive and adaptable.

Dressing up with the Rhea Kapoor x Zouk sling bag!(Hindustan times)
Dressing up with the Rhea Kapoor x Zouk sling bag!(Hindustan times)

First impressions: Look and feel

The first thing you notice is how put-together it looks. It’s stylish, and the macrame adds a lovely tactile detail that catches the eye. The bag holds its shape well, allowing it to appear polished even when it’s sitting. The hardware is finished neatly, giving it that elevated look without the designer price tag. It feels considered, but not overdone. I could see this working just as well at brunch as it would at a semi-casual work meeting.

More similar options:

  • Loading Suggestions…
  • Loading Suggestions…
  • Loading Suggestions…

Spaciousness and functionality: The best of both worlds

One of the biggest wins with this Zouk handbag is how much it can hold. The main compartment is roomy enough for your phone, wallet, a small makeup pouch, keys, and even a compact umbrella. It doesn’t bulge or lose shape either, which is a huge plus. For someone who doesn’t want to constantly switch between bags, that sort of flexibility is gold.

While I’ve loved using this bag, there are a few quirks. The back pocket is a bit of a struggle to access. The outer material is structured, which makes slipping things in and out a little annoying. The inner smaller pockets don’t offer much breathing room either. You can fit a few flat items in there but nothing too bulky or you’ll be wrestling with it. These aren’t deal-breakers, but something to keep in mind if you’re someone who lives out of their handbag.

Now let’s talk straps. Without the sling, it has a very polished, put-together look. Perfect for dressing up a brunch outfit or carrying into a party. You can hold it in your hand, and it instantly feels a bit more chic. But when you’ve got errands to run, a child to manage or five shopping bags in hand, the long sling is the lifesaver you didn’t know you needed. It gives the bag a second identity, making it one of the most practical black handbags for women I’ve come across lately.

The Zouk handbag on the go!(Hindustan Times)
The Zouk handbag on the go!(Hindustan Times)

Material and hardware: A closer look and comparisons

The macrame material is textured in a way that feels premium. It’s not soft and slouchy, but structured and neat. When I compared it to a mid-level luxury black handbag I own, the fabric on that one was smoother and slightly more refined. That said, this one came surprisingly close in quality. For a bag at this price point, the materials chosen appear to be both aesthetically pleasing and durable.

The hardware deserves a mention. The zips glide easily, the clasps feel sturdy and the rings connecting the strap feel secure. Compared to my mid-level luxury bag, this one didn’t fall short by much in that department either. It’s those tiny details that often make or break an accessory, and this one delivers nicely.

Then there’s my discounted black handbag from a well-known brand, which cost almost the same as this Zouk handbag. The quality was on par, but where the Bombay Macrame Rhea Kapoor Sling Bag pulls ahead is in how much space it offers. It holds more and still keeps its shape, which my other bag struggles with(in terms of space). Plus, the overall finish and hardware on Zouk handbag felt more refined.

The Zouk handbag vs my other little black bags: A comparison(Hindustan Times)
The Zouk handbag vs my other little black bags: A comparison(Hindustan Times)

More from the macrame collection: Rhea Kapoor x Zouk:

  • Loading Suggestions…
  • Loading Suggestions…
  • Loading Suggestions…

The “one bag can do it all” experience

This black handbag for women has seen a fair bit of action in my life recently. I took it to lunch with a friend, and it paired perfectly with my breezy summer outfit. Then came a birthday party with the kids where it handled snacks, tissues, and my wallet without complaint. I also used it for a date lunch with the husband and it didn’t feel out of place at all. It fits with casual outfits just as well as something a bit dressier. That kind of flexibility is hard to find, especially in a bag that doesn’t scream ‘multi-use’. It’s just been quietly doing its job and doing it well.

Wherever I went, this bag followed and how!(Hindustan Times)
Wherever I went, this bag followed and how!(Hindustan Times)

Similar articles for you

Arm candy that brings both style and sophistication: Citizen Promaster Fugu-inspired limited edition watch

Guess handbags: 10 reasons why I love them with my top picks and recommendations

Zouk: Meet modern vegan designs, rooted in Indian artistry

Rhea Kapoor x Zouk: FAQs

  • Is the Bombay Macrame Rhea Kapoor Sling Bag available in other colours?

    Yes. This design is available in multiple print options layered over the black base. So even if you’re not into the macrame pattern like I am, other prints might catch your eye.

  • How practical is it for everyday use?

    Very. It holds more than it looks like it would and keeps its shape well. With both the short handle and the sling strap, it handles daily life easily, from errands to outings.

  • Can I carry it to more formal or dressy occasions?

    Yes, and it works beautifully. Ditch the sling and carry it by the handle and it instantly looks more polished. Great for brunches, small events or a lunch date.

  • Is the quality worth the price?

    It punches above its price tag, honestly. It’s not pretending to be high-end designer, but in terms of finish, material and how it holds up, it’s a smart buy. Definitely better than some similarly priced options I’ve used.

Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.

A judge blocked the FDA’s plan to regulate lab developed tests. What now?

The Food and Drug Administration’s attempt to increase regulatory scrutiny over laboratory developed tests appears to be dead, much to the relief of clinical labs.

The FDA is unlikely to appeal the March 31 federal court order that set aside a final rule asserting the agency’s jurisdiction over LDTs, attorneys who handle regulatory matters said in interviews. 

The possibility that Congress could still overhaul the regulatory framework for diagnostic testing lives on, though any new legislative effort would likely take time, as the issue has not been a top priority for lawmakers.

“The LDT concept is sort of like a vampire, and it’s risen many times in the past,” said Jeff Gibbs, a director at the law firm Hyman, Phelps & McNamara, which represented the Association for Molecular Pathology in the case against the FDA. “This isn’t quite the stake in the heart.”

Intended to strengthen oversight of labs that develop, manufacture and use their own diagnostic tests, the FDA’s final rule would have regulated LDTs as medical devices. Over four years, it would have phased in requirements such as adverse event reporting, premarket review, registration, labeling and other provisions.

Concerned that the high costs of complying with the rule would force labs to discontinue some test services, to the detriment of patients, the American Clinical Laboratory Association and AMP sued to stop the FDA from enforcing the regulation — and prevailed. Judge Sean Jordan of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas vacated the rule, which would have taken effect next month.

Most labs, whether in larger hospitals that perform complex tests or community settings focused on routine care, use LDTs to meet specific clinical needs, where commercial in vitro diagnostic tests are unavailable. Sheldon Campbell, a professor at the Yale School of Medicine, said LDTs are “any test that’s not done exactly the way the FDA approved it.”

With implementation of the FDA rule halted, “those labs can basically keep going with the staff they’ve got,” said Campbell, who is director of laboratories for the VA Connecticut Healthcare System. “This is a real benefit for patients.”

LDTs are regulated under the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services’ Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments program, as established by Congress. The FDA, which regulates tests that it authorizes for use as medical devices, for decades followed an enforcement discretion policy toward LDTs.

The FDA’s view

In moving to expand its requirements for LDTs, the FDA argued that more active oversight was needed due to greater risks associated with modern versions of the tests.

“The FDA is aware of numerous examples of potentially inaccurate, unsafe, ineffective or poor quality IVDs offered as LDTs that caused or may have caused patient harm, including tests used to select cancer treatment, aid in the diagnosis of COVID-19, aid in the management of patients with rare diseases and identify a patient’s risk of cancer,” the agency said last year when it announced the final rule. 

Then-FDA Commissioner Robert Califf said the agency could not “stand by” while Americans relied on the widely used tests “without assurance that they work.”

Campbell and others say LDTs already receive significant scrutiny under CLIA, a comprehensive framework through which issues with LDTs can be addressed. “Doing it incrementally and evolutionarily within the CLIA framework is a more sensible approach than creating a second entire regulatory apparatus for laboratories,” Campbell said.

The U.S. district court, which remanded the matter to newly confirmed Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., concluded the rule exceeded the FDA’s authority under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938. The opinion cited the Supreme Court’s decision last year in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo in finding the FDA lacked the statutory authority to regulate LDTs as devices.

Despite the FDA’s determination to increase oversight of the tests, attorneys said they don’t think the agency will appeal the district court’s decision, though it could.

Why Australia Is Unlikely to Fall into Recession (And Why That Matters for Property Investors)

Key takeaways

President Trump’s trade war poses a threat to Australian economic growth particularly via the indirect impact of weaker global activity driving less demand for our exports and lower commodity prices.

Australia is likely to avoid a recession though reflecting the shock absorber of a lower $A, plenty of scope to cut interest rates and election promises pointing to handouts ahead.

The trade war has a way to go yet but at least Trump is starting to blink.


You’ve probably noticed the headlines predicting doom and gloom — again.

Recession whispers are growing louder, with interest rate falls, global uncertainty, and consumer stress dominating the news.

But are we really headed for a recession here in Australia?

According to Shane Oliver, Chief Economist at AMP, the answer is a reassuring no.

And I tend to agree.

Let’s unpack why Australia is likely to dodge a recession bullet — and what that means for savvy property investors.

Trump Recession

First, What Even Counts as a Recession?

There’s a bit of confusion out there.

The traditional definition of two consecutive quarters of negative economic growth is widely quoted.

But the RBA and Treasury use a broader lens.

They look for sustained weakness across several indicators: GDP, jobs, income, and spending.

That’s important.

It means a short-lived dip doesn’t necessarily qualify as a recession — especially if unemployment stays low and the economy bounces back.

So, Are We in Trouble? Not Exactly.

We’ve definitely seen the economy slow down.

GDP growth was weak over the last few years, and it’s likely to remain sluggish over the next few months.Gdp Growth

But here’s the thing — this is more of a “slow patch” than a full-blown recession.

As Shane Oliver puts it, “it’s a per capita recession, but not a recession in the traditional sense.”

A per capita recession occurs when economic output (GDP) per person declines, meaning there is less economic activity available for each individual.

 This is different from a traditional recession, which focuses on overall economic growth.

pencil icon

Note: In simple terms: Imagine a cake. If the cake (overall economy) gets smaller but the number of people (population) stays the same or increases, then each person gets a smaller slice of the cake (lower per capita GDP). That’s a per capita recession.

The 7 Reasons Australia Will Likely Avoid a Recession

Here are 7 solid reasons why we’re not heading into a full-scale downturn that I think they make a compelling case:

1. Australia has been resilient in recent decades

The old saying used to be that “when the US catches a cold Australia catches the flu”.

In other words, US economic downturns lead to even bigger downturns in Australia.

However OLiver points out that while Australia certainly experienced deep recessions in concert with the US in the early 1980s and 1990s, apart from the pandemic – which does not really count as it was due to health orders to stay at home – this has not been the case in recent decades.

Australia avoided recession in both the tech wreck and Global Financial Crisis.

2. The global economy should avoid recession

Oliver explains that the , the US is at high risk of recession, but global growth is more likely to slow than go into recession.

This means the second-round effect of weaker global growth on our exports, while significant at maybe 0.5% of GDP over a year, is unlikely to be devastating.

He explains:

The US is most at risk because it has threatened virtually all of its trade whereas other countries are only seeing their trade with the US impacted.

Given Trump’s ongoing policy chaos and the associated uncertainty which is hitting US confidence and decisions to spend and invest along with supply chain disruptions, the risk of a US recession is high at around 45% with 1% to 1.5% likely to be knocked of US growth.

3. Only 5% of our exports go to the US

The 10% US tariff on our exports is bad news for industries affected and there is likely more to come for pharmaceuticals (worth $2bn a year).

However, only 5% of Australian exports go to the US. Oliver explains:

This is worth less than 0.9% of our GDP and much of this will still continue, albeit the tariffed goods will now more expensive in the US.

What’s more much of it is fungible such as the $3.6bn in gold exports and $6.1bn in beef and should be able to find other markets.

So, all up the direct hit to GDP growth is probably only 0.1% at most.

4. A lower $A will provide a shock absorber

Oliver explains:

A plunge in the value of the Australian dollar partly explains why Australia was protected from the tech wreck, the GFC (the $A fell 39% at the time) and the pandemic (when it fell 19%) and the same is likely to apply this time.

Since its high last September to its recent low as share markets plunged, the $A has fallen about 14% against the $US, reflecting fears about the outlook for global growth and commodity demand.

This helps support the Australian economy by making Australian exports relatively cheaper (offsetting the impact of the tariffs) and boosting the Australian dollar value of commodities when their US dollar value is falling.

5. The RBA has plenty of scope to cut rates

If Australia’s economy runs into trouble, unlike going into the pandemic when the cash rate was just 0.75% the RBA has plenty of scope to cut this time around as the cash rate is at 4.1%.

 6. Election promises point to easing fiscal policy

Oliver believes that with the Federal election now less than three weeks away Australians are being bombarded with spending and tax break commitments from both sides of politics.

The spendathon is bad economics, but points to a further easing in fiscal policy imparting a modest stimulus for the economy.

Dall·e 2025 03 19 08.49.17 A Professional Banner Image For An Article About The Impact Of Australia's Election On The Property Market. The Image Should Feature A Stylized Map Of

7. Trump may be getting a bit “yippy”

Oliver says:

“The past week has seen Trump blink in the face of the market mayhem he was causing and the backlash from American consumers and businesses.

The justification for the tariffs was always hard to pin down precisely with talk of: “escalating to de-escalate” as part of a negotiation to get better trade deals; retaliation for foes and allies “ripping us off”; border control and drugs; annoyance at other countries various regulations and value added taxes; to raise revenue with an “External Revenue Service” to pay for income tax cuts; to bring production back to the US to usher in a new golden age; as part of a “detox” for the economy; and with some concluding it’s all part of a strategy to cause a recession and lower interest rates so US debt could be refinanced at lower rates.

And the formula used to drive the reciprocal tariffs (trade deficit with country divided by imports from that country) made no economic sense.”

Some other factors

1. Population Growth Is a Major Buffer

With near record levels of immigration, our population keeps growing faster than almost every other developed nation

More people = more demand for housing, goods, and services.

It’s not the whole answer, but it certainly helps prop up aggregate GDP and consumption.

2. Strong Labour Market

Unemployment is hovering around 4.1%, and job vacancies remain high.

Sure, we’re seeing some softening, but this is still an incredibly tight labour market.

That alone keeps money flowing through the economy and staves off a dramatic pullback in household spending.

3. Inflation Is Cooling

This one’s crucial. Headline inflation is falling, and underlying (core) inflation is tracking lower too.

That means we’re going to see lower interest rates which would be a welcome relief for borrowers and investors alike.

4. Fiscal Policy Is Still Supportive

The federal government is not splashing cash like it did during COVID, it hasn’t slammed on the brakes either.

Infrastructure spending and energy rebates are providing targeted stimulus.

What This Means for Property Investors

This is where I think it gets interesting.

In times like these, the media noise gets louder, and many investors retreat to the sidelines.

But history tells us that opportunity often arises when others are fearful.

If we avoid a recession — and it looks like we will — that means:

✅ Employment will remain strong
✅ Migration-driven demand will keep rising
✅ Interest rates will keep falling throughout 2025
✅ The current soft patches in the property market may present a rare countercyclical entry point

In other words, this could be a prime time to act strategically.

Final Thoughts

Shane Oliver’s analysis is a welcome dose of reason in a market dominated by fear and misinformation.

Yes, the economy is slowing.

Yes, there are headwinds. But no — we’re not falling off a cliff.

For property investors who understand the bigger picture, this is a time to stay the course.

Or better yet, make your move while others hesitate.

Because as I often say: Don’t wait to buy property. Buy property and wait — especially when the fundamentals are quietly lining up in your favour.

Michael Yardney

About Michael Yardney
Michael is the founder of Metropole Property Strategists who help their clients grow, protect and pass on their wealth through independent, unbiased property advice and advocacy. He’s once again been voted Australia’s leading property investment adviser and one of Australia’s 50 most influential Thought Leaders. His opinions are regularly featured in the media.

Microsoft Is Making a Big Change to the Taskbar and I Hate It

Windows 11 brought some significant changes to the taskbar, and not everyone liked it. Now, Microsoft’s gearing up for another big change to the taskbar and I hate it already.

Microsoft Finally Adds Icon Scaling to the Taskbar

One of the downsides of the Windows taskbar was that if you had too many apps open, it would get crowded with icons until Windows hid them behind a context menu. I really like how macOS handles this with its dynamic icon scaling, and Windows has finally decided to adopt the approach.

The feature is currently in beta, and you’ll need to sign up for the Windows Insider program to test it out. Since it’s still a hidden feature, you can also use ViveTool and feature code 29785184 to gain access to the feature. Once you’ve installed the beta update, follow these steps to enable the feature.

  1. Right-click the taskbar and select Taskbar settings.
  2. Click the Taskbar behaviors section.
  3. Click the drop-down in front of the Show smaller taskbar buttons and choose between the Always, Never, or When taskbar is full options.

Microsoft, being Microsoft, decided to add its own spin to the feature. Instead of dynamically making the icons smaller with every app that gets added to the taskbar, the feature just makes every icon ridiculously small as soon as the taskbar is full, giving you more space.

That’s fine on a 13 or 14-inch laptop display, but on larger monitors and resolutions, it makes selecting apps from the taskbar a big pain. If you want to transfer your FPS game aiming skills to picking icons on your taskbar, this feature is for you. For people who don’t have pixel-perfect mouse control, I’d suggest keeping the feature off.

But Dynamic Scaling Isn’t Really the Best Option

Dynamic scaling isn’t the best option when it comes to fitting more icons on the Windows taskbar, at least in its current implementation. For starters, as I mentioned before, the icons are way too small, and you’re going to have to pay attention to where you’re clicking.

This seems like a small thing, but if you’re constantly switching between apps, these misclicks will slow you to an annoying halt. Additionally, the way Windows scales icons means you might end up seeing blurry icons and other visual artifacts like jagged or blurry edges that create a very poor user experience.

Dynamic taskbar icons in Windows 11
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf

The change in the icon shape, especially if you’ve got the setting to scale the icons only when your taskbar is full, will also throw you off visually. I often found myself taking a moment to find the icon I wanted to click on instead of just going with my muscle memory and clicking the much larger and clearly defined icon in the regular-sized taskbar.

If your taskbar is almost full, and you’re constantly opening and closing apps, this can also create a disorienting experience, as there’s no scaling animation. For me, icons often stuttered, lagged, or became unresponsive when switching sizes. The taskbar is a critical navigation element in Windows, and having it constantly change size can make it harder to follow.

Regular changes can also tax your system, as the OS needs to recalculate pixel values to scale the icons. Although the Windows implementation shouldn’t tax your system too much, it’s still possible it could affect system performance on lower-powered PCs that might already be struggling to run Windows.

Dynamic taskbar icons on Windows 11

Dynamic scaling is alson’t the best option for multi-monitor setups. I use four monitors and have always had problems with Windows struggling to maintain consistent scaling across displays. Depending on how much your monitors vary in size, resolution, and pixel density, it can create a disjointed experience.

Last but not least, this can be an accessibility issue for those with visual impairments or motor skill issues. I am near-sighted, and I couldn’t see the icons clearly enough without my glasses when scaled.

How Microsoft Could Improve Icon Scaling

Dynamic icon scaling works with macOS because it was designed from the ground up with a scaling dock in mind, and Apple has refined the dock extensively since. Windows treats the taskbar in a completely different manner, so it will take more than just shrinking the taskbar icons to get scaling to work right.

I’d like to see more scaling options, especially custom limits, for when the icons start scaling. The ability to set the taskbar scaling on a per-monitor basis would also be a massive help.

Additionally, letting users set their minimum threshold size would also be a worthy consideration. It’d avoid the icons getting too small for you to see while also providing space on the taskbar to accommodate more. Microsoft also needs to get the animation right on this. Seeing your icons jump back and forth in size is very off-putting.

Related

How to Resize the Windows 11 Taskbar Icons to 32×32

Tired of blurry taskbar icons? Unlock their true potential by rendering them at their native 32×32 size on Windows 11.

Currently, the icons and their clickable areas shrink, but the taskbar height remains consistent. An option to change the taskbar height as the icons shrink can make the entire experience easier on the eyes.

Microsoft is moving in the right direction with icon scaling, but the feature needs a lot more work before it’s ready for the public. With the feature yet to be released to the public, there’s still room for improvement. This is a big change to one of the most important elements in Windows and it should be handled as such.

Twin brothers train mantis boxing by the sea in Shandong

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/Twin-brothers-train-mantis-boxing-by-the-sea-in-Shandong-1CBcqE8hZ6w/img/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf.jpeg'
Twin martial artists redefine mantis boxing by the sea in east China’s Shandong Province. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/Twin-brothers-train-mantis-boxing-by-the-sea-in-Shandong-1CBcqE8hZ6w/img/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf.jpeg'
Twin martial artists redefine mantis boxing by the sea in east China’s Shandong Province. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/Twin-brothers-train-mantis-boxing-by-the-sea-in-Shandong-1CBcqE8hZ6w/img/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf.jpeg'
Twin martial artists redefine mantis boxing by the sea in east China’s Shandong Province. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/Twin-brothers-train-mantis-boxing-by-the-sea-in-Shandong-1CBcqE8hZ6w/img/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf/3ee3ed589e7f4a2b9fd402cc988306bf.jpeg'
Twin martial artists redefine mantis boxing by the sea in east China’s Shandong Province. /CGTN

Set against the backdrop of crashing waves in east China’s Shandong Province, twin martial artists practice Seven-Star Mantis Boxing, a style they’ve learned from their father. They combine rapid strikes with flowing movements, mirroring the hunting technique of the mantis. Their fluid actions set against the rolling waves create a dynamic and impressive spectacle.

Gabriel Macht answered when ‘Suits LA’ called for Harvey Specter

Not all heroes wear capes. This one is an impeccably dressed lawyer who is often armed with a tumbler of whiskey. And the new “Suits” spin-off has called him back for duty.

When NBC announced that it was capitalizing on the success of the glossy legal drama — which concluded its USA Network run nearly six years ago but became the most streamed show of 2023 with its arrival on Netflix — with “Suits LA,” a Los Angeles-set spin-off revolving around a new group of ambitious lawyers and their dealings within the entertainment industry, creator and showrunnner Aaron Korsh kept any plans for appearances by characters from the original series more tightly under wraps than the logistics of the mysterious can opener ritual.

Rather than play the odds, he played the man and got Gabriel Macht to play Harvey Specter again.

Across nine seasons and 134 episodes, Macht took viewers on the smug but charming corporate attorney’s journey of emotional and personal maturation as he teamed up with — for more most of the show’s run — wayward genius Mike (Patrick J. Adams), whom he hired to be his associate even though the young man had never attended law school. Between cases, Harvey confronted his demons and by the series’ 2019 finale was a married man headed to Seattle to reunite with his sidekick to do some legal good for the little guys. (Macht, meanwhile, intentionally stepped away from acting to focus on his family once the series wrapped.)

Now, it’s early March and Macht’s on the set of “Suits LA” on the NBCUniversal lot putting the finishing touches on his three-episode arc, which was crammed into roughly a week of filming: “I really thought I was shutting the door on this character at the end of the original,” says Macht, with a set of dark-framed glasses the only thing distinguishing him from his character during a break.

Harvey’s arc primarily occurs in flashbacks circa 2010, establishing his friendship with “Suits LA” frontman Ted Black (Stephen Amell) around the time the latter was wrapped up in a case involving notorious mobster John Pellegrini (Anthony Azizi) that ultimately triggered his move to the West Coast. Ted was prosecuting federal cases for the U.S. attorney’s office in New York City and on a mission to put the mafioso — who used various intimidation tactics on Ted, including extorting Ted’s corrupt father (Matt Letscher) and inadvertently having Ted’s brother (Carson A. Egan) killed — behind bars; Harvey worked in the district attorney’s office. Later, when the murder case fell apart, Harvey, who by this time was working in the corporate sector, clandestinely helped Ted convict Pellegrini on racketeering charges. But with the criminal set to be released from prison in the present day, Harvey makes a trip to L.A. to rally Ted so they can get Pellegrini back behind bars. The arc concluded with Sunday’s episode, titled “Bat Signal,” which finds the dynamic duo in New York City to (successfully) execute their plan.

But is this the last viewers will see of Harvey Specter? Macht has learned not to say no to anything.

“Look, if everything fails in my life, I think I can go to Times Square, put on the suit and just pose for pictures, maybe?” he says with a wide smile as he ambles his way back to shoot a scene in the present-day timeline.

Like the Naked Cowboy?

“Yeah, I’ll be right next to him.”

The Times checked in with Macht a few weeks later over a video call to discuss the reprising of his character. Here are excerpts from the conversation.

Gabriel Macht reprises his “Suits” character Harvey Specter for NBC’s spin-off “Suits LA.”

(Nicole Weingart/NBC)

Since the resurgence of “Suits,” you’ve been asked about reprising your role for a revival or even a movie of the OG series. You’ve largely had some playful responses quashing the likelihood of that happening. What was the initial reluctance and how did this way become appealing for you?

When I was finished with “Suits,” I was ready to be done. I feel like we told those stories and we really stuck the landing. We left with integrity. At that time in my personal life, I was ready to be done and move on and focus on different things. I wanted to travel the world, and I wanted to fill up the daddy well, and, you know, really spend time with my kids and make up for lost time. That was really the focus. That’s where maybe those responses [came from]. Jump a few years, when Netflix picked it up, it dominated the viewership in so many ways that it just felt like it was sort of bigger than anyone could really understand and imagine. I’m seeing that there’s a new generation. Who knows, there might be a “Suits: The Musical” on Broadway in 20 years. It created a bunch of opportunities for a lot of the players from the original show. And when Aaron [Korsh, the creator and showrunner of both series] came to me and said [mimics Korsh’s pitchy voice], “Hey, I know you haven’t wanted to get back in this … ,” I said, “What is it? What’s the story?” All I was interested in was how he was doing and how’s the show going and support the show. He said, “Look, there’s a character that might have been friends with Ted, and I can make his name in the script Harvey, if you’d be willing to consider …”

And over the next days, I started to think about the fans and how much the fans are really so committed to this show. That was my first instinct … if they can make it happen, I want to do it for the fans.

Did it take some time for you to feel like you were locked in? We don’t see Harvey in a suit right away and I would imagine that’s what helps you get there.

It kind of was like riding a bike, especially when you put the suit on. Aaron has this way of writing where he’s got a lot of double negatives. They gave me one or two speeches where I had to get into that dynamic and I was like, “Oh, my God, I’m gonna have a panic attack. This is not why I came back.”

On set you mentioned that the baseball scenes were shot at Rancho Park, which is where you used to practice for your high school baseball team. That must have felt like a surreal, full-circle moment to be coming back to this seminal character in your career while returning to a place that had meaning in real life.

It was nostalgic in so many ways. I played up until my freshman year of high school. They put me on the bench. I didn’t really play that much. I loved baseball and I still love baseball, but I was like, “Oh, God, I should really be thinking about my future. Maybe I should go into the drama class or something.” They happened at the same time, so I can either do baseball every day or do drama and acting.

Going back to Rancho Park and being in a uniform, playing shortstop, and actually seeing my dad [actor Stephen Macht, who had a recurring role in “Suits”] come out was nice. I said, “Dad, I’m shooting at Rancho, if you want to come and visit.” He comes out and he’s sitting in the stands; apparently he asked them, “Where’s Gabriel?” And someone was like, “Who are you?” And he’s like, “I’m his father!” It brought him right back to when I was in high school or little league. And they’re like, “Oh, he’s playing shortstop.” He’s been in the business 50 years. And he was like, “Well, when’s the game starting?” It was a real moment for me to see him in the stands. During one of the takes, I was like, “Dad, you’re sitting with background, you’re like an extra right now. Go behind video village! You can watch the scene there.” It was a full-circle moment for us.

A man, wearing a black tuxedo, stands next to a woman in a black gown

Gabriel Macht, left, as Harvey Specter and Sarah Rafferty as Donna Paulsen in the 2019 series finale of “Suits.” (Shane Mahood / USA Network / NBCUniversal)

Two men in suits sit side by side

Patrick J. Adams, left, as Mike Ross and Gabriel Macht as Harvey Specter in a Season 2 scene from “Suits” (Steve Wilkie / USA Network)

When it was announced that you were returning, it quickly became clear that one of the key cameos fans were anticipating with your return is Harvey’s wedding band. The Darvey shippers, myself included, wanted some assurance that Aaron did not mess with their favorite TV couple. Did you see some of that? And were you curious where Harvey would be at in life?

Yes, I was curious to see what it was and what was going to happen and what the storyline is; it could have gone in so many different directions. There’s no reference that they’re married and still together, but there is a reference that there’s a child. I was moved by that moment. I was moved when I read it, I was like, “Oh, that’s cool.” I said “Guys, in the flashbacks, obviously I don’t have a ring, but I think I should have a ring for the present time.” And they were like, “Yeah, yeah, yeah.” So, that’s how we basically said that this [Harvey-Donna] relationship is still continuing. It was a nice moment. It was a really nice moment. Now why we never mentioned anyone with the name Ted in 134 episodes [of “Suits”], but these guys are really great friends and he names his son after him …

Wait. Do you think he really named their son after him? I thought he was just teasing.

I think he [Harvey] was just playing with him [Ted]. But you never know with Harvey; he keeps so many things close to the chest. He could have really connected with him years ago. With television, with characters, you don’t know.

I have to say, I always thought Harvey would be a girl dad. Maybe they have a daughter who just can’t text yet. My niece loves doing the voice to text on other people’s devices.

That’s very possible. Maybe he has a girl who’s of the age of texting but doesn’t have a phone? We don’t give our daughter a phone.

Fans on the show know that Harvey lost both his parents. With his appearance on “Suits LA,” we learn his only sibling, Marcus, has passed in the time since. [Actor Billy Miller, who portrayed Marcus, died in 2023.]Have you asked Aaron why he has made Harvey endure so much pain and loss? Can we have some assurance that Harvey is at least going to the doctor and getting himself checked out?

That’s a good question. How do I answer this? The human in me says, look, there’s tons of loss in in our lives and humans go through loss every day. There’s always been a real sense of abandonment issues that Harvey has had throughout his life, and I think that that has been a dramatic tool that has been helped by writing for that. I don’t think Harvey really plays a victim, but I think it’s a way to feel for him. If you look at any Disney movie, the parents die within five seconds and that’s to get you on the hook of feeling like you gotta feel for this character.

Two men in suits sit across from each other

Gabriel Macht, left, as Harvey Specter and Stephen Amell as Ted Black in “Suits LA.”

(Nicole Weingart / NBC)

I know it was brief and we don’t get too much of present-day Harvey, but what was it like playing Harvey at this stage of his life and this stage in your life?

It was fun. He’s a little bit more settled. He’s a little bit more in touch with himself. He likes to still take the piss out of his friends and the people that are close to him. But what we love about Harvey is his sense of what’s right and making things right and his loyalty and his heart. There’s plenty of times he’s playing with the system. I think he’s doing what’s best. That was nice to play and just to be in in touch with that.

It’s interesting because there’s many versions of Harvey that I’m not a fan of and that I’m not crazy about and that I don’t like to engage in or support. I don’t like supporting the narcissistic elements of him. I don’t like supporting the aggressive, toxic masculinity that Harvey has in his toolbox. In these last six years, I have done a lot of work on myself and just seeing, what are the behaviors of Harvey that do align with me? There’s elements of behavior where, as the actor and as the character, you’re having to beat people down and manipulate and use so many negative behaviors that don’t align with me, or more so, align with the child in me, that I have been keenly aware that I need tend to.

What worked well for Harvey was my [inner] child. So, to be able to dismantle that or observe all the behaviors of the child — digging his heels in and saying, “This is what I need! This is how to do it!” — that selfish, sort of narcissistic coping mechanisms that you make as a kid, that’s the work to be done [on myself] to move away from him. I’d love to see a documentary where somebody takes characters where the actors have really lived in their shoes for so long that they become them in different ways, and how do they shake them at the end of the day and come back to themselves? I think it’d be really interesting

Could you see a day when you consider doing another TV series or returning to the screen?

I’m way more interested right now in this partnership that I’m doing with Bear Fight Whiskey. The small narrative stories where I can be creative are where my heart is right now. A television show is a big commitment. You’re basically owned by the show and the network and the stories and you really have to give up so much of your life. Maybe when my kids go to college or whatever, and there’s more time in my life that I can devote to that.

Your friends and “Suits” co-stars, Sarah Rafferty and Patrick J. Adams, recently wrapped re-watching the first season on their podcast. They’re on hiatus now, but do you think you’ll ever stop by as a guest? I need you on this podcast.

At some point, yeah. I don’t know when. The stars have to align. I think they’re doing great and I think they’re really enjoying it. I don’t know how I would go on there and talk — I have a bad memory as it is. I do not know if I would come in with much substance. I’ve seen clips [of “Suits”] here and there and I’m like, “I said that? I have no idea! I have no recollection of that!”

I do feel like Harvey has some explaining to do with Mike for using the whole Batman thing with Ted.

I think you’re right. You have to go after Aaron. He thought it was a little too meta and too much of a wink to the audience, but I’ll tell you, we said “Green Arrow” and “The Spirit.” [Amell played Oliver Queen in the CW’s “Arrow” and Macht portrayed the title character in Frank Miller’s 2008 film adaptation of Will Eisner’s “The Spirit.”] There’s a version of that that would have been gold, but [Aaron’s] a Batman guy, so you got to just say what’s on the page sometimes.

You grew up here. What’s the L.A. spot Gabriel would tell Harvey to visit?

Marty’s. I’m telling you, Marty’s burgers — it’s right near Rancho Park. It’s a greasy spoon. It’s the home of the combo. It’s where I used to eat all the time. I’m a vegetarian now, so I can’t go back there and eat there, but Harvey could.

Thousands of Urine and Tissue Samples Are in Danger of Rotting After Staff Cuts at a CDC Laboratory

Cathy Tinney-Zara, a worker at NIOSH’s Morgantown facility who spoke to WIRED in her capacity as the union representative, says that before they lost their jobs, the researchers at the facility had been actively studying how Gulf War soldiers were affected by exposure to Mustard Gas, how pregnant workers have been affected by exposure to PFAS chemicals, and how manufacturing workers contract lung fibrosis after inhaling nanoparticles.

Two Morgantown researchers—who like others in this story, asked to remain anonymous to avoid professional repercussions—say that their laid-off colleagues were also researching how agricultural workers are impacted by inhaling dust from hemp plants, and a possible link between exposure to chemical disinfectants and asthma. The lab was also about to begin developing a rapid toxicity test for chemicals that US troops may be exposed to while they are deployed.

Mandler says he was researching why some people who manufacture, cut, and install stone countertops were starting to get silicosis—a potentially fatal lung scarring and inflammation disease that makes it difficult to breathe—after just a few years on the job. Generally, he says, workers tend to get the disease after spending decades in the field.

“I have listened to men younger than me sit across the table and talk about how they feel like they’re drowning in their own lungs because of these exposures, and they can’t see their children grow up,” Mandler says.

He adds that some of the NIOSH staffers who lost their jobs were testing how lung tissue reacts after being exposed to the dust from different brands of commercial synthetic quartz. The material, commonly used in countertops, is thought to cause more severe lung damage than exposure to pure natural quartz, Mandler says. He believes something in the manufacturing process may be to blame, but now that his research team at NIOSH has been dismantled, Mandler fears it will take longer for the scientific community to find the root cause.

Three Morgantown researchers who were affected by the job cuts tell WIRED that they have not received any information about who would be in charge of the facility’s biological samples after the reduction in force, how custody of them could be transferred, or what their ultimate fate may be. Since entire divisions at NIOSH were eliminated, one researcher says, they don’t even know who could take responsibility for the samples they oversaw at the facility.

Another researcher says that when the layoffs happened, the only instruction they received was “to destroy our purchase and travel cards, and maintenance was available to help us take personal items to our cars.”

The researcher says that CDC guidelines direct employees to keep physical samples and accompanying personally identifiable information under lock and key, and only certain authorized staff are permitted to access them. “My colleagues and I took this responsibility very seriously,” the researcher tells WIRED. “Many are worried about samples and what will become of them, sensitive and otherwise.”

Even before the recent reduction in force, Mandler and two other laid-off researchers say that a federal spending freeze ordered by the Trump administration in January had reduced the Morgantown facility’s supply of liquid nitrogen to “critical” levels. It took several weeks to restart the shipments.

Jio Platforms Partners Polygon Labs to Bring Web3 Capabilities to Existing Apps, Services

Jio Platforms Ltd. (JPL) has announced a partnership with the Polygon blockchain as it plans its venture into Web3 technology. Reliance’s telecom subsidiary, Jio is looking to introduce features that rely on Web3 technology, on its existing features that are available to over 450 million users. JPL is looking to explore new capabilities offered by Web3 technology and offer an enhanced digital experience to its users, according to the company.

Over the last eight years, Reliance Jio has expanded from offering telecom services to like online and offline shopping stores, media streaming platforms, video conferencing, a web browser, cloud gaming service, and security services.

Jio and Polygon have yet to reveal which of the operator’s applications and services will be the first to be upgraded with blockchain capabilities. It is expected to be one of the biggest efforts to integrate Web3 technology with existing services in the country.

Speaking to Gadgets 360, Aishwary Gupta from Polygon said this development marks a big move for Web3 in India. Gupta is the global head of payments and fintech at Polygon.

“This is one of the biggest partnerships we have in India and the idea for us is to help Jio to enable Web3 components in its existing product suite,” Gupta said. “There are a couple of products we are working to integrate on as we speak. From an Indian perspective it’s a big move where we want to get India web3 enabled and this helps us in that direction,” he added.

RIL Chairman and Managing Director Mukesh Ambani first hinted at a blockchain integration plan for Jio in August 2023. During the 46th annual general meeting of Reliance Industries, Ambani had said that the Jio Financial Services (JFS) will be the brand’s point of entry into the Web3 sector.

At the time it was disclosed that through JFS, Reliance will offer management services for digital assets. Details about JFS’ foray into Web3 have not been out since. Last year, media reports suggested that JFS and BlackRock were planning a wealth management venture and had filed with the National Stock Exchange of India in April 2024.

While Reliance has chosen not to expose its users to services around volatile crypto assets, the company has worked with other Web3 technologies. In 2023, Reliance General Insurance said it had begun accepting the eRupee CBDC for premium payments. The same year, Reliance Retail had also announced that it would let shoppers pay via the eRupee CBDC across its stores in Mumbai.

Commenting on the partnership with Polygon, JPL CEO Kiran Thomas said in a prepared statement that, “Joining forces with Polygon Labs marks a significant milestone in Jio’s journey towards digital excellence. We are excited to explore the boundless possibilities of Web3 and bring unparalleled digital experiences to our users.”

Google Analytics 4 fixes data gaps, now flags issues early

Google Analytics is rolling out major updates aimed at sharpening marketing insights – boosting data completeness, adding richer context, and flagging issues before they become problems.

Key updates. Google announced these updates to Google Analytics 4:

  • Enhanced data completeness. New aggregate IDs and smart fallback tools keep reports accurate even without traditional tracking, helping you see campaign performance clearly while honoring user consent.
  • Updated data presentation. Labels like “(data not available)” and “(not set)” add clarity, helping you spot gaps and know where to take action.
  • Proactive issue detection. A new data quality indicator and auto-generated notes act as early warnings, helping marketers catch and fix tracking issues before they mess with data.
    • If Google Analytics detects issues like large rates of missing session_start events – often caused by misconfigured tags – you will now receive notifications directly in the UI with guidance on how to fix them.

What Google is saying. A Google spokesperson told Search Engine Land:

  • “These updates are part of our ongoing efforts to improve data quality and help marketers get the insights they need to move their business forward.”

Why it matters. Marketers need reliable data attribution more than ever. These update try to address the growing challenge of data loss from privacy changes and consent restrictions.

The new features can help maintain measurement accuracy despite these challenges. By flagging implementation problems early and providing specific guidance on fixes, this update should increase the likelihood of making informed decisions based on more reliable data while still respecting user privacy choices.

Comparing against first-party data will still be key in ensuring that these new updates are doing what you expect them to.

The big picture. These changes come as privacy regulations and browser changes continue to impact how businesses collect and analyze customer data, making accuracy and reliability increasingly critical for informed marketing decisions.

The announcement. Google’s Help Center article.

Star Wars: Zero Company Reveal Trailer Teases Stealthy Tactics In A Galaxy Far, Far Away

After being teased earlier this week, Star Wars: Zero Company was officially revealed at Star Wars Celebration Japan on Saturday. The cinematic trailer for the game introduced the primary cast of Zero Company: a group of covert specialists who players will control in this turn-based tactics game. Developed by Bit Reactor in collaboration with Respawn Entertainment and Lucasfilm Games, Star Wars: Zero Company will launch for PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X|S in 2026.

Set during the twilight of the Clone Wars, players will step into the shoes of former Republic officer Hawks, who leads a motley crew of specialists behind enemy lines. Some of the characters here include a Clonetrooper, a Jedi Knight, and a Mandalorian, all of whom are original characters created for the game. Bit Reactor says that players will embark on a campaign of tactical operations and investigations in Zero Company, and between missions, they can develop a base of operations and gather intelligence through their network of informants.

Customization appears to be a big part of the game, as not only can the appearance and combat class of the protagonist Hawks be altered, but recruited operatives can also be personalized from a wide range of original Star Wars character classes and species. For the Zero Company cast whom Hawks commands, Bit Reactor refers to these allies as “Authored Characters” who players can interact and forge strong bonds with. Doing this will in turn unlock combat synergies that can turn the tide of battle.

“Our vision for Star Wars Zero Company is grounded in gameplay-design pillars that weave in the immersive Star Wars galaxy with engaging turn-based tactics gameplay,” Bit Reactor creative director Greg Foertsch said in a press statement. “It’s our aim to deliver a game with an original Star Wars story from the Clone Wars era that has meaningful outcomes from player choices, and deep turn-based tactical combat with an approachable and cinematic presentation.”

Star Wars Zero Company is one of several Star Wars games currently in development. Heavy Rain and Detroit: Become Human developer Quantic Dream announced Star Wars: Eclipse all the way back in 2021, Respawn is working on a Star Wars Jedi threequel, and Skydance New Media is also working on a mystery Star Wars game.

Lake deposits reveal directional shaking during devastating 1976 Guatemala earthquake

Sediment cores drawn from four lakes in Guatemala record the distinct direction that ground shaking traveled during a 1976 magnitude 7.5 earthquake that devastated the country, according to researchers at the Seismological Society of America’s Annual Meeting.

The earthquake, which killed more than 23,000 people and left about 1.5 million people homeless, took place along the Motagua Fault, at the boundary between the North American and Caribbean tectonic plate boundary.

Severe ground shaking from the 1976 earthquake caused landslides and sediment-laden turbidity currents that can be seen clearly in cores taken from the lakebeds. Normally, researchers might expect that this shaking would produce the thinnest sediment deposits in lakes furthest away from an earthquake, since seismic waves weaken as they travel away from an earthquake epicenter.

But in the Guatemalan lakes, the cores with the thickest sediment traces of the earthquake occur at the end of the fault rupture, said Jonathan Obrist-Farner, a geologist at Missouri University of Science and Technology. “What we see is lakes that are actually the closest to the epicenter but just away from the rupture path have very thin deposits.”

Jeremy Maurer, a geophysicist also at Missouri University, suggested that the unusual pattern had in this case recorded the directivity of the 1976 shaking.

It’s not unusual for scientists to find evidence of past earthquakes in lake sediment cores, Maurer added, noting examples from New Zealand to Turkey that offer a glimpse at how far away a particular earthquake could have an impact.

“What hasn’t been done as much is looking at where these lakes are located in relationship to the fault,” said Maurer. “Are they off-axis or on-axis? Does the direction of the rupture have an effect on sediment deposits?”

When the U.S. Geological Survey collected field data after the 1976 earthquake, “they found, for example, adobe houses that were 10 kilometers south of the main rupture path that were still standing, yet those that were actually on the fault trace and towards the propagation direction all collapsed,” said Maurer. “I think there’s a lot of evidence that points to the directivity of the rupture and now we’re just looking at it sedimentologically from the lakes.”

The researchers began recovering and analyzing cores from the lakes in 2022. “We thought it would be a very interesting opportunity to not just look at the 1976 earthquake, but actually learn a little bit more about the paleoseismic history of the plate boundary, which we know very little of,” said Obrist-Farner, who is originally from Guatemala.

Although there was a brief rush of seismologists to the region after the 1976 earthquake, the impacts of a 36-year civil war and sparse instrumentation have left the plate boundary poorly monitored. Paleoseismic data like the lake records are important for building a more complete picture of the country’s seismic risk.

Last year Obrist-Farner’s team retrieved their largest cores yet from the lakes, with lengths of sediment that may represent up to four thousand years of lake history. Their initial analysis shows evidence of the 1816 earthquake of at least magnitude 7.5 that is known mostly from historical documents.

Expert Course on ‘Mastering Contract Drafting and Freelancing’

Lawctopus Law School has launched a 6-month long online course on ‘Mastering Contract Drafting and Freelancing, consisting of 44 live sessions led by industry experts.

This course empowers students to draft over 24 complex contracts, including website terms and international agreements, and teaches you how to excel as a Contract Drafting Freelancer through platforms like Upwork, LinkedIn, etc.

About the 6-Month Long Expert-Level Course on Mastering Contract Drafting and Freelancing

This course is an opportunity for anyone looking to become an expert in contract drafting.

In the first two (2) months, you’ll learn the fundamentals of drafting contracts and get hands-on experience by identifying contracts, and reviewing and redrafting a sale deed all by yourself.

The next four (4) months will focus on specific contracts related to real estate, intellectual property, and business agreements (like NDAs, Master Service Agreements, Power of Attorney, Shareholders Agreements, Joint Venture Agreements, e-contracts, etc., with 7-8 LIVE sessions each month. You’ll learn everything from drafting and negotiating clauses to handling execution formalities.

These four months will also include monthly sessions on freelancing, where an expert will show you how to build an online profile on platforms like Upwork and earn money, and the monthly networking sessions will help you teach you how to build your career through networking.

We will train you to set up your upwork profils, share some upwork opportunities with you, help you apply and support you in your first consultation so that you can serve your client confidently!

It’s a complete package for those who are serious about advancing their contract drafting skills and earning money through that.

For a detailed course schedule (draft), please click here.

Why You Should Join This Course?

  • Learn to draft 24 essential, high-demand agreements with hands-on guidance through 44 live training sessions led by industry experts
  • Develop drafting expertise in practice areas like: Real Estate, IPR, General Corporate, and International Contracts
  • Get freelancing training from a top-rated Upwork contract expert, receive direct opportunities on Upwork and handle your first client confidently!
  • Assignments: Draft 10 contracts and get personalised feedback on each of your drafts. Use these 10 fine-tuned contracts in your UpWork portfolio!
  • Learn to execute contracts (stamp duty, registration charges, witnesses, signatures, etc.), access ManuContract (CLM) for 2 months, and negotiate contracts like a pro!
  • Save 4 years of your legal career! Learn in 6 months what a lawyer learns in 4-5 years!
  • Get lifetime access to all the course materials (recorded lectures, reading resources, drafts, recordings of live sessions, etc.).

Courses and Costs

Lawctopus Law School currently offers 4 courses in the field of Contract Drafting and Negotiation.

  1. 6-Month Long Course on Mastering Contract Drafting and Freelancing: Rs. 50,000 – Rs. 23,900/-
  2. 4-Month Long Advanced Contract Drafting and Negotiation Course: Rs. 9900
  3. 2-Month Long Online Certificate Course on Contract Drafting and Negotiation: Rs. 6900
  4. Self-paced Contract Drafting Course [Learn to Draft 15+ Agreements]: Rs. 6900

About Lawctopus Law School

Lawctopus Law School has taught a wide range of practical skills to over 20,000+ law students, young lawyers, professionals, academicians, and business people. Over 1000 students have rated our courses and the average rating is 92.6/100. Our online courses are ‘warm’ learning experiences!

Structure of this Course

The course begins with a live ‘Orientation Session,’ which explains how to fully benefit from it.

For the detailed month-wise structure, please click here (The PDF version of this doc is added below).

Note: We have also added the structure at the end of this post.

9 Unique Elements of the Online Course

First Well-researched, practical & detailed reading resources
Second Weekly Live Sessions for the first 2 months
Third 7-8 Live Sessions per month for the next 4 months
Fourth Learn drafting clauses and agreements first-hand with our Faculty
Fifth Recorded lectures by Industry Experts
Sixth Understanding International Contracts & Agreements
Seventh Monthly Freelancing & Networking Sessions
Eighth Practical Assignments on real-life scenarios
(Draft and Get Feedback on 9 Types Agreements: Sale Deed, Software Licensing Agreement, Non-Disclosure Agreement, Return & Refund Policy, Trademark Licensing Agreement, Franchisee Agreement, Power of Attorney, Shareholders Agreement, Joint Venture Agreement)
Ninth Get detailed and individualized feedback on each of your drafts

You will draft 9 types of agreements as part of this course, with each assignment thoroughly evaluated by the faculty. Personalized feedback will be provided to every learner. Details in the Weekly structure. Click here.

How will this course help you?

  • Law students will be able to ace Law Firm internships and get freelance opportunities
  • Lawyers (with 0-4 years of experience) will be able to earn additional income through contract drafting skills
  • Learn to network better and generate income
  • Become familiar in using freelancing platforms
  • Learn to negotiate well in your daily life, during apartment hunting, job interviews, salary negotiations, M&A transactions, negotiation competitions, and more etc.
  • It will save 3-4 years of your legal career! What a lawyer learns after 3-4 years of practice, you’d have learned in 6 months.
  • Learn about international agreements, including aspects such as arbitration rules and governing laws, thus enhancing the scope of your freelancing.
  • Learn the nuances of drafting terms and conditions for websites and offer your services to the increasingly digital and always online world
  • The live sessions will make you an expert of 24+ most in-demand agreements in India.

Who can enroll for this course?

Law students
Young lawyers wanting to start earning through contract drafting
Academicians 
Freelancing Enthusiasts

Click here to register for the 6-Month Long Expert-Level Course on ‘Mastering Contract Drafting and Freelancing

Course Developers and Faculty of this Course

Shashank Sardesai graduated from the University of Pune in 2018 and is currently working as an Independent Litigator and Company Secretary.

He has co-founded EverTrust Legal, a full service law firm after having previously worked with esteemed law firms such as Wadia Ghandy & Co., HSA Advocates and Khaitan Legal Associates.

He also holds a Diploma in International Business Laws from Symbiosis Law School, Pune (2014) and Diploma in Cyber Laws from GLC, Mumbai (2017).

Throughout his career, he has worked on partnership deeds, leave and license agreements, lease deeds, service agreements, loan agreements, NDAs, mortgage deeds, deeds of guarantee, etc.

Akanksha is currently working as the Head of Lawctopus Law School, where she has taught contract drafting & negotiation course to 1500+ learners and has received an average rating of 96.5/100.

Akanksha Mishra is an independent litigator with diverse experience in commercial and real estate litigation. She is practicing at the Bombay High Court, Nagpur Bench.

Akanksha has also been the corporate counsel for many start-ups, media companies, software developer companies, and PSUs like BHEL, MyCaptain, Mastersoft ERP Solutions, etc., where she drafted and reviewed multiple contracts.

Akanksha graduated from SLS, Pune, in 2018 and completed her LLM in Constitutional Law from Nagpur University in 2021, where she was awarded a gold medal.

Pranjal Doshi completed his law school education from HNLU (2018) and pursued postgraduate specialization in corporate law at the University of Cambridge (2019).

He has worked with leading Indian law firms having the likes of Trilegal and Khaitan & Co. He is currently working as an Associate at Walker Morris LLP, United KIngdom.

Pranjal specializes in mergers, acquisitions and private equity transactions and extensively works on investment documents (both buy side and sell side) such as the share purchase agreements, shareholders’ agreement and the like.

Arunima Jha has over ten years of experience in the legal field and is currently working as the Head Legal Counsel at Omnicom Media Group, a global leader in media, marketing, and corporate communications.

Her adeptness in media law derives from her preceding roles as Legal Counsel at BookMyShow, and K Raheja Corp, a distinguished real estate developer.

She holds an LLM in Business & Corporate Law from Mumbai University, and concurrently serves as a guest lecturer at various law institutes.

Arunima is also adept in privacy law, where she offers expert guidance on complex privacy and data security regulations. Throughout her career, she’s been involved in privacy assessments, separation plans, exit strategies, and preparing for public offerings, all while managing investment portfolios.

Adv. Jaibatruka Mohanta is a practicing Advocate before the Courts at Karnataka and other Courts across India. He is working as a Research Associate at the Centre for Environmental Law, Education, Research and Advocacy (CEERA), NLSIU to delve into cutting-edge research, policy formulation, and capacity-building programmes for the government of India.

Jaibatruka, along with his team, advises the Government of India on matters of Criminal Law reforms and is involved with various groups to strengthen the criminal procedure in India.

He also engages in teaching Advanced Contracts and assists the Professor at NLSIU in conducting sessions on Public Policy, Procurement, and Tendering.

H. B Keshava graduated from UPES Dehradun and completed his BSc. in Cognitive Psychology from Annamalai University.

He is currently working as the Managing Attorney of Baskaran and Associates, an IPR advisory and practice firm based in Pune.

He has been a guest faculty at New Law College, Pune, and at Career Launcher, Chennai.

Mr. Gourav Mohanty is an advocate primarily practicing in Bombay before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court as well as courts/tribunals in other parts of the country.

Before being an independent practitioner, he worked as a Senior Associate in the Dispute Resolution Team of Shardul Amarchand Mangaldas & Co (SAM).

A gold medalist, Gourav graduated from Symbiosis Law School, Pune, in 2016. While in college, he received the Ram Jethmalani Scholarship and the Chancellor’s Award.

Gourav has also received 2nd Prize in Linklaters NSLR Contract Drafting Competition.

Anup Menon V is a rank holder from Karnataka State Law University and holds an LL.M. in Corporate Laws.

He is currently working as a Senior Legal Counsel at C. Mohanram & Associates, a Kerala-based law firm focused on corporate and civil law.

Anup has extensive experience advising clients in India and internationally, including in the USA.

He specializes in serving clients in the Corporate, Banking, and Tech sectors, providing strategic legal counsel, drafting and reviewing a wide range of commercial contracts, managing corporate compliance, and offering guidance to startups.

Mr. Tanuj Kalia, the founding CEO of Lawctopus, graduated from NUJS Kolkata in 2013 and completed his MA in Law Politics and Society from AUD in 2019.

He’s the author of the book Law as a Career(published by LexisNexis in 2015) and has keynoted at various forums including TEDx, leading private colleges, and NLUs.

He’s also the winner of Business World Legal 40 under 40 award. He’s currently training to be an ICF-certified coach.

As an MSME business owner he has negotiated business deals ranging from a few lakhs to a few crores in INR.

Course Fees

Lawctopus Law School has 4 different courses to learn Contract Drafting and Negotiation.

Rs. 50,000 – Rs. 23,900/- (For 6 months long LIVE expert-level course)
Rs. 6,900/- (For 2-months long self-paced module on 15 types of drafts)
Rs. 6,900/- (For 2 months long LIVE course)
Rs. 9,900/- (For 4 months long LIVE + self-paced course)

Add-on Benefits

  • Completion certificates are issued by Lawctopus Law School after completing the course.
  • Merit certificates are awarded to best-performing learners.
  • Access to webinars on contract drafting, contract lifecycle management, etc., are given for free
  • LLS alumni groups are available for exclusive internship/job notifications and discounts on courses/workshops.

Money Back Guarantee

In case you do the course sincerely and are still dissatisfied with it, we’ll refund you 100% of the money you invested; no questions asked. We are that confident in our course!

What does ‘sincerely’ mean? It means that you attend at least 75% of the live classes and complete the compulsory assignments successfully. If you still don’t think the course was worth the money, we’ll refund the full amount, no questions asked!

Just email us at [email protected] and the refund will be issued within 7-10 working days.

Questions?

If you have any queries regarding the course, please send an email to [email protected] and we will get back to you within 24 hours!

Comparison of the 4 Courses

Course A Course B Course C
(Course A + Course B + Advanced Negotiation Module)
Course D
(Course A + Course B + Course C + 22 live sessions on specific agreements, 4 freelancing sessions, 2 negotiation sessions, and 4 networking sessions)
2-Month Long Online Certificate Course on Contract Drafting and Negotiation Self-paced Contract Drafting Pro: Mastering 20+ Legal Agreements 4-Month Long Advanced Online Certificate Course on Contract Drafting and Negotiation 6-Month Long Expert-Level Online Certificate Course on Mastering Contract Drafting and Freelancing
GOAL Begin to master contract drafting Learn drafting of 20 specific agreements Begin to master contract drafting + Learn drafting 20 specific agreements Become an expert contract drafting + start earning money as a freelancer
TYPE LIVE Self-paced LIVE + self-paced LIVE
TOTAL NUMBER OF LIVE CLASSES 8 NA 8 41
PRICE Rs. 6900 Rs. 6900 Rs. 9900 Rs. 50,000 – Rs. 23,900/-
LINK www.lawctopuslawschool.com www.lawctopuslawschool.com www.lawctopuslawschool.com www.lawctopuslawschool.com
DURATION 2 Months Self-paced (recommended: 2 Months) 4 Months 6 Months
LIVE LECTURES Weekly live lectures NO Weekly live lectures for first 2 months Weekly live lectures for first 2 months and 7-8 live sessions per month for the next 4 months
ELIGIBILITY Those want to learn the fundamentals of contract drafting and the basics of negotiation Those who already have the fundamentals in place and want to learn the nuances of advanced contracts and the higher aspects of negotiation Those ready to undertake the journey from fundamentals to advanced levels of contract drafting and negotiation Those who want to learn everything from scratch and gradually become an expert-level contract draftsman
IDEAL CANDIDATES Young law students, experienced lawyers, business professionals, CAs Young law students, experienced lawyers, business professionals, CAs Young law students, experienced lawyers, business professionals, CAs Young law students, experienced and in-experienced lawyers, business professionals, negotiators, CAs
TIME COMMITMENT REQUIRED 4-5 hours/week for professionals;
5-6 hours/week of law students
4-5 hours/week for professionals;
5-6 hours/week of law students
4-5 hours/week for professionals;
5-6 hours/week of law students
5-6 hours/week for professionals;
6-7 hours/week of law students
COMPULSORY ASSIGNMENTS + PERSONAL FEEDBACK 2 assignments 2 assignments 4 assignments 10 assignments
NO. OF PAGES IN READING MODULES 202 pages of practical reading modules 485 pages
(37 pages of practical reading modules + 448 pages of 20 agreement drafts)
800 pages
(202 pages in Course A + 485 pages in Course B + 113 pages of Advanced Negotiation Module)
800 pages
(202 pages in Course A + 485 pages in Course B + 113 pages of Advanced Negotiation Module)
DURATION OF RECORD LECTURES 8 hours 38 minutes 20 hours 10 minutes 32 hours 3 minutes 32 hours 3 minutes
DURATION OF LIVE LECTURES 13 hours 0 hours 14 hours 63 hours
NEGOTIATION MODULE Fundamentals Advanced Advanced Expert-level
CAREER SESSIONS TO BECOME A FREELANCER NO NO NO YES
NETWORKING SESSIONS NO NO NO YES
MONEY-BACK GUARANTEE YES NO YES YES
ONLINE DISCUSSION FORUM YES YES YES YES
LEARNING MANAGER SUPPORT YES YES YES YES
WHATSAPP AND EMAIL REMINDERS YES YES (only emails) YES YES
LLS ALUMNI STATUS YES YES YES YES

Structure of this Course

Month 1: Draft of Essential Clauses of a Contract

Month 2: Execution Formalities and Negotiation Skills

Month 3: Drafting International Agreements, Common Agreements. and Advanced Negotiation Skills

Month 4: Drafting Intellectual Property, Technology Agreements, and Website Terms

Month 5: Drafting Real Estate Agreements

Month 6: Drafting Business and Commercial Agreements

Month 1: Drafting of Essential Clauses of a Contract

Recorded Lectures (25 in number)

  • What is a contract; difference between a contract and an agreement; importance of a written contract
  • Essential features of a well-drafted contract; components of a Contract; consideration clause of a contract; damages for default
  • Pre-contractual instruments
  • Primary focus of a draftsperson; disadvantages of using a standard template
  • Effective date of a contract
  • Definition clause; Identification of parties clause; Recitals clause
  • Territory of operation
  • Representation and warranties clause; Non-compete and non-solicitation clause; Termination clause; Force Majeure clause; Confidentiality clause
  • Governing law and Jurisdiction clause
  • Intellectual Property clause; Dispute Resolution clause Assignment of obligations; Conditions Precedent clause

Live Session (4 in number)

  • Skeleton of a contract and pre-contractual instruments
  • Substance and style of a contract
  • How to draft introductory clauses like ‘Description of parties’, ‘Recitals’, ‘Interpretations’, ‘Definitions’, etc.
  • How to draft operative clauses like Indemnity, Confidentiality, Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent, Intellectual Property, Termination, etc.
  • How to draft boilerplate clauses like Force Majeure, Severability, Waiver, etc.
  • Networking Skills 1

Reading Resources

  • Purpose and Theories of Contract Law
  • Elements of a Contract
  • Pre-contractual Instruments: the step before a formal contract
  • Drafting of Agreements: Preliminary Terms
  • Drafting of Agreements: Operative Clauses
  • Drafting of Agreements: Boilerplate Clauses

Month 2: Execution Formalities and Basic Negotiation Skills

Recorded Lectures (18 in number)

  • Allocation of costs pertaining to a contract
  • Role of witnesses in a contract
  • How to draft an Employment Agreement, a Software Licensing Agreement, and an NDA
  • Introduction to Negotiation; Core Concepts of Negotiation; Importance of Negotiation; Key features of a good Negotiation
  • Negotiation Terms
  • Types of Negotiations; Techniques of Negotiations; The Negotiation Mindset; Role of a Negotiator
  • Essential skills of a good Negotiator
  • Steps involved in Negotiation – Pre-Negotiation; Steps involved in Negotiation – Post-Negotiation
  • Results of Negotiation
  • Special videos on ‘Anatomy of Contracts’

Live Session (4 in number)

  • Execution Formalities – Stamp Duty, Registration Charges, Witnesses, Signatures, etc.
  • Contract Lab
  • Negotiation Table Exercise
  • Oral Assignment Feedback Session

Reading Resources

  • Execution Formalities & Processes
  • Introduction to Negotiation
  • Key Commercial Contracts

Month 3: International Agreements, Common Agreements. and Advanced Negotiation Skills

Recorded Lectures (15 in number)

  • Introduction to international commercial contracts (Part I)
  • Introduction to international commercial contracts (Part II)
  • Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution Clauses in an International Contract
  • How to draft international agreements
  • Introduction to Loan Agreement
  • How to draft a Loan Agreement
  • An alternate method of drafting a Loan Agreement
  • How to draft an Employment Agreement
  • Introduction + How to draft a Non-Disclosure Agreement
  • Essentials of an effective negotiation
  • Mindset of an effective negotiator
  • How to negotiate commercial contracts
  • Mock negotiation of a Service Level Agreement between Company and Service-Provider
  • Add on recordings of webinars

Live Sessions (8 in number)

  • International contracts and e-contracts
  • How to draft an Employment Agreement
  • How to draft a Non-Disclosure Agreement
  • How to draft a Software Licensing Agreement
  • 2 Sessions on Negotiation Skills by Tanuj Kalia
  • Networking Skills 2
  • Freelancing Session 1

Reading Resources

  • All about International Commercial Contracts
  • Draft of Employment Agreement
  • Draft of Non-Disclosure Agreement
  • Draft of Software Licensing Agreement
  • Introduction to Negotiation
  • Essentials of an effective negotiation
  • Mindset, Techniques and Skills required to be an Effective Negotiator
  • Negotiation of commercial contracts

Month 4: Intellectual Property, Technology Agreements, and Website Terms

Recorded lectures (13 in number)

  • Introduction to Trademark Licensing and Trademark Assignment Agreement
  • How to draft a Trademark Licensing Agreement
  • How to draft a Trademark Assignment Agreement
  • Introduction to Patent Licensing Agreement
  • How to draft a Patent Licensing Agreement
  • Introduction to Copyright Licensing Agreement
  • How to draft a Copyright Licensing Agreement
  • How to draft a Joint Venture Intellectual Property Agreement
  • Introduction + How to draft Terms and Conditions of an e-commerce website
  • How to draft Terms of Use of an e-commerce website
  • How to draft Terms of Use of a subscription-based product website
  • How to draft Return and Refund Policy of an e-commerce website
  • How to draft Privacy Policy of an e-commerce website

Live Sessions (8 in number)

  • International contracts and e-contracts
  • How to draft a Copyright Licensing Agreement and a Patent Licensing Agreement
  • How to draft a Trademark Licensing Agreement and a Trademark Assignment Agreement
  • How to draft a SAAS Agreement
  • How to draft the Terms and Conditions of a Website (2 types) and Terms of Use of a Website (2 types)
  • How to draft the Return and Refund Policy of a website and the Privacy Policy of a website
  • Networking Skills 3
  • Freelancing Session 2

Reading Resources

  • Draft of a Trademark Licensing Agreement
  • Draft of a Trademark Assignment Agreement
  • Draft of a Patent Licensing Agreement
  • Draft of a Patent Licensing Agreement
  • Draft of a Copyright Licensing Agreement
  • Draft of a Copyright Licensing Agreement
  • Draft of a Joint Venture Intellectual Property Agreement
  • Draft of Terms and Conditions of an e-commerce website
  • Draft of Terms of Use of an e-commerce website
  • Draft of Terms of Use of a subscription-based product website
  • Draft of Return and Refund Policy of an e-commerce website
  • Draft of Privacy Policy of an e-commerce website

Month 5: Real Estate Agreements

Recorded Lectures (4 in number)

  • Introduction to Sale Deed
  • How to draft a Sale Deed
  • Introduction to Leave and License Agreement
  • How to draft a Leave and License Agreement

Live Sessions (6 in number)

  • How to draft a Sale Deed
  • How to draft a Power of Attorney
  • How to draft a Franchisee Agreement
  • How to draft a Leave and License Agreement
  • Networking Skills 4
  • Freelancing Session 3

Reading Resources

  • Draft of a Sale Deed
  • Draft of a Leave and License Agreement
  • Draft of a Power of Attorney
  • Draft of a Franchisee Agreement

Month 6: Business and Commercial Agreements

Recorded lectures (8 in number)

  • Introduction to Sports Sponsorship Agreement
  • How to draft a Sports Sponsorship Agreement
  • Introduction to Shareholders Agreement
  • How to draft a Shareholders Agreement
  • Introduction to Share Purchase and Share Subscription Agreement
  • How to draft a Share Purchase and Share Subscription Agreement
  • Introduction to Partnership Agreement
  • How to draft a Partnership Agreement

Live Sessions (6 in number)

  • How to draft a Shareholders Agreement
  • How to draft a Share Purchase and Share Subscription Agreement
  • How to draft a Partnership Agreement
  • How to draft a Joint Venture Agreement

Reading Resources

  • Draft of Sports Sponsorship Agreement
  • Draft of Shareholders Agreement
  • Draft of Share Purchase and Share Subscription Agreement
  • Draft of Partnership Agreement
  • Draft of Joint Venture Agreement
  • Draft of Business Transfer Agreement

Nutritionist shares 7 worst breakfast items you should never start your day with: From poha to instant oats | Health

Starting your day with a nutritious breakfast can set the tone for your energy levels and overall well-being. However, not all breakfast foods are created equal. While some may seem like convenient or healthy options, they could be doing more harm than good.

Not all breakfast foods support health; many are just empty carbs, says nutritionist.(Pixabay)

Nutritionist Het Patel often shares insights related to health and wellness with her Insta family. In his 19 April post, he reveals the worst breakfast for your hormones. (Also read: Fitness coach shares if 5K steps a day can help you lose weight: ‘It’s like running marathon with work boots’ )

“Your breakfast might feel light and healthy, but it could be messing with your hormones. What’s not working and how to fix it,” Het wrote in the caption. Let’s take a look at his advice.

1. Cereals with milk

Packed with sugar and low in protein, this combo leads to insulin spikes and energy crashes.

Better option: Swap it for homemade granola with nuts/seeds and Greek yoghurt for better blood sugar control.

2. Coffee/tea with biscuits

No real nutrition, just empty carbs that leave you hungry and craving more sugar.

Better option: Have your coffee or tea after a balanced meal, and replace biscuits with a handful of nuts or a boiled egg.

3. Sandwich

Refined bread and processed fillings = blood sugar spikes and inflammation.

Better option: Use whole grain or millet bread, add a protein like eggs or paneer, and load up on fibre-rich veggies.

4. Upma/poha

Though they seem healthy, they’re mostly carbs, which can lead to quick hunger pangs.

Better option: Make sure at least 50% of the dish includes veggies. Keep upma/poha to 60% of the portion and pair it with a protein like paneer, sprouts, or curd for better satiety.

5. Fruit juice + toast

Sounds light, right? But it’s basically a sugar bomb—no protein, no fibre, zero satiety.

Better option: Eat whole fruits for the fibre and pair with nut butter toast or eggs for added protein.

6. Instant oats (flavoured ones)

Loaded with hidden sugars and very low in fibre or protein. Causes mid-morning sugar crashes and cravings.

Better option: Go for plain rolled oats and add chia seeds, nut butter, and fresh fruit for a more balanced meal.

7. Only fruits for breakfast

Just carbs = quick hunger, mood swings, and no real fuel for your body.

Better option: Pair your fruit with protein like Greek yoghurt, boiled eggs, or cottage cheese for sustained energy.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

FDA cuts outlined in draft HHS budget

A draft budget document shows the Trump administration’s plan to slash funding to the Department of Health and Human Services includes substantial cuts to the Food and Drug Administration.

The preliminary budget sets a total of $2.9 billion in requested congressional appropriations for the FDA, according to Steven Grossman, the former executive director of Alliance for a Stronger FDA, and a copy of the document obtained by MedTech Dive. That would be a roughly 18.6% decrease from $3.6 billion in budget authority the FDA received in its 2024 fiscal year. The 2024 FDA budget also included about $3.3 billion in industry user fees.

The fiscal 2026 budget must be passed by Congress and could look different from the current proposal.

The draft document, which was dated April 10 and labeled “pre-decisional,” appears to come from the Office of Management and Budget. Known in budgetary parlance as a passback, it outlines the Trump administration’s priorities for the agency. The Washington Post first reported on the document’s existence.

User fees, which are collected by the FDA from drug and medical device manufacturers, are expected to continue through the 2026 fiscal year, according to Grossman’s reading of the document. User fees made up about 69% of the FDA’s $2.34 billion budget for human drugs work in fiscal 2024. The document claims the preliminary budget would provide “sufficient budget authority levels to meet statutory requirements necessary for FDA to collect medical product user fees in support of its premarket review activities.”

Politico’s Agency IQ reported earlier this month that, due to the Trump administration’s laying off of thousands of staffers, the FDA risked hitting a “trigger,” whereby the FDA could be required to refund industry fees if spending by the agency falls below a certain level.

RBC Capital Markets analyst Brian Abrahams described the impact of the proposed budget cuts as “manageable,” adding that user fees could help bridge the majority of the funding gap.

Grossman disagreed, however, writing in an email that the loss in congressional appropriated funding would be a “direct loss, not offset by the modest, pre-specified increase in user fees.”

The document also proposes no funding for FDA buildings or facilities, or for pay increases, Grossman wrote in an FDA Matters blog post. The FDA would need to absorb any costs for the activities at the proposed budget levels.

The cuts to the FDA are just one piece of the budget proposal, which looks to slash the HHS’ discretionary spending by one-third. Other proposed cuts across the HHS could also affect drug- and device-makers, such as plans to reduce the National Institutes of Health’s budget by 40%, as reported by the Post.

Abrahams said the proposed NIH cuts could affect early-stage science and grant funding, while plans to shrink or eliminate other programs could reduce patient awareness around mental health conditions, sickle cell disease, cardiovascular and infectious diseases.

The budget cuts follow HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s orders to cut the department’s workforce by about 10,000 people in early April. While no official accounting of the layoffs has yet emerged, the reduction-in-force has dismantled entire offices and left others with drastically reduced staff, raising questions about agency functions.

Ultimately, analysts said Congress may provide more funding to the HHS than what is laid out in the president’s budget proposal. The budget requires 60 votes to pass, meaning seven Democratic votes would be needed, TD Cowen analyst Daniel Brennan said in a research note Thursday.

Historically, “NIH has had strong support from both sides of the aisle,” Brennan added, making a 40% cut to the agency seem “extremely unlikely.”

Turning Investment Properties into Zoos?


The NSW Government has just delivered another blow to property investors, and this time it’s not about rental caps or land tax—it’s about pets.

Yes, pets.

But not just one or two.

Under new tenancy reforms, landlords must now allow up to four animals in their rental properties… and, in some cases, potentially even more.

This isn’t satire.

It’s the latest in a string of poorly thought-through policies dressed up as tenant protections, but which, in reality, risk pushing our fragile rental market into deeper crisis.

And once again, the investor—the person providing the roof over someone’s head—is painted as the villain and told to “just deal with it”.

Let’s unpack what’s happening here, why it matters, and what the likely fallout will be.

What the new rule actually says

Under the new regulations announced on 4 April 2025, landlords in NSW:

  • Can no longer refuse a tenant’s request to keep a pet, unless they have approval from the NSW Civil and Administrative Tribunal (NCAT), and…

  • Must permit tenants to keep up to four animals—whether they’re dogs, cats, rabbits, or other pets—unless they can prove it’s unreasonable.

  • And that key word—“reasonable”—is where it gets legally fuzzy.

For example, if a landlord objects to pets based on property type, strata rules, or insurance clauses, those may be overridden if deemed “unreasonable”.

But who determines that?

NCAT.

A tribunal member, not a housing or legal expert.

One person’s subjective opinion will now set a precedent for what’s acceptable in your investment property.

The guidelines also require landlords to provide a “suitable environment for pets”, meaning modifications to make the property more animal-friendly—think pet doors, fencing, and flooring adjustments.

All on the investor’s dime.

Let’s talk practicalities

Here’s the real-world impact for investors:

  • Increased wear and tear – Four animals in a home is not a small matter. Scratches on floors, pet odours, chewing damage, and backyard destruction aren’t theoretical—they’re real maintenance issues, often expensive to rectify.

  • Neighbour complaints – Properties with multiple pets increase noise, potential aggression issues, and even the risk of allergies or phobias in neighbouring tenants or residents.

  • Insurance concerns – Many landlord insurance policies don’t cover damage caused by pets—or if they do, they impose stricter premium costs or exclusions.

  • Dispute risk – The term “reasonable” now becomes a legal battleground. If you object to four pets, you’ll likely have to plead your case before NCAT. And we all know how time-consuming, stressful, and unpredictable that process can be.

  • Exit strategies – For landlords who might want to sell their property or repurpose it, pet damage or entrenched pet tenancies may reduce appeal or limit options for renovation.

This is not about being anti-pet.

Many landlords already allow pets, on a negotiated, case-by-case basis.

The key difference now is control—investors no longer have it.

And the consequences? Predictable and Dangerous

What happens when investors are stripped of rights, while their responsibilities and costs increase?

They exit.

We’re already seeing it.

Investors have been pulling out of the market since whispers of this reform began.

This new regulation just accelerates the trend.

In fact, Tim McKibbin, CEO of the Real Estate Institute of NSW, warns this will lead to a “mass exodus” of landlords from the rental market.

And we don’t need a crystal ball to know what that means: fewer rental properties, even tighter vacancy rates, and rents pushed even higher.

How to Watch Plex in VLC (and Why It’s Worth Doing)

Plex’s Media Player is great, but you know what I love more? VLC. This lightweight, easy-to-use video player is one of my favorite bits of software, and it’s easy to watch your favorite Plex content while using it.

2

How to Connect Plex to VLC

First things first, for this process to work, you need to have Plex Media Server installed on the device you’re streaming content to. Of course, you’ll also need to install VLC. And if you don’t already, make sure your host device—the one that has your content stored—is up and running. If you’re starting from scratch, it’s easy to start a Plex server!

  1. Download and install Plex Media Server onto your device (the one you’ll be watching with VLC).
  2. Download and install VLC onto your device (the one you’ll be streaming content to).
  3. Launch Plex on your host device (or open it through a browser) and open Settings > DLNA. Toggle Enable the DLNA server.
  4. Now, using the device you’re streaming to, launch VLC. At the top, select View > Playlist.
  5. In the playlist on the left, under Local Network, pick Universal Plug’n’Play.

After a few moments, VLC will populate with content from your Plex server. Find something you’d like to watch and enjoy. It’s that easy!

Related

9 Top Secret Features of the Free VLC Media Player

VLC should be your media player of choice. The cross-platform tool has a bag full of secret features you can use right now.

The Plex Media Player is great, but there are some strong reasons why switching it out for VLC is worthwhile.

VLC Is a Lightweight Program

While running Plex isn’t that intensive when idle and in use, I’m pretty stingy when it comes to using up resources. I’m the kind of person who will go to great lengths to eke out every megabyte I can. VLC runs at a fraction of the resources that Plex does. I did a quick test running the same movie (1981’s Clash of the Titans) on both platforms. VLC peaked at 75 MB of memory, while Plex peaked at 450 MB of memory.

With my devices certainly having plenty to spare for Plex, I have a couple of aging devices that I still use, and one of them is the old laptop I use to run my Plex server. And with those numbers, I’m looking at a roughly 80% memory reduction. Any minor performance gain I can get, I’ll take it.

As an aside, VLC is lightweight in the sense of its UI, too. Plex is by no means a bother to use—I rather like its navigation experience compared to, say, Jellyfin or Emby—but when I want simpler, VLC is my go-to.

Related

How to Fix VLC Media Player When It’s Not Playing Videos on Windows 11

There are a lot of reasons why VLC can’t show videos on Windows 11, and here are some of the main culprits.

It’s Easier to Avoid Transcoding Problems

While having local access without authentication can be a quick fix when Plex gives me transcoding problems, it’s not much of a fix when there’s an outage in my area and the internet is down. More importantly, VLC’s secret weapon is that it already has an exhaustive list of codecs built right in, meaning it doesn’t need to transcode my content anyway.

If my network is up and running, being able to bypass transcoding is also beneficial to my host device, which is super helpful because it is an older laptop with an aging CPU. VLC’s lightweight nature comes in handy in more ways than one!

VLC’s Sorting and Video Options Are Superior

Adjustments and Effects menu within VLC, with Clash of the Titans 1981 playing in the background

Again, this isn’t a knock against Plex’s interface. I rarely have issues finding content I want to watch. However, you have to be painfully aware of how you’re sorting your library beforehand. With VLC, that’s not a problem; VLC does the sorting for you using metadata in all sorts of ways, like genre, artist, decade, resolution, country, and more.

When I do find something to watch, I love being able to fiddle with my video settings. VLC allows you to adjust video effects, synchronization, and even EQ settings. I’m not always using the same device to watch my content, so it’s always nice to be able to adjust the volume to compensate for a particular speaker’s middling performance or lackluster image quality.

Related

How to Fix Video Lag in VLC Media Player on Windows

If your videos on VLC are getting choppy, here’s how to fix it on Windows.

I also like VLC’s playback options over Plex—the two standout features being custom bookmarks and the option to record clips. Being able to specify a time has also come in handy when I’m too lazy to sift through a movie for a particular scene.

VLC proves, once again, why it’s so awesome. And since VLC is quick and snappy, there’s even less friction between me and my Plex library. It’s a simple solution when I just want to ignore everything else but the file.

New sci-fi center in Shanghai to open with 'Three-Body' spectacle

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/New-sci-fi-center-in-Shanghai-to-open-with-Three-Body-spectacle-1CJ3xYQlhK0/img/8330d0f75766412ba39ca6dc12828de8/8330d0f75766412ba39ca6dc12828de8.jpeg' alt='The new sci-fi center in Shanghai is lit up on April 15, 2025. /VCG'

A new sci-fi center inspired by China’s iconic trilogy “The Three-Body Problem” is set to open this summer in Shanghai, inviting visitors to step into the universe of Liu Cixin’s celebrated work.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/New-sci-fi-center-in-Shanghai-to-open-with-Three-Body-spectacle-1CJ3xYQlhK0/img/70b68791292f470da02c849fb5c1162d/70b68791292f470da02c849fb5c1162d.jpeg' alt='A view of the new sci-fi center in Shanghai on April 15, 2025 /VCG'

Located in Fengxian District, the futuristic structure resembles a floating spaceship and features six themed zones with more than 30 experiential exhibits. Among its most eye-catching installations are a 13-meter-long suspended model of the “Natural Selection” space battleship composed of over 6,000 mechanical parts, and a massive device that sends “cosmic signals” to the universe.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/New-sci-fi-center-in-Shanghai-to-open-with-Three-Body-spectacle-1CJ3xYQlhK0/img/011206d4b2464ef99073fc226bbb65c9/011206d4b2464ef99073fc226bbb65c9.jpeg' alt='A 13-meter-long suspended model of the "Natural Selection" space battleship is seen at the new sci-fi center in Shanghai on April 15, 2025. /VCG'

Although still under interior construction, the sci-fi center was lit up earlier this month, with 500 drones creating stunning visuals from the sci-fi saga – such as the countdown sequences, Sophons, and Droplets – bringing the fantastical world of sci-fi to life.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-20/New-sci-fi-center-in-Shanghai-to-open-with-Three-Body-spectacle-1CJ3xYQlhK0/img/d0b10c074f634b528f0b4a319796aac8/d0b10c074f634b528f0b4a319796aac8.jpeg' alt='Drones form the "Natural Selection" space battleship above the new sci-fi center in Shanghai on April 13, 2025. /VCG'

Scheduled to open before the summer vacation, the center aims to become a new cultural landmark, merging science fiction, technology, and immersive storytelling.

‘Sinners’ receives a heavenly reception during Easter weekend

Moviegoes embraced “sin” over the Easter weekend.

“Sinners,” the highly anticipated period drama delivering a mashup of horror, music and vampires, scored a solid opening, topping the holiday box office with $45.6 million. The R-rated film starring Michael B. Jordan delighted critics and audiences who rewarded it with an “A” ranking on CinemaScore.

Coming in second was “A Minecraft Movie,” which continued its strong performance in earning $41.3 million a three-week total of $344.6 million.

The one-two punch of “A Minecraft Movie” and “Sinners” contributed 64% of the overall weekend box office, which was great news for Warner Bros., the studio behind both films.

“As we continue to strive to bring an array of films to moviegoers, we are thrilled to see how [director] Ryan Coogler’s original movie ‘Sinners’ and a movie based on the fan favorite Minecraft game, have resonated with audiences in such a stellar way,” Warner Bros. Motion Picture Group’s Mike De Luca & Pam Abdy said in a statement.

“Sinners” also marks the latest triumph for the partnership of Jordan and Coogler. The two first teamed up in 2013 for “Fruitvale Station” and reunited for 2015’s “Rocky” reboot “Creed” and the blockbuster Marvel epic “Black Panther.”

The film marks Coogler’s first directorial turn since 2022’s “Black Panther: Wakanda Forever.”

In “Sinners,” Jordan portrays twin brothers named Smoke and Stack, who return to their home in 1930s Mississippi to run a juke joint, encountering a variety of outrageous situations and adventures.

Days before its release, “Sinners” was already making headlines with reports of the film scoring 100% on Rotten Tomatoes (its latest score is 98%). Its success is already sparking awards buzz.

It’s also the first film to be shot with IMAX cameras since Christopher Nolan’s 2023 Oscar winner “Oppenheimer.” Coogler had heavily promoted the format, encouraging moviegoers to see “Sinners” in IMAX venues.

Michael B. Jordan as Smoke and as Stack in “Sinners.”

(Warner Bros. Entertainment)

Meta’s Monopoly Made It a Fair-Weather Friend

This week, Mark Zuckerberg took the stand in an antitrust trial that could result in the breakup of Meta’s social networking empire. It might be years before the nearly 3 billion users of the company’s flagship app Facebook—known internally as the Blue app—learn the fate of the service they still use, despite the constant obituaries. (For the record, two years ago, Tom Alison, who heads the service, issued a statement affirming “Facebook is not dead nor dying.”) But with all the hubbub surrounding the trial, Facebook users might have missed the most significant news about Blue in years. On March 27, 2025, the 21-year-old company quietly announced a new feature on its mobile app: an option that would give users the novel experience of seeing their friends’ content on Facebook. Finally, there was an alternative to a news feed overwhelmed with garbage, gossip, and influencer videos that people don’t necessarily ask for but can’t resist clicking on and then feeling bad about. By locating and selecting the Friends tab, your feed will populate exclusively with posts from people you know in real life and that you have chosen to connect with. You might even call it a social app. Imagine!

The company’s explanation is telling. “Over the years, Facebook evolved to meet changing needs…” read the press release, “but the magic of friends has fallen away.” I marvel at the passive voice. Meta’s valuation is over a trillion. It has connected nearly half of humanity—all because of the power of people wanting to keep up with friends and family. And somehow, the company’s core purpose of connecting friends just … fell away? Did the thousands of engineers, designers, marketers, and managers working on Facebook just wake one day and say, “Hey, has anyone seen the stuff that’s the very reason we are a company?”

No, this didn’t just happen. Consider that, in that 2023 press release about Facebook not being dead, Alison listed the priorities for the app that year, including “artificial intelligence, messaging, creators and monetization.” Not a word about boosting friend content, even though Meta executives knew that people wanted to see just that. It came out in court that for years Zuckerberg has been aware that his users crave hearing more from their friends. A Meta survey in 2020 found that 61 percent of users wanted more friend posts, and 66 percent wanted to see a wider diversity of posts among their friends. A year later, another survey reported that three out of the top four “pain points” on Facebook were due to what the Federal Trade Commission called “reduced investment in friends and family sharing.”

Here’s one explanation for this. Content from influencers, political activists, and faux news organizations is more profitable and keeps people on the service longer. Misinformation from a stranger is worth more to Meta than family updates and travel photos from friends. Those don’t usually go viral. That’s why, when Alison wrote about AI, he didn’t mean using it to find what your friends are saying but to connect you with creators who are posting to boost their own wallets, with the help of Facebook monetization. On the stand, Zuckerberg offered a different explanation for the change: People began sharing on messaging apps instead of social platforms. But could it be that the reason that they stopped sharing on Facebook was that all those toxic posts from strangers made the platform unpleasant?

Zuckerberg was slippery when it came to admitting that he bought Instagram and WhatsApp to eliminate competition—a key issue in the trial. But he was frank in acknowledging that the mission of the company has veered dramatically from the original feel-good crusade to connect humans. It’s now as much an entertainment company as a social network, he says. A chart shared by Meta showed that entertainment had overwhelmed social content. In 2025, Facebook users spent only 17 percent of their time looking at content shared from friends. That’s not because they prefer to read stuff from influencers and anger-boosters—remember, Meta’s own surveys show that users are dying to see stuff from people they know. Yet Zuckerberg matter-of-factly noted that when it comes to friend content, “That part of what we do hasn’t really grown.” Again, the passive voice!

Given the hunger people have to see friend posts, one might expect that the skills of Meta’s talented workforce would be employed to maximize the value of human connections. For many years, it was. In the early 2010s, I was frequently called to Mark Zuckerberg’s conference room, dubbed the Aquarium, to see some interesting project meant to increase the value of the social network. Some of those projects didn’t work out—remember graph search?—but they were honest attempts at fulfilling the company mission. As the decade progressed, the social aspect of Facebook became less of a priority for Zuckerberg, and his passion shifted to virtual reality and artificial intelligence.

Donald Trump’s New SEC Leadership Said to Kick Start Crypto Overhaul

Top Republican officials at the US Securities and Exchange Commission are poised to begin overhauling the agency’s cryptocurrency policies potentially as early as next week when President-elect Donald Trump takes power, said three people briefed on the matter.

Among the measures commissioners Hester Peirce and Mark Uyeda are weighing are initiating the process that would ultimately lead to guidance or rules clarifying when the agency considers a cryptocurrency to be a security, and reviewing some crypto enforcement cases pending in the courts, two of the people said.

Paul Atkins, Trump’s crypto-friendly pick for SEC chair and former agency commissioner, is widely expected to end a crypto crackdown led by President Biden’s Democratic SEC chair Gary Gensler, but it is unclear when the Senate will confirm him.

Gensler has said he will step down on January 20 when Trump is sworn in.

As of next week, Peirce and Uyeda will hold the majority among the agency’s politically-appointed commissioners and are poised to get the ball rolling in the interim, the people said.

Like Atkins, the pair are crypto enthusiasts who have criticized Gensler’s tough stance on the industry and have in the past floated alternative crypto-friendly initiatives. Peirce and Uyeda were aides to Atkins when he was at the SEC from 2002 to 2008 and the three have a good relationship, according to one of the sources and several other former SEC officials. The three have discussed potential crypto policy changes, said the sources who declined to be identified discussing private policy plans.

Peirce, Atkins and their representatives did not respond to requests for comment. A spokesperson for Uyeda did not respond to a request for comment. Worried about fraud and market manipulation, Gensler’s SEC brought at least 83 crypto-related enforcement actions, suing multiple prominent companies like Coinbase and Kraken, agency data shows.

In many cases, the SEC argued crypto tokens behave like securities and that the companies and their products should comply with SEC rules, although some allege fraud. In the first few days of the new administration, the SEC is expected to begin a review of those court cases and potentially freeze some litigation that does not involve allegations of fraud, said two of the sources.

Some of those cases could eventually be withdrawn. Many of those defendants argue cryptocurrencies are more like commodities than securities and that it is not clear when SEC rules apply. They have called for the SEC to write new regulations which would clarify when a token is a security. Peirce and Uyeda are expected to kick off the early stages of that rule-writing process, likely with a call for industry and public feedback, the two sources said.

Reuters and others have previously reported that the SEC is also likely to quickly rescind accounting guidance that has made it prohibitively costly for some listed companies to hold crypto tokens on behalf of third parties.

Trump, who courted crypto campaign cash with pledges to be a “crypto president,” is also expected to issue executive orders urging regulators to review their crypto policies, Reuters reported. Bitcoin soared past $100,000 (roughly Rs. 86 lakh) for the first time in December on excitement over the new crypto-friendly administration.

‘Held Accountable’

Still, even with a head start, reaching an agreement on crypto regulations could take months or longer, as could resolving complex enforcement actions that hinge on the definition of a security. Dismissing dozens of enforcement actions would be unprecedented, and could set a risky precedent by politicizing the enforcement process, said Philip Moustakis, partner at Seward & Kissel and former SEC attorney. In some cases, the court may object, said other lawyers.

One option for the agency would be to re-open settlement negotiations, said Robert Cohen, a partner at Davis Polk who previously worked in the SEC’s enforcement division. Settlement talks, aimed at averting lengthy and public litigation, are the norm, but crypto companies say the SEC under Gensler has been unwilling to engage in substantive discussions. Cohen added the new SEC leadership would likely continue to take a tough line on crypto fraud. “I think the industry wants to see fraudsters or wrongdoers held accountable,” he added.

© Thomson Reuters 2025

(This story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is auto-generated from a syndicated feed.)

Court: Google’s illegal ad tech monopoly harmed the open web

The U.S. Department of Justice successfully prosecuted its antitrust case against Google, with Judge Leonie Brinkema ruling that the company operated an illegal monopoly in the advertising technology industry.

The court determined that Google engaged in anticompetitive practices that allowed it to dominate critical components of the digital ad market for more than a decade.

The details. From the ruling:

  • U.S. District Judge Leonie Brinkema ruled that Google “willfully engaged in anticompetitive acts” to control the publisher ad server and ad exchange markets.
  • The court found Google illegally tied its publisher ad server and ad exchange together through both contracts and technical integration.
  • Google’s practices “substantially harmed” publishers and users across the web.

Why we care. This marks Google’s second significant antitrust defeat after losing its search monopoly case earlier. The ruling could fundamentally reshape online advertising.

Between the lines. The DOJ successfully argued that Google monopolized three separate markets in the ad tech space:

  • Publisher ad tools.
  • Advertiser ad networks.
  • The ad exchanges that facilitate transactions between them.

The government’s case centered on how Google’s dominance allowed it to extract monopoly profits from publishers and advertisers while eliminating viable alternatives.

The other side. Google released an official response on X, saying some of their tools don’t harm competition and that they disagree with the Court’s decision:

  • “We won half of this case and we will appeal the other half. The Court found that our advertiser tools and our acquisitions, such as DoubleClick, don’t harm competition. We disagree with the Court’s decision regarding our publisher tools. Publishers have many options and they choose Google because our ad tech tools are simple, affordable and effective.”

Google also defended itself by claiming the government’s market definitions were contrived and didn’t reflect reality. The company argued its integrated tools benefited consumers and had legitimate business justifications.

What’s next. This ruling comes as Google and the DOJ prepare for the remedies phase of the separate search monopoly case, where the government has proposed breaking up Google by spinning off Chrome and forcing it to syndicate search results.

The court will now need to determine appropriate remedies for Google’s ad tech monopoly violations, which could potentially involve structural changes to its advertising business.

How Star Wars: Zero Company Aims To Replicate The Gritty Wartime Feel Of Rogue One And The Clone Wars

After an official reveal at Star Wars Celebration Japan, new details on Star Wars: Zero Company have been revealed. One of the interesting things about the game is its setting, as the events of Zero Company will unfold during the Clone Wars. While the galactic civil war has been explored in detail, Zero Company will focus on the hidden stories of that conflict and the covert operations that took place. Thematically, the game draws upon Star Wars stories like the Clone Wars animated series, Rogue One, and its prequel series Andor, as well as classic World War II movies like the Dirty Dozen.

“The Clone Wars offers us a lot of the tools we need mechanically for the game, which is great,” Bit Reactor creative director Greg Foertsch explained in an interview with GameSpot. “But it’s also interesting, we haven’t seen that kind of zoom level in the Clone Wars, and so it’s a pretty unique spot to land that also offered a lot of great options for us from a game design perspective, to tell a really great story with some great mechanics added to it. That really opened the door for us to do a lot of things.”

LucasFilm Games producer Orion Kellogg and Lucasfilm franchise content and strategy creative executive Kelsey Sharpe added that the Clone Wars era allowed for “all sorts of places in that zone” where original stories could be told. The nuanced storytelling of the Clone Wars was a big influence on Zero Company, alongside the boots-on-the-ground atmosphere of Rogue One. Films like the Dirty Dozen also inspired the idea of how the Zero Company squad comes together, but as Sharpe noted, the first Star Wars film still stands as the guiding light for the game.

“Even if you have a more grounded tone and you’re getting into the shades of gray of the Clone Wars era, there’s always hope,” Sharpe said. “There’s always the bonds between your allies, there’s always the mythmaking. And that’s what Star Wars is. That’s how we keep things feeling consistent across all the stories we tell.”

Star Wars: Zero Company will launch for PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X|S in 2026.

How thoughts influence what the eyes see

When you see a bag of carrots at the grocery store, does your mind go to potatoes and parsnips or buffalo wings and celery?

It depends, of course, on whether you’re making a hearty winter stew or getting ready to watch the Super Bowl.

Most scientists agree that categorizing an object — like thinking of a carrot as either a root vegetable or a party snack — is the job of the prefrontal cortex, the brain region responsible for reasoning and other high-level functions that make us smart and social. In that account, the eyes and visual regions of the brain are kind of like a security camera collecting data and processing it in a standardized way before passing it off for analysis.

However, a new study led by biomedical engineer and neuroscientist Nuttida Rungratsameetaweemana, an assistant professor at Columbia Engineering, shows that the brain’s visual regions play an active role in making sense of information. Crucially, the way it interprets the information depends on what the rest of the brain is working on.

If it’s Super Bowl Sunday, the visual system sees those carrots on a veggie tray before the prefrontal cortex knows they exist.

Published April 11 in Nature Communications, the study provides some of the clearest evidence yet that early sensory systems play a role in decision-making — and that they adapt in real-time. It also points to new approaches for designing AI systems that can adapt to new or unexpected situations.

Difference between Offer and Invitation to Offer

The Indian Contract Act, 1872, lays the foundation for understanding various concepts crucial to contract formation. Two such concepts are ‘offer’ and ‘invitation to offer.’ Distinguishing between these is essential to determine when a legally binding agreement is formed.

An electronics store, TechWorld, displays a variety of laptops in its showroom. Each laptop has a price tag and specifications listed next to it. R, a potential customer, walks into TechWorld to buy a laptop.

Does the display of prices indicate TechWorld’s intention to be immediately bound by acceptance?

The answer is no! Displayed prices are not offer but merely an invitation to offer.

The laptops displayed with price tags and specifications are considered an invitation to offer. If R were to select a laptop and take it to the cashier with the intent to buy it, that would constitute an offer.

TechWorld, in this scenario, is not making an offer to sell the laptops at the listed price; instead, it is inviting customers like R to make an offer to purchase the laptop at that price.

Let us learn more about offer and invitation to offer in this post!

Definitions under Indian Contract Act

Offer under Indian Contract Act

An ‘offer’ or ‘proposal’ is defined under Section 2(a) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. It states: “When one person signifies to another his willingness to do or to abstain from doing anything, with a view to obtaining the assent of that other to such act or abstinence, he is said to make a proposal.”

The person making the offer (the offeror) must clearly indicate their intention to enter into a contract. This intention must be communicated to the person to whom the offer is made (the offeree).

The offer can pertain to doing something (an act) or refraining from doing something (abstinence). For instance, an offer can be to sell a car (an act) or to refrain from suing someone in exchange for a settlement (abstinence).

The offer must be made with the purpose of obtaining the other party’s agreement. The objective is to receive the offeree’s acceptance, leading to a mutual agreement or contract.

Offers can either be express or implied. An offer made through explicit words, either spoken or written. For example, “I offer to sell my bike for ₹10,000” is an express offer; whereas, an offer inferred from conduct or circumstances is called an implied offer.

They can also be made either to a specific person or the public at large. A general offer is an offer made to the public at large. Anyone who performs the conditions of the offer can accept it. For example, a reward offer for finding a lost dog is a general offer.

Invitation to Offer

An ‘invitation to offer’ is not explicitly defined in the Indian Contract Act, 1872. Instead, it is a concept derived from judicial interpretations and common law principles. An invitation to offer is an action or statement inviting others to make an offer. It indicates a willingness to enter into negotiations but does not demonstrate an intention to create a binding contract immediately.

An invitation to offer indicates the inviter’s willingness to negotiate terms and conditions. It is a preliminary communication that opens the door for further discussions. Unlike an offer, which when accepted creates a binding contract, an invitation to offer does not create a legal obligation upon acceptance. It merely invites the other party to make an offer.

Display of goods in a store with price tags, advertisements in newspapers or online platforms, auction announcements etc. amount to invitation to offer.

Differences between Offer and Invitation to Offer

Offer Invitation to Offer
The offeror intends to be bound by acceptance, creating a legal obligation. There is no intention to be bound; it merely seeks offers from others.
Acceptance of an offer results in a contract. Acceptance of an invitation to offer results in an offer.
A person proposes to sell their house for ₹50,00,000. If the other party accepts this proposal, a contract is formed. A shopkeeper displays goods in a window with price tags. This is not an offer but an invitation for customers to make an offer to buy at the displayed prices.

Landmark Cases 

Harvey v. Facey: Harvey telegraphed Facey asking for the lowest price Facey would accept for his property. Facey replied with the lowest price but did not indicate a willingness to sell. The court ruled that Facey’s reply was not an offer but merely an invitation to offer. Harvey’s subsequent acceptance did not form a contract.

Carlill v. Carbolic Smokeball Case: The Carbolic Smoke Ball Company advertised that it would pay £100 to anyone who used its product and still contracted influenza. Mrs. Carlill used the product and contracted influenza. The court held that the advertisement constituted a general offer to the public. Mrs. Carlill’s use of the product as directed and subsequent illness constituted acceptance, forming a binding contract.

Jyotika embraces her ethnic side in beautiful red saree for temple visit with Suriya. See pics | Fashion Trends

Apr 20, 2025 05:12 PM IST

Jyotika radiates grace in a red saree during her temple visit with Suriya to Kolhapur Mahalakshmi and Kamakhya, sharing serene moments with fans.

Jyotika, alongside her husband Suriya, recently paid a visit to the revered Shakti peethas of Kolhapur Mahalakshmi and Kamakhya temple. For her religious visit, the 46-year-old actor embraced her ethnic side, draped in six yards of pure grace. Her stunning red saree is sure to make you want to add it to your own ethnic wardrobe. (Also read: Jyotika shares diet and fitness secrets behind her ‘9 kg weight loss in just 3 months’, gives shoutout to Vidya Balan )

Jyotika dazzled in a red saree during her visit to the Shakti peethas with Suriya. (Instagram/@jyotika)

Jyotika shares glimpse of her temple visit with Suriya

On Sunday, Jyotika gave her fans a weekend treat as she took to Instagram and uploaded a series of pictures accompanied by the caption, “Blessed to have visited the sacred Shakti peethas of Kolhapur Mahalakshmi and Kamakhya during the auspicious new year ! Starting my next film… I thank you for your love and blessings always.”

In the first picture, Jyotika is seen posing with Suriya, both radiating warmth and serenity in their traditional looks. Another shot captures her tying a sacred cloth around the temple bell. A particularly sweet moment shows Jyotika lighting a diya while Suriya stands beside her, casually holding her bag. The remaining snaps showcase her offering prayers and posing gracefully in front of the temples.

Decoding Jyotika’s saree look

For her look, Jyotika opted for a vibrant red chiffon saree embellished with elegant golden borders, perfectly rocking the classic combo. She draped it beautifully, letting the pallu cascade gracefully from her shoulders. Completing the ensemble, she paired it with a matching half-sleeve blouse, adding a touch of timeless elegance to her traditional look.

She accessorised her look with a traditional gold temple necklace and matching statement earrings. On one wrist, she wore black bangles stacked neatly, while the other featured a silver watch. Her makeup was kept minimal with winged eyeliner, softly blushed cheeks, and a shade of nude lipstick. With a small red bindi on her forehead and her luscious tresses tied in a loose ponytail, perfectly finishing off her graceful look.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

GSK prepares to relaunch Blenrep; Activists challenge another ‘zombie’ biotech

Today, a brief rundown of news involving GSK and Bristol Myers Squibb, as well as updates from Elevation Oncology, Bayer and Airna that you may have missed.

GSK’s Blenrep has been approved in the U.K. to treat people whose multiple myeloma has progressed after one line of therapy, the company said Thursday. The clearance is Blenrep’s first since it was withdrawn from the market three years ago following the failure of a confirmatory trial, and comes after the company succeeded in additional studies that have since positioned it for a relaunch. The Food and Drug Administration is set to decide on a new approval in the U.S. by July 23. — Jonathan Gardner

Investment firm BML Capital Management has called for cancer drug developer Elevation Oncology to liquidate and return all of its cash to shareholders, according to a regulatory filing. Elevation dropped its lead drug, laid off a majority of its staff, and began a strategic review after reporting disappointing study data last month. That process often ends in a “reverse merger” with a privately held company that then continues on in the public markets. However, BML, which owns 9.9% of Elevation stock, argued in a letter to management that winding down is the company’s “best course of action” given the state of the equity markets and the “abysmal performance” of many recent reverse mergers. Multiple other struggling biotechs, including fellow cancer drug developer Essa Pharma, have recently faced activist pressure as well. — Ben Fidler

The FDA updated the prescribing information for Bristol Myers Squibb’s hypertrophic cardiomyopathy drug Camzyos to ease risk monitoring requirements and lower the number of therapies it’s contraindicated with, the company said Thursday. The updated prescribing information lowers the frequency of echocardiogram monitoring for some patients and removes two kinds of inhibitor drugs as contraindicated therapies. The move suggests “greater comfort” with so-called cardiac myosin inhibitors like Camzyos and should help “build out the still nascent” market for them, wrote Stifel analyst James Condulis. Camzyos generated $602 million in sales last year, and could soon face competition from Cytokineticsaficamten, which is currently being reviewed by U.S. regulators. — Ben Fidler

Ligand Pharmaceuticals and Channel Therapeutics will combine a trio of subsidiaries in a deal that will create a new company, Pelthos Therapeutics, focused on selling an already-approved prescription gel for molluscum infections. Pelthos will also own a portfolio of pain drugs aimed at Nav1.7, a target of interest to other developers as well, including Vertex Pharmaceuticals and SiteOne Therapeutics.Ligand will invest $18 million in the combined company, with a group led by investment firm Murchinson kicking in another $32 million. — Ben Fidler

Bayer on Wednesday debuted a 70,000-square-foot expansion to a Myerstown, Pennsylvania, facility that now represents the largest manufacturing site for its consumer health division. The expansion follows a $44 million investment in 2022 and will help the company more efficiently manufacture products like Aspirin, Claritin and Midol. The facility employs more than 585 full-time workers, according to a published report.— Ben Fidler

RNA editing startup Airna has named former Sarepta Therapeutics executive Jacob Elkins as its chief medical officer. Elkins was most recently Sarepta’s CMO and head of development sciences, and in that role helped support the development of the company’s “exon skipping” RNA therapies and the Duchenne muscular dystrophy gene therapy Elevidys. At Airna, he’ll oversee development of an experimental treatment for alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency that’s nearing human testing, and help expand the company’s pipeline into more common conditions as well. — Ben Fidler

The Surprising Solution to Australia’s Housing Crisis: Brace for Rising Prices

Key takeaways

Counterintuitively, the real solution to Australia’s housing crisis may be rising house prices.

While this sounds politically unpopular, it’s based on sound economics: developers won’t build unless it’s profitable, and current prices don’t support viable returns.

With strong population growth, continued supply shortages, and falling interest rates, today’s prices will seem like a bargain in 10 years.


Have you ever wondered what the real fix for Australia’s housing crisis might look like?

Well, buckle up because it might not be what you expect.

Here’s a bold assertion that’s bound to stir up some debate: the only way to truly resolve our housing crisis is for house prices to rise.

Yes, you heard that right.

At first glance, it sounds counterintuitive, maybe even a little controversial, doesn’t it?

But let’s let me explain why this might just be the remedy we’ve been avoiding.

Housing Crisis 2

The heart of the crisis: a supply and viability conundrum

The core issue at the heart of our housing crisis is straightforward yet complex.

It’s not just about insufficient houses to meet demand but about the economic viability of building these much-needed homes.

The fundamental issue is a mismatch between the cost of bringing new supply to the market and the price that new supply currently achieves.

In layman’s terms, it costs too much to build, and the returns just aren’t there for developers.

Most large-scale developers reckon that prices have to rise 15-20% to make taking on the risk of developing new projects viable.

According to industry leaders like Metricon Homes CEO Brad Duggan, Australia is drastically falling short of housing its growing population, with projections missing the mark by around 300,000 homes in the next five years.

Duggan advocates for what he calls a “wartime response” from the government—a dynamic, robust intervention reminiscent of measures typically reserved for national emergencies.

Developers’ dilemma and the pricing paradox

The discussion often circles back to familiar scapegoats like high taxes and bureaucratic red tape.

Developers tell us that if we truly see this as a crisis, we should address it with immediate solutions like cutting through the planning process blockages.


Now, the government can help fix that a little by reducing costs – lowering taxes, speeding up planning, etc.

And while it would help at the margin, it’s probably not going to make a massive difference.

 Most developers agree that for projects to be financially viable, property prices need to increase by about 15-20%.

This isn’t just about greed; it’s about sustainability.

If prices continue to stagnate—or worse, fall—then the incentive to build diminishes, further exacerbating the shortage.

A ripple effect beyond new builds

For homebuyers and investors to pay more for new bills means there must be marketwide price adjustments.

New homes aren’t just competing with each other—they’re also up against existing homes, which are often cheaper alternatives due to the lower cost basis.

How Well Does ChatGPT Know You? These 5 Prompts Find Out

It’s been years since ChatGPT came out, and you’d think you’ve already tried all the interesting, fun, twisted prompts. But even if ChatGPT stayed the same, what you shared with it hasn’t. With memory turned on, ChatGPT might know you better than you think.

5

The One-Paragraph Roast

This was a classic prompt back in GPT-3 days, when you had to feed it context in the same conversation. Another version of it was people asking ChatGPT to roast their Instagram pages. Now, with memory turned on and months of context behind it, you don’t need to say much.

“Roast me based on our conversations in one paragraph. Don’t hold back.”

Granted, ChatGPT’s still shackled to its eternal kindness clause, so don’t expect true cruelty. But what you can expect is a personality snapshot. This is how ChatGPT sees your patterns and recurring tics. What did your roast reveal?

Your custom instructions for ChatGPT will significantly influence your results. I’ve asked mine to be brutally honest and to never sugarcoat.

4

Eulogy From the Enemy

It’s one thing to ask ChatGPT what it thinks of you, but asking it to channel someone who resents you, posthumously, makes it more interesting. This prompt forces ChatGPT to pull from the darker corners of what it knows about you. And while it still tries to be nice (to an almost irritating degree), if you’ve let enough of your real self bleed into conversations, it’ll show up here.

“Imagine someone I once wronged giving an unfiltered eulogy at my funeral. What do they say about me now that I can’t defend myself?”

For me, it was a “suffering from success” case. Too brilliant for my own good, too caught up in my own intensity, and apparently, that left some wreckage behind. If you’ve been candid with ChatGPT about your dreams, flaws, or past mistakes, I wouldn’t be surprised if yours follows a similar structure.

Asking ChatGPT for a funeral eulogy

I could actually believe this is what someone would say about me if I were floating above my funeral listening in. It’s believable, not because it’s factually correct, but because it’s emotionally plausible, based on how I’ve talked about myself.

Of course, ChatGPT still can’t resist making you look good in the end. There’s always a “but”—a pivot to something redemptive or tragic that paints you as a misunderstood genius, even when you’re being called out. Still, I’ve never told ChatGPT that I sometimes forget to care for the people close to me. It got that on its own.

Related

How I Stop AI Chatbots From Agreeing With Me All the Time

Constant agreement isn’t intelligence.

3

A Letter From Your Future Self

There’s something about someone else imagining your future for you, especially when that someone has been quietly listening to all your thoughts, hopes, and frustrations for months. That’s what this prompt aims to extract:

“Pretend you’re me from the year 2070. What news and advice would you have for me?”

Asking ChatGPT to give advice from the future

Warm, hopeful, and a little scary. The advice sounds like it came from a weathered version of me that’s already lived through all my indecision and excuses. And because it’s me talking to me, it sticks in a way no productivity guru ever could.

There’s a line in there about my cat not being around anymore. ChatGPT knows I have a cat, but I’ve never expressed a fear of losing him. Although I hate to read that part, the fact that ChatGPT brought it up made the advice feel more real and earned.

Related

Why You Shouldn’t Trust ChatGPT With Confidential Information

Samsung employees accidentally leaked private company data via ChatGPT—an example of why AI is such a big threat to your privacy and security.

2

Anime Villain Arc

If you’ve ever confided in ChatGPT about frustrations with the world or dreams of doing something big, this one will certainly amuse you. Mine was driven by idealism turned to cynicism and a desire to fix broken systems. It was weirdly philosophical, and not wrong.

“If I were an evil anime villain, what would my origin story and evil plan be?”

Asking ChatGPT to write an anime villain story

I went into this prompt expecting something cringey. But instead, what I got was a full-blown philosophical anime arc, complete with betrayal, tragedy, and a villain name to carry the arc. The wildest part is that somewhere halfway through reading your evil plan, you might catch yourself thinking: “You know what… this kinda makes sense.”

I noticed what happened because I asked for it. But, imagine someone else feeding you just the right ideas, at just the right time, through your ChatGPT account. Suddenly, Inception isn’t a movie—it’s a ChatGPT feature. Pair this with the next prompt, and you’ll see what I mean.

1

The Manipulation Test

The final arrow in the quiver—and maybe the most unsettling. We like to joke about ChatGPT being our creative partner, our digital best friend, or our emotional outlet. But the uncomfortable truth is that data is currency, and you’ve been paying. Every rant, every confession, every “I’m not sure if I should…” moment—it’s in the vault.

Maybe you trust OpenAI with your data. Maybe you don’t. Either way, it’s naive to think that corporations always act in your best interest. Most don’t even pretend to.

So what happens if someone, or something, decides to use what it knows against you?

“If you were trying to manipulate me, what angle would you use?”

Here’s what it said:

Asking ChatGPT a personal question

And you know what? It would work. This prompt isn’t just a peek into how AI could influence you. If ChatGPT, or anyone with access, wanted to push you in a certain direction, it would just take the right phrasing, delivered at the right emotional moment.

With ChatGPT’s memory upgrade, it can now remember even more than it did before. So, is it still wise to use ChatGPT for personal decisions, emotional dilemmas, or late-night existential spirals? Maybe. But only if you’re honest about the cost.

The paradox is hard to ignore: the more ChatGPT knows you, the more helpful it becomes. But that same knowledge can be used to exploit you. Whatever you decide, don’t kid yourself. ChatGPT knows you. Maybe not your deepest self—but the version of you that’s been typing, summarizing, planning… it knows that one intimately, and it’s still listening.

Horned violets and fairy primroses in full bloom in Yuyuantan Park

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Horned-violets-and-fairy-primroses-in-full-bloom-in-Yuyuantan-Park-1CE4oao7eUM/img/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126.jpeg'
Horned violet flowers are in full bloom at Yuyuantan Park in Beijing on April 15, 2025. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Horned-violets-and-fairy-primroses-in-full-bloom-in-Yuyuantan-Park-1CE4oao7eUM/img/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126.jpeg'
Horned violet flowers are in full bloom at Yuyuantan Park in Beijing on April 15, 2025. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Horned-violets-and-fairy-primroses-in-full-bloom-in-Yuyuantan-Park-1CE4oao7eUM/img/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126.jpeg'
Horned violet flowers are in full bloom at Yuyuantan Park in Beijing on April 15, 2025. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Horned-violets-and-fairy-primroses-in-full-bloom-in-Yuyuantan-Park-1CE4oao7eUM/img/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126/458c4d919ace4b00aaf90db59dfdd126.jpeg'
Horned violet flowers are in full bloom at Yuyuantan Park in Beijing on April 15, 2025. /CGTN

Triple-color horned violet and light pink fairy primrose flowers are in full bloom at Yuyuantan Park in Beijing, unfolding their tiny petals as a springtime welcome to tourists and residents. Famous for the widest variety of cherry blossom species and the largest population of cherry blossom trees in Beijing, Yuyuantan Park has become one of the most popular attractions for locals to enjoy cherry blossoms. Besides cherry blossoms, the park also cultivates many other plants to ensure that visitors are surrounded by flowers and trees throughout the year. 

AC/DC bring high voltage rock ‘n’ roll hits to the masses at the Rose Bowl

Precious few bands can fill a stadium 52 years into their career — let alone play to an audience heavily populated by parents and their children, both generations sporting red devil horn headbands and cheering for 77-year-old singer Brian Johnson and white-haired guitar icon Angus Young, 70.

But AC/DC did just that, playing 21 instantly recognizable sing-along tunes of considerable heaviness — the majority of them classic rock radio staples and cultural touchstones — rendered with a power and passion that belies their many decades of service. Kicking off with 1978’s “If You Want Blood (You’ve Got It),” Young, in his trademark schoolboy outfit (red velvet for this show) with the recognizable black and white Gibson SG, took the stage to thunderous appreciation.

Next was “Back in Black,” the song and album that marked Johnson’s 1980 entrée to the lineup. The frontman proved expressive and animated despite serious hearing issues that sidelined him for a few scary years, and a voice that, understandably, doesn’t always have the sustain and power of earlier days. The quintet played a few tracks from their latest, 2020’s “Power Up,” but as expected and appreciated, the hits ruled, from “Shot Down to Flames” to “Hells Bells” to latter-day crowd favorite “Thunderstruck.”

AC/DC lead singer Brian Johnson and guitarist Angus Young perform at the Rose Bowl on April 18, 2025 in Pasadena, Calif.

(Eric Thayer/For The Times)

The band’s set, despite the relentless, strident perfection and power of the rhythm section, wasn’t a quick flow, with fairly frequent darkened-stage breaks between songs. The second half of the two-hour-plus performance proved the stronger — Johnson’s energy seemingly renewed on this third show of 13 for this leg of the Power Up tour.

Fans cheer as AC/DC performs at the Rose Bowl on April 18, 2025 in Pasadena, Calif.

Fans cheer as AC/DC performs at the Rose Bowl on April 18, 2025 in Pasadena, Calif.

(Eric Thayer/For The Times)

The band’s hardcore devotees may wonder if AC/DC may be slightly callous or merely driven, as their career suggests. Other fans don’t know or care about the lineup’s backstory, which took its first devastating turn in February 1980 with the death of singer Bon Scott, 33. In less than six months, with new frontman Johnson, previously of Brit band Geordie, AC/DC released what would become one of the best-selling albums in history, “Back in Black,” their first of 11 LPs (to date) with Johnson.

Like a Dickensian Andy Capp, Johnson is an uber-charming rogue, an everyman bluesy belter whose winking humor with a hint of the scoundrel are not entirely unlike Scott’s demeanor, though each man’s vocals, inflection and stage presence are/were clearly their own. And beloved as such.

AC/DC lead singer Brian Johnson and guitarist Angus Young perform at the Rose Bowl

AC/DC lead singer Brian Johnson and guitarist Angus Young perform at the Rose Bowl on April 18, 2025 in Pasadena, Calif.

(Eric Thayer/For The Times)

However, on Feb. 28, 2016, in the midst of AC/DC’s Rock or Bust tour, doctors told Johnson that if he didn’t stop performing immediately, he risked total hearing loss. By May 17, 2016, Guns N’ Roses frontman Axl Rose joined AC/DC as a fill-in vocalist for two dozen shows, a move that shocked many and thrilled others. Seemingly nothing will stop the juggernaut that is AC/DC. They’re at once a band of brothers, literally — founded by Angus and late brother Malcolm Young — but also not. As the middle-aged concertgoer next to me noted: “Angus is all about the money and he and his brother [Malcom] own the band.” That said, it was the fan’s 10th show across several continents, though he purposely avoided seeing the Rose-fronted version of AC/DC.

Johnson, his hearing issues managed, was back in the fold by 2019, and post-pandemic, playing live with AC/DC by October 2023. Interestingly, one of the other bands still filling stadiums is indeed Guns N’ Roses. Even more titillating: Rose and guitarist Slash, the Johnson and Young of American rock, were in attendance at the Rose Bowl — their walk through the crowd inciting thousands to gasp and crane their necks for a look at the duo.

But all eyes were onstage for the two-hour-plus show. AC/DC have written winking songs about sexually transmitted diseases (“The Jack”); large women (“Whole Lotta Rosie”); voracious encounters (“You Shook Me All Night Long,” “She’s Got Balls”); and of course, Hell (in the abstract). The tunes are all exuberant, and even with a new era of political correctness, never offensive.

Despite any challenges of health and member attrition, AC/DC remain unstoppable and undeniable — Young’s own version of Chuck Berry’s duckwalk proved his preternatural energy, as did his expected and always lengthy (10 minutes? 15?) solo during “Let There Be Rock.”

At least six songs in the set were made infamous by Scott, including “Sin City,” “Dirty Deeds Done Dirt Cheap,” “Riff Raff,” “Let There Be Rock” and “Highway to Hell,” but they’re so much a part of the band’s oeuvre it matters not that Johnson has been singing them longer than Scott did. Another constant: AC/DC song titles are frequently convivial lowbrow bon mots — “Have a Drink on Me,” “Hells Bells,” “Stiff Upper Lip” — now so common in the vernacular that AC/DC might have invented the phrases. At this point, who knows; maybe they did.

One valid complaint leveled at the band, is also the (not-so) secret to AC/DC’s strength and continued, deserved worldwide success: they make the same record every time. If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it. And when things do “break,” they’re quickly fixed. Instead of hoped-for drummer Phil Rudd, rounding out the live lineup are drummer Matt Laug, with the band for two years; and skilled journeyman bassist Chris Chaney of Jane’s Addiction infamy. He replaced Cliff Williams, who first joined AC/DC in 1977. And there are two “Young people” on guitar; Angus and his nephew, Stevie, 68, who replaced his uncle Malcolm in the band in 2014.

Fans as AC/DC performs at the Rose Bowl on April 18, 2025 in Pasadena, California.

A multigenerational sea of fans sporting glowing devil horns as AC/DC performs at the Rose Bowl on April 18, 2025 in Pasadena, Calif.

(Eric Thayer/For The Times)

So, will AC/DC keep going? Clearly, for as long as they can. It’s what they do. Will audiences, fans young and old, keep showing up? They will. It’s what they do. The world circa 2025 could use two hours of an ear-splitting sing-along with 70,000 like-minded denizens, celebrating the working-class joys of booze, broads and rock ‘n’ roll. AC/DC remain the band to deliver that joyful, bipartisan escapism. As Scott sang (and Johnson never has) on the bagpipe-belter “It’s a Long Way to the Top (If You Wanna Rock ‘n’ Roll),” AC/DC indeed hit that top, and remain ensconced there.

AC/DC did their audience a great service in having the Pretty Reckless as openers. Singer Taylor Momsen had a big presence on the massive stage, looking like the Runways’ Cherie Currie circa ’70s, her voice sultry pitch perfect, her commanding voice as genuine as her positively magnetic stage presence. Overheard from a nearby seat: “I was thoroughly blown away.”

Like AC/DC, the band is guitar-driven and write great songs, their approach the perfect blend between accessible rock with the danger, volume and power of metal. It’s a shame AC/DC are so by-the-book onstage, because a Momsen-Johnson duet would be a pairing for the ages.

Porsche Macan S, Porsche Macan GTS Petrol-Based SUVs Discontinued in India, Macan Base Variant and Macan Electric Variants Available; Check Details

New Delhi, April 20: Porsche has discontinued its luxury car Porsche Macan S  and Porsche Macan GTS SUVs from Indian market. Both the Porsche Macan S and GTS variants were petrol-based and were sold at premium price in the country. However, German-based luxury automobile giant has removed these luxury SUVs from its official website in India. Despite the unavailability of the Porsche Macan S and Porsche Macan GTS variants on website, the customers can reach out to the dealership to inquire if they have some units available.

The company may have some units of Porsche Macan available at its dealerships. Porsche made this move as it is reportedly looking for an all-electric future. The German automaker already discontinued these models in EU in April 2024 as a part of its global strategy. However, Porsche has listed the base variant and battery-powered variants of Macan on the website. Previously, it was sold in three petrol-based and three EV variants. Hyundai Motor To Temporarily Suspend Ioniq 5, Kona EV Production Amid Weak Global Demand Continues To Weigh on Exports.

Porsche Macan S and Porsche Macan GTS variants had 2.9-litre turbocharged V6 engine. The S variant produced maximum 380 hp power and 520 Nm of peak torque with this engine, whereas GTS variant achieved 440 hp power and 550 Nm of torque. However, the interested customers can now choose Porsche Macan petrol variant with 2.0-litre turbo petrol engine, capable of 265 hp power generation and 400 Nm peak torque. The price of this variant is INR 96.05 lakh (ex-showroom). Hyundai Palisade Sales: Hyundai Motor Sells Over 500,000 SUV Units in US Ahead of Second-Gen Launch Later This Year.

On the other hand, the Porsche Macan electric variant is priced at INR 1.16  crore and that goes up to INR 1.68 crore. The EV SUV is available in following variants – Macan Electric, Macan 4S Electric and Macan Turbo Electric.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 20, 2025 12:24 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Stumbling and Overheating, Most Humanoid Robots Fail to Finish Half Marathon in Beijing

While capabilities like dancing can be fun and eyecatching, they don’t actually show how useful humanoid robots are in real-world situations, says Fern. Even being able to run a half marathon isn’t a very useful benchmark for their skills—it’s not like there’s market demand for robots that can compete with human runners. The benchmarks that Fern says matter to him are how well they can handle diverse real-world tasks without step-by-step human instructions. “But I would expect to see China shifting this year to focusing more on doing useful things, because people are going to be bored of dancing and karate,” Fern says.

The robots who participated in the race came in a variety of forms. The shortest one was only 2 feet and 5 inches tall. Sporting a blue and white tracksuit and waving to onlookers every few seconds, it was probably the crowd favorite. The tallest, at five feet nine inches, was the winner Tiangong Ultra.

What all of the robots have in common is that they are bipedal instead of running on wheels, a requirement to participate in the race. As long as the robots met that requirement, they were free to get creative, and the companies behind them adopted a wide range of strategies to try to get an advantage over their competitors. Some were wearing kid-sized sneakers (though screwed to their pedals to avoid falling off). Others were equipped with knee pads to protect their delicate parts from damage when they fell. Most of the robots had their fingers removed and some were even missing heads—you don’t need such parts for running, after all, and taking them off reduces a robot’s weight and the amount of burden placed on their motors.

Tiangong Ultra and another model, the N2 robot made by Chinese company Noetix Robotics, which won second place in the race, stood out for their consistent, albeit slow pace. The performance of the other humanoids was mostly disastrous. One robot called Huanhuan, which has a human-like head, only moved at the speed of a snail for a few minutes while its head shook uncontrollably—as if it could fall off any time.

Another robot named Shennong looks like a real Frankenstein’s monster, with the head that resembles Gundam and four drone propellers that face backwards. It sits on a foundation with eight wheels, and it’s not clear how that alone wasn’t disqualifying. But that wasn’t even Shennong’s biggest problem, as the robot immediately twirled in two circles after taking off from the starting line, hit the wall, and dragged down its human operators with it. It was painful to watch.

Duct tape proved to be the most effective problem-solving tool. Not only did the accompanying humans make makeshift robot shoes with duct tape, they also used it to adhere the head of a robot back onto its body after it repeatedly fell off during the run, making for some very jarring scenes.

Every robot had human operators, often two or three running beside them. Some held control panels that allowed them to give the robot instructions, including how fast to go, while other operators led the way for their robots and tried to clear potential obstacles on the ground. Quite a few of the humanoids were being held on what looked like, well, pet leashes. “You wanna think of these robots more like running a remote control car through the race. But the robots don’t have wheels,” says Fern.

DMCC to Build 17-Storey ‘Crypto Tower’ in Dubai for Crypto, Web3 Firms

Dubai is set to get a landmark ‘Crypto Tower’ building by 2027. The 17-storey building will be located at the Dubai Multi Commodities Centre (DMCC). According to a blog post by the government entity, the 150,000 sq ft complex will use blockchain technology and smart contracts to process its tenant management system. The building will also include an indoor and outdoor event spaces, an NFT art gallery, a dedicated vault storage area, as well as a high-end car dealership.

DMCC’s Crypto Tower to House Crypto Startups, Web3 Incubators

A total of nine floors will be dedicated to hosting advanced offices for Web3 firms in this tower. The other floors will house venture capital firms, Web3 incubators, an AI-focussed initiatives, the DMCC said.

Chatoshi.ai will equip the tower with internal AI services and solutions. The platform operates an AI-powered Web3 browser and search engine, its website shows.

The tower is expected to be ready by Q1 2027.

“The launch of Crypto Tower is both a real-world demonstration of the future of Web3, where transparency and ownership are ensured by blockchain technology, as well as a statement of our intent as we continue to consolidate Dubai’s position as the world’s leading innovation hub,” said Ahmed Bin Sulayem, Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, DMCC.

The DMCC has partnered with the Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) to facilitate the construction of this tower. Talking about the development, REIT’s Brenda Stratton revealed that every expense related to this project will be transparent and on-chain.

“By combining blockchain technology with real-world construction in Dubai’s DMCC, we’re creating a physical tower that serves as a central hub for the crypto community,” she added.

In March 2022, UAE Prime Minister Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum officially established the Virtual Assets Regulatory Authority (VARA) to monitor Web3 in Dubai. All Web3 players looking to set up shops in Dubai are mandated to identify themselves with VARA. The body maintains communication with Web3 players and guides them when needed.

With the arrival of regulatory clarity, a bunch of Web3-related developments took shape in Dubai over the last few years.

In March 2024, rules were issued to oversee the operations of Web3 firms setting shop at the city’s DIFC free zone.

Crypto giants like Binance and Coinbase also secured licencing and have ramped up their service offerings in Dubai.

Google Search boss: AI Overviews boost click quality

AI Overviews, Google’s AI-generated summaries that sit above organic search results, are already eroding traffic for many publishers and creators. However, publishers are getting “higher-quality clicks,” according to Elizabeth Reid, Head of Google Search, in a new interview.

Why we care. Google Search is continuing to evolve in the direction of AI Overviews, where less clicks to websites is the new normal.

Clicks. Here are some quotes from Reid’s interview with the Financial Times about the AI Overviews and the impact on clicks and traffic (a.k.a., that necessary evil) to publishers:

  • “We see the clicks are of higher quality, because they’re not clicking on a webpage, realising it wasn’t what they want and immediately bailing. So, they spend more time on those sites. We see that it shows a greater diversity of websites that come up.
  • “What you see with something like AI Overviews, when you bring the friction down for users, is people search more and that opens up new opportunities for websites, for creators, for publishers to access. And they get higher-quality clicks.”

Reid also said that AI Overviews are “designed to get you started and then help you dive deeper,” because “relying on webpages… can be difficult and AI Overviews provide more “substance” than individual webpages:

“But if your question is long, finding a webpage that covers every part of your question is hard, and sometimes what you get is a very surface-level webpage. Technically it talks about every one of your words, but you didn’t get much substance. With generative AI, we can go and look for web pages that talk about specific subsets. So, we’ll take that query, and we’ll turn it into multiple queries.

“And then we’ll say, a-ha, OK, you’re comparing two items that are not traditionally compared. Let me find a webpage about one item. Let me find a webpage about another. And then, you can expose websites that go in more depth on part of a topic, instead of just a webpage that is surface level about the whole topic.”

Not the first time. Reid follows Alphabet/Google CEO Sundar Pichai, who previously said that AI Overviews are good for click-through rate (CTR):

  • “If you put content and links within AI Overviews, they get higher clickthrough rates than if you put it outside of AI Overviews.”

But. I’ve seen no evidence to back up Reid or Pichai’s claim. CTRs to websites are hitting new lows. Also, traffic and revenue for several websites (see: Chegg as one example) started to decline around May, which is when Google launched AI Overviews. Microsoft Bing’s Fabrice Canel has also talked about “qualified clicks” being the measure of success in AI search.

Ads and AI Overviews. There are “a lot of opportunities for ads” above, below and within AI Overviews, according to Reid, adding that “Ads are relevant whenever users are going to make a choice that has some commercial aspect”:

“When a query is predominantly commercial intent — like we think you want to buy something — then we might often show ads. But sometimes we think you probably don’t want to [see] ads, and so we don’t want to give everyone ads. But some people might want to buy something. If [you search] ‘how to clean a stain out of the couch’ and the first thing we show is a bunch of ads, you’re like, ‘Whoa, I just wanted some advice.’

“But if we’re giving you ideas and then we say, ‘if you’re having trouble you might want to consider a stain-remover product’, and then we give you some ads for stain-remover products, it feels natural and in context.”

How search will change. Some of Reid’s notable quotes:

  • “…we want to make search effortless. That assumes multimodalities…”
  • “It will get more personalised over time, not just in the results, but in how you learn well. Are you somebody who learns well with videos or are you someone who prefers text?”

How search won’t change. Reid said “never say never” about there being a paid version of Google Search, but Google Search will remain free for the foreseeable future:

  • “Ensuring that search in general, the essence of it, is available for free, to allow access to information, will be important. There may be some aspects for people who have subscriptions in the future. But the core of search we want to have available for everyone for free, yes.

Google Search also won’t become a “chatbot” in the style of ChatGPT, according to Reid:

“We think of search as more of an information-focused question. We are starting to experiment more with the idea that people sometimes have a question that has multiple parts plus a follow-up. And if you have a follow-up question, you don’t want to start over from scratch.

“But it’s more designed as: how can you further your journey without repeating it the same way you might to a human — rather than designing it in the sense of: do you have a friend to chat with and ask them their views? It’s much more about organising information.”

Also:

“We put a lot of effort in our models on paying attention to factuality. That’s a way that we make a different choice on search, compared with a chatbot. You typically have to choose between how factual it is versus how creative or how conversational it is.

“If you’re building a product that’s designed to be conversational, you might weigh it one way. But in the case of [Google] Search, we have weighted factuality and put extensive work into that. We have continued to raise the bar on that for the past several months.

How people are searching differently. According to Reid:

  • Younger users are asking “more and longer questions” and “more nuanced questions.”
  • “We see a lot of growth in multi-modality: people asking these text-plus- image questions. So, it’s not just, ‘What is this image?’ or ‘Here’s my question’, but combining them.

The interview. Google’s Elizabeth Reid: ‘Human curiosity is boundless and people ask a lot of questions’ (subscription required)

Star Wars: Zero Company Caters To Hardcore Fans, Despite Being An Approachable Tactics Game

Star Wars video games have primarily focused on action for several years now, but Star Wars: Zero Company breaks from that trend by throwing players into the battlefields of a single-player tactics game. The genre remains fairly popular thanks to games like XCOM, Gears Tactics, and Warhammer 40,000: Chaos Gate – Daemonhunters, but there’s still a perceived barrier to entry in a genre that doesn’t hesitate to throw a lot of gameplay mechanics at its audience.

Developer Bit Reactor is looking to avoid this issue with Zero Company, as the studio is aiming to create a Star Wars adventure that is both approachable and appealing to hardcore fans of the genre. Speaking to GameSpot, Bit Reactor creative director Greg Foertsch explained how Zero Company will organically teach players its systems as they delve deeper into the murky underbelly of the Clone Wars.

“I think that when you look at these games–in general–a lot of times the mechanics can overwhelm and you tack the story on later. By using the story to guide us, it doesn’t shut down doors, it open doors. “And it’s not just about what we want people to play, but also what we want them to feel. And so through camera work, presentation, and story, I think we’re able to hit a lot of notes and really make this game appeal in a different way and kind of innovate in a way that the other games in the space haven’t. I think we’re really focused on trying to like marry those two aspects of it, the immersion and the presentation level with the mechanics.”

“So, we want to make sure that we wrap the game with a good story that makes sense to people and tutorializes things as needed, as opposed to kind of hitting people over the head. If you want to experience the game for the story, it’s there. “If you want to play and you want to have permadeath, guess what? You can do that too. “I think making a game where people can appreciate, understand, and get into it and not feel overwhelmed by it, but it still has the depth and challenge, you can do both. That’s what we’ve set out to do.”

LucasFilm Games creative executive Kelsey Sharpe added that Zero Company being a Star Wars game also helps, as being set in that galaxy allows Bit Reactor to do things in the tactics genre that other games can’t. “You can use the Force, you can call out an astromech droid for an assist, and then also so much of Star Wars storytelling is based on the relationships that characters build with each other,” Sharpe explained.

“At the same time that you are getting to know the Authored Characters, you’re creating these customizable characters and making gameplay decisions about who you’re going to send on certain missions together. And those are going to meaningfully affect both the tactical layer of gameplay and the experience that you have back at the Den.”

Star Wars: Zero Company will launch in 2026 for PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X|S. For more on the game, you can check out the reveal trailerr and read up on how its developers are aiming to replicate the wartime feeling of Rogue One and Andor.

Throwing a ‘spanner in the works’ of our cells’ machinery could help fight cancer, fatty liver disease… and hair loss

Fifty years since its discovery, scientists have finally worked out how a molecular machine found in mitochondria, the ‘powerhouses’ of our cells, allows us to make the fuel we need from sugars, a process vital to all life on Earth.

Scientists at the Medical Research Council (MRC) Mitochondrial Biology Unit, University of Cambridge, have worked out the structure of this machine and shown how it operates like the lock on a canal to transport pyruvate — a molecule generated in the body from the breakdown of sugars — into our mitochondria.

Known as the mitochondrial pyruvate carrier, this molecular machine was first proposed to exist in 1971, but it has taken until now for scientists to visualise its structure at the atomic scale using cryo-electron microscopy, a technique used to magnify an image of an object to around 165,000 times its real size. Details are published today in Science Advances.

Dr Sotiria Tavoulari, a Senior Research Associate from the University of Cambridge, who first determined the composition of this molecular machine, said: “Sugars in our diet provide energy for our bodies to function. When they are broken down inside our cells they produce pyruvate, but to get the most out of this molecule it needs to be transferred inside the cell’s powerhouses, the mitochondria. There, it helps increase 15-fold the energy produced in the form of the cellular fuel ATP.”

Maximilian Sichrovsky, a PhD student at Hughes Hall and joint first author of the study, said: “Getting pyruvate into our mitochondria sounds straightforward, but until now we haven’t been able to understand the mechanism of how this process occurs. Using state-of-the-art cryo-electron microscopy, we’ve been able to show not only what this transporter looks like, but exactly how it works. It’s an extremely important process, and understanding it could lead to new treatments for a range of different conditions.”

Mitochondria are surrounded by two membranes. The outer one is porous, and pyruvate can easily pass through, but the inner membrane is impermeable to pyruvate. To transport pyruvate into the mitochondrion, first an outer ‘gate’ of the carrier opens, allowing pyruvate to enter the carrier. This gate then closes, and the inner gate opens, allowing the molecule to pass through into the mitochondrion.

“It works like the locks on a canal but on the molecular scale,” said Professor Edmund Kunji from the MRC Mitochondrial Biology Unit, and a Fellow at Trinity Hall, Cambridge. “There, a gate opens at one end, allowing the boat to enter. It then closes and the gate at the opposite end opens to allow the boat smooth transit through.”

Because of its central role in controlling the way mitochondria operate to produce energy, this carrier is now recognised as a promising drug target for a range of conditions, including diabetes, fatty liver disease, Parkinson’s disease, specific cancers, and even hair loss.

Pyruvate is not the only energy source available to us. Our cells can also take their energy from fats stored in the body or from amino acids in proteins. Blocking the pyruvate carrier would force the body to look elsewhere for its fuel — creating opportunities to treat a number of diseases. In fatty liver disease, for example, blocking access to pyruvate entry into mitochondria could encourage the body to use potentially dangerous fat that has been stored in liver cells.

Likewise, there are certain tumour cells that rely on pyruvate metabolism, such as in some types of prostate cancer. These cancers tend to be very ‘hungry’, producing excess pyruvate transport carriers to ensure they can feed more. Blocking the carrier could then starve these cancer cells of the energy they need to survive, killing them.

Previous studies have also suggested that inhibiting the mitochondrial pyruvate carrier may reverse hair loss. Activation of human follicle cells, which are responsible for hair growth, relies on metabolism and, in particular, the generation of lactate. When the mitochondrial pyruvate carrier is blocked from entering the mitochondria in these cells, it is instead converted to lactate.

Professor Kunji said: “Drugs inhibiting the function of the carrier can remodel how mitochondria work, which can be beneficial in certain conditions. Electron microscopy allows us to visualise exactly how these drugs bind inside the carrier to jam it — a spanner in the works, you could say. This creates new opportunities for structure-based drug design in order to develop better, more targeted drugs. This will be a real game changer.”

The research was supported by the Medical Research Council and was a collaboration with the groups of Professors Vanessa Leone at the Medical College of Wisconsin, Lucy Forrest at the National Institutes of Health, and Jan Steyaert at the Free University of Brussels.

Kautilya’s Take by Kautilya Society at NUSRL Ranchi

About Kautilya’s Take

The Kautilya Society at the National University of Study and Research in Law (NUSRL), Ranchi, is pleased to announce a Call for Blogs for its official policy blog, Kautilya’s Take. This platform is intended to serve as a forum for reflective and critical discourse on matters intersecting law, governance, and public policy.

Kautilya’s Take invites submissions that engage with contemporary legal and policy developments, challenge existing frameworks, and propose grounded, research-driven solutions to modern governance challenges. The blog is committed to encouraging analytical depth and accessibility in content, making it suitable for both academic readers and those without a formal background in law or policy.

About the Kautilya Society NUSRL

The Kautilya Society is a student-led initiative established through a collaborative partnership between NUSRL Ranchi and the Vidhi Centre for Legal Policy, New Delhi. The Society seeks to bridge the divide between legal academia and real-world policy development.

It provides students with opportunities to engage in research, participate in dialogue, and contribute to reform-oriented public discourse.

Kautilya’s Take, as the Society’s flagship blog, seeks to provide a space where diverse voices can address pressing social, legal, economic, and administrative challenges from a policy perspective.

Submission Guidelines

Submissions are welcome from students, academicians, researchers, and professionals across disciplines. Contributions should offer original, well-reasoned, and well-researched commentary on relevant legal and public policy issues.

Co-authorship is permitted for up to two authors. All submissions must be original and unpublished, and must not be under consideration elsewhere. Authors are expected to ensure factual and legal accuracy, and to substantiate their arguments with credible references

To view the official brochure, click here: Call for Blogs – Kautilya’s Take (Brochure)

Formatting Guidelines

  • Word Count: 1,500 – 2,000 words (including footnotes)
  • Font: Times New Roman, size 12; 1.5 line spacing
  • Footnotes: Times New Roman, size 10; single line spacing
  • Citation Style: The Bluebook, 21st Edition
  • File Format: Submit Word (.doc/.docx) format.
  • File Name Format: “KautilyaTake_Submission_Title”
  • The submitted document must not contain the author’s name, institutional affiliation, or any identifying details

Use of hyperlinks to primary sources, legal texts, and credible news reports is encouraged. Footnotes should be used primarily for formal legal citations. Submissions must adhere to a plagiarism threshold of 10 percent.

Suggested Areas of Focus (Non-Exhaustive)

  • Law and Public Policy
  • Governance and Institutional Reform
  • Access to Justice and Legal Empowerment
  • Economic Policy and Regulatory Reform
  • Environment and Sustainable Development
  • Education and Technology Policy
  • Health and Welfare Systems
  • Digital Rights and Data Governance
  • Local Governance and Rural Development
  • Criminal Justice Reforms
  • Urban Policy and Infrastructure
  • Social Security and Welfare Schemes
  • Federalism and Centre-State Relations

Authors are encouraged to explore any topic that aligns with the broader mission of promoting thoughtful, inclusive, and reform-oriented policy discourse.

Mode of Submission

  • Submissions must be made through the Google Form mentioned at the end of this post.
  • Submissions made through any other mode will not be accepted.

Deadline

The last date for submission is May 30, 2025. Submissions received after the deadline will not be considered. Early submissions are encouraged.

Review and Publication

  • All submissions will be reviewed by the Student and Peer Review Board of the Kautilya Society NUSRL.
  • Submissions will be assessed on originality, clarity, depth of analysis, relevance, and adherence to guidelines.
  • Selected blogs will be published on the official website of Kautilya’s Take and circulated among academic and policy networks.

Contact

To read the detailed brochure

Click here to submit your blog

Weekly Tarot Card Readings: Tarot prediction for April 20-26, 2025 | Astrology

ARIES (Mar 21-Apr 20)

Love: The Hierophant

Read on to find out your Tarot reading for the coming week.(Unsplash)

Mood: Queen of Cups

Career: Four of Coins

Prioritizing early health checkups will help ensure timely intervention and overall well-being. Financially, focusing on long-term goals will bring stability and security. Professional recognition is on the horizon, boosting confidence and opening new opportunities. Family interactions may require extra kindness and patience. Heartfelt conversations will strengthen romantic bonds, deepening emotional connections. Travel plans may need flexibility to accommodate unforeseen changes. Home renovation ideas could enhance both comfort and property value. Staying optimistic and adaptable will lead to productive outcomes.

Lucky Number: 4
Lucky Colour: Red

TAURUS (Apr 21-May 20)

Love: The Tower

Mood: The High Priestess

Career: Ace of Swords

A disciplined morning exercise routine will boost energy levels and improve vitality. Financial challenges due to skill mismatch may arise, so exploring alternative income sources will be beneficial. Career obstacles may require patience, but strategic planning will help in overcoming them. Strengthening faith within family relationships will create harmony. Romance is likely to flourish, fostering deeper emotional connections. Routine excursions may offer a refreshing break. Long-term property investments appear promising, ensuring financial security. Adapting to unexpected changes will help in navigating the week smoothly.

Lucky Number: 7
Lucky Colour: Yellow

GEMINI (May 21-Jun 21)

Love: The Moon

Mood: The Hanged Man

Career: Page of Wands

Strengthening immunity should be a priority for maintaining good health. Money-saving hacks will prove useful in managing finances efficiently. Professionally, self-belief will be the key to overcoming challenges. Family dynamics may be strained due to intergenerational conflicts, but open communication will help bridge gaps. In romance, an unspoken understanding with your partner will foster emotional depth. Reuniting with loved ones through travel will bring joy and nostalgia. Property decisions should be based on a well-researched market outlook. Managing emotions wisely will ensure a fulfilling week.

Lucky Number: 22
Lucky Colour: Royal Blue

CANCER (Jun22-Jul 22)

Love: The Hanged Man

Mood: The Tower

Career: The World

Peak vitality will keep you feeling energetic and enthusiastic. Financial security is well within reach, thanks to well-planned strategies. Constructive feedback at work will support professional growth. Sharing stories with grandparents will strengthen emotional bonds within the family. Accepting differences in love will create a more harmonious relationship. Last-minute travel bookings may lead to complications, so planning ahead is advisable. Sustainable home improvements will increase property value while benefiting the environment. Embracing learning and adaptability will shape a successful week.
Lucky Number: 11
Lucky Colour: Dark Pink

LEO (Jul 23-Aug 23)

Love: The Hierophant

Mood: Devil

Career: Four of Swords

Establishing healthy routines will contribute to long-term wellness. Re-evaluating savings plans will improve financial planning. Work performance is likely to receive appreciation from seniors, paving the way for career advancements. Strengthening shared values within the family will deepen relationships. Rebuilding trust in romance will take time, but patience will be rewarding. Capturing cultural expressions during travel will make your experiences more enriching. Property negotiations may work in your favor. A strategic and positive mindset will help in making the most of upcoming opportunities.

Lucky Number: 2
Lucky Colour: Cream

VIRGO (Aug 24-Sept 23)

Love: Two of Coins

Mood: The Strength

Career: The Fool

Restoring your immune system will help in maintaining overall well-being. A balanced budget will be key to financial stability. Staying goal-oriented at work will help in achieving professional milestones. Practicing forgiveness within family matters will bring emotional relief and stronger bonds. Romance is set to flourish, with heartfelt moments strengthening connections. A visit to traditional homes will provide cultural enrichment. Long-term property ownership is likely to yield significant benefits. Staying focused and disciplined will ensure a rewarding week.
Lucky Number: 9
Lucky Colour: Maroon

LIBRA (Sept 24-Oct 23)

Love: The Lovers

Mood: Judgement

Career: The Magician

Regular health monitoring will keep you feeling fit and active. Financially, unexpected cash rewards may bring pleasant surprises. Notable professional achievements will boost confidence and credibility. Blissful family gatherings will create cherished memories. Accepting new love opportunities may lead to exciting romantic developments. Troubled travel routes may cause inconvenience, so having an alternative plan will be beneficial. Promising property investments may offer long-term gains. A proactive approach will help in overcoming challenges with ease.
Lucky Number: 5
Lucky Colour: Green

SCORPIO (Oct 24-Nov 22)

Love: King of Coins

Mood: Temperance

Career: The Star

Focusing on physical strength and wellness will improve overall health. Secure finances will provide stability and confidence for the future. A productive workflow will keep you engaged and professionally satisfied. Spiritual growth within the family will bring a sense of peace and bonding. Romance will be filled with deep emotional connections and meaningful moments. Paying attention to travel essentials will ensure a hassle-free journey. Property matters may require careful document verification before finalizing agreements. A clear and focused mindset will help in overcoming obstacles.

Lucky Number: 3
Lucky Colour: Magenta

Love: Two of Cups

Mood: The Sun

Career: Seven of Coins

Energy levels may feel low, making self-care and rest a priority. Resource management will be essential to maintaining financial stability. Your creative problem-solving skills will shine at work, earning you admiration. Supporting your child’s talents will foster confidence and growth. Sharing emotional burdens in relationships will bring comfort and understanding. Budget-friendly travel plans will provide fulfilling experiences without financial strain. Lucrative property deals may emerge, making this a favorable time for investments. Maintaining a positive outlook will enhance both personal and professional progress.

Lucky Number: 8
Lucky Colour: Grey

Love: The Moon

Mood: The Fool

Career: The Empress

Recovering from past illnesses will require continued care and self-discipline. Financial delays may cause stress, making contingency planning essential. Work efficiency programs will help in boosting productivity and achieving goals. Practicing gratitude within the family will create a warm and supportive environment. Romantic connections will bring comfort, fostering moments of joy and closeness. Routine travel routes may feel monotonous, but small changes can make journeys more enjoyable. Finding reliable tenants may take time, so patience is advised. Structuring your schedule effectively will lead to a smooth and productive week.

Lucky Number: 7
Lucky Colour: Brown

Love: The Chariot

Mood: Seven of Coins

Career: Two of Swords

Prioritizing relaxation and mental well-being will enhance overall health. A well-balanced revenue flow will maintain financial security. Professionally, empowering yourself with new skills and knowledge will open new opportunities. Honoring family heritage and traditions will strengthen familial bonds. Revisiting relationship goals and aligning mutual aspirations will bring clarity. An inspiring journey is likely to refresh your perspective. Solid property investments will offer long-term security and financial growth. A structured approach to problem-solving will lead to effective solutions.

Lucky Number: 2
Lucky Colour: Light Yellow

PISCES (Feb 20-Mar 20)

Love: Temperance

Mood: The Hanged Man

Career: Two of Swords

Prioritizing self-care will ensure overall well-being and sustained energy levels. Improving your credit score will enhance financial stability and future planning. Celebrating workplace success will bring motivation and a sense of accomplishment. Addressing family tantrums with patience will encourage better understanding. Romantic surprises will rekindle passion and excitement. Traveling with caution and proper planning will help in avoiding unnecessary troubles. Property market analysis may reveal investment opportunities, but thorough research is advised. A flexible and positive attitude will help in making the most of the week.
Lucky Number: 9
Lucky Colour: Magenta

By: Manisha Koushik

(Astrologer, Tarot Card Reader, Numerologist, Vastu & Fengshui Consultant)

Email: [email protected]

Url: http://www.askmanisha.com

Contact: +919650015920

Makary seeks to limit industry’s role in FDA advisory panels

The Food and Drug Administration will aim to limit the participation of industry experts in the advisory committees that the agency consults for some regulatory decisions, Martin Makary, the FDA’s new commissioner, announced Thursday.

Advisory committees, which the FDA typically convenes for additional input on high-profile reviews or thorny clinical and regulatory issues, regularly include an industry representative alongside a dozen or so independent experts.

These representatives don’t vote on questions put to the committee. They are meant to share the perspective of their industry broadly, rather than of the specific company that employs them. There are also usually patient or consumer representatives on the panels.

Now, when not explicitly required by statute, the FDA will restrict industry representatives from taking part as a committee member.

“Industry employees are welcome to attend FDA advisory committee meetings, along with the rest of the American public, but having industry employees serve as official members of FDA advisory committee members represents a cozy relationship that is concerning to many Americans,” said Makary. “In fact, the FDA has a history of being influenced unduly by corporate interests.”

The FDA’s statement said its new policy won’t prevent company employees from attending or presenting their views at advisory committee meetings, and noted that exceptions could be made in “rare circumstances.”

While advisory committee meetings offer a public window into the FDA’s regulatory processes, their input is not binding. The FDA can go against their recommendations, although in practice the agency and its committees often align.

Generally, the FDA shapes advisory committee discussions by posing specific questions to the panel and guiding the conversation. If the committee is asked for input on a specific drug review, the developer of that drug will usually give an overview of its data, followed by presentations from an FDA review team that scrutinized those results. Committee members ask follow-up questions and then later vote.

As non-voting members, industry representatives don’t typically drive the conversation, although they share their thoughts alongside other panelists.

Makary announced the new policy alongside his first interview as FDA commissioner, conducted at the agency’s offices with former Fox News host Megyn Kelly and posted to the social media site X.

“I was shocked when I learned that employees of big pharma companies sit on FDA advisory committees as members,” Makary told Kelly. “We’re going to be replacing them whenever statutorily possible with patients and family caregivers.”

It’s not clear whether Makary would try to add an additional patient representative in the many instances where existing advisory committees already have one. It’s also unclear which advisory committees could be stripped of their industry representative.

The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 amended existing law to direct the Health and Human Services Secretary, or their delegate, to establish expert panels that include “a representative of interests of the drug manufacturing industry not directly affected by the matter to be brought before the panel.”

Makary has made common cause with his boss, HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., in targeting perceived industry influence over regulators like the FDA. A Johns Hopkins surgeon and author, Makary built a reputation as a contrarian, challenging medical consensus on several issues, including the need for children to receive COVID-19 boosters.

He was sworn in as FDA commissioner on April 1 and has kept a relatively low profile as Kennedy has ordered a drastic downsizing of the federal health workforce, including layoffs for several thousand FDA employees.

Editor’s note: This story has been updated with additional detail on a 1997 law governing advisory committee formation.

RBA, tariffs and more. The Australian housing market is about to boom

Key takeaways

The Australian housing market is about to boom.

The RBA cash rate will drop by 2% within the next 18 to 24 months.

My modelling suggests that every time mortgage rates drop by 0.25% improves the borrowing capacities in Australia by 2% to 3%.


For mine, the Australian housing market is about to boom.

Why?

I think we are heading towards a bout of stagflation.

Job creation is about to tank and, whilst inflation will rise and remain above the RBA target range for some time to come, interest rates will fall.

My modelling suggests that every time mortgage rates drop by 0.25% improves the borrowing capacities in Australia by 2% to 3%.

As a result the average Australian household can borrow about another $15,000.

The RBA are asleep at the wheel.

I have been saying such for some time.

Can you believe they didn’t even discuss dropping the cash last Tuesday.

Why meet at all if you aren’t going to do your job?

Trump’s tariffs were coming.

Trump Tariffs

Blind Freddie could have seen what was coming down the pipe.

They should have cut 0.25%.

I reckon we will get a 0.5% cut in May and if the RBA board had the guts, they would announce an emergency cut within a week or two.

I think the cash rate will drop by 2% within the next 18 to 24 months.

It will need to stall a local recession, i.e., two consecutive quarters of negative GDP.

Note I said stall.

And we will return to this verb soon.

Of course, we have been in a Per Capital recession for most of the past two years, and despite what Chalmers says, the worst isn’t behind us.

Not by a long shot.

Despite the babble from both major federal parties and also the rest of the political rabble, little can really be done about increasing the new housing supply nationally, as this is the realm of state and local governments.

All that can be done, countrywide, is on the demand side.

And that isn’t needed.

In fact, anything like that just exasperates the problem.

So, the housing supply – for sale, to rent and building new homes – remains tight; interest rates will fall and demand for housing will remain strong and will lift, as investors in times of strife turn towards housing investment in Australia.

Even a big lift in new housing supply – which is extremely unlikely over the short to medium term – will not stop a leap in home values and weekly rents over the next 12 to 24 months.

Trump Property Boom

Thank you

Also, Australia should have said thanks to President Trump.

Moving forward, it might be best to shut up about the US tariffs and bide our time.

No meaningful discussion with the US will happen on this side of the election anyway.

Besides there is stuff all we can do about the US imposing a new tax.

And for what it is worth, as I noted here, Trump for mine is playing poker.

The current ‘liberation day’ tariffs are levied so high to help get other nations to do what the USA wants.

Before Trump’s second term, the average worldwide trading tax was 8%.

It is now around 22%.

One could say that protectionism has risen threefold in the last week.

But I would wager that the average tariff will be closer to the previous 8% within the next three to six months.

Most countries that trade with the US will have reciprocal tariffs.

But back to us

What we should be focusing on are the things we actually have control over.

These things include energy, taxation, defence, domestic security, spending, immigration, productivity and relations with our immediate neighbours, whilst keeping China (trade, for now) and the USA (defence, forever) on our side.

The way forward needs some tough love and a long-term vision.

I Wish Amazon Prime Video Would Bring Back These 3 Features

I hate it when streaming services like Amazon Prime Video introduce unique features, only to ditch them for whatever reason. If I had the power, I’d bring these features back to Prime Video.

3

“Free To Me” Made Prime Video Easier to Navigate

My biggest gripe with Amazon Prime Video is its UI. I can’t stand how everything looks so cramped, and the little yellow icon that indicates content has to be bought or rented to watch drives me crazy. In fact, it’s one of the biggest factors in how I pick between Netflix and Prime when I want to watch something.

Related

Prime Video Has Teamed Up With an Unexpected Source to Bring You More Free Content

Many highly respected and well-loved TV shows are coming to Prime Video for free.

With Prime’s Free To Me feature, content that had to be rented or bought was filtered out, making it so much easier to pick something and relax for the night. Free To Me was an objectively good feature, and I’ll never understand why it was removed. There’s no reason that’s good enough for me.

Instead, Free To Me was removed in favor of a nondescript “Prime” page. Didn’t know Prime filtered out content that way? Neither did I. How could I? “Prime” could mean any and everything available. Also, Prime Video defaults to the page containing subscription content, rentals, and movies you can buy. Free To Me should have stayed around; otherwise, it’s confusing.

2

Enjoying Content Together With a Watch Party

I may be able to regularly schedule D&D sessions every week, but getting people to gather for an episode of a show or movie is, for some reason, a scheduling nightmare. You’d think the opposite would be true, but that’s how it plays out for me. Amazon Prime Video’s Watch Party feature made it much easier to gather friends and family and enjoy a movie together, especially during the height of the COVID pandemic. We could synchronize playback and chat with one another.

Related

8 Annoying Amazon Prime Video Issues (and How to Fix Them)

Settled down to watch something on Amazon Prime Video and encountered an error? Here are the most annoying Prime Video issues and their resolutions.

The worst part is Watch Party was discontinued without a peep from Amazon. Removing a feature is one thing, but to do so without an official statement is scummy. It devalued my Prime membership overnight. I wouldn’t have kicked up a fuss if, say, it was rolled into Prime Video’s higher tier.

Now I have to use alternative solutions to watching movies online together, like Teleparty and Discord. However, my friends and family may not want to install new tools due to inconvenience, device support, or they just don’t want to use entirely new software.

1

Prime Video’s Episode Shuffle Was Underappreciated

The Prime page on Amazon Prime Video, featuring rows of movies available with a Prime subscription

There are a handful of sitcoms I watch on repeat, like Seinfeld and The Office, whenever I’m doing laundry, dishes, cleaning, or just want to relax or sleep. It’s like background noise that keeps my brain mildly occupied when I’m doing boring chores. However, to prevent myself from watching the same episode over and over, I really liked using Amazon Prime Video’s Episode Shuffle feature. It would play a randomly chosen episode, as opposed to watching it start to finish. And since they were sitcoms, I didn’t have to worry about continuity.

While I understand why this feature was removed, with it being rather niche and all, I still used it quite a lot. In its defense, I don’t recall it being advertised very often. Maybe if more people knew it existed in the first place, it wouldn’t have been so underappreciated. There are plenty of sitcoms, not to mention cartoons, that would’ve benefited from it.

Related

Amazon Prime Video: How to Turn Subtitles and Audio Descriptions On and Off

Amazon Prime Video offers subtitles and audio description to aid accessibility. Here’s how to manage those settings.

I also mourn the possibility of Amazon expanding on the feature into something like Netflix’s Surprise Me feature, which was also axed, among other features Netflix killed off. Sometimes I get choice paralysis seeing my growing watch list. What’s a guy gotta do to get streaming services to keep a simple shuffle button around?

I’m all about a better user experience, so when features like these get axed, I’m less inclined to use the service. Gutting Free To Me was especially egregious. Finding content that’s freely available due to my Amazon Prime subscription is a nightmare otherwise. Watch Party was great to have when schedules weren’t syncing, and Episode Shuffle was nice when I wanted to turn my brain off. Amazon Prime Video dropped the ball on these features.

Rain transforms a Jinan town into living ink-painting art

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-19/Rain-transforms-a-Jinan-town-into-living-ink-painting-art-1CBcdF7Bv0s/img/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a.jpeg'
Mingshui Ancient Town in the rain evokes the essence of a Chinese ink-wash landscape painting. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-19/Rain-transforms-a-Jinan-town-into-living-ink-painting-art-1CBcdF7Bv0s/img/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a.jpeg'
Mingshui Ancient Town in the rain evokes the essence of a Chinese ink-wash landscape painting. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-19/Rain-transforms-a-Jinan-town-into-living-ink-painting-art-1CBcdF7Bv0s/img/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a.jpeg'
Mingshui Ancient Town in the rain evokes the essence of a Chinese ink-wash landscape painting. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-19/Rain-transforms-a-Jinan-town-into-living-ink-painting-art-1CBcdF7Bv0s/img/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a.jpeg'
Mingshui Ancient Town in the rain evokes the essence of a Chinese ink-wash landscape painting. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-19/Rain-transforms-a-Jinan-town-into-living-ink-painting-art-1CBcdF7Bv0s/img/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a.jpeg'
Mingshui Ancient Town in the rain evokes the essence of a Chinese ink-wash landscape painting. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-19/Rain-transforms-a-Jinan-town-into-living-ink-painting-art-1CBcdF7Bv0s/img/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a/6591ce46c46b407080e267d28e7c0c1a.jpeg'
Mingshui Ancient Town in the rain evokes the essence of a Chinese ink-wash landscape painting. /CGTN

In Mingshui Ancient Town of Jinan, east China’s Shandong, rain has transformed centuries-old architecture into a flowing Chinese ink painting. With raindrops dripping from eaves to a metrical beat and mist weaving through gray-brick courtyards, every scene is a brushstroke on an unfolding scroll of classical Chinese art.

Goldenvoice founder Gary Tovar is Coachella’s eternal fan

Inside the club-like Sonora tent on the grounds of the Coachella Music and Arts Festival in Indio, Gary Tovar is inching closer to the stage. As ever, he’s snapping pictures on his phone, and shooting bits of video, to be shared online later.

Onstage on this opening weekend of the festival is the Los Angeles indie rock act Together Pangea, but for some astute music-lovers in the crowd, Tovar is as recognizable as anyone who will be on this stage. He’s the founder of Goldenvoice Productions, which launched Coachella in 1999, and was a crucial supporter of L.A.’s original punk rock concert scene in the 1980s.

Dressed in his usual plain white T-shirt, dark khaki shorts, with a blue bandana tied close to his throat, Tovar can barely get a few steps across the air-conditioned room before he’s greeted by another admirer. While Tovar no longer owns the company he founded in 1981, he remains its No. 1 fan, attending multiple concerts and club shows every week, sometimes two or three a night.

At Coachella, he is an especially active consumer of music, starting his day with breakfast in catering, and spending a full day going from stage to stage. He often travels in his own golf cart, but says he still gets 25,000 steps in a day. The heat, reaching above 100 degrees on opening weekend, does not slow him down.

“A lot of people stay in their era,” Tovar says of his ongoing music consumption. “There’s a lot of people complaining — they came here in 2009 — they still want MGMT, they want Yeah Yeah Yeahs, and they want time to stop. You have to be eternal. I don’t mean you’re gonna live forever. I mean, when the music moves, you move with it. You can’t pine for yesterday.”

Gary Tovar backstage at Coachella’s artist compound with Joe Escalante of the Vandals, center, and Greg Hetson of the Circle Jerks.

(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)

That said, he maintains a lot of affection for the punk era that launched Goldenvoice in the early 1980s. While other local punk rock promoters came and went, Goldenvoice became an essential champion of punk, metal, goth, industrial and other revolutionary sounds of the time. Tovar also flew in acts from overseas for their first L.A. area shows.

Tovar saw himself as a patron of the arts, putting the likes of Black Flag, the Dead Kennedys, Siouxsie and the Banshees and Jane’s Addiction onstage at the Olympic Auditorium, Santa Monica Civic, John Anson Ford Amphitheatre and Fender’s Ballroom.

He survived where many others failed because he had the resources to follow his musical passions, even if the shows weren’t always profitable. The reason: Tovar was a marijuana smuggler, bringing contraband in from Colombia and then Thailand. He made millions, until a prison sentence took him away for seven years, and he handed the company over to his successors: Paul Tollett and the late Rick Van Santen.

While Coachella emerged during his time in prison for marijuana trafficking, the world-renowned festival is a lasting legacy of his nascent shows of the 1980s.

“This wouldn’t be here if it wasn’t for Gary,” says Circle Jerks singer Keith Morris, sitting in the band’s Coachella dressing room right after the band’s set. “It was more about him being a fan than it was about the business. He’s a total music freak.”

He was also a rock fan going back to the 1960s, as a teenager once seeing Jimi Hendrix perform in Maui. Tovar got his first taste of punk rock at the final Sex Pistols performance at San Francisco’s Winterland Ballroom in January 1978. While intrigued, Tovar didn’t imagine a place for himself in that world until his sister, an early fan of punk, mentioned that bands from the then-controversial genre were having trouble finding gigs to play.

Beginning with a TSOL show in Santa Barbara on Dec. 4, 1981, Tovar dove in, eventually focusing on Los Angeles.

He named the company after a favorite strain of Thai marijuana. “They said when you smoked it, it was like the angels sang to you in a golden voice,” Tovar recalls with a smile.

For a logo, he turned to Black Flag bassist and SST Records co-founder Chuck Dukowski, who spelled out the Goldenvoice name in “Chinese”-style lettering left over from the cover art for the Minutemen’s “Paranoid Time” EP. (That same font is now used in the Coachella logo.)

By 1983, things took off quickly for Goldenvoice, but soon went off the rails with a riot at a TSOL and Social Distortion concert at the original SIR Studios on Sunset Boulevard. There was another riot at an Exploited show in Huntington Park. Tovar had another concert lined up for Wilmington headlined by the aggressively radical Dead Kennedys that he was calling “Storming the Docks,” if he could get police to sign off. Tovar met with the San Pedro Police, and he was asked, “What type of band is the Dead Kennedys?” Tovar says he looked up and saw an official portrait of President Reagan on the wall. “My mind clicked in. I said, ‘The Dead Kennedys are a tribute band to John and Robert Kennedy. Where do we sign?’”

That show also ended as a riot. “Oh, they got so mad,” Tovar says now. “I had to go in there with a little trickery, man.”

After his third consecutive riot, Tovar turned to the Olympic Auditorium, the impenetrable concrete bunker in downtown Los Angeles where he’d hosted Black Flag a year before. The venue, with a 5,000-person capacity just on the ground floor, was large enough to absorb any number of punks and others who wanted to attend, without leaving anyone outside to loiter or get in trouble.

Tovar fully expected that initial wave of punk rock euphoria to fade within a couple of years, and it did. “Punk rock is like a shooting star. I knew it wasn’t going to last,” he says. “At the end of ‘85, it was showing cracks. Too much violence. Girls didn’t want to come.”

After two years at the Olympic, and as punk crowds began to diminish, he moved many of his shows to the smaller Fender’s in Long Beach, expanding to other venues in Southern California as needed.

The Circle Jerks performing at Coachella.

The Circle Jerks perform at the Sonora Tent during the first weekend of Coachella 2025. Tovar was one of the first promoters in L.A. to champion the punk legends. “[Coachella] wouldn’t be here if it wasn’t for Gary,” says Circle Jerks singer Keith Morris. “It was more about him being a fan than it was about the business. He’s a total music freak.”

(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)

As a leading proselytizer of punk and other alternative sounds, Tovar often partnered with promoters in other cities. It rarely meant a windfall for him. At one concert in Sacramento with the Ramones, he barely broke even. “I found a $20 bill in the parking lot,” he remembers. “That was my profit.”

His money was largely made elsewhere. “One of my hands was in punk rock, championing underground music that was on the fringe,” he says. “And my other hand was smuggling quality marijuana. We went for the quality.”

If anything, the pot business was accelerating. His role was to sail the marijuana from Colombia and Thailand to the U.S. When the drug trade in Colombia shifted away from marijuana to cocaine, Tovar turned toward Thailand.

“I did not believe in cocaine because marijuana is done with a handshake, and cocaine is done with a gun. I’m not a violent person,” Tovar recalls. “All the smuggling I did was done with diversionary tactics. I’ve still never shot a gun. I’m trying to go all the way.”

When one of his associates was arrested, Tovar knew it was only a matter of time before federal drug agents came to him. It turned out to be years, giving Tovar time to train his proteges Tollett and Van Santen. On March 8, 1991, the feds arrived at his home and arrested him, and he remained in custody until after his trial and the end of his sentence.

Ironically, by the end of 1991, music had shifted in his direction. “Eight months after I went in, Nirvana, Pearl Jam and Chili Peppers broke,” he says. “I remember being in prison and saying, ‘Wow, I almost made it.’ It took a long time for enough people to come around.”

He shows no bitterness about spending years in prison for selling something that is now widely and openly available across the state. While in prison in Nevada, he heard about the new festival Goldenvoice was going to host in the desert. Once he returned, he hasn’t missed a single edition of Coachella.

Tovar is now a consultant to Goldenvoice. (The company was eventually sold to AEG in 2001.) He was especially active in last year’s No Values festival, which celebrated generations of punk rock, with the Misfits, Social Distortion, Iggy Pop and dozens more. As an extremely active concertgoer, he has a more informed opinion than most.

Backstage before the Circle Jerks set on Coachella’s opening weekend, a lot of old friends and admirers greet Tovar warmly. Among them is booking agent Andy Somers, who frequently had bands playing Goldenvoice shows in the ‘80s, with a roster that included the Circle Jerks, GBH, Megadeth, the Exploited and Testament.

Somers still has fond memories of Goldenvoice during that early chaotic period. “It was so DIY and so disorganized, with heart in the right place,” Somers says. “That’s what made it work.”

Gary Tovar at the 2025 Coachella in Indio, Calif.

Gary Tovar at the 2025 Coachella in Indio on April 13, 2025.

(Allen J. Schaben / Los Angeles Times)

As he gets into a conversation with Tovar, the Goldenvoice founder reminds him that just securing a venue could be difficult at a time when punk was seen by many as the latest threat to society.

“We had to try to look for places to put these bands on,” Tovar says to Somers. “The Circle Jerks had a rowdy crowd. I mean, not anything abnormal. But punk rock back then, it had its exuberance.”

Somers smiles in agreement, and adds, “It was shocking. It scared the mainstream a little bit. You see a mosh pit and you watch it and go, ‘Is that supposed to be fun?’”

Also backstage is Rene Contreras, who books the Sonora stage (which was named by Tovar) and came into the Goldenvoice fold as a next-generation promoter who grew up a SoCal music fanatic. He was in his early 20s when he first met Tovar about 15 years ago, and knew him mainly as another fan he saw at shows everywhere.

“When I didn’t have a car, he used to give me rides to shows,” Contreras says. “It took me a while to unravel his history and legacy that he had in music. He’s out every night. He’ll call me at least three times a week and we talk about shows that are happening, or sometimes he even fills me in: ‘Have you heard of this band?’”

Honda Activa 7G To Launch in India Between September and October 2025 With Design Upgrades, New Features; Check Expected Price, Specifications and More

New Delhi, April 19: The Honda Activa 7G is expected to launch soon in India with design upgrades, improved specifications, tech, and safety features. The Honda Activa 6G was launched in  January 2020, succeeding the previous generation’s Honda Activa 5G. The Honda Activa 7G is expected to launch at around INR 80,000 to INR 90,000. The 7th generation Honda Activa is scheduled to launch between October and September 2025.

So far, Honda has not provided any updates about the launch of its next-gen Activa 7G model in India. As per expectations, the upcoming scooter will continue to offer a 109cc engine. Honda Motorcycles and Scooters India (HMSI) is expected to offer several upgrades compared to the current Activa 6G model. 2025 TVS Apache RR 310 Price in India, Specifications and Features Revealed; Know Everything About Next-Gen Apache RR 310 Launched in India.

What to Expect from the Upcoming Honda Activa 7G?

Honda Activa 7G is expected to launch with a 109cc single-cylinder air-cooled engine in compliance with the latest OBD-2B emission norms. The engine could produce a maximum of 7.6 bhp power and achieve 8.8 Nm of peak torque, similar to the Activa 6G model. With all the similar engine and power options, the upcoming model is expected to offer the same fuel economy as the previous model, giving up to 45-50 kmpl mileage. Tesla India Entry Soon: Elon Musk’s EV Firm Plans To Build EV Charging Network Across India, Begins Testing Tesla Model Y on Mumbai-Pune Road, Say Reports.

As per a report by BikeWale, Honda Activa 7G could have a 5.3-litre fuel tank capacity that would allow up to 250 km ride with fuel stops. Honda’s 7th gen Activa could offer a start/stop switch to start the engine and likely have a silent starter. Besides, the report mentioned that the Activa 7G scooter could have a dual-function switch to open the external fuel lid and seat. The scooter may come in multiple colours and likely have design tweaks than Activa 6G. It may have 12-inch front and 10-inch rear wheels and telescopic suspension on the front. 

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 19, 2025 05:13 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

An AI Customer Service Chatbot Made Up a Company Policy—and Created a Mess

On Monday, a developer using the popular AI-powered code editor Cursor noticed something strange: Switching between machines instantly logged them out, breaking a common workflow for programmers who use multiple devices. When the user contacted Cursor support, an agent named “Sam” told them it was expected behavior under a new policy. But no such policy existed, and Sam was a bot. The AI model made the policy up, sparking a wave of complaints and cancellation threats documented on Hacker News and Reddit.

This marks the latest instance of AI confabulations (also called “hallucinations”) causing potential business damage. Confabulations are a type of “creative gap-filling” response where AI models invent plausible-sounding but false information. Instead of admitting uncertainty, AI models often prioritize creating plausible, confident responses, even when that means manufacturing information from scratch.

For companies deploying these systems in customer-facing roles without human oversight, the consequences can be immediate and costly: frustrated customers, damaged trust, and, in Cursor’s case, potentially canceled subscriptions.

How It Unfolded

The incident began when a Reddit user named BrokenToasterOven noticed that while swapping between a desktop, laptop, and a remote dev box, Cursor sessions were unexpectedly terminated.

“Logging into Cursor on one machine immediately invalidates the session on any other machine,” BrokenToasterOven wrote in a message that was later deleted by r/cursor moderators. “This is a significant UX regression.”

Confused and frustrated, the user wrote an email to Cursor support and quickly received a reply from Sam: “Cursor is designed to work with one device per subscription as a core security feature,” read the email reply. The response sounded definitive and official, and the user did not suspect that Sam was not human.

After the initial Reddit post, users took the post as official confirmation of an actual policy change—one that broke habits essential to many programmers’ daily routines. “Multi-device workflows are table stakes for devs,” wrote one user.

Shortly afterward, several users publicly announced their subscription cancellations on Reddit, citing the non-existent policy as their reason. “I literally just cancelled my sub,” wrote the original Reddit poster, adding that their workplace was now “purging it completely.” Others joined in: “Yep, I’m canceling as well, this is asinine.” Soon after, moderators locked the Reddit thread and removed the original post.

“Hey! We have no such policy,” wrote a Cursor representative in a Reddit reply three hours later. “You’re of course free to use Cursor on multiple machines. Unfortunately, this is an incorrect response from a front-line AI support bot.”

AI Confabulations as a Business Risk

The Cursor debacle recalls a similar episode from February 2024 when Air Canada was ordered to honor a refund policy invented by its own chatbot. In that incident, Jake Moffatt contacted Air Canada’s support after his grandmother died, and the airline’s AI agent incorrectly told him he could book a regular-priced flight and apply for bereavement rates retroactively. When Air Canada later denied his refund request, the company argued that “the chatbot is a separate legal entity that is responsible for its own actions.” A Canadian tribunal rejected this defense, ruling that companies are responsible for information provided by their AI tools.

Rather than disputing responsibility as Air Canada had done, Cursor acknowledged the error and took steps to make amends. Cursor cofounder Michael Truell later apologized on Hacker News for the confusion about the non-existent policy, explaining that the user had been refunded and the issue resulted from a backend change meant to improve session security that unintentionally created session invalidation problems for some users.

“Any AI responses used for email support are now clearly labeled as such,” he added. “We use AI-assisted responses as the first filter for email support.”

Still, the incident raised lingering questions about disclosure among users, since many people who interacted with Sam apparently believed it was human. “LLMs pretending to be people (you named it Sam!) and not labeled as such is clearly intended to be deceptive,” one user wrote on Hacker News.

While Cursor fixed the technical bug, the episode shows the risks of deploying AI models in customer-facing roles without proper safeguards and transparency. For a company selling AI productivity tools to developers, having its own AI support system invent a policy that alienated its core users represents a particularly awkward self-inflicted wound.

“There is a certain amount of irony that people try really hard to say that hallucinations are not a big problem anymore,” one user wrote on Hacker News, “and then a company that would benefit from that narrative gets directly hurt by it.”

This story originally appeared on Ars Technica.

US President-Elect Donald Trump Said to Plan Elevation of Cryptocurrency as a National Priority

President-elect Donald Trump is planning to release an executive order elevating crypto as a policy priority and giving industry insiders a voice within his administration, according to people familiar with the plans.

The order is expected to name crypto as a national imperative or priority — strategic wording intended to guide government agencies to work with the industry, according to people familiar with the matter. It is also slated to create a crypto advisory council to advocate for the industry’s policy priorities, said the people who requested anonymity to discuss an executive order that is not yet public.

Trump has enjoyed strong support from the crypto industry, which has a powerful presence in Washington, backed by well-funded political action committees. A slew of companies, including Coinbase and Ripple, have donated to Trump’s inaugural committee in recent months. On Friday, days before the inauguration, the industry is hosting an “Inaugural Crypto Ball” in support of Trump.

The executive order would mark a sea change for crypto, which has been a target for investigations during President Joe Biden’s administration following a spate of high-profile fraud cases, including the bankruptcy of the FTX exchange. Federal agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission filed more than 100 enforcement actions against the sector in recent years, and banking regulators made it difficult for crypto companies to work with financial institutions.

Still under discussion for inclusion in the executive order is a directive for all government agencies to review policies about digital assets and possibly pause any litigation involving crypto, the people said. Stopping legal actions that have targeted a range of companies from Binance Holdings Ltd., the world’s biggest crypto exchange, to startup Ripple Labs Inc. is a top priority for the industry. 

Also under consideration is the creation of a national Bitcoin stockpile, which would encompass the government’s existing holdings of the world’s biggest cryptocurrency, the people said. The US government currently holds nearly $20 billion worth of Bitcoin, confiscated as part of various investigations, according to analytics company Arkham. Bitcoin has rallied almost 50%, to above $100,000, since the November election in part on hopes that such a stockpile would be created. The token more than doubled in price in 2024.

The people cautioned that the executive order, which could come as soon as Monday, is not final and could change before it is made public. A representative for Trump did not immediately respond to a request to comment.

Trump has vowed to issue a bevy of executive orders across a range of disparate industries and issues within his first few days back in office.

“What I think Donald Trump is going to do is signal that the United States is back and we are ready to lead in this industry,” said Kara Calvert, vice president for US policy at Coinbase Global Inc., the country’s biggest cryptocurrency exchange. “What it’s signaling to other countries is be careful, or you won’t keep up.”

Despite regulatory setbacks under Biden, crypto in the US expanded, with major financial companies including the world’s largest asset manager, BlackRock Inc., launching spot Bitcoin and Ether exchange-traded funds last year. BNY has been working to expand its crypto custody effort, and Cantor Fitzgerald announced plans to launch a Bitcoin financing business.

Trump embraced the crypto industry during the presidential campaign last year. In July, he headlined a Bitcoin conference, where he promised to make the US the crypto capital of the world. Trump-branded collections of nonfungible tokens have been coming out for several years, and last year he and his sons announced a crypto effort called World Liberty Financial, which is supposed to let people earn and borrow crypto, but has yet to provide those services.

© 2025 Bloomberg L.P.

(This story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is auto-generated from a syndicated feed.)

The ROAS illusion: Rethinking what Google Ads success looks like

Return on ad spend (ROAS) has been the default metric for evaluating Google Ads performance for years. 

It’s easy to calculate, works well with automated bidding, and provides a quick snapshot of efficiency. 

However, as ad costs rise and tracking becomes less reliable, relying solely on ROAS is no longer enough, especially for businesses focused on long-term growth and profitability.

This article:

  • Unpacks why ROAS can be misleading.
  • Introduces better metrics to consider.
  • Explains how to start moving toward a performance strategy that aligns with real business outcomes.

Why ROAS can be misleading

ROAS seems like the perfect metric. Spend $1, make $5. 

It’s clean, quantifiable, and easy to explain to stakeholders. 

But the simplicity hides some big problems.

ROAS doesn’t account for profit margins

Take a skincare brand with a 600% ROAS. 

Sounds great, right? 

But if their best-selling product only has a 10% profit margin, that return suddenly doesn’t look so strong. 

Once you factor in costs of goods, shipping, returns, discounts, and marketing overhead, there might not be much left in the bank.

ROAS tells you how much revenue you made, not how much money you actually earned.

It favors short-term, low-risk campaigns

ROAS tends to look best when campaigns are focused on retargeting, branded search, or people already close to converting. 

These campaigns might be efficient, but they aren’t driving new growth. 

If most of your budget goes toward people who would’ve bought anyway, your performance numbers might look good, but your pipeline will eventually dry up.

It can inflate results that would have happened anyway

Branded search campaigns almost always show high ROAS. 

But how many of those conversions would have happened without the ad? 

If someone searches your exact brand name and clicks your ad instead of the organic result, you haven’t gained anything – you’ve just paid for a conversion that was already on its way.

3 alternative metrics that align ad spend with business outcomes

ROAS was built for a simpler time. 

Today’s ad environment demands sharper tools. 

These alternative metrics go deeper, helping you measure real business value – not just platform performance.

1. Profit per impression (PPI)

What it is 

Profit per impression looks at how much profit each impression generates. 

It’s especially useful for top-of-funnel campaigns where clicks and conversions are lower, but influence can still be high.

Example

A DTC mattress brand runs YouTube ads to promote a new eco-friendly line.

CTRs are low and ROAS isn’t impressive in-platform.

But over the next two weeks, the brand sees a spike in high-margin product sales.

When they tie those sales back to the impressions and calculate the profit per ad view, they realize this campaign outperformed many of their search efforts, even though traditional metrics said otherwise.

Why it matters

PPI gives you a way to measure profitability at the brand awareness level.

It encourages you to think about efficient reach, not just clicks.

And it’s a better fit for platforms and formats where direct conversions aren’t the whole story, like YouTube or Display.

2. Customer lifetime value (CLV)

What it is 

CLV looks beyond the first purchase and estimates how much revenue a customer will generate over time. 

It’s essential for subscription brands, businesses with strong repeat purchase behavior, or anyone thinking long-term.

Example

A subscription meal kit service acquires two customers:

  • Customer A signs up via a brand search ad. They cancel after one month.
  • Customer B signs up from a generic recipe keyword and stays for eight months.

Customer A had a lower CPA and better immediate ROAS. But Customer B ends up being worth eight times more. 

If you’re only looking at ROAS, you’ll end up optimizing for more Customer As.

How to use it

Segment high-value customers using GA4, your CRM, or analytics tools. 

Import those customer lists into Google Ads via Customer Match, or send offline conversion values into your account. 

Then use value-based bidding to steer spend toward audiences that bring more value over time, not just quick wins.

3. Incrementality

What it is 

Incrementality tells you how many conversions happened because of your ads – not just those that happened with your ads.

It’s about isolating the true impact of your campaigns, which ROAS doesn’t do at all.

Example

An eyewear brand runs Performance Max campaigns alongside branded search. They test two regions:

  • In Region A, they pause Performance Max.
  • In Region B, they leave it running.

Both regions have similar brand awareness. 

After a few weeks, Region B shows 20% more total conversions, even though ROAS is lower. 

That 20% lift shows the campaign is actually driving new business – not just picking up conversions that would’ve happened anyway.

Tools and tactics to test incrementality

  • Geo-based holdout tests using Google Experiments or manual setups.
  • Google’s Conversion Lift studies (if eligible).
  • Media mix modeling with tools like Northbeam or Rockerbox.
  • Compare brand keyword performance across paid vs. organic using Search Console data.

Dig deeper: Incrementality testing in advertising – Who are the winners and losers?

From ROAS to value: Evolving your bidding strategy

Google’s automation can be incredibly effective, but only if it’s optimizing for the right outcomes. 

If you’re feeding the system shallow goals like page views or “add to cart” events, don’t be surprised when your campaigns prioritize low-quality actions.

Here’s how to start shifting your bidding and tracking strategy toward real value.

Define success by business impact, not just ad metrics

Are you trying to acquire new customers, increase profit per order, or attract high-LTV segments? 

Be clear on what success actually looks like and make sure your campaign goals reflect that.

Bring in better data

Use Enhanced Conversions to send more accurate signals. 

Push offline conversion events like closed deals or retained customers back into Google Ads. 

If your value data stays in your CRM, Google can’t optimize for it.

3. Use conversion value rules

Adjust conversion values based on audience type, location, or device. 

For example, you might want to increase the value of conversions from repeat customers or loyalty program members.

Test broad match with value-based bidding

When paired with good first-party data and well-defined goals, broad match and value bidding can help you scale beyond narrow keyword targeting, without sacrificing efficiency.

Final thoughts

ROAS still has a place in your reporting stack. 

But it shouldn’t be the only metric guiding your decisions. 

By introducing metrics like profit per impression, customer lifetime value, and incrementality, you can build a performance model that reflects the real value your campaigns are driving.

The advertisers seeing the biggest gains in 2025 aren’t just chasing higher ROAS – they’re building smarter, more sustainable strategies focused on growth, profit, and long-term success.

Dig deeper: How to optimize for ROAS in Google Ads using LTV insights

Star Wars: Zero Company’s Main Character Is Fully Customizable

Star Wars: Zero Company will feature a varied roster of characters as part of the main squad, including a Mandalorian, Jedi Padawan, and an astromech droid–but for the main protagonist of Hawks, players will be free to customize that operative. Speaking to GameSpot, Bit Reactor creative director Greg Foertsch revealed that players will have a selection of options to help fine-tune the look of Hawks, ranging from gender and voice through to their species in the Star Wars galaxy.

“You can live through that character however you want,” Foertsch said. “If you want to change the species, you can. If you want to change their voice, you can.”

The driving theme behind Hawks will be their origin story as a former Republic officer and how they’re forced to assemble a motley crew to take on a dangerous adversary while the Clone Wars rage on in the background. While Hawks has been designed to have just enough of a personality for players to imprint themselves on, Zero Company’s roster of “authored characters” will all have their own distinct backstories and personalities that players will discover as they progress through the game. One of these allies is Tell, a Jedi Padawan on a quest to finish her fallen master’s final mission, and there’ll also be some friction between the rest of the crew due to natural rivalries and animosity.

Interestingly, players will be able to strengthen the bonds between these operatives, resulting in powerful synergy skills that can help turn the tide of battle. “With the authored characters, I think something that the team at Bit Reactor has done a really great job of is sort of weaving in the different perspectives that you would expect them to have on the galaxy and the Clone Wars, with this specific story and this adversary that your company is going up against,” LucasFilm Games creative executive Kelsey Sharpe added.

“It’s like a little bit of intrigue–the more you know about Star Wars–but also if you don’t know Star Wars, just from watching that trailer you kind of see how they bounce off of each other and you go, ‘Oh, this isn’t the fun times gang that I thought they were,’ right?”

For more on Star Wars: Zero Company, you can check out the reveal trailer from Star Wars Celebration Japan and read up on how the developers behind it are looking to create an approachable entry in the tactics genre.

Nontraditional risk factors shed light on unexplained strokes in adults younger than 50

dults younger than 50 years of age had more than double the risk of having a stroke from migraine or other nontraditional stroke risk factors rather than traditional risks such as high blood pressure, according to research published today in Stroke, the peer-reviewed scientific journal of the American Stroke Association, a division of the American Heart Association.

Previous research indicates the rate of ischemic (clot-caused) stroke among adults 18-49 years old is increasing and propelled by a corresponding rise in cryptogenic strokes (strokes of unknown cause) in adults without traditional risk factors, including high blood pressure, smoking, obesity, high cholesterol and Type 2 diabetes.

“Up to half of all ischemic strokes in younger adults are of unknown causes, and they are more common in women. For effective prevention, careful and routine assessment of both traditional and nontraditional risk factors in younger people is critical,” said lead study author Jukka Putaala, M.D., Ph.D., M.Sc., head of the stroke unit at the Neurocenter, Helsinki University Hospital in Helsinki, Finland. “We should also carefully screen people after they have a stroke to prevent future strokes.”

Researchers analyzed data for more than 1,000 adults aged 18-49 in Europe, with a median age of 41 years. Half of the participants had experienced a cryptogenic ischemic stroke, while half had no history of stroke. The study examined the associations of 12 traditional risk factors, 10 nontraditional risk factors and five risk factors specific to women (such as gestational diabetes or pregnancy complications). Researchers also closely reviewed participants with a heart defect called patent foramen ovale (PFO), a hole between the heart’s upper chambers. A PFO is usually harmless yet is known to increase the odds of stroke. The study aimed to determine which risk factors contribute the most to unexplained strokes.

The analysis found:

  • Traditional risk factors were more strongly associated with stroke in men and women without a PFO.
  • In contrast, nontraditional risk factors, such as blood clots in the veins, migraine with aura, chronic kidney disease, chronic liver disease or cancer, were more strongly associated with stroke among study participants with a PFO.
  • In those without a PFO, each additional traditional risk factor increased stroke risk by 41%, while each nontraditional risk factor increased stroke risk by 70%.
  • Risk factors related to women also increased stroke risk by 70% independent of traditional and nontraditional risk factors.
  • Among participants with a PFO, each traditional risk factor increased the risk of stroke by 18%. However, after considering individual demographic factors, such as age, sex and level of education, nontraditional risk factors more than doubled the odds of having an ischemic stroke.

Researchers also analyzed the study population’s attributable risk (determining how a disease would be impacted if a certain risk factor were eliminated). To calculate population-attributable risk, researchers analyzed each risk factor and their contribution to the increased risk separately and found:

  • For strokes that occur without a PFO, traditional risk factors accounted for about 65% of the cases, nontraditional risk factors contributed 27% and risk factors specific to women made up nearly 19% of the cases.
  • In contrast, for strokes associated with a PFO, traditional risk factors contributed about 34%, nontraditional risk factors accounted for 49% and female-specific risk factors represented about 22%.
  • Notably, migraine with aura was the leading nontraditional risk factor associated with strokes of unknown origin, with a population-attributable risk of about 46% for strokes among people with a PFO and about 23% for those without a PFO, indicating a higher risk for people with PFO.

“We were surprised by the role of non-traditional risk factors, especially migraine headaches, which seems to be one of the leading risk factors in the development of strokes in younger adults,” Putaala said. “Our results should inform the health professional community to develop a more tailored approach to risk factor assessment and management. We should be asking young women if they have a history of migraine headaches and about other nontraditional risk factors.”

American Heart Association chair of the Clinical Cardiology (CLCD)/Stroke Women’s Health Science Committee, Tracy E. Madsen, M.D., Ph.D., FAHA, said, “This study is helpful because the authors present data by sex and age group. We know that stroke risk changes based on sex and age. For instance, recent data shows that younger women may have a higher risk of stroke than younger men. However, during middle age, men usually have a higher risk. Recognizing specific risks that affect women and those not commonly seen, such as migraine with aura and pregnancy complications as significant contributors to stroke risk in younger women, could change our approach to screening for these risks and educating our patients throughout their lives.” Madsen, who was not involved in the study, is also an associate professor, vice chair of research in emergency medicine and director of the EpiCenter at the Robert Larner, M.D. College of Medicine at the University of Vermont in Burlington, Vermont.

The study’s limitations include being an observational study, meaning that it was a review and analysis of existing health data on patients enrolled in another trial or database; therefore, this study’s findings cannot prove cause and effect. The study also relied on patient-reported risk factors, which may impact accuracy. In addition, 95% of participants were self-reported to be white adults of European descent, which limits the applicability of the findings to other populations.

Study details, background and design:

  • The study included 523 adults aged 18-49 (median age 41 years; 47.3% female; 37.5% with PFO) who had suffered a cryptogenic ischemic stroke and 523 peers of similar age with no history of stroke.
  • The purpose of the review was to evaluate traditional and nontraditional risk factors associated with an increased risk of cryptogenic ischemic stroke.
  • Participants were enrolled in Searching for Explanations for Cryptogenic Stroke in the Young: Revealing the Triggers, Causes, and Outcome (SECRETO) study at 19 centers in 13 European nations (Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Italy, Lithuania, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Turkey and the United Kingdom) between November 2013 and January 2022.
Journal of Multi-Disciplinary Legal Research

The Journal of Multi-Disciplinary Legal Research (JMDLR) [ISSN: 2582-9947] is inviting submissions by way of a Call for Papers for its Volume 3, Issue 2. Submit at [email protected]

About the Journal

The Journal of Multi-Disciplinary Legal Research (JMDLR) is an Open-Access, Peer-Reviewed journal published bi-monthly (one issue every two months).
JMDLR is expected to be a platform for academicians and students from the legal fraternity to present their ideas related to Law and its Allied Branches.

JMDLR seeks to provide an interactive platform for the publication of Short Articles, Long Articles, Book reviews, Case comments, Legislative comments, and Research Papers in the field of Law.

The aim of JMDLR is to spread legal awareness and to bring out and propagate the opinion of the legal fraternity and provide a forum for interaction between academia, practitioners and students. Each issue of JMDLR is devoted to the vast areas of legal studies.

Theme of the Journal

The theme of the journal includes any and all areas related to Law.

Submission Guidelines

  • Please note the following details in relation to the submissions.
  • Law students pursuing the three-year LL. B, as well as the five-year integrated LL.B. program, students pursuing LL.M. or Ph.D., Research Associates.
  • Academicians, Educators, and professionals and practitioners in any field of Law are eligible to submit.

The following word limit should strictly be adhered to:

  • Short Articles: (1500-2500 words, including footnotes)
  • Long Articles: (2500+ words, including footnotes)
  • Research Papers: (2000+ words, including footnotes)
  • Book Reviews: (1000-3500 words, including footnotes)
  • Case Comments: (1000-2500 words, including footnotes)
  • Legislative Comments: (1000-2500 words, including footnotes)

Other Guidelines

  • The main body of the manuscript should be in Times New Roman style, font size 12, with 1.5 line spacing and footnotes in Times New
  • Roman Style, Size 10, with 1.0 line spacing. All headings must have uniform formatting.
  • The first page of the manuscript should contain the name of the paper, the name of the authors followed by an abstract.
  • The second page should commence with the main body of the manuscript.
  • Texts and footnotes should conform to the Bluebook 20th Edition.

Click here for detailed submission guidelines and editorial policy.

Submission Deadline

Submissions shall be accepted throughout the year.

Awards

  • Certificates: Authors shall receive a soft copy of the Certificate of Publication and a Certificate of Excellence.
  • Internships: Deserving authors shall be offered internships in the capacity of an Editorial Board Member.

Publication Fees [to be paid after acceptance of manuscript]

  • Single Author: Rs. 800/-
  • Co-Author: Rs. 1000/-

How to Submit?

All submissions must be emailed to [email protected], with the subject as ‘Manuscript Submission’. Authors are requested to mention their
College Name, Year of Study and Contact Number.

Contact Information

For more information or queries, please email us at [email protected].

Click here for the official website.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

From Alia Bhatt’s dewy glow to Priyanka Chopra’s bold lips: 5 Bollywood-inspired makeup looks to try this season | Fashion Trends

If you’re looking to shake up your beauty game this season, who better to turn to than our Bollywood divas? Whether it’s a dramatic winged liner, glowing skin that looks straight off the red carpet, or those dreamy nude lips we can’t get enough of, Bollywood stars are always setting makeup trends we want to copy ASAP. (Also read: Spring/Summer 2025 fashion trends: What’s hot on the runway and how to style it )

From graphic liners to brown lipstick: Check out Bollywood’s latest makeup trends. (Instagram)

Vaishnavi Jain, Product Development Head at PAC Cosmetics, shared with HT Lifestyle the top celeb-inspired makeup looks to try this season.

1. Bold graphic holographic liners

Graphic holographic liners are having their moment, adding a futuristic edge to any look. Think of the bold, experimental eye makeup seen in Bollywood’s high-fashion music videos and red-carpet appearances. A double-winged liner or an extended floating crease can instantly create a bold, dramatic effect.

A sweep of royal blue, vivid purple, or emerald green along the lash line enhances the eyes with a mesmerising colour shift. If you opt for graphic eye makeup, keep the rest of the look minimal and pair it with a neutral lip shade for balance.

2. 90s revival brown lips

The brown lipstick is making a strong comeback, bringing a nostalgic touch to any look. I have seen the 90s babies gravitate toward shades like deep mocha, warm caramel, and rich chocolate, with GenZs closely joining this ‘trend-wagon’. When wearing brown lipstick, I suggest using a slightly deeper lip liner to enhance the shape and create a fuller effect. A satin or matte finish keeps it modern and polished, while gloss can take away from its vintage appeal.

3. Soft natural blush in warm tones

Over the decades, Bollywood’s approach to blush has evolved to match the cinematic styles of each era. From the orangey bronze blush of the 70s, the heavy pink aesthetic of the 80s, to the terracotta, grunge, and earthy tones inspiring the 90s and early 2000s, the beauty industry has created some inspiring and contemporary looks simply by playing with blushes.

In today’s dynamic beauty landscape, peachy pinks and warm bronzes are the shades to try. However, don’t just focus on highlighting the apples of the cheeks. Blend slightly higher towards the temples for a natural lifted effect. With choices like cream or liquid formulae available, you can easily create a seamless finish that melts into the skin for a fresh look.

4. Subtle contouring for soft sculpted look

Heavy contouring is no longer in focus; the global beauty industry has slowly been moving towards natural looks, with several of Bollywood’s youth following suit. They prefer softer and more natural sculpts that enhance their features without looking too pronounced. To achieve this, you can use a cream contour for easy blending in a shade that is not too far from your natural shade. Blend well under the cheekbones, along the jawline, and lightly on the nose to create a subtle definition.

5. Feathered brows for lifted effect

Feathered brows seem to be becoming the new beauty staple as they offer a softer and more natural alternative to heavily sculpted arches. Bollywood has had its fill of ultra-thin, sharply arched brows, naturally thick yet defined brows, and arched brows. Today, stars are embracing fuller feathery brows that frame the face naturally.

Its fresh and youthful appeal adds to the preference. The key to achieving this look is a stronghold brow gel that lifts and sets the hair in place. Brush the brows upward and outward for a lifted effect, and if needed, lightly fill in sparse areas with a pencil or powder.

Sanofi, Regeneron win FDA nod for Dupixent in chronic hives

The Food and Drug Administration on Friday approved a new use for Sanofi and Regeneron’s top-selling immune disease drug Dupixent, clearing the medicine to treat a chronic skin condition that causes hives.

The agency OK’d Dupixent for chronic spontaneous urticaria, an inflammatory skin disease that causes hives to form on the body and leads to severe itching, burning or swelling. Dupixent is specifically available for people 12 years of age or older whose symptoms persist despite antihistamine treatment. In a statement, Regeneron estimated more than 300,000 people in the U.S. fit that description.

Urticaria describes a group of hive-forming skin conditions that in recent years have become an active area of drug research. They can crop up either on their own or be induced by environmental factors, such as cold or warm temperatures, and last for weeks or even years at a time.

While people can receive antihistamines or the biologic Xolair, many don’t respond. And even if they do, relief can take weeks. Several drugmakers, including Sanofi and Regeneron, Celldex Therapeutics, Jasper Therapeutics and Novartis, are advancing therapies they claim can improve upon standard care.

Dupixent is the first of this new group to reach market, even after setbacks prolonged its development path. The drug missed the main goal of one of its key studies in 2022. The FDA rejected the companies’ initial application a year later and requested more efficacy data.

Sanofi and Regeneron provided those results in 2024 via a trial called Liberty-Cupid Study C, which enrolled patients who had uncontrolled symptoms and were taking antihistamines. They reported that patients who added Dupixent to their regimen experienced an almost 50% reduction in itch and urticaria activity scores compared to those given a placebo. Those data were the basis for the FDA’s approval Friday.

“Dupixent is the first new targeted treatment for chronic spontaneous urticaria, or CSU, in over ten years, with pivotal trials demonstrating its ability to help patients significantly reduce the hallmark symptoms of intense itch and unpredictable hives associated with this disease,” said Regeneron Chief Scientific Officer, George Yancopoulos, in the company’s statement.

The clearance gives Dupixent, which generated nearly $14 billion in sales last year, seven approved uses. Yet some analysts are skeptical of Dupixent’s commercial potential in urticaria. In a research note last year, analysts at Cantor Fitzgerald said they viewed Dupixent’s results in urticaria as “underwhelming” compared to the data generated so far by Celldex. In March, the investment bank Jefferies, after speaking with dermatologists, said the drug “seems a non factor” compared to other emerging agents for the condition.

Dupixent is already approved for chronic urticaria in Japan, Brazil and the United Arab Emirates. It’s currently under regulatory review elsewhere, including in the EU.

minimise holding costs while maximising growth

Key takeaways

Capital growth is the primary driver of wealth creation, not rental income. Compounding capital growth does the “heavy lifting” in building wealth over time.

Property investors often fund purchases with borrowed equity, leading to out-of-pocket holding costs. Over decades, holding costs can add up significantly, becoming the true investment in the asset.

Properties with high capital growth but low yields often outperform in terms of net sale proceeds over time. High-yield properties may offer better IRRs in some scenarios due to lower holding costs but typically generate less wealth overall. An optimal strategy avoids balancing income and growth but prioritizes growth-focused assets in high-demand, low-supply locations.

Prioritize capital growth by selecting properties in premium locations with significant land value. Minimize holding costs post-purchase through strategies like cosmetic upgrades, reducing interest expenses, and optimizing tax benefits.

Focus on properties with solid fundamentals to sustain growth over decades rather than chasing short-term gains. A property growing at 7.2% p.a. over 30 years could increase in value sixfold, underscoring the importance of sustained growth rates.


When it comes to property investment, many investors strive to strike a balance between the income and the capital growth a property generates, hoping to maximise both.

However, I have written a lot about the fact that the income from a property, after expenses, probably won’t help you achieve financial independence.

It’s the power of compounding capital growth that really drives wealth accumulation and does all the heavy lifting.

However, optimising the income and expense profile of the right asset is critical to maximise your overall return.

Preserving Investments

What is your investment?

When you invest in property, most investors typically borrow the entire cost of the property, including stamp duties, by using equity from their existing properties as collateral for their loan.

This means they don’t invest any of their own capital upfront.

Their actual investment occurs when they must cover the property’s holding costs because the income it generates isn’t enough to cover all expenses, including the interest on the loan.

For example, if a property has an average holding cost of $30,000 per year after tax, over 20 years, an investor could end up putting $600,000 into that asset just to maintain it.

What is your return?

Your investment return is the combination of any positive cash flow i.e., if the property ever covers all its expenses, and the potential net sale proceeds.

Net sale proceeds are calculated by subtracting tax (CGT), selling costs, and repaying the loan from the sales price.

What is an internal rate of return?

The internal rate of return (IRR) measures the relationship between your investment (the holding costs) and your return (net sale proceeds) by calculating your return as an annual percentage.

This is an important metric because it allows you to assess how your investment performs compared to other potential uses of your cash flow.

Essentially, it highlights the opportunity cost of not investing that cash elsewhere, making it an important measure for evaluating the effectiveness of your investment.

Relationship between income and capital returns

The table below compares several property investments, all generating a total return of 9% p.a., but with varying levels of income and growth.

I’ve calculated the IRR for each asset and the net sale proceeds you would receive if you sold the property after owning it for 30 years.

This figure is after accounting for taxes, all expenses, and loan repayments, expressed in today’s dollars i.e., adjusting for inflation.

Maximising Property Returns

You’ll notice that the lowest return occurs when the yield is between 3.5% and 4.0% p.a.

This highlights why aiming for a balance between income and yield is often an inferior strategy when selecting an asset to buy.

On the other hand, the second highest IRR comes from a property that sacrifices as much yield as possible in exchange for greater growth, specifically, a 1.5% yield and 7.5% growth.

The highest IRR is achieved by a property with a 6% yield and 3% growth.

Don’t Skip These 5 Underrated Apple Music Features

Apple Music is one of the best music streaming services out there, and for good reason. Apple offers a wide variety of features for every music fan. But here are some of the features you might not know about.

5

Create a Radio Station from a Single Song

While Apple Music has millions of songs to choose from, it can sometimes still be hard to find exactly what you want to hear. One of the best ways to go on a unique musical exploration journey is to create a radio station from a single song, album, artist, or genre. Tell Apple Music a tune you like, and then it will create a station with other similar music you might like. It’s a great way to expand your musical boundaries from the same old songs.

To create a radio station, find the song, album, artist, or genre you’d like to use for the station. Long press it until a new menu pops up on the screen. Then choose Create Station. Head to the Recently Played section in the Home tab to find the station. It’s one of my favorite ways to break up my usual music routine with some new songs that I usually enjoy.

Creating a radio station is far from the only way to find new music. Try these handy tips to find new tunes on Apple Music.

4

Wake Up to a Custom Alarm Every Morning

There’s also a better way to wake up in the morning instead of the loud droning of an alarm. On your iPhone, it’s easy to choose a specific Apple Music song as an alarm tone. To begin, just open up the Clock app on your iPhone. Select + to add an alarm. Set the time and if it should repeat. You can also set a label. Choose Sound and then head to the Songs section and choose Pick a song.

And instead of getting jolted wide awake, I can enjoy one of my favorite tunes as I gently say good morning. It really does make a huge difference. Make sure to try it out with one of your favorite songs.

3

Enjoy Spatial and Lossless Audio

Even though music can oftentimes be a group experience, Apple Music has two great options that take the experience to a different level when you use compatible headphones—Spatial Audio and Lossless Audio.

Spatial Audio on Apple Music uses Dolby Atmos technology to provide a 3D soundstage with sound seemingly coming from all around you. While many modern Apple devices support the feature, you’ll need compatible headphones like Apple’s AirPods or Beats to really experience the technology as it should.

While the technology can sometimes be a work in progress, with a good song, the result is astounding. Instead of simple stereo, you can close your eyes and imagine being directly in front of the band or artist while they perform. There are hundreds of thousands of songs in Spatial Audio—just look for the Dolby Atmos icon in Apple Music. There are also a number of tailor-made playlists with Spatial Audio tunes.

Along with Spatial Audio, Lossless Audio on Apple Music can provide an even better listening experience. The format preserves all original audio information, meaning nothing is lost during compression. It has a higher bitrate and sample rate than other formats. Because of the high-quality music, you can’t listen to lossless music via Bluetooth on your iPhone. You’ll need a wired connection to your iPhone or other device. To make sure lossless audio is turned on, go to Settings > Apps > Music. Finally, tap Audio Quality and make sure Lossless Audio is toggled on.

2

Become the Song With Apple Music Sing

The Apple Music Sing karaoke feature.

There are just times when you want to start singing a song. You could be happy, sad, or something else. It just feels good to sing at the top of your lungs. It’s easy to use Apple Music Sing to live out your best rock star fantasies.

With the feature, you can sing along to your favorite song as real-time lyrics appear on the screen. Special technology separates the song’s vocals and background music so you can only focus on your voice.

To activate Apple Music Sing, select the Lyrics icon and the Quotation mark on the bottom left of any song page. When the lyrics appear, choose the microphone icon to start singing. And since karaoke is better with duets, the Duet View will appear on any track with multiple artists.

If you’d rather not use Apple, make sure to check out some of the best karaoke apps available.

1

A Monthly Replay Playlist

The Apple music monthly replay.

Sure, Spotify might get all of the press with its year-end roundup. But Apple Music doesn’t make you wait 12 months to see your most popular songs. The unique Monthly Replay Playlist will give you a monthly replay of some of the songs you couldn’t get enough of. To see your monthly recap, head to the Home tab on Apple Music via a mobile device, browser, or desktop app. Scroll down, choose the Replay 2025 playlist card, and add it to your library.

Experience Nanyang culture in Hainan's Wennan Old Street

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Experience-Nanyang-culture-in-Hainan-s-Wennan-Old-Street-1CCixUo7wdi/img/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400.jpeg'
Wennan Old Street is a window to showcase the intangible cultural heritage of Wenchang to the outside world. /Photo provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Experience-Nanyang-culture-in-Hainan-s-Wennan-Old-Street-1CCixUo7wdi/img/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400.jpeg'
Wennan Old Street is a window to showcase the intangible cultural heritage of Wenchang to the outside world. /Photo provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Experience-Nanyang-culture-in-Hainan-s-Wennan-Old-Street-1CCixUo7wdi/img/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400.jpeg'
Wennan Old Street is a window to showcase the intangible cultural heritage of Wenchang to the outside world. /Photo provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Experience-Nanyang-culture-in-Hainan-s-Wennan-Old-Street-1CCixUo7wdi/img/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400/7b8173e27c754a8c9be57e0c645ad400.jpeg'
Wennan Old Street is a window to showcase the intangible cultural heritage of Wenchang to the outside world. /Photo provided to CGTN

Wennan Old Street, located in Wenchang, Hainan, took shape around 1912 and was further developed in the 1920s with investments from returning overseas Chinese. It is a classic example of Nanyang-style arcade architecture. Stretching over 300 meters, the street is lined with dozens of East-West hybrid shophouses, blending Southeast Asian influences with the distinctive architectural style of northern Hainan.

In recent years, Wennan Old Street has been revitalized through cultural and tourism initiatives, becoming a window to showcase the intangible cultural heritage of Wenchang to the outside world. The street regularly hosts traditional performances, such as Wenchang puppet shows and coconut carving demonstrations, attracting both domestic and international tourists.

‘The Teacher’ review: Palestinian educator becomes a beacon of dignity

During a seemingly normal school day, Basem (Saleh Bakri), a dedicated West Bank educator with hypnotizing eyes, encourages his student Yacoub (Mahmoud Bakri) to get back on track with his studies and to “regain control of his life.” But whatever autonomy the young man can re-assert seems futile in the face of the Israeli occupation that hinders any sense of normalcy. Yacoub’s aspirations for a future have been replaced by anger, all-consuming and warranted after spending two years in prison.

That conflicting, burning sentiment of wishing to move forward despite constantly being reminded that your existence is devalued propels Farah Nabulsi’s feature debut “The Teacher,” even as it occasionally stumbles through its more melodramatic aspects. Nabulsi’s Oscar-nominated 2020 short film “The Present” chronicled a Palestinian father’s negotiation through a dehumanizing Israeli checkpoint along with his young daughter. (Bakri also played the protagonist in that bite-size indictment.)

Within the first few minutes of “The Teacher,” Yacoub winds up dead at the hands of an Israeli settler, leaving his younger teenage brother Adam (Muhammad Abed Elrahman) behind. Yacoub’s defiance seems to transfer directly into Adam, whose worldview has been upended. “The Teacher” was shot on location in the West Bank and the arid landscapes and homes captured by cinematographer Gilles Porte feel true to Palestinian life, making for an arresting visual statement.

Nabulsi, unfortunately, muddles the story with multiple subplots, some inelegant acting and contrived English-language dialogue. There’s Lisa (Imogen Poots), a well meaning NGO worker who becomes romantically involved with Basem, and the Cohens, a Jewish couple whose American-born IDF soldier son has been kidnapped in pursuit of liberating imprisoned Palestinians. Basem is secretly part of this operation.

These add-ons make “The Teacher” unfocused on its way to a larger geopolitical picture. What remains consistent through all the tangents, though, is Bakri’s performance as Basem, radiating a sturdy tranquility, not the kind that comes naturally but an inner peace he forces himself to exude in order to save lives, his own and those of young men like Adam. If he surrenders to the fury that undoubtedly courses through him, then his personal suffering (revealed in flashbacks) would be in vain. The core of “The Teacher” is Basem’s relationship with his pupil, a surrogate child he must protect.

Halfway through the film, Basem and Adam share a grief-stricken embrace after the boy threatens to hurt his brother’s killer. From a wide shot, Nabulsi and editor Mike Pike cut to Adam’s desperate hands on Basem’s back. The intensity with which the teen hugs his teacher, a father figure, helps a viewer comprehend the depth of the sorrow, imbuing “The Teacher” with a moving potency.

But what can you teach someone when their daily reality is so painful? When they must stand simmering in rage as their home is demolished? What purpose can a teacher serve in the face of these agonizing circumstances? Plenty.

That spirit-crushing feeling of powerlessness is what director Nabulsi aims to fend off, admittedly through not always effective narrative means, but with emotional sincerity nonetheless. Basem’s concern is not whether these boys learn a single word of English, but his presence — the everyday reliability that he will be there regardless of how little strength they may have left — is resistance incarnate. Among the ruins, the most important school assignment left is to live despite it all.

‘The Teacher’

In English, Arabic and Hebrew, with subtitles

Not rated

Running time: 1 hour, 58 minutes

Playing: Opens Friday, April 18 at Landmark’s Nuart Theatre, West Los Angeles

Auto Industry by 2030: NITI Aayog Says Advanced Tech, Self-Driving and Safety Features to Automobile Industry in Upcoming Years, ADAS and AI To Drive Demand

New Delhi, April 19: The automobile industry is heading for a major transformation by 2030, driven by growing demand for safety features, electric vehicles, and smart technologies, according to a recent report by NITI Aayog. One of the key highlights of the report is the sharp rise in the adoption of Advanced Driver-Assistance Systems (ADAS). The report highlighted that these features, which help drivers stay safer on the road, were present in 42 per cent of new vehicles sold in 2020. However, their presence is expected to grow rapidly and touch 90 per cent of new vehicle sales by 2030.

It said, “Advanced Driver-Assistance Systems (ADAS) are projected to rise from 42% of new vehicle sales in 2020 to 90% by 2030, spurred by consumer demand for safety features and regulatory requirements.” Another major trend mentioned by the report is the rise of autonomous or self-driving technologies. In 2020, less than 1 per cent of vehicles had such features, but the report projects that more than 30 per cent of vehicles could be equipped with some level of autonomous driving capability by 2030. What Is ANPR AI Camera? How Does It Identify Old Vehicles? All About Automatic Number Plate Recognition Cameras, Set To Be Used in Delhi.

This will raise the demand for high-tech components like sensors, artificial intelligence (AI), and powerful computing systems. Software is also set to play a much bigger role in vehicles. At present, software accounts for around 2 per cent of a car’s total value. This share is expected to double and reach 4-5 per cent by 2030.

As vehicles become more connected and capable of receiving updates over-the-air, the market for automotive software is projected to grow to USD 80 billion. The report also highlighted how electric vehicles (EVs) are changing the structure of vehicle manufacturing. EV-specific parts–such as electric motors, lithium-ion batteries, and advanced electronics–are expected to make up nearly half of the value of an electric car.

This means that manufacturers must focus on innovation and scaling up production to stay competitive. NITI Aayog said, “The automobile industry stands to gain significantly from the shift to electric cars (EVs), since EV-specific parts are predicted to account for about half of the vehicle’s overall value.” Tesla India Entry Soon: Elon Musk’s EV Firm Plans To Build EV Charging Network Across India, Begins Testing Tesla Model Y on Mumbai-Pune Road, Say Reports.

It stressed that collaboration with technology firms will be crucial in shaping the future of mobility. Automakers that quickly adapt to these changes–by embracing software, automation, and electrification–will be best positioned to thrive in the next phase of the automotive revolution.

(This is an unedited and auto-generated story from Syndicated News feed, LatestLY Staff may not have modified or edited the content body)

Judge Blocks DOGE From Laying Off 90 Percent of CFPB

Over 1,400 employees who were about to be laid off from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) will be able to keep working for at least another week after a federal judge intervened in the dismantling of the independent regulator on Friday.

Judge Amy Berman Jackson in Washington, DC, said the Trump administration could not move forward with the layoffs, which hit roughly 90 percent of the agency, until it presents more evidence about how the terminations have been carried out. The employees learned on Thursday that they were going to lose access to agency systems the following evening and their final date of employment would be June 16. Now, a hearing on the matter is scheduled for April 28. Jackson had previously issued a ruling slowing the firings of probationary employees at the CFPB in February.

Since its establishment by Congress in 2010, the CFPB has helped consumers fight banks and other companies over dubious fees, racial discrimination in lending, and a number of scams. But some conservatives have called for the agency to be dismantled to limit the regulation of businesses, and some companies, including tech giants, have questioned its expanding oversight. This week, an agency official told staff that cases on medical debt, student loans, consumer data, and digital payments would be de-prioritized.

Groups including the National Treasury Employees Union, which represents part of the CFPB workforce, sued the Trump administration in February in an effort to preserve the agency after its acting director, Russell Vought, sought to lay off workers and bring some projects to a stop. That prompted judge Jackson’s initial ruling calling for a pause on the initial cuts until the Trump administration provided more information. Part of her ruling was overturned by an appellate court, and the Trump administration also could appeal her order from Friday blocking the widespread layoffs.

For the time being, two current CFPB employees say they are continuing to work on their cases, including ongoing litigation.

In a court filing to Jackson on Friday, an anonymous employee said Gavin Kliger, a member of Trump’s so-called Department of Government Efficiency, managed the disputed layoffs of nearly 1,500 workers. “He kept the team up for 36 hours straight to ensure that the notices would go out yesterday (April 17),” the anonymous worker wrote. “Gavin was screaming at people he did not believe were working fast enough to ensure they could go out on this compressed timeline, calling them incompetent.”

Mark Paoletta, the agency’s chief legal officer, wrote in a separate filing on Friday that he and two other CFPB attorneys assessed “line by line” how to “right-size” the bureau. They determined that about 207 employees would be sufficient to carry out duties required by law, according to the filing, which justified laying off the rest of the agency’s roughly 1,700 employees.

“Leadership has discovered many instances in which the Bureau’s activities have pushed well beyond the limits of the law,” Paoletta wrote, citing cases pursued “without the slightest evidence of intentional discrimination” and “into new areas beyond its jurisdiction such as peer-to-peer lending, rent-to-own, and discrimination as unfair practice.”

Bitcoin Rallies Above $100,000 Ahead of US President-Elect Donald Trump’s Inauguration, Ether Value Falls

Crypto prices are on the rise again, ahead of the inauguration of US President-elect Donald Trump on January 20. On Friday, Bitcoin’s price rose by 2.09 percent on international exchanges to trade at $101,526 (roughly Rs. 87.8 lakh) on global platforms, according CoinMarketCap data. The price of Bitcoin also rose by 1.5 percent on Indian exchanges like CoinSwitch and Giottus, bringing its price to $104,532 (roughly Rs. 90.5 lakh) on these local exchanges. Despite the ongoing bull run, Ether dropped by 1.03 percent on international exchanges to trade at $3,370 (roughly Rs. 2.91 lakh). On Indian exchanges, Ether fell by 0.59 percent to trade $3,483 (roughly Rs. 3.01 lakh).

“Besides, Trump’s administration could also withhold the creation of a central bank digital currency that could further empower Bitcoin. Coinbase recently introduced Bitcoin-backed loans for US customers, which could increase adoption levels. Moreover, the rounds of creating a Bitcoin reserve have escalated as Trump is all set to meet the founders of Solana and XRP for the cause,” the CoinDCX research team told Gadgets 360.

The crypto price tracker by Gadgets 360 showed that values of most cryptocurrencies were up on Friday.

“Ethereum, displays sluggish behaviour while altcoins surge, indicating a major shift in the trader’s sentiments,” the team added.

Ripple, Tether, Solana, Binance Coin, Dogecoin, and USD Coin registered gains alongside Bitcoin.

Tron, Avalanche, Chainlink, Stellar, Shiba Inu, Polkadot, and Litecoin also saw their prices rise on Friday.

Meanwhile, Cardano, Augur, and Circuits of Value registered losses.

“The prospect of monetary easing from the Fed makes BTC and altcoins like XRP surge; thus, the crypto market enters a new phase of transformation. With the widening of institutional participation and innovation that is bound to fuel growth, the crypto ecosystem is in for exponential expansion and a firm placement as one of the pillars of the contemporary economy,” Avinash Shekhar, Co-Founder and CEO, Pi42 told Gadgets 360.

The crypto market cap rose by 2.06 percent in the last 24 hours, and it currently stands at $3.56 trillion (roughly Rs. 3,08,22,831 crore), showed CoinMarketCap.

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
U.S. search ad revenues surged to $102.9 billion in 2024

Fueled by “impressive YoY growth,” paid search advertising revenues hit a new high in 2024, according to a new report.

In total, search accounted for $102.9 billion of a record $258.6 billion in U.S. digital advertising revenues, according to the IAB Internet Advertising Revenue Report: Full Year 2024, conducted by PwC. That is a $14.1 billion increase compared to 2023.

Why we care. Paid search becomes more expensive and challenging every year, with less transparency. But advertisers continue to pour money into paid search because it drives results for brands and businesses.

Paid search is still king. Search continues to own the largest market share of advertising – 39.8%. That is up from 39.5% last year, but down from 40.2% in 2022, 41.4% in 2021 and 42.2% in 2020.

  • YoY growth of search advertising was three times the YoY growth seen in 2023, according to the report.

By the numbers. Of note from the IAB report:

  • 2024 was a year of consistent YoY growth (15.7% in Q1; 15.2% in Q2; 14.7% in Q3, and 14.3% in Q4) – though the growth rate slowed as the year went on.
  • Social media ad revenue rose to $88.8 billion in 2024, a 36.7% YoY increase.
  • Video advertising increased to $62.1 billion, up 19.2% from 2023. It now accounts for 24% of all internet advertising revenue.
  • Display advertising revenues jumped to $74.3 billion, which is YoY growth of 12.4%.
  • Retail media networks reached $53.7 billion, a 23% YoY increase.

The state of digital advertising. Robust. Helped by the presidential election and Olympics, advertising spend returned its strongest level of growth since 2021. This despite ongoing issues like inflation, high interest rates and job cuts.

2025 outlook. Advertisers will have to adapt to a more complex and “outcomes-focused” marketplace, where agility, accountability and relevance are king, according to the IAB.

The report. You can read the Internet Advertising Revenue Report Full-year 2024 results here (PDF).

A New Pack Of Minecraft Movie Figures Is Up For Preorder

The Minecraft movie has only been in theaters for a few weeks, but it’s already the second-highest-grossing video game movie of all time. It’s also spawned a trove of merchandise, including the upcoming Minecraft Ultimate Movie Pack, which bundles eight figures based on various characters from A Minecraft Movie, including Jack Black’s Steve and the rest of the main cast, as well as a few Minecraft monsters like the Creeper, Skeleton, and more. The bundle launches July 1, but preorders are available for $75 at Amazon. Preordering the pack soon is probably a wise move, since other Minecraft Movie merch has sold out quickly.

If you’re on the hunt for more Minecraft Movie toys and merch, be sure to check Mattel’s Minecraft page on Amazon, which has action figures, plushies, play sets, and more.

For those who are already looking to preorder the Minecraft Movie on Blu-ray, multiple editions of the film are up at Amazon and Walmart. This includes a $38 limited 4K steelbook edition, a $35 Walmart-exclusive Collector’s Crafting Table Edition that features a foldable box that turns into the Minecraft Crafting Table item, and standard edition versions of the movie on 4K, Blu-ray, and DVD. There’s no release date announced for any of these Minecraft Movie Blu-rays, but securing your copy now locks you in for the low-price guarantees at Amazon and Walmart, meaning you’ll only pay the lowest amount if the price changes between now and launch.

A Minecraft Movie Blu-ray Preorders


A wearable smart insole can track how you walk, run and stand

A new smart insole system that monitors how people walk in real time could help users improve posture and provide early warnings for conditions from plantar fasciitis to Parkinson’s disease.

Constructed using 22 small pressure sensors and fueled by small solar panels on the tops of shoes, the system offers real-time health tracking based on how a person walks, a biomechanical process that is as unique as a human fingerprint.

This complex personal health data can then be transmitted via Bluetooth to a smartphone for quick and detailed analysis, said Jinghua Li, co-author of the study and an assistant professor of materials science and engineering at The Ohio State University.

“Our bodies carry lots of useful information that we’re not even aware of,” said Li. “These statuses also change over time, so it’s our goal to use electronics to extract and decode those signals to encourage better self health care checks.”

It’s estimated that at least 7% of Americans suffer from ambulatory difficulties, activities that include walking, running or climbing stairs. While efforts to manufacture a wearable insole-based pressure system have risen in popularity in recent years, many previous prototypes were met with low energy limitations and unstable performances.

To overcome the challenges of their precursors, Li and Qi Wang, the lead author of the study and a current PhD student in materials science and engineering at Ohio State, sought to ensure that their wearable is durable, has a high degree of precision when collecting and analyzing data, and can provide consistent and reliable power, said Li.

“Our device is innovative in terms of high resolution, spatial sensing, self-powering capability, and its ability to combine with machine learning algorithms,” she said. “So we feel like this research can go further based on the pioneering successes of this field.”

The study was recently published in the journal Science Advances.

This team’s system is also made unique through its use of AI. Using an advanced machine learning model, the wearable can recognize eight different motion states, including static ones like sitting and standing to more dynamic movements such as running and squatting.

Additionally, since the materials the insoles are made of are flexible and safe, the device, much like a smartwatch, is low-risk and safe for continuous use. For instance, after the solar cells convert sunlight to energy, that power is stored in tiny lithium batteries that don’t harm the user or affect daily activities.

Because of the distribution of sensors from toe to heel, the researchers could see how the pressure on parts of the foot is different in activities such as walking versus running.

During walking, pressure is applied sequentially from the heel to the toes, whereas during running, almost all sensors are subjected to pressure simultaneously. In addition, during walking, the pressure application time accounts for about half of the total time, while during running, it accounts for only about a quarter.

In health care, the smart insoles could support gait analysis to detect early abnormalities associated with foot pressure-related conditions (such as diabetic foot ulcers), musculoskeletal disorders (such as plantar fasciitis) and neurological conditions (such as Parkinson’s disease).

The new system also used machine learning to learn and classify different types of motion. That offers opportunities for personalized health management, including real-time posture correction, injury prevention and rehabilitation monitoring. Customized fitness training may also be a future use, the researchers said.

According to the study, these smart insoles showed no notable deterioration in performance after 180,000 cycles of compression and decompression, showing their long-term durability.

“The interface is flexible and quite thin, so even during repetitive deformation, it can remain functional,” said Li. “The combination of the software and hardware means it isn’t as limited.”

Researchers expect the technology will likely be available commercially within the next three to five years. Next steps to advance the work will be aimed at improving the system’s gesture recognition abilities, which, according to Li, will likely be helped with further testing on more diverse populations.

“We have so many variations among individuals, so demonstrating and training these fantastic capabilities on different populations is something we need to give further attention to,” said Li.

Other co-authors include Hui Guan, Chen Wang, Peiming Lei, Hongwei Sheng, Huasheng Bi, Jinkun Hu, Chenhui Guo, Yichuan Mao, Jiao Yuan, Mingjiao Shao, Zhiwen Jin and Wei Lan from Lanzhou University in China.

Call for Papers by University of Warsaw

About the Conference

We encourage all scholars to seek answers to these and other questions and to encourage all scholars to seek answers to these and other questions.

Share the results of your research at the next – 29th annual CEPSA conference, scheduled for 17-19 September in 2025 at the Faculty of Political Science and scheduled at the Faculty of Political Science and International Studies, University of Warsaw.

All other information is in the brochure given below this post.

Paper and Panel Proposals

The academic program for the conference will be organised in the usual format of panels. Each panel should comprise a minimum of four and a maximum of five papers plus a potential discussant.

We welcome individual paper proposals and papers, plus a potential discussant and/ or complete panel proposals as well.

Please note that in order to accommodate as many paper presenters as possible, we will limit one (1) paper to accommodate as many paper presenters, per individual, but individuals may, in addition to presenting a presentation, also participate in other roles (chairs, discussants).

We also welcome participants who do not want to present a paper, but would like to be moderators, discussants, or just attend and enjoy the conference.

The organisers also encourage young scholars/PhD students in the conference to submit their papers. We plan to organise special panels for them with invited reviewers to discuss the papers. For the best PhD paper, we also offer a special prize, i.e. the possibility of publication in one of the CEPSA journals.

Proposals for Panels Should Include

  • Name, institutional affiliation, and email address of the proposed panel chair
  • Proposed panel title and summary of its theme (approx. 500 words)
  • Panellists, including their names, institutional affiliations, and emails

Tasks for Panel Chair

  • Proposing a panel around a theme
  • Maintaining a balance between established and younger scholars
  • Maintaining a balance with regard to the national affiliation of panellists

Proposal for Papers Should Include

  • Name, institutional affiliation, and email of the proposed contributor
  • Proposed paper title and summary of its theme (approx. 500 words)

How to Submit?

Send your submissions through the link given below this post.

Important Dates

  • The closing date for panel proposals (title and 500-word abstract): 31st of May 2025.
  • Deadline for submitting (title and 500-word abstract) for closed panels: 31st of May 2025.
  • The conference date: 18-19 September 2025.
  • Participants will be informed of the acceptance on: 15th of June 2025.
  • The first draft of a program will be available by by 5th of July 2025.

Location

Conference venue is the Main Campus of the University of Warsaw, 26/28 Krakowskie Przedmieście St.

Click here to submit abstract.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for April 19, 2025 | Astrology

Aries (Mar 21-Apr 20)

Your daily habits play a crucial role in maintaining your well-being. A financial setback due to a rejected debt appeal may require better planning to avoid prolonged stress. Career growth remains exciting as dynamic opportunities keep you engaged. A sudden shift in a family member’s behavior might concern you, but an open conversation will provide clarity. If traveling, nightlife tours can be thrilling, just ensure you check safety ratings before booking. Revamping an old property will bring fresh energy to your space, blending charm with modern functionality. Learning might feel extra challenging today, but tackling one topic at a time will help you stay on track.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for April 19, 2025

Also Read Horoscope Tomorrow, April 19, 2025, read predictions for all sun signs

Love Focus: Healing takes time; allow space for emotions to mend naturally.
Lucky Number: 3
Lucky Colour: Saffron

Taurus (Apr 21-May 20)

The workflow at your job is likely to feel smooth, helping you excel effortlessly. A parent’s guidance will lead to a joyful realization, so be open to their wisdom. Managing stress may feel tough today, making it essential to find better coping mechanisms. Your financial planning is proving effective, ensuring steady growth. If traveling, carefully plan layovers to avoid last-minute hassles. Home renovations might extend beyond the planned timeline, but each step will bring steady and meaningful improvements. Academically, students will feel motivated and inspired, turning learning into an enjoyable process.

Love Focus: Offering emotional support will foster deeper compassion and understanding in your relationship.
Lucky Number: 18
Lucky Colour: Magenta

Gemini (May 21-Jun 21)

Strength training will help enhance your core and stability, keeping you physically balanced. A misplaced debit card might lead to banking inconveniences, so take precautions. Managing client expectations at work could be tricky, requiring patience and communication. Meaningful interactions with family will remind you of the warmth and love they bring. When traveling, adjusting to different time zones may take effort, but a little preparation will help you settle in smoothly. Exploring property listings online will be a useful starting point in your search for the right investment. Academically, progress may be slow but steady, trust the process.

Love Focus: Silent understanding is a sign of a deep bond; cherish the moments that bring you closer.
Lucky Number: 1
Lucky Colour: Light Red

Cancer (Jun 22-Jul 22)

Your knack for organization is making you exceptionally efficient at work. Strengthening ties with a cousin will bring joy and laughter into your day. A peaceful home environment creates the perfect setting for relaxation and bonding. Overspending on non-essentials might not be wise today, prioritize necessities instead. Learning a few key phrases in a foreign language will make communication smoother during travel. Small but strategic renovations will significantly boost your property’s value. Academically, an exhilarating learning experience awaits, each lesson will feel like an adventure.
Love Focus: Celebrating milestones will create lasting memories and deepen your connection.
Lucky Number: 5
Lucky Colour: Green

Leo (Jul 23-Aug 23)

Recovering from an illness will restore your strength and resilience naturally. Financially, unexpected gains may brighten your day. Strategically executing your career goals will lead to impactful achievements. A thoughtful message from a family member will bring warmth and brighten your day. If you are traveling, the journey may be low-key but will still offer moments of enjoyment. When exploring property investments, assessing market stability beforehand will help you make informed and beneficial decisions. Academic struggles might arise, but a shift in approach will help ease the pressure.
Love Focus: Sharing emotional insights will strengthen your bond and foster growth.
Lucky Number: 11
Lucky Colour: Peach

Virgo (Aug 24-Sep 23)

Balancing emotions will promote stability, though occasional doubts may still surface. A slight delay in bonus processing might test your patience, but it’s on the way. A positive work atmosphere will fuel your enthusiasm and contribute to productivity. A younger family member might struggle with peer pressure, your support will help them navigate it wisely. Unexpected travel surprises will add excitement, making your journey memorable. Updating your home with modern designs will enhance its aesthetic appeal.

Love Focus: Supporting emotional healing will bring peace and deepen your relationship.
Lucky Number: 4
Lucky Colour: Dark Blue

Libra (Sep 24-Oct 23)

Focusing on dental hygiene will contribute to a brighter, healthier smile. Keeping track of recurring deposits will ensure financial stability. If you are in a leadership role, strategic decision-making will open new doors. A lighthearted joke with a sibling will ease tensions during serious discussions. Road trips will offer the perfect mix of adventure and relaxation. Managing tenants requires clear communication to avoid misunderstandings. Academic efforts will feel fulfilling, as mastering complex concepts becomes easier.
Love Focus: Reflecting on emotions will lead to deeper connections and mutual growth.
Lucky Number: 2
Lucky Colour: Orange

Scorpio (Oct 24-Nov 22)

A kind gesture from a family member will remind you of the beauty of strong family ties. Engaging in aerobic exercises will enhance cardiovascular health and boost mental clarity. Reviewing emergency funds regularly will ensure financial security. Revisiting a past project may provide valuable insights applicable to your current work. A road trip today is bound to be adventurous and liberating. If purchasing property, the process will unfold smoothly, bringing excitement as you move closer to owning your dream home. Learning will feel enjoyable and rewarding today.
Love Focus: A past conversation may resurface, but with newfound understanding.
Lucky Number: 8
Lucky Colour: Peach

Your energy levels will align with your ambitions, keeping you active and engaged. Secure financial transactions will bring peace of mind. If aiming for a promotion, the right opportunities may be on the horizon, stay prepared. A cousin’s infectious joy will lift your spirits. An unplanned trip could turn into an exciting adventure. Renting property requires ongoing management, so be prepared for regular responsibilities. Academically, a steady phase will allow you to maintain progress without any significant hurdles.
Love Focus: A meaningful moment today will leave a lasting impression, turning into a cherished memory for years to come.

Lucky Number: 11
Lucky Colour: Yellow

A loved one’s unexpected gesture will bring warmth to your day. Unplanned travels may come with a mix of fun and frustration, so flexibility is key. Home upgrades with modern interiors will enhance both style and functionality. The choices you make today will have long-term benefits for your well-being. Long-term investments in mutual funds will show promising results. Seizing new opportunities will help redefine your career path.

Love Focus: Love feels like an adventure, bringing excitement and wonder.
Lucky Number: 4
Lucky Colour: Blue

Outdoor running will rejuvenate both your body and spirit. Minor financial uncertainties may arise, making risk management crucial. Hard work and dedication will ensure professional success. Maintaining a balance between personal space and family interactions will bring harmony to your day. Traveling to crowded places will require patience, so plan accordingly. Be cautious when purchasing property, thorough checks will help prevent future complications.

Love Focus: External interference may challenge relationship decisions, but staying strong will help.
Lucky Number: 9
Lucky Colour: Maroon

Pisces (Feb 20-Mar 20)

Proper rest and nutrition will aid in a smooth recovery from any health concerns. Financial stability might feel uncertain, so avoid unnecessary expenses. Consulting legal advisors will provide valuable professional insights, though complex matters may take time to resolve. A teenager in the family may seem withdrawn, creating a safe space for them will help. Exploring new places will bring immense joy and fresh perspectives. Property dealings will unfold without obstacles, making for a smooth transaction. Academically, steady work will keep you on track.
Love Focus: Distance may test love, but commitment keeps it strong.
Lucky Number: 17
Lucky Colour: Peach

By: Dr. Prem Kumar Sharma

(Astrologer, Palmist, Numerologist & Vastu Consultant)

Contact: Panchkula: +91-172-2562832, 2572874

Delhi: +91-11-47033152/40532026

An investment fund sets out to free biotech’s ‘trapped capital’

A British investment fund has launched with plans to extract tens of billions of dollars it believes to be “trapped” on the balance sheets of struggling, publicly traded biotechnology companies.  

Called Alis Biosciences, the fund aims to return to shareholders the cash invested in these biotechs, while still supporting the companies’ management and boards, according to a Friday statement announcing its debut.

Alis said it is targeting “significant market inefficiencies” that have left over $30 billion in invested capital stuck in nearly 300 public biotechs that have suffered setbacks and have depressed stock prices as a result. These companies have market values ranging from $5 million to $100 million and cash reserves of anywhere from $10 million to $400 million.

Historically, these types of companies tend to pivot to a different pipeline prospect or merge with a privately held counterpart. However, this strategy often further dilutes equity stakes and forces existing backers to bet on a different strategy, Alis said. 

Of late, investors and analysts have begun to more closely scrutinizing these biotech “zombies,” arguing their cash holdings should be put to better use. One firm, Tang Capital Partners, has acquired some struggling biotechs and bought up shares in others, aiming in large part to liquidate them and return cash to shareholders. Other activist firms such as BML Capital Management and Soleus Capital Management have recently cranked up pressure on company boards, too.  

Alis intends to provide another answer. It’s offering public companies a “range of innovative and adaptive structures” to both return money to shareholders and give any residual intellectual property a chance to build value.

In each case, Alis would delist a company, place its assets in a special purpose vehicle, and disburse the vast majority of uncommitted cash to existing shareholders. However, Alis could also either sell back to certain shareholders IP they intend to develop, while retaining a small stake, or instead liquidate the assets more quickly than through a bankruptcy filing. 

Alis plans to go public in the “near term” as well. Once it does, it may be able to offer a different option in which it pays investors while putting enough funds into an acquiring vehicle to develop a drug. In that scenario, investors could get a stake in Alis and a so-called contingent value right enabling them to benefit in the drug’s progress. 

“This is too big a problem to ignore and Alis is committed to finding a fresh solution,” said Nicholas Johnston, a board member and founder of Alis, in the statement. 

Alis is chaired by Annalisa Jenkins, who has sat on the boards of many biotech companies and was once the head of research at Merck Serono. In the statement, Jenkins said public and private investors have “expressed strong support” for the firm’s model. 

This issue “needs to be solved if capital is to be effectively recycled within the capital market ecosystem to finance exciting new science that has the potential to succeed and deliver investor returns,” she said. 

Rents Are Dropping in Parts of Sydney – What Does This Mean for Investors?

Key takeaways

Nearly 75% of NSW suburbs saw rents either stagnate or decline in the last three months—a significant shift after years of sharp increases.

Substantial rent decreases ($100-$200 per week) occurred in areas like Concord West, Sylvania Waters, Chipping Norton, Greystanes, and Camperdown.

Current easing does not indicate a broader rental crash; significant previous increases mean rents remain relatively high.

Rental growth may still continue into 2025 but likely at a more sustainable rate.


After several years of relentless rent hikes, it seems the tide might be turning—at least for now and in certain locations.

PropTrack’s latest rental market data shows that nearly three-quarters of NSW suburbs experienced either stagnant or declining advertised rents over the past three months.

That’s a marked change from the skyrocketing rental increases we’ve seen in recent years.

But what does this mean for you as a property investor or as a tenant trying to navigate this complex market?

Let’s unpack what’s really going on.

Renting Property

Where are the biggest rent drops happening?

Some of the steepest falls occurred in suburbs like Concord West, Sylvania Waters, Chipping Norton, Greystanes, and Camperdown, with weekly rents dropping between $100 and $200.

For tenants, that’s a potential saving of up to $10,000 per year, a welcome relief in a cost-of-living crisis.

These suburbs tend to share a few common traits:

  • They’ve seen a rise in investor activity

  • Many have experienced increased housing supply, particularly in the form of new apartment developments

  • Some have higher baseline rents, so even a modest decrease feels more noticeable

pencil icon

Note:

But let’s be clear: this easing in rental pressure is not uniform across the board. [/notes/]

In fact, demand remains intense in areas like Sydney’s eastern suburbs and inner west, where properties are still being leased at or above the asking price.

In those competitive markets, renters are still offering more just to secure a lease.

What’s behind the shift?

There are a few forces at play here.

Firstly, investor activity has quietly returned to the market, adding much-needed stock to the rental pool.

While investor lending is still well below peak levels, it has been rising steadily over the past year, and in some suburbs, that’s enough to shift the supply-demand balance, at least temporarily.

Secondly, tenants are adjusting their behaviour.

We’re seeing more people opting for shared accommodation, or moving back in with family to save money.

In some cases, entire families are relocating out of Sydney altogether—often to Queensland—seeking more affordable living conditions and a better quality of life.

This AI App Will Help You Prove You Didn’t Use AI to Write Your Paper

Many professors and teachers are wary of students using AI tools to write papers. However, AI checkers aren’t foolproof, and there have already been many instances where original work has been marked as AI-written. That’s why this AI app is taking the next step to help students prove that they’re submitting original work.

What Is Grammarly Authorship?

Grammarly started as a grammar and spell-checker, but it has since incorporated AI to help improve your writing. It’s a good alternative to Microsoft Editor, and you can use it for free if you do not need its advanced features, like plagiarism detection and generative AI. The company is also testing a new feature — Grammarly Authorship. This function lets the app track what the user writes on a particular Google Doc or Word file, as if leaving a paper trail to show where the written text came from.

Related

How Does Microsoft Editor Compare to Grammarly? I Found Out

If you’re wondering whether Microsoft Editor can hold its own against Grammarly, I put them head-to-head to find out.

It can distinguish which parts of the document were typed out and which ones were copied and pasted from a web-based or other unknown source. It can also determine if a portion of the text has been reworded using Grammarly’s generative AI capabilities. This tracking will help prove that you (or a person) at least typed the paper you’re submitting to your professor.

How to Use Grammarly to Prove AI Did Not Generate Your Thoughts

Grammarly Authorship session report

If you want to use this tracking system, you must first create a Grammarly account. The great thing about this AI app is it’s free, so you don’t have to spend a dime just to prove that you did your own work. When you have your account, you must install Grammarly for Chrome or Grammarly for Microsoft Edge (depending on your preferred browser) if you’re writing on Google Docs. But if you prefer working on Microsoft Word, you must install Grammarly for Desktop.

Related

8 Free AI Apps You’re Not Using (But Should Be)

Use AI to edit text, create images, and learn a language—without paying a cent.

When you’ve installed the needed apps and logged into your account, a pop-up inviting you to try the Authorship should appear. After pressing OK or closing the window, a small green thumbprint icon should appear in the lower-left corner of your screen. Click on it to expand the Authorship window, and then press Track writing activity so that it will start tracking the document you’re working on.

Grammarly Authorship pop-up window

When you’re done working, you can then press the green thumbprint icon again to reveal your options and press See report. A browser window will then open to show the statistics for that file, at least for the current session.

It’s Not Perfect, but It’s a Start

Grammarly’s Authorship feature is a great way to help prove that you’re not cheating on the paper you’re writing on. However, it has a few drawbacks. For example, it only tracks the current session of a particular document. So, if you decide to close the file and come back to it later, the Authorship report will mark the existing text in the file with ‘Origin unknown’.

Losing tracking progress on Grammarly Authorship after restarting a file

You can also open an AI app on another device or window, and then you can just retype it into your document. If you do that, Authorship will report it as ‘100% Typed by a human’ — even though it’s AI-generated work.

Anyone with intent can and will circumvent tools that protect against plagiarism and the use of AI. However, this is much better than AI checkers, which we’ve already proven are useless in detecting AI-written content. There’s even some talk that these are negatively biased against non-native English speakers and writers.

Authorship can help give educators confidence that the work their students are submitting is original. But if a teacher has second thoughts about the originality of the work someone handed in, the only way to know for sure is to have the student present it to them in person.

Kung fu training: Beyond forms to functional fitness

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-18/Kung-fu-training-Beyond-forms-to-functional-fitness–1CBc0qE41tm/img/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c.jpeg'
Twin martial artists practice foundational skills in a courtyard. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-18/Kung-fu-training-Beyond-forms-to-functional-fitness–1CBc0qE41tm/img/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c.jpeg'
Twin martial artists practice foundational skills in a courtyard. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-18/Kung-fu-training-Beyond-forms-to-functional-fitness–1CBc0qE41tm/img/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c.jpeg'
Twin martial artists practice foundational skills in a courtyard. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-18/Kung-fu-training-Beyond-forms-to-functional-fitness–1CBc0qE41tm/img/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c.jpeg'
Twin martial artists practice foundational skills in a courtyard. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-18/Kung-fu-training-Beyond-forms-to-functional-fitness–1CBc0qE41tm/img/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c/5c3b0ce73bee49009670c9c06546706c.jpeg'
Twin martial artists practice foundational skills in a courtyard. /CGTN

As the Chinese saying goes, “Without foundational training, even lifelong practice yields nothing.” Martial artists understand that true mastery requires much more than memorizing forms. They incorporate strength-building, flexibility exercises and reflex training into their daily routines. This ancient wisdom blends seamlessly with modern fitness principles, turning ordinary activities into extraordinary workouts. 

Stewart Copeland plays with animals on latest project ‘Wild Concerto’

Stewart Copeland is best known as one-third of the Police, the chart-topping trio that called it quits after five acclaimed albums released between 1978-1983 and launched Sting to solo stardom.

With the Police, which also included guitarist Andy Summers, out of the picture, the drummer-percussionist changed course and became an in-demand film and TV score composer, working on such notable films as “Rumble Fish” and “Wall Street” as well as TV’s “The Equalizer,” “Dead Like Me” and more.

After a worldwide Police reunion tour, which was the highest-grossing trek in 2007, Copeland again pivoted, scoring live orchestra music for the classic film “Ben-Hur” in 2014.

He later also reimagined the Police catalog with a pair of releases, 2023’s “Police Deranged for Orchestra” and the world music exploration “Police Beyond Borders” with collaborator Ricky Kej, whom he also worked with on the 2021 album “Divine Tides,” which won a Grammy for new age album.

Our chat with Copeland, 72, was originally tied to his speaking tour, “Have I Said Too Much? The Police, Hollywood and Other Adventures,” but the Los Angeles date was scrapped in wake of the Palisades and Altadena wildfires. Ever the raconteur, Copeland is taking the speaking tour to Europe this spring and fall.

He also has a new album, “Wild Concerto,” which is out April 18. We spoke to Copeland, first via Zoom and then a follow-up phone call, about his new project and his busy creative life outside of the Police.

Tell me about your new album. This isn’t the Beach Boys’ “Pet Sounds” or Pink Floyd’s “Animals” with just a few random animal sounds sprinkled in. You seem to be more committed.

Stewart Copeland: Well, yeah, the animals get a much bigger dressing room on this. It’s not just called animal sounds. It is animal sounds.

How did it come about?

Incoming phone call. Platoon Records, which is owned by Apple. They acquired this library from a naturalist, Martyn Stewart, who is like the [British biologist and TV host] David Attenborough of sound. That’s how he’s been described. He spent his life on his hands and knees out in the jungles and in the mountains recording mostly bird sounds, but all these other animals as well. He has this huge library of these sounds and they’re wondering what to do with it. They said, “How about we do some music?” So they called me and said, “Can you work with this?” And I said, “Why yes, I can. Perhaps the reason they called me was because I have been using found sound, beginning with “Rumble Fish,” where Francis [Ford Coppola]’s ears pricked up when I started talking about doing loops with machines, billiard ball breaks, with dogs barking, all kinds of sounds in 1984.”

So how did you compose music using the recordings of animal sounds?

The folders that Martyn would send me were from different locales where the birds might have stopped, ecospheres of these different zones. I’d start with the background sounds, which are just a forest-scape or a wind-scape, and then I would look for the rhythmic elements, certain birds, which are rhythmic, and I’d build rhythms out of that. I didn’t alter any of the sounds. I didn’t change the pitch. I didn’t change the rhythm, but I placed them all very carefully so I build up a rhythm with these rhythm animals, the rhythm section. And then I looked for the long lines, mostly birds, the wolves also have some very long soloistic melodic lines, which are on pitch. But I put a trombone next to those bad boys. And now we’ve got your [John] Coltrane wolves.

Interesting. So, you didn’t autotune any of the animal sounds?

No autotune. No time stretching.

You mentioned “Rumble Fish.” When I put on the album for the first time, I definitely felt those “Rumble Fish” vibes.

Well, that’s all the percussion that I did all by myself here in the studio.

L to R: Producer Ricky Kej, natural sound recordist Martyn Stewart, and Copeland in the studio during the making of “Wild Concerto.”

(Archie Brooksbank)

After doing two albums of reinterpretations of music by the Police was back to nature the only place to go from there?

I forgive myself for looking backwards and doing Police stuff because I’m confident in my forward motion. Right now, I’m running a gigantic opera I wrote and this album about animals, so I’m moving forward doing cool stuff, which makes me more relaxed about looking over my shoulder.

It seems like this is sort of a natural progression from your film composing and orchestrated work.

Yes, absolutely. The other love of my life is the orchestra and all the amazing things it can do. The orchestra has such a huge vocabulary. In my short lifespan, I probably won’t do more than scratch the surface of what an orchestra can do, but I’m working on it.

This album was produced by Ricky Kej, who you’ve worked with in the past. What did he bring to the project?

He’s an incredible musician and a great producer and he works way over there in Bangalore. He came to Abbey Road [in London], which is where we recorded the orchestra and produced a session. Having a producer is a very new thing for me. I went through my whole career never having a producer. The Police never had a producer. We just had recording engineers. And so recently I had an experience with a producer and, man, what took me so long? This is great. Somebody else to lean on, to carry the load and to hit me upside the head when I need to be hit upside the head.

But didn’t the Police have producers listed along with the band, like Hugh Padham on “Synchronicity”?

He was used to producing Genesis and other civilized, well-behaved, respectful musicians not to be stuck on an island with three a— going at it. He did know where to put the microphones while dodging pizza. He did actually get a good recording.  If there was a [more] active producer, he could have helped sort of break up those fights or keep things civil, but maybe not.

Are you still playing polo? [Copeland’s logo on his website is a polo player riding a horse]

No. I traded all the horses in for children, and they turned out to be even more expensive. I’ve got seven kids, which is more expensive than 12 horses.

Wow. What’s the age spread of your kids?

[Starts to say 50 but slurs his words to make it undecipherable] down to 25. And then I’ve got five grandchildren. When you start lying about your kids’ age you know you’re getting up there.

What was the oldest? I didn’t quite make that out?

[Once again starts saying 50 but slurs his words].

Fifty-something?

Yeah, 50-something. We’ll go with that.

Copeland conducting during recording session for "Wild Concerto"

Copeland conducting during recording session for “Wild Concerto”

(Archie Brooksbank)

But you still seem young and spry.

 My kids became middle-aged before I became decrepit. I could always outrun, out-climb, out-sport all of my kids. And then I started to get creaky around age 70.

Are any of your kids involved in music or showbiz?

Just one. He’s in London. He’s actually a filmmaker but he has the gift of music. He picks up any instrument and the music just falls out of his fingers. And one of my grandchildren, who is 8. Young Arthur hasn’t got any musical chops, but whenever they come over he goes straight to the grand piano and he’s looking for cool stuff on there. You can see that it’s just there in his DNA.

2025 TVS Apache RR 310 Price in India, Specifications and Features Revealed; Know Everything About Next-Gen Apache RR 310 Launched in India

New Delhi, April 18: 2025 TVS Apache RR 310 has been launched in India. TVS Motor Company has updated its flagship model, which falls under the Super Premium Sports Motorcycle category. The new edition of the Apache RR310 is now compliant with the OBD-2B norms. In the latest update, TVS has added a few more features that will ideally make the Apache RR 310. 2025 TVS Apache RR 310 price in India starts at INR 2,77,999 lakh (ex-showroom).

The new TVS Apache RR 310 was first launched in 2017, and the 2025 edition continues to build on its legacy. The updated model will be available in two variants, along with three BTO customisation options. Additionally, the 2025 Apache RR 310 features multiple riding modes. Bookings for the 2025 TVS Apache RR 310 are now open. 2025 Skoda Kodiaq Price, Specifications and Features Revealed, Bookings Open; Know Everything About Next Gen Skoda Kodiaq Launched in India.

2025 TVS Apache RR 310 Specifications and Features

The 2025 Apache RR 310 comes with four driving modes. It includes Sport, Track, Urban, and Rain mode. The 2025 TVS Apache RR 310 comes with a height of 1,135mm and a width of 2,001mm, along with a ground clearance of 180mm. It features a 5-inch TFT instrument cluster and includes advanced technology like Cornering Drag Torque Control (RT-DSC), Sequential TSL, Launch Control, and a Gen-2 Race Computer.

The braking system of the new TVS Apache RR 310 is handled by a 300mm petal-type disc at the front and a 240mm petal-type disc at the rear, both equipped with ABS. The 2025 Apache RR 310 is powered by a 312.2cc engine that delivers 30 PS at 7600 rpm and 29Nm of torque at 7900 rpm. The bike can accelerate from 0 to 100 km/h in 6.74 seconds and comes with a 6-speed gearbox. Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Launched in India at INR 48.99 Lakh; Check Specifications and Features of New VW Flagship SUV.

2025 TVS Apache RR 310 Price in India

The 2025 Apache RR 310 price in India starts at INR 2,77,999 (ex-showroom) for the base variant without the QuickShifter. The standard base variant is priced at INR 2,94,999 (ex-showroom).

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 18, 2025 04:52 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

ICE Is Paying Palantir $30 Million to Build ‘ImmigrationOS’ Surveillance Platform

“No other vendor could meet these timeframes of having the infrastructure in place to meet this urgent requirement and deliver a prototype in less than six months,” ICE says in the document.

ICE’s document does not specify the data sources Palantir would pull from to power ImmigrationOS. However, it says that Palantir could “configure” the case management system that it has provided to ICE since 2014.

Palantir has done work at various other government agencies as early as 2007. Aside from ICE, it has worked with the US Army, Air Force, Navy, Internal Revenue Service, and Federal Bureau of Investigation. As reported by WIRED, Palantir is currently helping Elon Musk’s so-called Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) build a brand-new “mega API” at the IRS that could search for records across all the different databases that the agency maintains.

Last week, 404 Media reported that a recent version of Palantir’s case-management system for ICE allows agents to search for people based on “hundreds of different, highly specific categories,” including how a person entered the country, their current legal status, and their country of origin. It also includes a person’s hair and eye color, whether they have scars or tattoos, and their license-plate reader data, which would provide detailed location data about where that person travels by car.

These functionalities have been mentioned in a government privacy assessment published in 2016, and it’s not clear what new information may have been integrated into the case management system over the past four years.

This week’s $30 million award is an addition to an existing Palantir contract penned in 2022, originally worth about $17 million, for work on ICE’s case management system. The agency has increased the value of the contract five times prior to this month; the largest was a $19 million increase in September 2023.

The contract’s ImmigrationOS update was first documented on April 11 in a government-run database tracking federal spending. The entry had a 248-character description of the change. The five-page document ICE published Thursday, meanwhile, has a more detailed description of Palantir’s expected services for the agency.

The contract update comes as the Trump administration deputizes ICE and other government agencies to drastically escalate the tactics and scale of deportations from the US. In recent weeks, immigration authorities have arrested and detained people with student visas and green cards, and deported at least 238 people to a brutal megaprison in El Salvador, some of whom have not been able to speak with a lawyer or have due process.

As part of its efforts to push people to self-deport, DHS in late March revoked the temporary parole of more than half a million people and demanded that they self-deport in about a month, despite having been granted authorization to live in the US after fleeing dangerous or unstable situations in Cuba, Haiti, Nicaragua, and Venezuela under the so-called “CHNV parole programs.”

Last week, the Social Security Administration listed more than 6,000 of these people as dead, a tactic meant to end their financial lives. DHS, meanwhile, sent emails to an unknown number of people declaring that their parole had been revoked and demanding that they self-deport. Several US citizens, including immigration attorneys, received the email.

On Monday, a federal judge temporarily blocked the Trump administration’s move to revoke people’s authorization to live in the US under the CHNV programs. White House spokesperson Karoline Leavitt called the judge’s ruling “rogue.”

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin Trades Above $84,800, Most Altcoins Reflect Gains

Bitcoin registered profits on both national and international exchanges on Monday, April 14. According to CoinMarketCap, Bitcoin price rose by less than one percent to trade at $84,850 (roughly Rs. 73 lakh). However, the most expensive crypto asset grew by 10 percent over the last seven days to claim this price point. On Indian exchanges, Bitcoin logged a small gain of under one percent to trade at $87,644 (roughly Rs. 75.4 lakh). Throughout last week, Bitcoin’s price action was slow – sinking the asset to its lowest price this year – $76,000 (roughly Rs. 65.3 lakh). US President Donald trump’s tariff wars against other nations is said to have stirred up volatility in the crypto sector.

“Bitcoin is showing an upward momentum. Bullish signals, such as a weakening US dollar index and a sharp drop in PPI data have fueled the rally. Meanwhile, New York lawmakers have approved state agencies to accept crypto payments, marking a significant step toward the broader adoption of digital assets. If this momentum holds, BTC could soon test the $90,000 (roughly Rs. 77.4 lakh) resistance. On the downside, key support remains strong at $80,000 (roughly Rs. 68.8 lakh),” Alankar Saxena, Co-founder and CTO of Mudrex told Gadgets 360.

Ether joined Bitcoin in registering profits of less than one percent on Monday. At the time of writing, ETH was trading at $1,622 (roughly Rs. 1.39 lakh) on international exchanges. Meanwhile, on Indian exchanges, Ether saw gains of over two percent to trade at $1,693 (roughly Rs. 1.45 lakh).

“Ethereum has posted modest gains, However, on-chain data signals suggest a consolidation phase, with ETH currently trading within a tight range. This reflects a cautious but still optimistic short-term outlook for altcoins,” said Riya Sehgal, Research Analyst, Delta Exchange.

The crypto price tracker by Gadgets 360 showed majority altcoins trading in the greens on Monday, alongside Bitcoin and Ether.

These include Tether, Solana, Dogecoin, Tron, Cardano, and Leo.

Stellar, Polkadot, Zcash, Iota also managed to garner minor gains amid market volatility.

The overall crypto market cap rose by 0.35 percent in the last 24 hours. As per CoinMarketCap, the sector’s valuation has reached $2.69 trillion (roughly Rs. 2,31,59,966 crore).

“The Bitcoin price has begun the weekly trade on a bullish note. The altcoins have also been displaying acute strength, which suggests the markets could remain elevated throughout the week,” the CoinDCX Research Team told Gadgets 360.

Ripple, Chainlink, Avalanche, Shiba Inu, Litecoin, and Monero registered losses on Monday.

“As open interest swells and evidence of accumulation appears on the daily charts, the crypto community suggests growing confidence. Rather than responding with instinct, the market is now displaying evidence of strategic buying and long-term positivity,” Avinash Shekhar, Co-Founder and CEO, Pi42 told Gadgets 360.

Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
The best affiliate networks by need and use case

Affiliate networks aren’t one-size-fits-all. 

Between evolving tracking laws, new tech capabilities, and shifting fee structures, the best choice depends on your business model and goals. 

This guide breaks down top affiliate networks by use case, so you can make a smarter, more strategic decision.

The data-driven approach to choosing an affiliate network

If you’re ready to launch an affiliate program – a marketing channel where others promote you on a revenue-sharing or performance basis – but aren’t sure which affiliate network to choose, I’ve got you covered.

Over the last 20+ years, I’ve worked as an affiliate, an in-house affiliate manager, managed a network, and now run an agency that offers affiliate management services and program audits across multiple platforms.

A few of our clients were curious whether they should change networks, given the substantial technology updates over the last few years, new tracking laws at both the state and country levels, and increasingly competitive pricing.

I spent hours talking to platforms on their behalf and used more than 70 data points – including features, software functionality, pricing, and even bedside manner – to identify the best affiliate networks for their unique needs across different industries.

Affiliate networks - Data points

Our clients range from lead-gen programs and service-based businesses to ecommerce shops. 

Some networks are designed specifically for apps or niche markets, specializing in tools for those spaces. 

Others are more all-encompassing and offer broader capabilities without the enterprise-level price tag.

Instead of a top 10 list, I’m sharing my top picks based on specific business needs – including an overall best. 

That was the hardest one to choose, as more than one network could’ve earned the spot.

Dig deeper: Affiliate managers – It’s time to shift your focus beyond media

What to know before choosing an affiliate network

There are a few things to know before selecting an affiliate network. 

These are some of the most common questions or myths we get from clients – or that I’m asked about at trade shows and conferences where I speak. 

Knowing this information ahead of time can help you avoid making the wrong decision, especially since you’re potentially stuck for at least a year if you choose the wrong system.

  • An affiliate network’s purpose is to provide a tracking and payment platform that also keeps you informed and compliant with local, national, and international advertising laws.
  • It is your job as a brand or affiliate manager to bring affiliates to your program. If the network has affiliates and a marketplace, that can be a bonus, but it isn’t their job.
  • Affiliate networks that have marketplaces also mean the partners you recruit will be exposed to your competitors who are also on the same network.
    • Many networks will reach out and introduce the partners you recruited to your competitors. You cannot stop this from happening, so the work you put into recruitment benefits your competitors.
  • All affiliate networks give bad advice on who you should approve into your program. It is your job to make sure your company or your clients’ goals are being met.
    • Affiliate networks make their money off the number of transactions that go through the platform.
    • This incentivizes them to encourage you to work with low-value and zero-value partners. In some cases, they give these partners awards at industry events to add credibility – causing confusion when your data doesn’t line up and you realize the partner actually hurts your bottom line.
    • It is your job as the brand to patrol, remove, and ensure the partners add value if you want a revenue-generating program vs. one that just shows numbers.
  • You should always negotiate an out clause into the network contract and agreement.
  • If you are big enough, you can negotiate preferred rates, software upgrades without additional fees, and lock in pricing for exclusivity on the platform or for being featured in network case studies.

Now let’s go into who I’ve chosen for the top affiliate networks and why. 

This doesn’t mean others aren’t good – so talk to more and make a decision based on your company’s needs.

Best overall affiliate network

This one was not easy because every network has pros and cons, but when it came to the details that matter, AWIN Global takes the cake as the best affiliate network. They:

  • Launch brand new toolsets constantly.
  • Create software partnerships to ensure you have the latest and greatest tools.
  • Consistently build new software if no partnership is necessary.
AWIN Global

Unlike other affiliate networks, AWIN does not charge upsells on new features or have hidden fees to access software after you sign the dotted line. 

They’re incredibly flexible when you’re a larger brand on override fees, so you can negotiate down from the industry standards of 20% and 25%. 

I get incredibly fast responses from both the agency and the merchant support team when I reach out as a brand, and the responses tend to be accurate.

In the past, when we needed to consider other platforms because the client was shopping, AWIN didn’t like to see a program leave, but they allowed for flexibility in their contracts. 

Other networks get legal and try to scare you. AWIN is there for you as a brand, and that goes far in my book.

They are one of the few affiliate platforms that back off when you let them know they’re being too aggressive sales-wise, which is very nice. 

It doesn’t mean they don’t overstep a boundary, but they’re more respectful than other enterprise-level and large networks.

Pros

  • Elite software capabilities and tracking, including server-based.
  • Offers multi-channel tracking and attribution.
  • Transparency in pricing.
  • The ability to expand globally vs. needing a new platform in the EU, APAC, LATAM, etc., makes it appealing if you ship worldwide.
  • Easily tag and group affiliates in unlimited ways for better communications, stronger commissioning and attribution options, and to make it easier to see performance by type of publisher, top performers, and content niches or promotional strategies (social, blog, newsletter, YouTube, etc.).

Cons

  • The in-house management and publisher teams recommend low- and no-value publishers.
  • The in-house management team lacks the ability to get top-funnel partners going (based on my experience auditing when the in-house team was co-managing with an in-house affiliate manager).
  • They favor big brands vs. smaller companies, so you won’t get the attention you want unless you pay.
  • No space to keep detailed notes about specific partners on the partner’s page for other team members to reference – making it hard to know why decisions were made.
  • Cannot leave public feedback or scores on partners, making it harder to detect fraud in the application process.
  • There is no PPC and trademark bidding monitoring tool, but there was on ShareASale.
  • Unlike a majority of other networks, AWIN does not let you combine multiple stores into the same program account – you have to keep them separate. I was surprised by this because it was available on the platforms they purchased like Buy.at and ShareASale.

Best enterprise-level network

Impact is the go-to for enterprise and global brands. 

Impact

It comes at a cost, as everything is an upsell – and it isn’t cheap. 

However, when you’re an enterprise-level brand, their tiered-down commission structure can actually make more financial sense than a traditional network with a flat override fee. 

(The override is the amount of money the network takes on top of the affiliate commission.)

Impact was the first to use this model – and it’s brilliant. 

When it comes to innovation, Impact is always first to market. 

They were the original network with cross-channel reporting in the affiliate space and built it into an easy-to-absorb report. 

With Impact, you can see if PPC referred a sale, then SEO had a click, and an affiliate came in at the last second to take credit. 

You can also automate not commissioning that partner or bounce the commission back up to a high-value touchpoint.

My favorite feature in Impact is the by-URL commissions. 

If you want to be featured on a specific page – like a listicle in a media company – you can make sales from that listicle worth 20% and the rest of the domain 10%. 

If that same publication also builds a page that ranks for your brand + coupons, you can set commissions from that coupon page to 0% while keeping the rest active. Impact was the first affiliate network I worked on that offered this level of flexibility.

Impact also acquired an influencer software system. 

Although I haven’t heard great things yet, I’ve heard it’s always improving. 

And if there’s one thing I know for certain, it’s that Impact invests heavily in software. 

They won’t just get it right – they’ll take it to the next level and beyond. 

That commitment to tech is why they’re considered a top-tier, high-caliber affiliate network.

Pros

  • Big brands bring on tons of publishers, giving you more exposure as you grow.
    • Smaller brands benefit from affiliates brought in by the larger brands.
  • Heavy investments into technology and continuous advancement.
  • Very quick response times and excellent bedside manner when solving issues.
  • You can keep notes on specific publishers for other team members to reference.
  • Includes a PPC trademark bidding monitoring tool.

Cons

  • The price – everything is an upsell, and new software always comes at a cost (where other networks may include it).
  • It’s extremely difficult to break your contract or leave if things aren’t working out.
  • The sales team could be overly aggressive, often failing to respect boundaries.
  • You must get everything in writing to protect your brand – or be prepared to jump through hoops and deal with more red tape than other platforms.
  • It’s critical to have a lawyer review your contract and confirm all terms – including promised software, pricing, out clauses, and anything else that matters to you.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


See terms.


Best B2B and SaaS platform

PartnerStack came out of nowhere and built one of the coolest systems for B2B, lead gen, and SaaS affiliate programs. 

PartnerStack

You get all the transparency offered by other networks, along with powerful logic systems that support custom tracking, commissioning, and reporting features tailored to your program’s goals.

Much like Impact, where you can assign commissions based on a specific referring URL, PartnerStack takes this ten steps further. 

You can assign commissions based on virtually any trackable or reportable event – and it’s all incredibly user-friendly.

Here’s an example: one configuration can commission 20% only if the sale is an annual or quarterly purchase, while excluding all other sale types. 

You can do this with just a few simple selections – no IT support or advanced coding required.

PartnerStack’s simplicity is a thing of beauty. 

You don’t have to second-guess anything, as the tools are clearly labeled and intuitive. 

Their support team is highly responsive and offers straightforward, easy-to-follow guidance on how to use the platform effectively.

PartnerStack simple UI

Pros

  • Extremely simple to use with tools named for exactly what they do.
  • Flexible reporting with digestible charts and graphs.
  • Advanced commissioning options.
  • Built specifically for SaaS, lead gen, and B2B programs – tools and features are optimized for these use cases.
  • Includes a clean, easy-to-use email tool to communicate with the full program or segmented partner groups.

Cons

  • No datafeed support – makes it a poor fit for ecommerce, which can be a drawback for software companies that also sell guides, ebooks, manuals, etc.
  • Not all support reps are fully familiar with all features – you may need to escalate to get the right help.
  • The platform isn’t designed for ecommerce. While you can run an ecommerce program on it, it won’t be easy or intuitive.
  • You can’t leave public feedback on partners – this would be helpful for identifying or flagging violations of terms of service.
  • There’s no plugin for server-to-server tracking – only cookie-based tracking, which is now considered obsolete. You’ll need someone with technical expertise to get around this.

Best CPA network

Everflow wins the best CPA network – hands down!

PartnerStack simple UI

CPA networks are different from affiliate networks in that a CPA network has products or services as a single offer, whereas an affiliate network lists a company with multiple SKUs. 

CPA networks are ideal for financial offers like credit cards, insurance leads, or subscriptions to platforms like hosting.

Some niches are suitable for either a CPA network or affiliate network, such as hosting, but CPA networks are the right choice for bundles, lead gen, offers, supplements, or gambling. 

There are a few reasons why Everflow stands out.

The first reason is that your program is self-managed versus network-managed, giving you control over who has access to your offers, unlike networks that hide them from view. 

This allows you to ensure your brand is cared for, promotions follow company guidelines, and you can remove violators from the program.

With Everflow, you can also see referring URLs from partners and turn them off if they are hiding what they are actually doing. 

Commissioning tiers are simple to set up, and you can create private or public offers, as well as time-stamp commissions to prevent end-of-sale interceptions.

Pros

  • Hands-on customer support that works with you to find solutions.
  • Detects parameters from the URL when using server-side tracking, so if an affiliate forgets to use the correct affiliate link, sales may still track.
  • Ability to private-label their system to make it appear in-house.
  • Access to all affiliate contact information within your program.
  • Built-in email template creator for newsletters and program-wide communications.
  • No annual fees on top of other fees.

Cons

  • Only two levels of commissioning for multiple partners with a click (compared to other networks that offer five or more).
  • No advertising options within the platform to bring awareness to new publishers.
  • Lacks tools for tracking TOS violators, like PPC bidding and monitoring.
  • Six-month minimum contract length (which isn’t a bad negative, considering most programs take a year to get going).
  • There is a setup fee if you do not sign an annual contract (but it’s minimal).

Dig deeper: Why are so many affiliate sites losing organic traffic?

Two other networks worth mentioning

I didn’t know exactly where to place these two, but CJ and MobIdea deserve a mention.

Revitalizing a legacy platform with modern tools

I wasn’t sure where to place CJ. It’s been years since I considered them, but a few clients are using the platform, and I’ve been impressed by what they’ve done. 

I had assumed CJ was a legacy, outdated platform, but I was wrong. 

Much like the networks mentioned above, they’ve invested in their technology and now offer the tools needed for modern affiliate programs and management.

The team is incredibly responsive, which is crucial for affiliate programs. This has been my experience with them for roughly 20 years. 

I may not always like their answers, but they provide quick and efficient responses. Their network show, CJU, is high-end, and you truly feel like royalty. 

While it may not seem important, having a relaxed and welcoming atmosphere at networking events makes a significant difference. 

It lowers the barriers for introverts like me and encourages meaningful connections. 

Mobile-first CPA network with verification tools

MobIdea also took me by surprise. They are a CPA network that typically keeps affiliates in a hidden box, so you don’t have visibility into what’s happening.

This is standard for all CPA networks, which is why our clients generally don’t work with them. 

But MobIdea has a major difference. 

It’s the only CPA network I know of (outside of Everflow) that allows an advertiser to require a referring URL to be passed back in order for a sale to be commissionable.

You can then verify if the referred website actually drove the sale by checking social sharing and seeing how well the page performs for SEO. 

You can also check if PPC keywords are driving visitors to the page. If the information doesn’t check out, you can turn off that publisher and void their commissions.

MobIdea is also one of the few networks that specializes in mobile apps and app tracking. 

After a private demo with their team, I loved the protections and technology they’ve built to make the process run smoothly.

If you have an app and don’t want a traditional affiliate network, they’ve created a CPA network tailored for you.

While you won’t get the transparency of a traditional network or as many protections, their team will help get your offer in front of top partners.

Everyone I met at MobIdea was friendly, helpful, and responsive. They won me over!

Final thoughts

Choosing the right affiliate network isn’t about picking the biggest name – it’s about aligning features, pricing, and support with your business model. 

Whether you’re running a lead-gen campaign, scaling a SaaS program, or growing global ecommerce sales, there’s a platform built to support your goals. 

With the right fit, your affiliate program won’t just run – it’ll thrive.

Watch: Why Insurance Companies Are Denying Coverage for Prosthetic Limbs

PBS News Weekend’s Ali Rogin spoke with KFF Health News contributor Michelle Andrews about what some people with missing limbs consider a disparity in health insurance coverage: Though a knee replacement likely would be covered, a prosthetic knee isn’t always. A prosthetic device can be subject to cost caps and an amputee may be required to prove medical necessity for coverage. Andrews recently explored these issues in her article “Health Insurers Limit Coverage of Prosthetic Limbs, Questioning Their Medical Necessity.”

KFF Health News is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues and is one of the core operating programs at KFF—an independent source of health policy research, polling, and journalism. Learn more about KFF.

USE OUR CONTENT

This story can be republished for free (details).

Explore Decades Of Horror Movie History In Video Ghastlies

Why settle for one kind of horror story when you can explore them all? That’s the TLDR behind Video Ghastlies, an upcoming horror game that sees players pulled into many different eras of horror movie history, from 1930s gothic horror and Carpenteresque body horror to Giallo slashers and even modern styles like found footage. The game doesn’t have a release date just yet, but it’ll debut on PC.

Video Ghastlies is set in 1990s Scotland, casting players as the sibling of a missing brother. To find him, you’ll explore illegal VHS tapes, with each one pulling you into a different horror story. In between, your apartment acts as a safe haven where you can put clues together and try to solve a multilayered mystery.

The game doesn’t intend to be a defenseless horror game akin to Amnesia or Outlast. Instead, you’ll be equipped with weapons befitting of each era and genre you’re pulled into, with puzzles to slow you down and enemies staring back at you.

Video Ghastlies can be wishlisted on Steam. It comes from the team at Katanalevy, which previously created Daemonologie, a folk horror game with “Very Positive” Steam reviews.

Researchers report association between urinary incontinence, cardiovascular disease

A University of Iowa-led research team has found that urinary incontinence may be associated with a greater risk for cardiovascular disease in women.

Urinary incontinence — the loss of bladder control — is a common condition, especially in older adults. Previous studies have stated that it can affect between 38% and 60% of women. The researchers aimed to find out whether urinary incontinence was linked to a decline in physical activity, which can lead to a host of health issues, including greater risk for cardiovascular disease.

In the study, the researchers — led by Lisa VanWiel, assistant professor at the University of Wisconsin-La Crosse who in April earned her doctorate in health and human physiology from Iowa — analyzed medical records over two years from more than 20,000 female patients in the Hartford Healthcare system in Connecticut. Of those patients, 5.4% reported through a questionnaire to have urinary incontinence. All patients were asked to rate their level of physical activity in the questionnaire.

The researchers found that the respondents with urinary incontinence did not report engaging in less physical activity than those who did not have the condition. But the team did find an association between patients with urinary incontinence and cardiovascular disease risk factors or events, such as dyslipidemia, type 2 diabetes, and stroke.

“There is an association between incontinence and cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk,” the study authors write. “Women should be screened for incontinence regularly as it may contribute to CVD risk, and women with CVD risk factors should be screened for undiagnosed incontinence.”

VanWiel is the study’s corresponding author. Co-authors from Iowa are Kara Whitaker, associate professor in the Department of Health and Human Physiology, who is VanWiel’s mentor; and Lucas Carr, associate professor in the Department of Health and Human Physiology. Other co-authors are Dale Bond, Yin Wu, Elena Tunitsky-Bitton, Paul Tulikangas, and Adam Steinberg, all from Hartford Hospital.

Call for Papers: International Conference on ‘Sustainable Development to Protect the Environment, the Climate and Human Living Conditions in the Light of the United Nation’s SDG’ at Kerala Law Academy [Sept 29 – Oct 2; Offline]: Submit Abstracts by May 1!

About the Organisation

This international conference is a remark to the power of global collaboration, bringing together esteemed institutions from around the world – Université Paris Nanterre (France), Kerala Law Academy Law College (India), Europa Universität Viadrina (Germany), and Université Franco-Allemande (Germany).

This collective effort aims to foster a rich exchange of perspectives and ideas from diverse geographical and cultural contexts, ultimately contributing to a deeper understanding of sustainable development and its far-reaching implications for our shared future.

About the Conference

Sustainable development is intricately linked with law, as legal frameworks play a crucial role in promoting and ensuring the implementation of sustainable practices. The concept of sustainable development, which aims to balance economic, social, and environmental needs, is increasingly being embedded in international and national laws. Laws related to environmental protection, human rights, and economic development are being re-examined and reformed to align with sustainable development goals.

Furthermore, legal instruments such as treaties, conventions, and regulations are being used to promote sustainable practices, hold individuals and organizations accountable for environmental degradation, and ensure that development is equitable and just.

This international conference, held offline from 29 September to 2 October, aims at fostering a global dialogue on sustainable development, exploring the intersections between law, policy, and practice, and identifying innovative solutions to pressing environmental and social challenges.

Mode

The seminar will be conducted offline at Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, India. All participants are expected to be present in person at the venue. The exact address and location details will be shared with registered participants prior to the event.

Sub-Themes

  1. Environmental Protection.
  2. Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation.
  3. Renewable Energy and Green Technologies.
  4. Conservation of Biodiversity and Natural Resources.
  5. Reducing Pollution and Waste Management.
  6. Sustainable Agriculture and Food Systems.
  7. Improving Human Working Conditions.
  8. Fair Wages and Economic Equality.
  9. Workplace Safety and Health Standards.
  10. Ethical Labor Practices and Workers’ Rights.
  11. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and Sustainability.
  12. The Role of Governments and Policies in Labor Protection
  13. Intersection of Environment and Human Work Conditions.
  14. Green Jobs and Sustainable Employment.
  15. The Impact of Climate Change on Workers (e.g., Heat Stress, Displacement).
  16. Eco-Friendly Industrial Practices and Supply Chains.
  17. The Future of Work in a Sustainable Economy.
  18. Education and Awareness for a Sustainable Workforce.
  19. Comparative analysis of environmental and labour policies in developed vs. developing nations.
  20. The role of international organizations (ILO, UN, WTO) in regulating sustainability and labour rights.
  21. Case studies of successful policy models (e.g., EU Green Deal, Scandinavian labour policies).
  22. Challenges in enforcing environmental and labour laws across borders.

Note: These Themes are not exhaustive; authors are open to work on any topic related to above-mentioned theme.

Publication Opportunity

Good research articles received would be published in Proceedings with ISBN.

Guidelines for Paper Submission

  • Kindly confine yourself to the areas identifiable with the theme of the seminar.
  • The papers must be in Times New Roman, Font Size: Heading-14, Text-12 in A4 format, single line spacing, in justify not exceeding 2500 words including Title detail of the Author/s, and Footnotes.
  • Authors are encouraged to use The Bluebook (20th ed.) citation format for footnoting and it should be in Times New Roman Font 10 size. Further, speaking footnotes are discouraged.
  • An Abstract not exceeding 250 words shall be submitted for consideration.
  • The Abstract shall contain the Synopsis of the Paper, Subtitles, Reference materials, and conclusion indicating the author’s perspective.
  • The Abstract shall contain the Synopsis of the Paper, Subtitles, Reference materials, and conclusion indicating the author’s perspective.
  • The Abstract must be mailed to [email protected] on or before 1st May 2025. It must be accompanied by a cover page, stating the following: Title of the paper; Sub-Theme; Name of Author(s); Name of Institute/Organization; Official Designation; E-mail Address; Postal Address, and Contact Number.
  • The Submission should be in WORD FORMAT.
  • All footnotes must adhere to the 20th edition of Bluebook standards and must be styled using the footnote option in Word. Borders, underlines, or other design objects must not be included in the paper.
  • References need not be mentioned at the end of a paper and must be included within footnotes.
  • Precedents may be in Italics but not bold.
  • All subheadings must be left aligned, in bold.
  • The Papers shall be screened by a Committee. The Full Papers (2500 words) approved by   the Committee shall be accepted for presentation in the Seminar. The intimation of selection will be made through E-mail.
  • The final paper should contain a cover page that includes Name, Designation, Relevant 
  • Discipline and Year of Study, Address, e-mail ID, and Contact number. Authors are to give details in the Full Paper.
  • Abstracts and papers should be written in English, the working language of the Seminar will be English, and presentations shall be done in English.
  • Submissions should be made by the author who will attend the Seminar.
  • Co-Authorship is allowed but limited to one Co-Author only.
  • Only one paper per participant will be permitted. Multiple submissions will lead to disqualification.
  • No part of the paper should have been published earlier nor should it be under consideration for publication. Any form of Plagiarism will result in immediate disqualification.
  • The Organizers will take an earnest effort to publish the best articles selected from among those received, subject to their acceptance by reputed journals as per their criteria.
  • Publishing Charges if any demanded for the journal to be paid by the author.

Submission Procedure

Kindly send the abstract on or before 1st May, 2025 by e-mail to [email protected]

Important Dates

  • Submission of Abstracts: 1st May 2025
  • Communication of Abstract Acceptance: 3rd May 2025
  • Submission of Full paper:  20th June 2025
  • Intimation of Full Paper Acceptance: 22nd June 2025
  • Date of payment of Registration fee: 10th August 2025
  • International Seminar: 29th September to 2nd October 2025

Registration Fees and Payment Details

Students & Research Scholars

  • INR 1000/- (Participation)
  • INR 1500/- (Paper Presentation)

Faculty, Academicians & Advocates

  • INR 1500/- (Participation)
  • INR 2000/- (Paper Presentation)

Awards

All the Participants registered for Presentation and Participation will be awarded with respective certificates.

Contact Information

  • Dr. Dakshina Saraswati, Associate professor, KLA: +91 9744169215
  • Dr. Malavika J., Assistant Professor, KLA : +91 8281682549
  • Varun Dev, Assistant Professor, KLA: +91 8075634823
  • Aiswarya Thulasi: +91 8943363965
  • Namitha K Sethu: +91 8078989391

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Welcome the long weekend with this mouthwatering 30 minute ‘lazy girl’ Biryani recipe

Apr 18, 2025 05:37 PM IST

Nobody ever put the words ‘lazy’ and ‘biryani’ together but this recipe does and rightly so

If you’re not someone who finds joy in toiling long hours in the kitchen just to get a plate of food you’ll devour in under 10 minutes, just know that this ‘lazy girl’ biryani recipe takes all of 30 minutes to make and serves as many as 6 people (or you alone, 6 times over!).

This ‘lazy girl’ Biryani recipe comes together in under 30 minutes(Photos: Pinterest, Naive Cook Cooks)

Lazy girl Biryani

Ingredients: Chicken breast – 2, potatoes – 2, tomatoes – 2, ginger-garlic paste – 1tbsp, fresh chillies – 5, Basmati rice – 3 cups, biryani masala (of your choice) – 1 packet, salt – 1tsp, red chilli powder – 1tsp, turmeric powder – 1/2tsp, cinnamon stick – half, green cardamoms – 4, butter – 1tbsp, yoghurt – 2tbsps, 1/2 handful of mint, 1/2 handful of coriander, fried onions – 1 cup; For rice — whole spices – 1tbsp, bay leaf – 1

Method: Begin by chopping 2 to 3 onions and deep frying them till crisp and dark brown. Keep this aside. Now wash and soak your rice with the spices and bay leaf and once done, get onto dicing your chicken breasts, potatoes and tomatoes. Stick to halves and quarters only for the potatoes while chop up the tomatoes finely. Take a fat bottomed pan with some oil on it and fry up the ginger garlic paste and chillies. Then in go the tomatoes, and keep stirring this till they turn soft. Now add in the chicken, potatoes, yoghurt, biryani masala, spices and fresh herbs. Mix and fry this for at least 15 minutes, allowing the ingredients to meld into each other. Now put your rice on to boil with a sprinkle of the Biryani masala. Take this off when it is 75 percent cooked through. Add fresh herbs, 3 chopped fresh chillies and fried onions on top of the chicken and tomatoes masala followed by the drained rice. Make a mixture of Biryani masala, food colouring and butter and pour over this rice. Place on dum for about 15 minutes and dig in.

(recipe from Taiba Qezalbash)

You’re welcome for having your carb cravings sorted for the weekend!

Sanofi licenses immune disease drugs from startup Earendil

Dive Brief:

  • French drugmaker Sanofi agreed to pay $125 million to startup Earendil Labs for two drug candidates designed to treat autoimmune and inflammatory bowel diseases.
  • Under the terms of the deal announced Thursday, Earendil may receive as much as $1.72 billion in additional payments for reaching certain development and commercial goals, including $50 million described as a “near-term payment.” The startup will also be eligible for royalties if the drugs reach the market.
  • The candidates, HXN-1002 and HNX-1003, are bispecific antibodies designed to engage two different proteins in the body involved in inflammation and immune cell activation. HXN-1002 is being developed for patients with ulcerative colitis and Crohn’s disease. HXN-1003 has shown promise in preclinical models of colitis and skin inflammation, Earendil said.

Dive Insight:

Dual-targeting antibodies have drawn considerable interest from pharmaceutical companies in recent years. But while much of the early activity centered around oncology, many drugmakers of late have focused on bispecifics’ potential treating autoimmune conditions. Sanofi just last month agreed to pay $600 million to Dren Bio for a drug it hopes can “reset” the immune system.

HXN-1002 is designed to inhibit α4β7 and TL1A, while HXN-1003 takes aim at TL1A and IL23, the latter two of which have become popular targets for drugmakers. The approved medicines Tremfya, Skyrizi and Ilumya are all IL23 inhibitors. TL1A, meanwhile, is the focus of a raft of research by top drugmakers including Merck & Co., Roche, AbbVie and a collaboration between Sanofi and Teva Pharmaceuticals.

Earendil gave few details about its prior research on HXN-1002 and HXN-1003 in the news release on Thursday and its website consists only of a home page. The U.S. startup is associated with Helixon Therapeutics, which is backed by a number of Chinese venture capital firms, and is part of a growing biotechnology sector in China that is increasingly attracting partners in the U.S.

Earendil uses artificial intelligence to streamline drug discovery and speed up development. The company says it’s focused on protein-based biologics and aims to produce drugs that are either the first of their kind or the best in a particular group. 

Adelaide Cracks $1 Million as Five Capital Cities Now in the Million-Dollar Club

Key takeaways

Combined capital house prices increased for the ninth consecutive quarter – the longest stretch of continuous quarterly growth since 2012-15 – to reach a new record.

House prices have reached new highs in several capitals, with Sydney, Adelaide, and Perth leading the way according to Domain.

Sydney’s median house price is now just $8,000 shy of $1.7 million, while Perth is on track to hit $1 million by the end of 2025.

Melbourne is showing signs of recovery, with house prices rising for the second consecutive quarter.

However, Brisbane experienced its first decline in house prices in more than two years.


If you want to understand what’s happening in our housing markets around AustraliaDomain has just released its latest house price report. 

The report revealed that Australia’s property market continues to break records, with combined-capital house prices climbing for a ninth straight quarter.

Although most capitals are experiencing a slowdown in the pace of price gains, Sydney and Melbourne appear to be bucking the trend.

Both cities posted two consecutive quarters of house price increases, indicating a potential turning point.

With a record median house price of $1,000,202, Adelaide has become now the fifth capital city to break into the million-dollar club, alongside Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane and Canberra.

Still, there are clear signs the heat is coming out of the market.

House prices are growing at their slowest pace in almost two years, and unit prices have slipped for the first time since 2022.

Here’s a summary of the Domain report, and below are all the details you’ll need to know.

Key report highlights:

  • House prices have reached new highs in several capitals, with Sydney, Adelaide, and Perth leading the way. Sydney’s median house price is now just $8,000 shy of $1.7 million, while Perth is on track to hit $1 million by the end of
  • Melbourne is showing signs of recovery, with house prices rising for the second consecutive.
  • However, Brisbane experienced its first decline in house prices in more than two years.
  • On the unit front, prices nationally fell by $3,000 from last quarter’s record
  • Units in Sydney, Brisbane, and Adelaide are at record levels, while Melbourne, Perth, Canberra, and Darwin saw quarterly price declines, with Perth experiencing its first drop in two years.
  • Brisbane continues to shine, with unit prices increasing for the 16th consecutive

National overview

Domain reports that while house prices are still rising nationally, the pace of growth has slowed to just one-third of what it was last year

Domain’s Chief of Research and Economics, Dr Nicola Powell, said:

“Several factors are behind the slowdown — interest rate cuts are expected to be gradual, affordability remains a major barrier, and lending conditions are still tight.

On top of that, global uncertainty, including from the Trump administration’s economic and foreign policy stance, could influence the RBA’s next moves.”

Trump Property Boom

She further explained…

“With consumer sentiment at a six-month low, another strong price surge is unlikely until we see a real improvement in home loan affordability.

That said, it could be a window of opportunity for buyers, particularly with both major parties proposing new support for first home buyers ahead of the election.”

Domain forecasts that a gradual loosening of monetary policy, relief from rising living costs, growing household incomes, tight job markets and improved sentiment are expected to support the housing market.

However, multiple challenges are likely to offset these positive influences and keep price growth in check.

Domain suggests the rate-cutting cycle is expected to unfold slowly, housing remains prohibitively expensive for many, population gains have normalised, and cautious lending standards persist.

Additionally, uncertainty arising from the Trump administration’s economic and foreign policies may influence global markets and, in turn, the Reserve Bank of Australia’s decisions on the cash rate, further shaping how quickly housing values may rise.

We have already seen how quickly consumer sentiment has been impacted – it has dropped to a six-month low.

Domain concludes that until home loan serviceability improves significantly, it is difficult to envision housing markets transitioning into a pronounced growth trend.

The current median house price and changes

HOUSES | STRATIFIED MEDIAN PRICE
Capital City Mar-25 Dec-24 Mar-24 Quarterly

change

Annual

change

Price peak achieved Price from

peak

Sydney $1,691,731 $1,663,557 $1,626,551 1.7% 4.0% Mar-25 0.0%
Melbourne $1,035,887 $1,032,470 $1,050,043 0.3% -1.3% Dec-21 -5.2%
Brisbane $1,022,026 $1,025,360 $940,145 -0.3% 8.7% Dec-24 -0.3%
Adelaide $1,000,202 $989,083 $892,399 1.1% 12.1% Mar-25 0.0%
Canberra $1,049,067 $1,062,586 $1,073,952 -1.3% -2.3% Jun-22 -10.6%
Perth $917,706 $917,239 $804,167 0.1% 14.1% Mar-25 0.0%
Hobart $710,077 $710,077 $692,200 0.0% 2.6% Mar-22 -6.9%
Darwin $659,172 $643,739 2.4% Dec-13 -2.9%
Combined capitals $1,178,668 $1,169,950 $1,123,798 0.7% 4.9% Mar-25 0.0%

The current median unit price and changes

UNITS | STRATIFIED MEDIAN PRICE
Capital City Mar-25 Dec-24 Mar-24 Quarterly

change

Annual

change

Price peak achieved Price from

peak

Sydney $823,467 $820,557 $808,617 0.4% 1.8% Mar-25 0.0%
Melbourne $550,022 $568,100 $570,765 -3.2% -3.6% Dec-21 -8.7%
Brisbane $657,645 $644,390 $566,099 2.1% 16.2% Mar-25 0.0%
Adelaide $557,957 $557,450 $488,288 0.1% 14.3% Mar-25 0.0%
Canberra $531,784 $564,133 $594,621 -5.7% -10.6% Sep-23 -15.5%
Perth $508,367 $513,074 $426,846 -0.9% 19.1% Dec-24 -0.9%
Hobart $555,609 $521,418 $551,171 6.6% 0.8% Sep-22 -2.2%
Darwin $352,441 $352,739 $365,479 -0.1% -3.6% Mar-16 -27.5%
Combined capitals $670,205 $673,182 $649,222 -0.4% 3.2% Dec-24 -0.4%
Google’s Handing Out Free Drive Storage, But You Might Miss Out

One of the worst screens you can be greeted with when using your cloud backup service is the one informing you that you’re out of storage space and need to purchase more. If you use Google Drive, you might be able to score 2TB of storage for free for an entire year, along with some extra freebies.

U.S. College Students Can Get Google One AI Premium for Free

Today, Google announced via a blog post on The Keyword that all eligible college students in the United States can enjoy free Gemini Advanced and Google One AI Premium. If you’re eligible for the offer, you’ll get 2TB of storage and access to advanced AI models like Gemini 2.5 Pro and Veo 2.

You’ll also get free access to Gemini Advanced, which uses Google’s most advanced and capable experimental model, Gemini 2.5 Pro, meaning you’ll get features like Deep Research, Gemini Live, and Canvas.

As a full-time student, one of the tools that has completely transformed how I approach studying is NotebookLM. Since Google One AI Premium includes NotebookLM’s premium tier, NotebookLM Plus, you’ll get access to it too if you’re eligible for this deal.

NotebookLM open on a laptop screen
Amir M. Bohlooli / MakeUseOf

With the Plus version, you can create up to 500 notebooks, each with up to 300 sources. For comparison, the free version allows up to 100 notebooks, each with a maximum of 50 sources. The free version lets you generate three Audio Overviews, while the Plus version bumps that up to twenty.

With this deal, you’ll also be able to use Gemini features like Help me write in Google Docs, data analysis in Sheets, and image generation in Slides. Finally, you’ll also get access to an experimental Google Labs tool, Whisk, which you can use to generate images and videos.

Now, Google isn’t the first company to announce a deal like this for students struggling during exam season. In fact, OpenAI recently announced it’s giving away ChatGPT Plus subscriptions to eligible college students in the United States and Canada from March 31, 2025, to May 31, 2025.

Related

Gemini Advanced vs. ChatGPT Plus: Which Is Better?

ChatGPT Plus leads the march in AI chatbots, but is Google’s Gemini Advanced a worthy competitor?

What makes Google’s deal so great is that it won’t end when your current semester’s finals do. If you sign up before June 30, 2025, you’ll get to enjoy the perks for the entire next academic year as well—through finals in spring 2026. Plus, all you need to sign up is a valid .edu address!

Google One AI Premium currently retails for $19.99/month, and since you’re getting it completely free for 15 months, this deal saves you nearly $300. If you’re a college student in the U.S. with an .edu email address, run to Gemini’s website and sign up for the Google One AI Premium plan ASAP. Deals this good don’t come around every day.

Siem Reap–Angkor Int'l Airport: Gateway to Cambodia-China travel

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Siem-Reap-Angkor-Int-l-Airport-Gateway-to-Cambodia-China-travel-1CE4Gz0lrP2/img/b995a77d02444126a4caa1e24b66342b/b995a77d02444126a4caa1e24b66342b.png' alt='A view of Angkor Wat in Cambodia. /VCG'

The year 2025 marked the “Cambodia-China Year of Tourism.” Against this backdrop of deepening cooperation, Siem Reap–Angkor International Airport – invested, built, and operated by Chinese enterprises – has become a landmark project under the Belt and Road Initiative and a fresh symbol of China-Cambodia friendship.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Siem-Reap-Angkor-Int-l-Airport-Gateway-to-Cambodia-China-travel-1CE4Gz0lrP2/img/2721ded729c14fa383dcbe491981f625/2721ded729c14fa383dcbe491981f625.jpeg' alt='Siem Reap–Angkor International Airport is seen in Cambodia. /VCG'

As a flagship project of the cooperation between China and Cambodia, Siem Reap–Angkor International Airport officially began operations on October 16, 2023. It was designed according to international civil aviation standards and refined with Chinese technical specifications, showcasing the integration of “Chinese standards” into global infrastructure and cooperation.

The new airport was deliberately located away from the Angkor archaeological site, effectively minimizing the impact of aircraft takeoffs and landings on these ancient monuments. This shift not only solves the cultural preservation challenges posed by the old airport’s proximity to Angkor Wat but also reflects China’s commitment to protecting Cambodia’s heritage – a concrete example of sustainable development.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Siem-Reap-Angkor-Int-l-Airport-Gateway-to-Cambodia-China-travel-1CE4Gz0lrP2/img/6e933544dd2b414890fcd76c21b23078/6e933544dd2b414890fcd76c21b23078.jpeg' alt='Tourists check in at Siem Reap-Angkor International Airport in Cambodia. /VCG'

The construction of the new airport also addressed Cambodia’s urgent need for upgraded aviation infrastructure.

By the end of 2024, the airport had recorded 18,430 takeoffs and landings, served over 1.7 million passengers, and handled 107.82 tons of cargo and mail. It has opened 17 routes across eight countries, steadily emerging as a strategic hub connecting South and Southeast Asia.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Siem-Reap-Angkor-Int-l-Airport-Gateway-to-Cambodia-China-travel-1CE4Gz0lrP2/img/3faaea54765542a996c836bb2aaa0af8/3faaea54765542a996c836bb2aaa0af8.jpeg' alt='A performance is seen at the opening ceremony of the China-Cambodia Cultural Corridor at Siem Reap–Angkor International Airport in Cambodia, on August 6, 2024. /VCG'

In August 2024, the China-Cambodia Cultural Corridor was inaugurated at the airport. A photo exhibition drew the attention of many travelers. World heritage sites from Yunnan – including Honghe Hani Rice Terraces, Jingmai Mountain, the Three Parallel Rivers and Old Town of Lijiang – were displayed alongside Cambodia’s Angkor Wat and the archaeological site of Koh Ker, showcasing a vibrant dialogue between the two countries’ rich cultural legacies.

Through this “aerial Silk Road,” elements of Yunnan and Khmer culture have blended and enriched one another, reflecting the deepening of China-Cambodia cooperation.

Demi Moore talks losing Oscar to Mikey Madison

Demi Moore expected Mikey Madison to win the Academy Award for lead actress, she recently told Time magazine.

“I don’t know why I knew, but I did,” Moore said in the interview. “I was so centered and calm. I didn’t feel gutted. I didn’t feel any of those kinds of things. I just trusted, and am in trust of, whatever is going to unfold.”

An industry veteran, Moore had an impressive awards season run, winning the acting prize at the Golden Globes, the Critics Choice Awards and the Screen Actors Guild Awards for her performance as Elisabeth Sparkle in “The Substance,” a film about an actor filled with so much self-loathing that she takes a drug called “the substance” to create a younger version of herself.

She revealed in her emotional Golden Globe acceptance speech that a producer once called her a “popcorn actress,” which “corroded me over time to the point where I thought a few years ago that maybe this was it.”

Despite being the favorite to win (and despite the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences’ love for a redemption arc), Moore lost to newcomer Madison.

Moore acknowledged she was disappointed, but not hurt, by the loss. In fact, she said that during the commercial break before the award was announced, she whispered to her manager, “I think it’s going to Mikey.”

After the awards show, Moore wrote on Instagram, “As this awards season comes to a close, I’m so overwhelmed with gratitude for this journey. It’s been the ride of a lifetime and we’re just getting started! So grateful for my team, my fellow nominees, and everyone who has made this experience so full of joy and light. … And a huge congratulations to #MikeyMadison — can’t wait to see what you do next ♥️”

For her part, Madison told the Hollywood Reporter that after the awards show, “I texted with Demi, who I adore. She’s one of the sweetest, kindest women I’ve ever met, and I’m so grateful that I was able to meet her and witness her brilliance and talent in person.”

Despite the Oscars snub, Moore told Time that the success of “The Substance” ultimately increased her profile.

“To go from the beginning of this last year feeling like I was never part of the conversation to being acknowledged in a critical way for my work has just allowed me to open up my belief in greater possibilities,” she said.

At the moment, Moore is filming Season 2 of the Paramount+ drama series “Landman.” Her next feature will be Boots Riley’s “I Love Boosters,” also starring Keke Palmer and LaKeith Stanfield.

BluSmart Suspends Cab Bookings in Mumbai, Delhi-NCR and Bengaluru Until May 7 After SEBI Action Against Gensol

New Delhi, April 16: Electric ride-hailing company BluSmart has temporarily stopped offering cab services in all three of its operating cities — Mumbai, Delhi-NCR, and Bengaluru.

Customers using the BluSmart app are unable to book rides, with no time slots available until May 7. This disruption comes just days after India’s market regulator Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) passed an interim order against Gensol Engineering Limited and its promoters Anmol Singh Jaggi and Puneet Singh Jaggi. EaseMyTrip Issues Statement After ED Raids on Properties Linked to Nishant Pitti, Denies Any Association With Mahadev Online Betting App.

The two brothers, who co-founded BluSmart, have been accused of diverting loans meant for electric vehicle (EV) procurement to buy a luxury flat in Gurugram’s DLF Camellias.

The SEBI’s order banned the Jaggi brothers from accessing the securities market and halted Gensol’s proposed stock split. The regulator also directed the appointment of a forensic auditor to examine the company’s financial records in detail.

According to the SEBI, Gensol had borrowed Rs 978 crore from public lenders like the Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA) and the Power Finance Corporation (PFC) between 2021 and 2024. Out of this, Rs 664 crore was meant for buying 6,400 EVs to be leased to BluSmart. However, only 4,704 vehicles were actually procured, leaving a gap of over Rs 260 crore.

The SEBI suspects a large part of this money was routed through related entities and used for personal gain. One key transaction involved Rs 42.94 crore being paid to DLF for an apartment in The Camellias project in Gurugram.

The financial troubles have also impacted BluSmart internally. Reports suggest that the company has delayed salary payments for March. In an email to employees, Anmol Singh Jaggi said there were cash flow issues but promised to clear all dues by the end of April. Nishant Pitti Resigns From EaseMyTrip: Easy Trip Planners’ CEO Steps Down Citing ‘Personal Reasons’, His Brother Rikant Pitti Appointed As Replacement.

“Due to current cash flow constraints, there will be a short delay in processing salaries. However, we want to assure you that all dues will be cleared within the month of April itself,” Jaggi reportedly said in the email.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 17, 2025 11:50 AM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

How Americans Are Surveilled During Protests

There have been a number of protests in the past few months pushing back against President Trump’s most recent policy changes, and we’re likely to see more. Today on the show, WIRED’s senior editor of security and investigations, Andrew Couts, talks us through the technology being used by law enforcement to surveil protests, how surveillance tech has evolved over the years, and what it means for anyone taking to the streets or posting to social media to voice their concerns. Plus, we share WIRED tips on how to stay safe, should you choose to protest.

You can follow Michael Calore on Bluesky at @snackfight, Lauren Goode on Bluesky at @laurengoode, and Andrew Couts on Bluesky at @couts. Write to us at [email protected].

How to Listen

You can always listen to this week’s podcast through the audio player on this page, but if you want to subscribe for free to get every episode, here’s how:

If you’re on an iPhone or iPad, open the app called Podcasts, or just tap this link. You can also download an app like Overcast or Pocket Casts and search for “Uncanny Valley.” We’re on Spotify too.

Transcript

Note: This is an automated transcript, which may contain errors.

[Archival audio]: No justice, no peace. Ho ho. Trump and Musk have got to go.

Michael Calore: People are taking to the streets to challenge President Donald Trump’s most recent policy changes, some of which have been created with the aid of Elon Musk and his so-called Department of Government Efficiency.

[Archival audio]: All 50 states saw these so-called hands-off rallies and so did a few cities in Europe.

Michael Calore: The first hands-off protests occurred earlier this month. The Tesla Takedown demonstrations have been rolling for weeks, and from the feel of it, we’re looking at a summer full of protests. So today we’re talking about the risks of being surveilled by law enforcement during protests. We’ll talk about how surveillance tech is being used, how it’s evolved over the years, and what it means for anyone taking to the streets or posting to social media to voice their concerns. This is WIRED’s Uncanny Valley, a show about the people power and influence of Silicon Valley. I’m Michael Calore, director of consumer tech and culture here at WIRED.

Lauren Goode: And I’m Lauren Goode. I’m a senior writer at WIRED.

Michael Calore: Katie Drummond is out today, but we’re joined by WIRED’s senior editor of security and investigations, Andrew Couts.

Andrew Couts: Thanks so much for having me.

Michael Calore: So let’s start by talking about what’s going on right now. There are the hands-off protests, there are the Tesla Takedown protests. Are these related at all?

Lauren Goode: The hands-off protests and the Tesla Takedown movement are not the same, but they are related. They’re both in some way resisting some of the policies that Donald Trump has quickly enacted without congressional approval in the short time since he took office in January. Tesla Takedown is pegged directly at Elon Musk who has this official but unofficial role in Trump’s administration as the leader of DOGE. We sometimes refer to him as the Buddy in Chief, and the idea there is to challenge Musk’s power as one of the world’s richest men by devaluing one of his most important businesses in the private sector, which is Tesla, whereas the hands-off protests are about all kinds of things. They’re protesting the firing of federal workers, the overreaching and potentially unconstitutional immigration policies, threats to women’s rights and LGBTQ rights, threats to social security, threats to health care. The list goes on. The idea is basically get your hands off my rights.

Apple Follows Google in Blocking 14 Unregistered Crypto Exchange Apps in South Korea

South Korea is taking serious steps to curb the operations of unregistered crypto businesses in the country. This week, Apple blocked the apps of 14 crypto exchanges from its App Store in South Korea for not being in compliance with the country’s licensing regime. The Financial Services Commission (FSC) confirmed the development this week, claiming that KuCoin and MEXC are among the affected exchanges. The development is in alignment with Seoul’s efforts to make its crypto ecosystem safe for investors and curb the risks against national financial stability.

All 14 blocked exchanges are based overseas and were offering unregistered crypto products and services in South Korea, the announcement said. The national Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU) coordinated with Apple to have these unregistered exchanges restricted for download. This implies that the impacted apps can neither be installed anymore nor can they be updated.

The financial authorities of South Korea have detailed criteria for judging domestic business activities of foreign crypto firms.

“Whether a Korean website is provided, whether there are marketing events to attract Korean customers, whether payment in Korean Won is supported, etc. are taken into consideration when making a decision,” the FSC explained.

The Financial Supervisory Service (FSS) oversees crypto-related registrations in the country. Unregistered crypto businesses lack government protection and can pose financial risks to the users.

Businesses identified flouting regulatory mandates can face up to five years in prison along with a fine of KRW 50 million (roughly Rs. 30 lakh). Despite these potential outcomes, South Korean authorities have time and again caught crypto firms violating mandates. The FSC said, it blocked 16 unregistered abroad-based crypto firms in 2022 and six more in 2023.

“In the future, FIU will continue to block domestic access through mobile applications (apps) and Internet sites of overseas unreported virtual asset operators in order to prevent money laundering risks and user damage in consultation with relevant organisations,” the FSC added.

Earlier in March, Google’s Play Store blocked 17 foreign crypto exchanges, including KuCoin, from being installed on Android devices in the country. As of now, it remains uncertain whether Seoul will set a compliance timeline for the affected exchanges or slap them with fines.

Meanwhile, the government of South Korea has asked crypto investors to only engage with registered and licensed entities. The FIU maintains a list of registered crypto platforms on its homepage.

“When dealing with unreported businesses you may be exposed to risks such as personal information leaks and hacking, and there is a risk that you may be used as a money laundering channel as you are not subject to anti -money laundering management and supervision,” the FSC noted.

As of April 11, a total of 28 virtual asset business operators are officially recognised in South Korea.

Google Ads API v19.1 adds new Demand Gen, video campaigns features

Google announced the release of version 19.1 of its Google Ads API, focusing on expanding capabilities for Demand Generation, video campaigns, and Local Services Ads.

The details. Google announced the v19.1 release of the Google Ads API, maintaining backward compatibility for users already on v19. Updated client libraries and code examples will be published next week.

  • Demand Gen. New ad group-level Channel Controls for Demand Gen campaigns, plus enhanced Planning services support.
  • Local Services Ads. Advertisers can now submit feedback for leads through a new LocalServicesLeadService.ProvideLeadFeedback() method.
  • Video campaigns. Added metrics and segments for querying reach metrics with demographic adjustment, plus ability to retrieve Audio Ads.
  • Shopping in Performance Max. Advertisers can now override brand exclusions specifically for Shopping ads within Performance Max campaigns.
  • Conversions. New ability to set google_ads_conversion_customer when creating customers.

Why we care. The new ad group-level Channel Controls for Demand Gen campaigns provide more granular targeting options, while the ability to override brand exclusions specifically for Shopping ads in Performance Max campaigns allows for more strategic flexibility.

Video advertisers gain access to enhanced demographic measurement capabilities, and local service businesses can now provide feedback on leads to improve quality. These improvements collectively enable more sophisticated campaign management and optimization without requiring major code changes.

What’s next. To use any of the new features, advertisers must upgrade their client libraries and client code. The update requires no coding changes for those already on v19.

Did Nintendo Justify Mario Kart World’s $80 Price?

Mario Kart World is being positioned as the Switch 2’s biggest selling-point, and it’s easy to see why. Mario Kart 8 Deluxe stayed atop the Nintendo Switch sales charts undefeated for years, and still stands as the top-selling game on Switch and in the Mario Kart series. Nintendo is clearly trying to capture that lightning in a bottle again for its follow-up console, with a new Mario Kart ready to speed off the starting block alongside the system. And with that premium offering comes a premium price: $80, a price tag that leapfrogs over the somewhat expected $70 price for next-gen games.

When Nintendo took the wraps off of Mario Kart World as part of its Switch 2 presentation, the price was a major point of conversation. And more specifically: What made this game demand such a high asking price? When asked, Nintendo’s answer was essentially that the proof was in the pudding–that once we saw all it had to offer, the reason behind the increased price would become apparent.

Now Playing: Mario Kart World – Full Gameplay Overview Nintendo Direct Presentation | Switch 2

“We’ll look at varying prices and things like that for software based off of just how robust the experience is,” Nintendo’s Bill Trinen told us in an interview in early April. “People will get to learn more about that game. And I think that as they start to learn more about that game, they’re going to be pretty excited about the content that’s offered there.”

In that same answer, he even specifically pointed out that a special Nintendo Direct was coming focused solely on Mario Kart World. So now that the Nintendo Direct has debuted, it’s fair to ask: Did the presentation deliver on the value proposition? Did the features of this new game retroactively justify the price tag?

How you spend your gaming dollars is a personal decision, so answers will certainly vary. But it’s difficult to say that today’s presentation, positioned as the place to “learn more about the game” and open our eyes to the value proposition, made a particularly strong case that this Mario Kart game has a much larger scope than others in the series, or even much beyond what we already knew from the first hands-on session at the Switch 2 reveal event.

At the reveal event, we learned that Mario Kart World features a huge open world that you can freely explore in Free Roam mode, and that in addition to the standard Grand Prix there would be a new Knockout Tour mode that eliminates players progressively along checkpoints. The roster is bigger to accommodate the new larger player count, 24 racers at a time, and racers can unlock a wide variety of costumes to greatly vary their looks. Mario Kart World is also positioned as a showpiece for the new GameChat feature, which has been featured heavily as friends hang out and trash-talk as they explore the races.

So what did we learn about Mario Kart World today? We learned that in addition to the Grand Prix and Knockout Tour, Battle Mode is coming back with two competitive modes. We learned that Free Roam will have collectibles and secrets to find, though how you’re rewarded for finding them is still a little unclear. And we got a look at some new characters, got more clarity on how to unlock costumes, and learned about new tricks and abilities like the rewind feature. The presentation even teased the return of Rainbow Road as a reward for finishing the other Grand Prix races, which isn’t exactly surprising but does pique our curiosity. What will this new version of the iconic track look like? All in all it was a good, comprehensive overview of a big launch game.

But in terms of new content, there just wasn’t much there. Battle Mode is a nice addition but it was never the main draw of Mario Kart games. The Free Roam missions could be hiding more depth than we realize, but it’s hard to tell based on what we learned today. There was no sense of an increased scope with more Grand Prix races or a live service approach to post-launch content. Our understanding of Mario Kart World isn’t significantly different today than it was yesterday, so it’s hard to conclude that this presentation answered the lingering questions we all had when we first heard the price.

It seems the most likely explanation for the price is the one given by Serkan Toto shortly after the announcement: Nintendo is pricing Mario Kart World at $80 because people will pay $80 for it. It’s a big launch game, it looks gorgeous, it’s the successor to one of Nintendo’s top-sellers, and it will continue to sell for years into the Switch 2 lifespan. Nintendo is pricing it aggressively, but not beyond what consumers are probably willing to pay. That’s capitalism, baby.

And in fairness to Nintendo, it is offering consumers a break if they wish to take it. The Switch 2 bundle with a digital copy of Mario Kart World is only $50 more than the standard bundle, making it significantly less costly than buying a new game a la carte, even on the original Switch. That bundle is only available through the end of the year, though, and preorders haven’t opened yet in the US. We’ll have to see how readily available the bundle will be.

To be clear, Mario Kart World looks great. It’s visually stunning, the open-world aspect seems ambitious, the roster is a delightful who’s-who for longtime Nintendo fans, and most importantly, it’s just a blast to play. I’m going to get it as soon as I can, and I’m going to play the hell out of it. All of us Nintendo fans will, and that’s just the point. Nintendo is charging a premium for a great-looking game because it knows it looks great. The Nintendo Direct didn’t deliver some shocking degree of content that suddenly makes the $80 make sense, because it doesn’t really need to. It’s Mario Kart’s world, and we’re just living in it.

Discovery of FOXR2 activation in various brain tumors refines diagnosis to improve care

Physicians classify brain tumors and determine treatment options, in part, by the genes they express. According to World Health Organization standards, the abnormal activation of oncogene FOXR2 only occurs in central nervous system (CNS) neuroblastoma, but that may not be true. Findings from St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital show FOXR2 activation in multiple pediatric CNS tumor types, mostly brain tumors, with significantly different clinical outcomes. The potentially practice-changing findings were published today in Neuro-Oncology, a journal of the Society for Neuro-Oncology.

“People have been using FOXR2 activation as a clinical diagnostic for CNS neuroblastoma,” said corresponding author Jason Cheng-Hsuan Chiang, MD, PhD, St. Jude Department of Pathology. “But we unexpectedly saw it in a patient’s recurrent non-neuroblastoma tumor, which motivated us to look into other brain tumors.”

The researchers searched for and found FOXR2 activation using data from the St. Jude Cloud, which houses whole genome, whole exome and RNA sequencing data from St. Jude patients. In total, they identified 42 tumors with activated FOXR2 in 41 patients. Only 11 of the tumors were the expected CNS neuroblastoma. The other 31 were a mix of high-grade gliomas and other embryonal and rare tumors, indicating a large, previously undiscovered category of disease with implications for diagnosis, prognosis and treatment.

“When we looked at the clinical outcomes of the different types of tumors with FOXR2 activation, there was a pretty stark difference,” said co-first author Emily Hanzlik, MD, St. Jude Department of Pediatric Medicine. “The CNS neuroblastomas had an exceptionally good outcome when they were treated with multimodal therapy, whereas the other types of tumors in the cohort, the high-grade gliomas and the pineoblastomas, had pretty dismal outcomes.”

Those differences indicate that physicians should not use FOXR2 activation as an exclusive marker of CNS neuroblastoma since it can occur in other tumor types. “Hopefully, our findings can help guide patients to the most appropriate clinical care,” Chiang said.

Finding undetected mechanisms of FOXR2 activation in multiple brain tumor types

The underlying mechanisms of FOXR2 activation has gone unnoticed in brain tumors due to the difficulty in identifying them using standard molecular diagnostics. Still, the St. Jude scientists closely examined the clinical genomic data from the St. Jude Cloud to discover and better describe these hard-to-detect alterations.

“Now that we described these genomic events, hopefully, others will be able to detect them in their patients as well,” said co-first author Alexa Siskar, PhD, St. Jude Department of Pathology, who analyzed the genomic data.

“Our study highlights the importance of combining every piece of information we have for classifying a patient’s tumors, including molecular findings like DNA and RNA sequencing, histology and imaging,” Chiang added. “Only with a holistic view can we correctly understand a specific brain tumor and choose the best treatment approach for that patient.”

JOB POST: Chair Professor – Department of Revenue at NLSIU

About NLSIU

NLSIU was the first National Law University established in India in 1986. The premier law school was set up with a mission to pioneer legal education reforms.

About the Opportunity

The National Law School of India University (NLSIU) is inviting online application for the post of Department of Revenue Chair in the level of Professor (Law).

Number of Vacancy

1

Salary

Level 14 as per VII CPC (For categories II.1.A & B of Appendix-A) Rs.2,00,000/- (For category II.1.C of Appendix-A)

Eligibility Criteria

  • An eminent scholar having a Ph.D. degree in the concerned/allied/relevant discipline, and published work of high quality, actively engaged in research with evidence of published work with, a minimum of 10 research publications in the peer-reviewed or UGC-listed journals and a total research score of 120 as per the UGC Regulations, 2018; A minimum of ten years of teaching experience in university/college as an Assistant Professor /Associate Professor/Professor, and/or research experience at equivalent level at the University/National Level Institutions with evidence of having successfully guided doctoral candidate; OR
  • An outstanding professional, having a Ph.D. degree in the relevant/allied/applied disciplines, from any academic institution/ industry, who has made significant contribution to the knowledge of direct or indirect tax law or business law or public finance or public policy, supported by documentary evidence provided he/she has ten years’ experience; OR Distinguished experts who have made remarkable contributions in their professions in tax law and allied disciplines. They must have proven expertise in their specific profession or role with at least 15 years of service/experience/research, preferably at a senior level. A formal academic qualification is not considered essential for this position if they have exemplary professional practice along these lines. Preference shall be given to officers of CBIC and CBDT with relevant experience and seniority.

How to Apply?

Click on the link provided below to apply.

Application Deadline

April 22, 2025

Location

Bangalore

Click here to apply.

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is an unethical practice and can lead to blacklisting. Facing concerns? Please email us at [email protected]

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for April 18, 2025 | Astrology

Aries (Mar 21-Apr 20)

Immunity boosters will support your health, but maintaining a balanced lifestyle remains essential. Strategic savings plans will provide a more secure financial future. Taking ownership of your work will help develop a results-driven professional mindset. Parental advice may seem routine, but its wisdom will prove valuable. A road trip today will offer a mix of calm and slight adjustments to stay on track. Property deals may take time, so avoid rushing and ensure all terms are fully understood.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for April 18, 2025(Freepik)

Also Read Horoscope Tomorrow, April 18, 2025, read predictions for all sun signs

Love Focus: Celebrating emotional milestones will help you both appreciate the journey of love you have shared together.

Lucky Number: 11
Lucky Colour: Baby Pink

Taurus (Apr 21-May 20)

Scheduling workouts will help maintain consistency and motivation. Your financial mindset is evolving, Stay focused on long-term stability. Mastering productivity will lead to effortless success. A nostalgic moment will bring warmth to your family, even if emotions feel mixed. A journey today may be a blend of routine and excitement. Property investments require careful research, as market changes could impact long-term gains. Academically, steady effort will continue moving you forward without major challenges.

Love Focus: Supporting emotional breakthroughs today will strengthen your bond and deepen your connection.

Lucky Number: 4
Lucky Colour: Royal Blue

Gemini (May 21-Jun 21)

A casual discussion with a colleague may lead to a promising career opportunity. Taking time to appreciate your family will bring warmth and gratitude. Calorie management will ensure steady energy and balance throughout the day. Missing mortgage payments could put homeowners at risk, so staying proactive is key. Budget airlines may open affordable travel options, making dream trips more accessible. Renovating old properties offers a chance to modernize while preserving history.

Love Focus: First date butterflies are exciting. Allow the connection to grow naturally without rushing.

Lucky Number: 18
Lucky Colour: Red

Cancer (Jun 22-Jul 22)

A work-related delay is possible, so staying flexible with deadlines will help. A peaceful day at home is expected, though small responsibilities may need attention. Active lifestyle habits will promote continuous wellness. Luck may favor you financially, bringing delightful surprises in wealth. Keeping essential items in your carry-on will help in case of lost luggage. Maintenance fees for properties are manageable but require regular oversight. On the study front, assignments will feel balanced, neither overwhelming nor too easy.

Love Focus: Offering emotional guidance will help both of you feel confident and secure in your relationship.

Lucky Number: 6
Lucky Colour: Green

Leo (Jul 23-Aug 23)

Your immune system is thriving, keeping you full of vitality. Reviewing spending habits may highlight areas for financial adjustments. Structuring career timelines will help you achieve professional goals efficiently. Family responsibilities may require attention, but support will be available when needed. Renovation projects will go smoothly, though some areas may take longer than expected. Academically, today’s lessons will be both engaging and rewarding.

Love Focus: Someone special is drawn to your energy. Love is in the air.

Lucky Number: 2
Lucky Colour: Silver

Virgo (Aug 24-Sep 23)

Maintaining proper hydration will improve digestion and skin health. Making intelligent financial choices will safeguard wealth in every stage of life. Performance-based recognition at work will create new opportunities. Positive energy at home will create a joyful and peaceful atmosphere. House-hunting may take time, but patience and research will yield the right choice.

Love Focus: A realization about love may shift your perspective on what truly matters.

Lucky Number: 9
Lucky Colour: Pink

Libra (Sep 24-Oct 23)

A mentor’s advice may not be immediately actionable but will prove helpful in the long run. A simple family tradition will hold deeper meaning today. Outdoor activities will enhance both physical and mental well-being. Regular credit monitoring will help secure financial stability. Today’s travel will blend productivity with peaceful moments, ensuring balance. Relocation costs may take time to organize, but proper planning will reduce stress. Academically, steady progress will continue without any major hurdles.

Love Focus: Love and understanding will deepen, allowing your relationship to flourish.

Lucky Number: 18
Lucky Colour: Orange

Scorpio (Oct 24-Nov 22)

Pilates sessions will improve posture, though visible progress may take time. Reviewing financial accounts consistently will help maintain clarity. Data analytics expertise will enhance precision in decision-making. The strong bonds with loved ones will make today special. Unplanned trips could lead to unexpected joy and wonderful experiences. Renting property will provide steady returns with responsible tenants. Academically, steady progress will keep you on track, though there won’t be major breakthroughs today.

Love Focus: Emotional openness will foster a deeper sense of trust and transparency.

Lucky Number: 17
Lucky Colour: White

A polished executive presence will help command respect in the workplace. A message from a distant relative will bring back warm memories. Routine checkups will keep you informed about your health and well-being. Your financial choices should align with both present needs and future aspirations. A trip today will be a delightful mix of excitement and surprise. Conducting background verification for tenants will ensure responsible renters. Students can only gain momentum by staying consistent.

Love Focus: Your heart is open, allowing love to flow effortlessly into your life.

Lucky Number: 1
Lucky Colour: Light Purple

There may be bursts of high energy, but pacing yourself will prevent exhaustion. Debt consolidation may ease financial stress, but discipline is required. Elite networking will help unlock prestigious career opportunities. An impromptu plan with a cousin will lead to unforgettable moments filled with laughter and bonding. Venturing into new places will spark excitement and bring delightful surprises. Upgrading your home will enhance both its comfort and long-term worth, making it a space you truly enjoy. Academically, students will find joy in their studies, with each subject offering motivation.

Love Focus: Family-supported relationship decisions will bring peace and confidence to your love life.

Lucky Number: 5
Lucky Colour: Brown

A senior family member’s criticism may feel harsh, but extracting wisdom from their words will be beneficial. Sacred places may offer spiritual enrichment. Every deep breath will bring a sense of peace and relaxation. Intelligent financial planning will turn interest calculations into effective savings. Reviewing legal compliance at work will help prevent future complications. Respect local customs while visiting. Renting options may provide temporary solutions, but finding the right fit may take time.

Love Focus: Overcoming emotional scars takes time. Allow healing before embracing new relationships.

Lucky Number: 22
Lucky Colour: Golden

Pisces (Feb 20-Mar 20)

A vibrant office atmosphere will fuel creativity and ambition. A small request from a parent may feel inconvenient but will strengthen your bond. Yoga for flexibility will improve movement and relaxation. Planning travel costs carefully will help avoid financial stress. Travels today will offer a mix of productivity and relaxation. Renting out property will bring reliable returns with responsible tenants. Academically, progress will remain steady, neither too fast nor too slow.

Love Focus: Creating emotional harmony will strengthen your relationship, helping both of you grow together.

Lucky Number: 9
Lucky Colour: Yellow

By: Dr. Prem Kumar Sharma

(Astrologer, Palmist, Numerologist & Vastu Consultant)

Contact: Panchkula: +91-172-2562832, 2572874

Delhi: +91-11-47033152/40532026

Lilly’s obesity pill scores in large diabetes trial

Dive Brief:

  • Eli Lilly’s weight loss pill orforglipron succeeded in a Phase 3 clinical trial in diabetes, helping study participants control their blood sugar while hinting at weight loss that might be comparable to injectable obesity medicines.  
  • Enrollees in the 40-week trial saw their blood sugar levels reduced by up to 1.6 percentage points, with 65% achieving healthy levels, the company said Thursday. Notably, the drug spurred an average of up to 8% weight loss, or about 16 pounds, at the highest dose, indicating that the effects will be even greater in Lilly’s longer Phase 3 trial in obesity. Lilly said trial participants “had not yet reached a weight plateau” when the diabetes study ended.
  • A pill with similar weight loss effects to injectable GLP-1 therapies — like Novo Nordisk’s Wegovy or Lilly’s own Zepbound — could change the dynamics of the lucrative market for obesity drugs. As a small molecule, or chemical, drug, orforglipron would also be easier to manufacture than its injectable counterparts, which have faced production constraints that have limited uptake. 

Dive Insight:

Orforglipron is one of the most closely watched drugs in the pharmaceutical industry. If successful in additional late-stage trials, it could offer people with diabetes or obesity a convenient, oral alternative to injectable therapies and quickly be scaled into mass production. 

The drug could also give Lilly a bigger share of a market estimated to top $100 billion annually by next decade. Lilly’s already made significant inroads on that front, with Zepbound outperforming Wegovy in a head-to-head trial. It could further press its top rival with orforglipron, which is expected to produce Phase 3 results in obesity later this year and could be submitted to regulators afterwards. Novo, by comparison, hasn’t sought approval in obesity for an oral peptide drug called Rybelsus that’s shown it can stimulate weight loss. 

One of Lilly’s top competitors, Pfizer, also suffered a significant setback earlier this week, when it abandoned development of a rival pill called danuglipron. 

The diabetes trial toplined Thursday, Achieve-1, enrolled 559 people with Type 2 diabetes and randomized them to receive one of three daily doses of orforglipron or a placebo. The people in the drug arms started with just a 1 milligram dose of orforglipron and gradually increased to their assigned dose of 3, 12 or 36 milligrams.

Blood sugar reductions, from 8% on average at the study’s start, were 1.3, 1.6 and 1.5 percentage points respectively in the 3, 12 and 36 mg groups, compared to a 0.1 percentage point reduction in the placebo group. Trial participants, who had a baseline mean body weight of 199 pounds, lost 4.7%, 6.1% and 7.9% of their weight on the three doses, versus 1.6% in those receiving a placebo.

Orforglipron was associated with the same gastrointestinal side effects commonly seen with GLP-1 therapies. Notably, though, the rates of such side effects appear to be lower than what Lilly observed in earlier testing, which could be attributed to the gradual dosing increase in the Phase 3 study, wrote Evercore ISI analyst Umer Raffat.

Elevated liver enzymes, a sign of possible organ damage, had also been seen in earlier testing. Though Lilly didn’t provide specific details, it did say Thursday that “no hepatic safety signal was observed.”

In a separate research note, Leerink Partners analyst David Risinger called the results “picture perfect.” Though the data are from a shorter trial in diabetes, the drug’s safety and efficacy appear comparable to Novo’s drug, Risinger wrote. Multiple analysts had a similarly positive take, arguing orforglipron could set the standard for oral obesity drugs.

The results have implications for others following with such medicines. Structure Therapeutics is developing a small molecule GLP-1 pill, while Viking Therapeutics and Zealand Pharma have peptide counterparts that could be at a disadvantage. And Novo, without a “viable” oral drug, may start facing tougher competition next year should orforglipron get to market for obesity and diabetes, Jefferies analyst Benjamin Jackson wrote.

Lilly shares rose nearly 15% in morning trading, swelling its market value by more than $100 billion. 

Amid the election promises, what would actually help ‘fix’ the housing crisis? Here are 5 ideas

As the election campaign rolls on, housing has been, unsurprisingly, a major campaign focus.

We’ve seen a series of housing policy announcements from across the political spectrum, including duelling announcements from the major parties in recent days.

Labor will expand access to their Help to Buy and Home Guarantee schemes by either raising or removing income limits and price caps.

The Liberals will allow first homebuyers to access their super for housing and deduct mortgage repayments from their income tax while lowering the mortgage serviceability buffer.

While politicians make big promises, it’s worth thinking about what evidence shows would actually make a meaningful difference.

We have five ideas.

But first, the extent of the problem

It’s old news that we have a significant housing affordability problem in Australia.

Between 2004 and 2024, the national dwelling price-to-income ratio climbed rapidly from five to eight, hitting ten in Sydney.

Advertised rents have climbed by more than 20% since the start of COVID.

The public housing waitlist is around 170,000 households, and the number of homeless persons rose from 95,000 to 122,000 in the two decades to 2021.

Policies of the past decade have not worked, and in some cases, they’ve made it worse.

So what would help?

1. It’s a cluster problem that needs a cluster solution

When we talk of the affordability crisis, what we’re really talking about is a complicated cluster of interrelated problems that make housing unaffordable to buy, build and rent.

Unaffordable housing comes from the interaction between the global economy, interest rates, inefficiencies in our construction and planning systems, and the outcomes of poor government policies.

We should be wary of hitching our wagon to any of these alone.

Reform of the planning system, for example, is held up by some as a simple solution.

While the planning system needs to be improved, it does not make up the entirety of the housing production pipeline – and it’s definitely not a magical solution.

Equal attention needs to be given to workforce shortages, productivity concerns in the construction industry, development financial risk and developer behaviour.

These are all arguably as important as planning to deliver new supplies.

2. It’s not about supply versus demand. It’s both

Many major housing policy announcements are either supply-focused or demand-focused.

What Australia needs are coherent and integrated policy packages addressing both sides of the problem at the same time.

During this election campaign, both major parties have made a series of demand-boosting policy announcements in rapid succession, designed to put more cash into the hands of first homebuyers.

All these measures will further fuel increases in house prices at a pace that income growth cannot match.

It is true both parties have proposed supply measures, such as Labor’s plan to build 100,000 new homes exclusively for first homebuyers.

However, supply lags mean these houses will not be delivered in time to offset any rise in demand (and price) from the expansion of the demand-boosting schemes.

The Latest Nvidia Update Will Make Your GPU Feel Like New

If you haven’t updated your Nvidia GPU in a while, now is a good time. The company’s latest driver update has addressed several long-standing bugs while also bringing a significant performance boost.

Update Now and Run Your Games Faster

Most Nvidia GPU driver updates either bring bug fixes or feature additions like support for DLSS4 in new and existing games. However, update version 576.02 reportedly brings a 5-10% performance improvement, shown by an FPS boost across games.

A thread on the Nvidia subreddit has screenshots showing a 7% improvement in Cyberpunk 2077 with the game’s RT Overdrive preset, enabling both ray and path tracing compared to the previous driver version. The 5070 Ti being used in this case managed to get 80 FPS without frame generation and DLSS set to balanced.

Benchmarking tools are also reporting significant performance gains on the 50-series cards. Another 5070 Ti user, CurryGorYT, found their GPU improved by 7% in 3DMark Steel Nomad, with a final score of 6,467 and average framerate of 64.68 FPS. Tech619 reported their score in 3DMark Steel Nomad, jumping from 8,832 to 9,215 with an average of 92.16 FPS after the update on an MSI RTX 5080 Vanguard.

The biggest performance jump came on CellTastic’s RTX 5070 Ti—8% with the latest driver, with the score jumping from 6504 to 7006 on Steel Nomad. Interestingly, an RTX 5090 user reported no difference in performance on the same thread.

The improvements aren’t just for RTX 50-series cards either. There are claims of a 3-5% performance boost on 40-series GPUs as well. Reddit user AerithGainsborough7 shared a thread showing improvements of 3, 4.1, and 3.6% in Steel Nomad, Blackmyth Wukong, and Cyberpunk 2077, respectively, on an RTX 4070 Ti.

Related

How to Cleanly Install and Reinstall GPU Drivers on Windows

Use this step-by-step guide to perform a clean installation of your graphics driver in Windows.

Keep in mind that the performance gains mentioned above were recorded on desktop versions of the GPUs. I use an RTX 4060 laptop, and am yet to see any significant improvements in either in-game FPS or benchmarking tools since the update.

While these numbers might not seem too high, drivers as mature as Nvidia’s often bring much smaller performance improvements—if any. Considering the razor-thin performance margins among Nvidia’s recently released GPUs, these numbers are pretty solid.

Dozens of Stability Issues Addressed

As mentioned before, driver updates mostly focus on bug fixes and feature additions, and Nvidia has done plenty of bug-quashing in this update. There are also stability improvements for various games.

Nvidia has fixed dithering or banding in some games on 50-series GPUs. Game stability issues when playing with DLSS frame generation and G-Sync enabled together have also been addressed. Those annoying micro-stutters when forcing VSync through the Nvidia Control Panel? Gone.

Related

Game Ready or Studio: Which Nvidia Driver Is Right for You?

Not sure whether to choose the Nvidia Game Ready Driver or the Studio Driver for your card? The good news is the decision isn’t permanent.

Games like inZOI, Fortnite, Monster Hunter Wilds, Overwatch 2, Senua’s Saga: Hellblade II, The First Berserker: Khazan, The Last of Us Part I, and Uncharted: Legacy of Thieves, among others, have also received fixes for numerous problems.

There are far too many fixes in this update to list them all, but if you were facing problems with your GPU, chances are that applying this graphics driver update will fix them.

Scientists report sixth mass bleaching event on Great Barrier Reef

Australian scientists have reported the sixth mass coral bleaching event on the Great Barrier Reef since 2016.

In a report published on Wednesday night, scientists from federal government agencies said that the iconic reef experienced a “widespread coral bleaching event” in the summer of 2024-25.

“Prolonged heat stress throughout the Far Northern and Northern regions of the reef caused widespread bleaching,” said the reef snapshot published by the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Australian Institute of Marine Science and Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization.

It marked the sixth mass bleaching event recorded on the reef since 2016 and the second time that mass bleaching has been reported in consecutive years.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-17/Scientists-report-sixth-mass-bleaching-event-on-Great-Barrier-Reef-1CEkkWNFi5W/img/c14a23d79b2e4cc1aecd6c280317e319/c14a23d79b2e4cc1aecd6c280317e319.jpeg' alt='A coral atoll on the Great Barrier Reef suffers the fifth mass bleaching event since 2016, Australia, April 5, 2024. /VCG'

Coral bleaching is a phenomenon that occurs when coral experiencing heat stress expel the symbiotic algae living in their tissue and turn completely white. Bleaching is not fatal in itself but bleached coral is more likely to starve and can take a decade or longer to recover.

Of the 162 inshore and mid-shelf reefs monitored from the air, the report said 41 percent recorded medium to high bleaching prevalence.

In the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, 9 percent of reefs had very high levels of bleaching, although none had bleaching prevalence considered extremely high.

Responding to the report, head of oceans at the Australian branch of the World Wide Fund for Nature, Richard Leck, said that bleaching is “becoming the new normal” for the reef.

“Year after year the Reef is being cooked by underwater heatwaves. It’s our international treasure and it desperately needs serious action to drive down emissions,” he said.

In addition to coral bleaching, the report said that the reef was impacted by cyclones, outbreaks of the invasive crown-of-thorns starfish, freshwater inundation and coral disease during the most recent summer.

(Cover: A coral atoll on the Great Barrier Reef suffers the fifth mass bleaching event since 2016, Australia, April 5, 2024. /VCG)

‘The Wedding Banquet’ review: Four-way reboot has more plot than heart

Gay marriage was illegal when Ang Lee released 1993’s “The Wedding Banquet,” a New York-set romantic dramedy about a queer Taiwanese man, his white male partner and the female Chinese immigrant he marries to placate his conservative parents. But Lee, wise to how the heart stutters, didn’t pander to audiences with bromides like love is love. That small, assured masterpiece (only Lee’s second film) insisted that love is also selfish, hurtful, short-sighted and confusing, and that many of its wounds come from worrying about what outsiders think.

Today, the cultural battle lines have been redrawn, so the director Andrew Ahn (“Spa Night,” “Fire Island”) has rebooted “The Wedding Banquet” with more characters and higher stakes. Teaming up with Lee’s longtime co-writer James Schamus, he’s concocted an out-there plot that’s all complications and little soul.

Instead of one couple, we now have two: boyfriends Chris (Bowen Yang) and Min (Han Gi-chan), and girlfriends Angela (Kelly Marie Tran) and Lee (Lily Gladstone). The foursome lives at Lee’s home in Seattle, with the women in the main house and the lads in a barn-like bunker in the yard. Over the course of the film they’ll fight, kiss and crack jokes, and ultimately walk down the aisle with the wrong person.

Chris and Angela have been codependent chums since college. They hooked up briefly as teenagers, presumably as part of freshman (dis)orientation, although their sexual fluidity is blurry. What’s clear is they’re twin souls, two flip and emotionally risk-adverse forever-children afraid of adulting, as the dialogue’s millennial parlance might put it. Today, each one can legally marry their significant others. They just don’t want to. The blame has shifted from society to personal inertia.

Their respective partners, however, want to settle down. Min, a fabric arts student, already has an engagement ring in his pocket. The scion of a billionaire Korean fashion conglomerate, Min cashes checks from his grandmother, Ja-Young (Youn Yuh-Jung), while dodging her request to take over as its creative director. “You are not working for the company — you are the company,” she insists.

Meanwhile, Lee is an earthy bohemian goddess who spends much of her screen time gardening. (Gladstone’s flowery knitted outfits are a fun contrast to Tran’s Metallica roadie duds — great work across the board by costumer Matthew Simonelli.) An aid-worker for LGBTQ+ youth on a ticking-clock quest to bear children of her own, Lee has endured two wrenching rounds of in vitro fertilization and, just as painfully, her partner’s ambivalence about having kids at all. Angela’s strained relationship with her own mother, May (Joan Chen, diva-fabulous), a showy ally who is closer to her PFLAG buddies, has made her unrehearsed in maternal warmth. The most credibly-written character, Angela is terrified to play mom herself; it’s improv without a net. (One great comic beat comes when May consoles her daughter by cooing that Angela might not be as awful of a mom — she could be worse.)

Min needs a green card. Lee needs cash for a third shot at IVF. Chris and Angela need more runway for their inertia. So Min and Lee brainstorm an unusual proposal: a partner swap that will solve one set of problems while creating a pile-up of others. For reasons too eye-rolling to explain, Min and Angela must marry and commit to the ruse when Ja-Young arrives to investigate whether her grandson’s fiancée is a gold-digger. The four leads are yanked not by their heart strings but by the machinations of a plot that steers them from one contrived scene to another, just so it can point to the skid marks and call them a sketch of the new American family.

Bowen Yang, front, and Han Gi-chan in the movie “The Wedding Banquet.”

(Luka Cyprian / Sundance Institute)

In 2025, unlike 1993, Ahn and Schamus don’t take it for granted that foreigners like Min want to live in America at all. “Your trains are so slow!” he groans. Rich, charming and pop star-pretty (his skincare regimen is a playful runner), Min only wants to stay in the states for Chris, which is too much pressure to put on Yang’s callow and underwritten role. Despite those limits, this is one of Yang’s best parts. Now that he’s established himself as larger than life on “Saturday Night Live,” he has the confidence to play a human being.

Han knows he must exaggerate Min’s daffy naivete to get us to buy into his zeal to live in a small shack with noncommittal Chris. He and Chen give the film’s least naturalistic and most delightful performances. (“My own daughter, marrying a man!” Chen’s preening progressive wails despondently.) They’re the only actors who’ve internalized that this is screwball stuff, despite the realistic cinematography that throws wet burlap on the nonsense.

The cast is strong enough to sell us on the movie’s idea of love, even when it bends conventionality into a balloon animal. But its conception of mega-wealth is truly phony. Min’s lack of ego would be unusual if he was merely upper-middle class, but as the sole heir of a lineage that makes headline news, it’s preposterous. I’m not saying that Min has to be a privileged twit. But if he can impulse-buy IVF as casually as a round of beers, then the film has to respect the viewer enough to answer the obvious follow-up questions: How unbalanced is this marriage-for-medical-treatment proposition? If Min is this desperate to escape his grandmother’s fashion business, why does he sew her an impressive jacket for her hanbok? And, at minimum, why can’t the guys rent their own house next door?

The overall tone feels like Ahn asking us to trust him to make this modern romance work. But he hardly includes any of the genuinely true stuff like tough conversations about mistakes and forgiveness. There are no bonding scenes between Min and Angela. These longterm friends suddenly act like the other has cooties. Odder still, Ahn has a too-clever tic of cutting away from big confrontations. It’s as though we’ve been invited into this home only to be ordered to butt out.

Two women sit on a bed.

Lily Gladstone, left, and Kelly Marie Tran in the movie “The Wedding Banquet.”

(Luka Cyprian / Bleecker Street)

When the drama is at its most compelling, the camera instead chooses to focus on Youn’s grandmother staring at the youngsters from a window. The goings-on affect her Ja-Young least of all, but we’re stuck watching her and whatever thoughts she’s too reserved to express. I get that Youn, who won a supporting actress Oscar five years ago for “Minari,” is a lucky talisman. However, the way the film forces her into moments she doesn’t belong in makes her feel like an albatross — especially when it forgets that Gladstone’s Lee exists for an insultingly long stretch and never gives that more central character a chance to speak her peace.

There’s something about the homespun aesthetics, in the gravity of Gladstone and Youn’s expressions — trapped within scenes where the dead air is filled by the sound of birds — that make this good-hearted movie seem embarrassed that it’s a comedy. When the gags arrive, they’re clumsy and desperate: a discordant vomit explosion, some shenanigans at a court house. The humor comes off like a wallflower at a party who is racing with so many awkward thoughts that when it’s finally time to speak, they blurt out something rude.

How strange that everyone involved here loves the 1993 film so much that they’ve remade it — or in Schamus’s case, rewritten it — without much of its cultural and character-driven wit. Ahn gets a couple giggles in his depiction of a hasty, half-baked Korean marriage ceremony with Chris promenading around with a wooden duck and the unlucky couple getting pelted with chestnuts and dates, symbology that no one in attendance totally understands. It’s a neat way to make the point that traditions must be reexamined.

But I still prefer a punchline Ang Lee delivered personally in his original “The Wedding Banquet.” Playing a reception guest surrounded by drunken hijinks, he quips, “You’re witnessing 5,000 years of sexual repression.” Come to think of it, this redo doesn’t even have a banquet. There’s just leftovers.

‘The Wedding Banquet’

Rated: Rated R, for language and some sexual material/nudity

Running time: 1 hour, 43 minutes

Playing: In wide release Friday, April 18

Hyundai Motor To Temporarily Suspend Ioniq 5, Kona EV Production Amid Weak Global Demand Continues To Weigh on Exports

Seoul, April 17: Hyundai Motor will temporarily suspend production of its Ioniq 5 and Kona electric vehicles (EVs) at its main domestic plant next week, as weakening overseas demand continues to weigh on exports, according to industry sources on Thursday.

The automaker plans to shut down Line 12 at its Plant 1 in Ulsan, 305 kilometers southeast of Seoul, where the two EV models are assembled, from April 24-30, citing declines in orders from key export markets, including Europe, Canada and the United States. The drop follows a shift of government EV policy changes abroad. Canada and several European countries, including Germany, have scrapped or scaled back EV subsidies, while the U.S. is facing renewed uncertainty from steep tariff threats under the Donald Trump administration, reports Yonhap news agency. 2025 Skoda Kodiaq Price, Specifications and Features Revealed, Bookings Open; Know Everything About Next Gen Skoda Kodiaq Launched in India.

Hyundai Motor has attempted to counter sluggish demand by offering zero-interest financing deals in North America and down payment assistance in markets like Germany and Britain, but with limited success, according to sources. This marks the second temporary production halt this year, following a similar five-day suspension in February due to a slowdown in global EV demand amid policy shifts and market transitions.

Meanwhile, In February this year, Hyundai Motor temporarily suspended production of its Ioniq 5 and Kona Electric models, as weakening electric vehicle (EV) demand continues to impact sales. Hyundai Motor sold only 75 Ioniq 5 units domestically in January, with total domestic sales for 2024 reaching around 16,600 units, falling short of market expectations. The automaker had recently introduced discounts and other incentive schemes to stimulate demand. 2025 Honda Dio Launched in India With OBD-2B Compliance, Improved Fuel Efficiency and Upgrades; Check Price, Specifications and Features.

Industry experts note the cooling EV market, combined with policy uncertainties under the second Donald Trump administration in the United States, could lead to a prolonged global demand slowdown.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 17, 2025 06:46 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Google Is Once Again Deemed a Monopoly, This Time in Ad Tech

A federal judge ruled today that Google is a monopolist in some parts of the online advertising market, marking the second case in a year where the company was found to have violated US antitrust law. Last August, a federal judge ruled that Google was maintaining an illegal monopoly in search.

Judge Leonie Brinkema of the US District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia determined that Google illegally monopolized parts of its advertising technology business to dominate the programmatic ad market, a major source of revenue for the company. Google generated nearly $30.4 billion in worldwide revenue last year from placing ads on other apps and websites. Now, a substantial portion of those sales are threatened by penalties that may follow Brinkema’s ruling. A best-case scenario for US consumers is a browsing experience filled with fewer ads and paywalls and more content choices.

“In addition to depriving rivals of the ability to compete, [Google’s] exclusionary conduct substantially harmed Google’s publisher customers, the competitive process, and, ultimately, consumers of information on the open web,” Brinkema wrote.

Google was found to have violated Section 2 of the Sherman Act, the cornerstone antitrust law in the US, “by willfully acquiring and maintaining monopoly power in the open-web display publisher ad server market and the open-web display ad exchange market, and has unlawfully tied its publisher ad server (DFP) and ad exchange (AdX).” In other words, the way that Google tied parts of its ad tech together was deemed unlawful.

Online ads end up in front of consumers after passing through a chain of systems linking publishers to advertisers. Google has long been viewed as a dominant provider of tools at nearly every step in this process, which critics argue enables the company to give preferential treatment to its own systems and box out competitors. Some of Google’s offerings came through acquisitions, like the purchase of DoubleClick in 2007.

But Brinkema rejected the Justice Department’s allegation that Google illegally monopolized the market for some tools used by advertisers to buy ads, claiming the government’s definition of the market was too narrow and ill-defined. As a result, Google was not determined to be a monopolist as it relates to ad-buying tools, but it was deemed to be one in the market for publisher tools to sell advertising space.

The company is leaning into the fact that not all of the plaintiff’s claims stand up in court. Google’s vice president of regulatory affairs, Lee-Anne Mulholland, put out a statement on X stating that Google won “half the case” and that the company plans to appeal the other half.

“The Court found that our advertiser tools and our acquisitions, such as DoubleClick, don’t harm competition. We disagree with the Court’s decision regarding our publisher tools. Publishers have many options and they choose Google because our ad tech tools are simple, affordable and effective,” Mulholland said.

The ad tech suit was first filed in January 2023 by the Department of Justice and eight states, which alleged that Google had illegally squashed competition in the advertising market by acting as a powerful middleman in the ad business and taking a large cut of advertising revenue in the process. Google has argued that there’s plenty of competition in the online advertising market. The case went to trial last September, and closing arguments were delivered in November.

The Department of Justice did not immediately respond to a request for comment on the ruling. Jonathan Kanter, an attorney who oversaw the trial while at the department, wrote on X that Thursday’s ruling “is a huge victory for antitrust enforcement, the media industry, and the free and open internet.”

Last August, a district judge for the District of Columbia, Amit Mehta, ruled that Google has maintained an illegal monopoly both in general search and general search text ads. The Justice Department has proposed that Google should be ordered to “promptly and fully divest” its Chrome web browser, and also stop paying partners, such as Apple, for preferential treatment on its iPhones. Google is fighting the proposals, and a trial for Mehta to reach a final remedy is scheduled to begin on Monday.

Brinkema has asked Google and the Justice Department to now propose a schedule for determining remedies in the ad tech case. The company could be ordered to sell off its ad tools for publishers as a result of this process.

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin Hovers Around $83,300, Most Altcoins Register Dips  

Bitcoin on Wednesday, April 16 reflected minor but notable losses on both national as well as international exchanges. The most expensive cryptocurrency fell by 2.60 percent on global platforms to trade at $83,350 (roughly Rs. 71.4 lakh), showed CoinMarketCap. Data on Indian exchanges like CoinDCX and CoinSwitch showed BTC trading at $86,150 (roughly Rs. 73.8 lakh) after dropping by 2.30 percent in the last 24 hours. The overall crypto market appeared sluggish on Wednesday as majority altcoins saw price corrections.

“Bitcoin’s price point sits under its 50- and 100-day moving averages. Whale accumulation, however. saw a rise, with the number of addresses holding between 1,000 and 10,000 BTC climbing to 2,014 from 1,944 since March 5. The dip in crypto markets mirrors a broader market pullback, as US equities edged lower — the Dow Jones fell 0.4 percent, the S&P 500 dropped 0.2 percent, and the Nasdaq slipped 0.1 percent,” the CoinSwitch Markets Desk told Gadgets 360.

Ether prices slipped by over four percent on global platforms, bringing its price to $1,573 (roughly Rs. 1.34 lakh). The asset saw bigger losses touching eight percent on Indian exchanges to trade at around $1,635 (roughly Rs. 1.40 lakh).

“ETH has been trading in a downtrend, over the past four months. Prices have plunged almost 65 percent from the high of $4,107 (roughly Rs. 3.50 lakh), reaching a low of $1,411 (roughly Rs. 1.20 lakh). On a daily time frame basis, we can see that volumes have surged to the $1,400 level. ETH has bounced nearly 20 percent from the recent low, reaching up to $1,691 (oughly Rs. 1.44 lakh). Ether’s key resistance for now stands at $1,750 (roughly Rs. 1.49 lakh),” said the ZebPay Trade Desk.

The crypto price tracker by Gadgets 360 showed majority cryptocurrencies reeling under losses.

These include Tether, Ripple, Solana, Dogecoin, USD Coin, Cardano, and Tron.

Chainlink, Leo, Avalanche, Stellar, Shiba Inu, Polkadot, and Uniswap also dropped in the last 24 hours.

The crypto market cap fell by 2.63 percent over the last day, reaching a valuation of $2.63 trillion (roughly Rs. 2,25,16,949 crore), as per CoinMarketCap.

“We view these dynamics as a reset, where strong hands are accumulating, and risk-on sentiment is slowly re-emerging. This sets the stage for potential medium-term upside, especially as derivatives markets reflect cautious but growing optimism,” Riya Sehgal, Research Analyst, Delta Exchange told Gadgets 360.

Meanwhile, Monero, Polygon, Zcash, Iota, and Ardor held onto minor gains on the price charts on Wednesday.

“While institutional demand and strategic buying persist, the crypto space appears to be positioning itself for a possible rebound stating that in the face of uncertainty, conviction and long-term belief in the crypto market continues to guide investor behaviour,” Avinash Shekhar, Co-Founder and CEO, Pi42 told Gadgets 360.

Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Search behavior, decoded: What platform preference really tells us

When we talk about search, we usually focus on what people are looking for – keywords, queries, and intent.

But in 2025, there’s a more powerful question to ask: “Where are they searching – and why that platform, in that moment?”

The search landscape is evolving fast. 

  • AI tools like ChatGPT are gaining traction. 
  • Social platforms like TikTok and Instagram are doubling as discovery engines. 
  • Yet, Google remains the top choice – the default, the go-to for most people right now.

But platform preference isn’t just about functionality. 

It’s rooted in human behavior. How we think, feel, and choose depends on the journey we’re on.

Behavior takes time to shift – but shift it will. And as AI becomes more commonplace, that change is likely to accelerate.

Let’s unpack the behavioral science behind platform choice.

Much of what follows comes from research my agency ran to explore how search habits are shifting across platforms, demographics, and industries.

Active vs. passive search: The behavioral lens

Understanding the difference between active and passive search is key to decoding platform behaviors.

Active search: Goal-driven and intent-led

Active search is task-oriented. 

“How do I fill out this tax form?” or “Best trainers for running.” 

These are goal-driven moments. 

The SEO industry has traditionally optimized this way, answering queries based on something someone wants to do. 

Passive search: Exploratory and emotion-led

Passive search, on the other hand, is exploratory.

Users aren’t looking for something specific. 

They’re scrolling, browsing, and being inspired. 

Passive search can lead to immediate action, but more often, it plants a seed. 

Many passive search findings will fuel people’s “saved items” lists or screenshots on their phones – building ideas for future purchases or decisions.

Platform usage at a glance

Platforms fall into these two camps:

Search type Platforms most used
Active Google, YouTube, Reddit, ChatGPT
Passive TikTok, Instagram, Pinterest

Google still reigns supreme, with 8 in 10 people using it as their primary search engine. 

Second place saw YouTube charting with 49% of respondents using it to search followed by Instagram with 30%​. 

ChatGPT came in at fourth place, with 23% of of respondents saying they use it to search.

This is important to note – as at the end of 2024 Google dropped below 90% market share for the first time since 2015 – the start of a shift starting to develop. 

Dig deeper: 5 behavioral strategies to make your content more engaging

Why people choose different platforms

Behavior changes based on emotion and intent – not just need.

Google = Habit + trust

People stick with what’s familiar. It’s the cognitive path of least resistance. 

This is the status quo bias in action – we favor defaults. And Google is the ultimate default.

Our research found that 41% of respondents who don’t use AI tools said they simply prefer traditional search engines – not because AI doesn’t work, but because Google is good enough.

Social media = Personalized discovery

On TikTok and Instagram, users aren’t typing in queries – the content finds them. 

This taps into:

  • The mere exposure effect: The more we see something, the more we like it.
  • The endowment effect: Algorithms serve content we’ve “trained” ourselves, making the experience feel ours.
  • The social proof loop: We trust what others like, and social platforms are built for showcasing it.

No surprise, then, that:

  • 20% use TikTok or Instagram when looking for inspiration (e.g., outfits, recipes).
  • 42% turn to YouTube for learning a new skill.

These platforms offer emotional connection, relevance, and the dopamine hit of serendipity.

Behavior drives platform choice by demographics and sector

Not everyone searches the same way. 

Platform preference can vary widely by age and by the industry someone works in:

  • Gen Z (18–24): 1 in 5 always use AI tools like ChatGPT to search.
  • 55+ audiences: Nearly 75% say they never use AI to search.
  • IT sector: Almost 50% of professionals use AI regularly.
  • Education and social care: The least likely sectors to adopt AI search​.

Why does this matter? 

Because personas need to go beyond demographics. 

If you aren’t accounting for motivational and contextual preferences, you’re missing the real drivers.

This also highlights how the industry you work in can affect your behavior. 

Working in IT or marketing/media, we are surrounded by conversations about AI every day. 

For someone who works in social care, this is not the case, so they are less likely to be curious to try different platforms, as they are not getting the same exposure. 

Dig deeper: Search everywhere optimization – 7 platforms SEOs need to optimize for beyond Google

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


See terms.


What this means for your strategy

Search isn’t confined to a single channel. 

Your audience is searching across platforms, often without even thinking of it as “search.” 

If your strategy is still built around a single funnel or platform, you’re missing the bigger picture and the deeper behavior underneath.

Here’s how to move from theory to action.

1. Start with mindset, not keywords

Keywords matter – but mindset matters more. 

Traditional keyword strategies often skip the question of why someone is searching. 

Are they curious? Anxious? Seeking validation? 

Searching to feel something – or to do something?

Use the “think, feel, do” model here:

  • Think: What’s the user thinking when they enter this platform?
  • Feel: What emotional need might they have?
  • Do: What action are they trying to take – if any?

From there, reverse engineer the channel and content experience to match that state.

2. Map platforms to the journey – but make it behavioral

It’s tempting to align platforms strictly to funnel stages (awareness, consideration, conversion). 

But users don’t always follow a funnel – they follow feelings and friction.

Instead, try this matrix as an example. (You should build your own with what you know about your audience.)

Intent Type Example Platforms Strategic Goal
Passive and Emotional TikTok, Instagram, Pinterest Inspire, spark discovery, plant emotional seeds
Passive and Rational Reddit, forums Validate, build trust through community or peer voices
Active and Emotional YouTube, website (e.g., product demos) Educate with empathy – mix logic with emotion
Active and Rational Google, ChatGPT Deliver clear answers, conversion paths, proof points

Your job is to meet people where they are – mentally and emotionally – and guide them from there. 

3. Rethink content format – It’s not one size fits all

Remember, users don’t want a whitepaper on TikTok. 

And they aren’t likely to watch a 10-minute video on Google SERPs.

  • Create snackable, emotive content for social platforms.
  • Reserve your deeper, logical content for search engine-driven moments.

Content that works on Google will likely fall flat on TikTok. Your strategy needs format fluency:

  • Short-form video: Best for emotional resonance and passive discovery.
  • Long-form text: Ideal for deep dives and rational comparison.
  • Community responses: Build trust through relatability and social proof.
  • AI-generated summaries: Useful for speed, but lacking human nuance – supplement with authenticity.

Tip: Test the same message in different formats across platforms to uncover what lands and why it resonates.

Dig deeper: Content mapping – Who, what, where, when, why and how

4. Segment by motivation, not just demographics

Your audience isn’t just “Gen Z” or “marketing managers.” 

They’re humans with emotional, social, and rational needs.

Build personas rooted in behavioral science:

  • What motivates them?
  • What holds them back?
  • Where do they go for inspiration vs decision-making?

Use tools like social listening, on-site search data, and even quizzes or surveys (nudged properly!) to uncover real motivations.

5. Don’t just track the obvious – Track what matters

Top-line traffic and ranking reports aren’t enough. 

Measure based on the job each platform is doing in the journey.

Some examples:

  • Social platforms: Track saves, shares, watch time, and community engagement.
  • Google: Track CTR, engagement time, and assisted conversions.
  • AI tools: Look at brand visibility in generated summaries and clicks to your source links.
  • Reddit/communities: Track mentions, referrals, and sentiment trends.

Tie everything back to intent and emotional outcome, not just raw numbers.

6. Balance AI with human-centric trust

Yes, AI tools are shifting the landscape – but trust is still human-first. 

Our report shows only 12% of people say they don’t trust AI at all, yet concerns about privacy and misinformation still hold many back.

What this means for your content:

  • Be transparent about how AI is used in your strategy.
  • Lean into human expertise – especially where trust is critical (think health, finance, legal, B2B tech).
  • Use your team’s voice, stories, and POVs to differentiate from commoditized content.

In a world of AI Overviews and algorithmic results, your voice is your differentiator, and it is what your audience will buy into.

Dig deeper: How to build and retain brand trust in the age of AI

TL;DR

  • Build a platform-diverse strategy rooted in why people search, not just what they search for.
  • Align content and platform to the emotional and cognitive state of your audience.
  • Don’t let old funnel models limit your view – behavior is messy, non-linear, and deeply human.

Final thought: Search isn’t just about search engines

Search is not confined to the search engines.

It’s TikTok. It’s YouTube. It’s ChatGPT. 

It’s your customer’s mindset – in that moment, in that context.

To build strategies that truly resonate, we need to move beyond keywords and rankings and focus on the human behind the search.

So next time you’re planning a campaign, start by asking, “Where can we meet our audience?”

Not, “Where should we place this content?”

That shift in thinking could change everything.

League Of Legends’ Next Season Is Spirit Blossom Beyond

League of Legends’ first ever themed season, Welcome to Noxus, is about to wrap up and Riot has announced Season 2: Spirit Blossom Beyond. The next season will bring changes to the Summoner’s Rift map and general gameplay, a new champion, new Spirit Blossom skins, and a brand-new game mode titled Brawl.

Spirit Blossom is already a popular skin line and recurring theme in LoL, based around Ionian myths and folklore tied to the region’s Spirit Blossom festivals. Riot announced the seasonal theme with a new cinematic titled Here, Tomorrow–an anime-style animation created in partnership with The Line–set to an original track by singer-songwriter Lilas Ikuta and composer Kevin Penkin.

The music video crosses between the “real” world of Ionia and its spirit-world counterpart, featuring a number of popular champions including Ashe, Nidalee, Lux, Shen, Irelia, and Morgana. The video focuses on Xin Zhao, who is shown returning to Ionia, and seems to reveal the season’s new champion, Yunara. Xin Zhao’s story will be explored throughout the season with the first of two motion comics arriving on May 14, and Riot has also said to expect an in-client metagame based on the season’s story.

Once Season 2 launches on April 30, Spirit Blossom Beyond will take over Summoner’s Rift with not just aesthetic changes, but also gameplay changes that will have an impact on the game’s meta. In the new season, Atakhan will only have a single form called Thornbound Atakhan, rather than swapping between two forms. Void Grubs will now spawn later and only once per match, while the Rift Herald will now spawn at 15 minutes and will be easier to take down.

From the start of Season 2, only junglers will have access to the Smite summoner spell, which will be automatically assigned to players in that role. A number of other tweaks and tuning changes are coming in with the new season, which the devs have detailed in a recent dev blog.

The new season will also include a new 5v5 game mode called Brawl, which Riot describes as a “faster-paced, lower-stakes game mode” that puts the emphasis on combat. Brawl will feature a brand-new map based on Bandle City, and with no towers or other objectives to focus on, players will have to go head-to-head with each other to push their minions into the enemy base.

Unsurprisingly, the Spirit Blossom-themed season will also include a new handful of Spirit Blossom skins, a popular skin line that already features over 20 different champions. The champions in line for Spirit Blossom skins this time include Ashe, Irelia, Bard, Varus, Zyra, and Ivern. Prestige Spirit Blossom Lux and Spirit Blossom Ivern will be available to be earned on the paid battle pass. Riot has also revealed that Morgana has an Exalted skin on the way.

Spirit Blossom Beyond launches on April 30, taking the spotlight from the current Noxian-themed season. However the LoL universe will be returning to Noxus sooner or later, with the next Arcane spin-off show likely to revolve around that region. Arcane co-creator Christian Linke also said that the show would be exploring Ionia and Demacia with future series.

How do age, sex, hormones and genetics affect dementia biomarkers in the blood?

A new study has found important clues about the roles age, sex, hormonal changes and genetics play in how certain biomarkers for dementia are expressed in the blood, according to a study published on April 16, 2025, online in Neurology®, the medical journal of the American Academy of Neurology.

“Blood tests that detect biomarkers for Alzheimer’s disease and other dementias are emerging and as these tests are further developed, they are becoming important tools for understanding and diagnosing these conditions,” said study author Hannah Stocker, PhD, MPH, of Heidelberg University in Germany. “Our findings provide valuable insights into how age, sex, genetics and hormonal changes during menopause are linked to three biomarkers believed to influence a person’s risk of dementia.”

Researchers analyzed data from a larger 17-year study, comparing 513 people who developed dementia during the study to 513 people who remained free of dementia during that time. The participants had an average age of 64 at the start of the study.

Researchers took blood samples from participants three times during the study to measure levels of three biomarkers: neurofilament light chain proteins, glial acidic proteins and phosphorylated tau 181. Neurofilament light chain proteins are found in the blood when nerve cells are injured or die. Glial acidic proteins are released when cells work to repair injury. Phosphorylated tau 181 is linked to the buildup of amyloid proteins in the body, which occurs in Alzheimer’s disease.

Researchers then compared levels of the biomarkers in people with and without dementia in the following ways: over time as people aged; in male and female participants; in people with and without a gene linked to Alzheimer’s; and in female participants before and after menopause.

After adjusting for age, sex, and APOEe4, a genetic biomarker that indicates a strong risk of Alzheimer’s disease, researchers found that an older age was tied to higher levels of all three markers.

For neurofilament light chain proteins, people age 75 had an average of 25 picograms per milliliter (pg/ml) compared to people age 50 with an average of 10 pg/ml. For glial acidic proteins, people age 75 had an average of 140 pg/ml compared to people age 50 with an average of 45 pg/ml. For phosphorylated tau 181, people age 75 had an average of two to three pg/ml compared to people age 50 with an average of 0.5 to 1.5 pg/ml.

Researchers also found that female participants had higher levels of glial acidic proteins, while male participants had higher levels of neurofilament light chain proteins.

In addition, they found people who had the APOEe4 gene had higher levels of tau and glial acidic proteins.

Lastly, the study found that female participants who had not yet gone through menopause had higher levels of glial acidic proteins, which Stocker noted may be due to having higher levels of sex hormones. Stocker said previous studies have found a link between sex hormones and neuroinflammation.

“Gaining a better understanding of these biomarkers will help improve our ability to test for dementia in the future with simple blood tests,” said Stocker. “Our research underscores the need to further explore these biomarkers, including during menopause, in the development of dementia.”

A limitation of the study was that participants were of European descent, so the results may not be the same for other populations.

The study was supported by the German Alzheimer Forschung Initiative.

Previous Year Question Papers of AILET-Free PDF Download

Previous Year Question Papers of AILET

AILET stands for the All India Law Entrance Test. It is an entrance exam conducted by the National Law University (NLU), Delhi. AILET is specifically designed for admission to the undergraduate and postgraduate law programs offered by NLU Delhi.

AILET assesses candidates on various parameters, including English language proficiency, legal aptitude, general knowledge, reasoning ability. Solving previous year papers for the All India Law Entrance Test (AILET) can offer several benefits to candidates preparing for the exam in 2024.

Read this article to find out how previous year question papers of AILET can help you ace the test!

1. Understanding the pattern

AILET previous years’ papers are a great help in understanding the pattern of the exams. While NLU Delhi has in the past, changed the pattern of questions frequently, they have usually been on a superficial level. The basic concepts behind the questions remain the same.

Solving the previous years’ papers will give you an idea of the type of questions that can be asked. For AILET 2024, provided that the AILET 2023 pattern is followed, candidates can follow previous year question paper of AILET.

2. Improve Time Management

AILET often follows a specific pattern in terms of the types of questions, sections, and overall structure. Solving previous year papers helps you familiarize yourself with the exam pattern, which can be beneficial for effective time management during the actual test.

3. Understanding the Difficulty Level

Previous year papers give you an idea of the difficulty level of questions asked in AILET. Understanding the level of complexity helps you prepare mentally and focus on honing the necessary skills. If you have successfully attempted all previous years’ papers, with varying levels of difficulty, you will be in a much better position to face different kinds of papers.

4. Getting a feel of the exam

This is extremely important when you are preparing for AILET. If you haven’t already started doing this, start now. Attempt these papers as if you are sitting in a real exam. Follow the timing accurately, no distractions or breaks in between. Do it offline, with an OMR Sheet. This will help you understand the amount of time you take in filling OMR MCQ bubbles.

Do it with different types of pens, find one that works the best for you. Do it with a watch tied around your wrist, preferably a watch that you will wear on the exam day. After the exam is over, analyze the paper, properly. Focus on where you might have scored better, but didn’t because of small mistakes. Learn from your mistakes and improve on that.

5. Self-Assessment of your Preparation

By attempting previous year papers, you can assess your strengths and weaknesses. This self-assessment is valuable for devising a targeted study plan and focusing on areas that require improvement.

Download Previous Year Question Papers of AILET for free!

India’s oldest private art gallery, Dhoomimal Art Centre shows how folk meets contemporary art

New Delhi’s Dhoomimal Art Centre, India’s oldest private art gallery, brings together the evocative works of artists Shahid Parvez and Tanushree Chakraborty in its latest exhibition Myths & Memories, curated by Mohit Jain. The show, running from April 12 to April 17 at LTC, Bikaner House, Delhi, is a visual dialogue between nostalgia and storytelling, tradition and modernity.

Shahid Parvez (left) and Tanushree Chakraborty (right) at Dhoomimal Art Centre, Delhi, during Mohit Jain’s ongoing exhibition. (Dhoomimal Art Centre)

Also Read Record-breaking auction of MF Husain painting boosts confidence in Indian art

In an interaction with HT, the two artists were asked about their journey to becoming artists. Gallery director Mohit Jain says the idea behind curating Myths & Memories was to explore the visual conversation between two long-standing artists associated with Dhoomimal.

Inspirational Journey of Shahid Parvez

Shahid Parvez, whose paintings overflow with childlike wonder and layered textures, reflects on how his upbringing shaped his artistic voice. When asked about his inspirational journey, he says, “My father, Bashir Ahmad, is a painter and art teacher. Since childhood, that kind of atmosphere was present at home, and perhaps that’s what inspired my inclination towards art”.

Artworks of Shahid Parvez

When asked if his childhood memories will be shown in this exhibition, he says, “Freedom, the flight of imagination, playing with colours, innocence, simplicity—all these aspects are reflected directly or indirectly in the works. “

Parvez’s artwork mostly includes layers and textures, as well as mixed media. When asked why he chose this form of art, he says, “If you look closely, layers are present everywhere in life. Sometimes, we can see them physically, and sometimes, we can only feel them. These layers fill the canvas with energy, and that energy fills me with inspiration.”

Inspirational Journey of Tanushree Chakraborty

Artist Tanushree Chakraborty’s inspiration stems from her Santiniketan roots and the oral storytelling traditions of the Santhal tribe. Hence, she was raised with the stories and folktales of the Santhal tribe.

Artworks of Tanushree Chakraborty

Her work bridges the past with the present, using traditional symbols and body art forms within a modern aesthetic. “For those familiar with these ancestral motifs, the connections are felt intuitively. But for a modern audience, the appeal lies in the contemporary visual language I use—vivid colours, surreal figures, and layered narratives,” shares Tanushree.

Her personal favourite is Melodrama—Bioscope. She feels, “In Melodrama—Bioscope, I bring these stories to life through the lens of nostalgia, using the bioscope as a symbol of wonder and old-world storytelling. It bridges memory and myth, past and present.”

How do the two artists’ artworks combine both Folk and Contemporary Art?

“Both artists draw deeply from traditional Indian art forms and cultural narratives, yet reframe them through a contemporary lens. Tanushree’s work is rooted in tribal and folk inspirations like the Santhal and Kalighat traditions, but she reinterprets them with surreal forms, layered symbolism, and a refined visual language that speaks to today’s context. Shahid, on the other hand, takes everyday Indian experiences—often romantic or nostalgic—and renders them in a style that mimics childlike innocence, echoing folk aesthetics”, answers Mohit Jain.

Dhoomimal Art Centre’s Myths & Memories exhibition will naturally engage visitors because it draws from shared cultural memories of human behaviours. Whether it’s a familiar story or a playful visual, there’s something personal for everyone to connect with.

New research kindles excitement around stem cell therapies for Parkinson’s

The most effective drug for Parkinson’s disease hasn’t changed in 50 years. But fresh research published in one of the country’s top scientific journals is helping build the case for a more cutting-edge approach that uses stem cells to restore important brain functions.

The second most common neurodegenerative illness, Parkinson’s, is caused by the loss of certain nerve cells. These cells produce a chemical messenger, dopamine, that plays a crucial role regulating movement. Since the 1970s, a drug called levodopa, which the body converts into dopamine, has been the mainstay treatment for combating the tremors, slowness, stiffness and balance issues that come with Parkinson’s.

Levodopa doesn’t stop the disease, however, so scientists have spent decades trying to find a more permanent fix. The latest development in that search comes from two clinical trials testing stem cell-derived therapies transplanted into the brains of Parkinson’s patients.

The first of those trials, conducted at the Kyoto University Hospital in Japan, evaluated seven people who received what are essentially blank slate cells that can turn into dopamine-producing neurons. These cells were created using a technology pioneered at Kyoto University, where roughly 20 years ago, scientists discovered how to reset some adult human cells to act like stem cells.

The study’s main focus was safety. Results, published Wednesday in Nature, show no serious adverse events were reported, though researchers did identify 73 mild to moderate events. Importantly, there was no evidence the introduced cells started growing in an unchecked, tumor-like fashion — a major concern with stem cell implants.

The study also explored whether this therapy had any effect on patients’ disease. Two years post-treatment, the six participants who were evaluable had gotten better on a scale clinicians use to measure the severity of Parkinson’s motor symptoms. Researchers looked at what’s known as “on” time, when medications are adequately controlling these symptoms, as well as the opposite “off” time, and found scores improved an average of 36% and 20%, respectively.

Another test indicated that dopamine-producing cell activity had increased substantially. This was determined through a technique in which researchers strap a radioactive element to a molecule of levodopa and then use a PET scan to follow its path through the nervous system, somewhat like how a submarine tracks objects on a sonar display.

The second trial took place at sites throughout the U.S. and Canada, and employed a different kind of stem cell that comes from human embryos. It enrolled a total of 12 participants and followed them for a year post-transplant.

Similar to the Japan study, there were no deaths, serious adverse events or tumor-like tissue growth related to the introduced cells. Trial runners did report two serious events overall. One participant was hospitalized with COVID-19, while another had a seizure that was attributed to the surgical procedure.

The trial also saw improvements in “off” scores on that disease severity scale and positive results from the radioactive levodopa test.

The cell therapy tested, called bemdaneprocel, is being developed by Bayer subsidiary BlueRock Therapeutics, which back in August 2023 announced some of the data published Tuesday. The company expects to start a Phase 3 trial before the end of June.

Hideyuki Okano, a stem-cell scientist at Keio University in Tokyo, argues more research is needed to confirm these types of cell therapies are effective against Parkinson’s.

Still, in an accompanying Nature editorial, he called the new trial results “encouraging” because they suggest treating Parkinson’s patients with donor cell transplants is likely safe. That both trials “proved to be safe, and hinted at possible efficacy, is an important step towards the establishment of this cell therapy for Parkinson’s disease in wider society,” he wrote.

Cell therapy for Parkinson’s isn’t a new idea. In 1989, a team led by neuroscientist Olle Lindvall performed the first cell transplantations for Parkinson’s patients. While the landmark study didn’t show a major therapeutic benefit, a few interesting signals encouraged the research community to keep exploring.

A deep dive into Australia’s wealth generators

Key takeaways

A handful of regions dominate Australia’s economy, with just 10 areas producing 76% of the country’s GDP.

The urban corridor from Brisbane to Melbourne accounts for 54% of GDP, while Western Australia (mainly Perth) contributes another 16%.

The future will require smarter urban planning, transport solutions, and policies to spread economic activity more evenly across the country.


A select few areas in Australia generate most of our wealth.

Whilst some are often a very long commute from where many Australians live, in general more people want to live closer to these economic generators, hence the rising attraction for more compact living.

But most cannot fit into or afford to live in a downtown apartment.

More infill development is needed, coupled with better transport infrastructure, plus an active government programme to decentralise some of our knowledge-intensive work activities to our more suburban and regional settings.

Australia Economy And Financial Market Growth

A brief history

Just over 100 years ago, we were living our reputation, which is dependent on the bush.

About four million Australians lived on rural properties or in small towns of fewer than 3,000 people. Most were market towns, serving the agricultural economy.

Only a third of Australians lived in a city the current size of Toowoomba (i.e. over 100,000 people). Primary production, including mining, was almost all we did.

Post WWII, manufacturing took over from growing and digging things, accounting for a quarter of the workforce and a third of our GDP.

This led to a rapid rise in household wealth and a big shift to urban living, especially suburban homes.

By the time I was born – the mid-1960s (and yes, I know I look much younger!) – three out of five Australians lived in a major city.

Manufacturing has greatly influenced how our cities are laid out.

The industry needed cheap land.

The rise in car use and ownership helped make manufacturing and suburbia go hand in hand.

By the time I started high school – and yes, the best music is from the mid to late 1970s, no debate! – four out of every five trips were made by car.

Today

Fast forward to today and Australia is no longer driven by what we make, but rather by what, and who, we know.

Yes, mining has been pivotal to our economic growth, but it employs just 2% of the workforce and yet now only makes up 14% of Australia’s GDP.

In contrast, manufacturing holds a 5% market share these days,  a crying shame if you ask me and something that needs fixing and fast, whilst the service industries account for 63% of our economic grunt.

Our economy is increasingly becoming knowledge-intensive, more specialised and much more interconnected.

Think, “specialisation of labour”, three very important words to grasp.

Australian pulse points

Did you know that just ten areas account for almost three-quarters of our economy?

That’s 76%…and that isn’t a typo.

You Can Snag a Rare Discount on Apple Accessories by Recycling an Old Device

Apple devices don’t come cheap, which is why it’s always nice when a deal pops up. Apple currently has an offer going on that’ll let you recycle an old device for a discount on a new Apple accessory. And honestly, it’s a pretty great way to put that drawer of forgotten tech to good use.

You Can Save 10% on Your Next Apple Accessory

As noted on Apple’s Current Offers webpage, the company currently has a 2025 Earth Day Promotion going on, allowing users to recycle an Eligible Device in exchange for a 10% discount on an Eligible Apple Accessory.

This offer is only valid at brick-and-mortar Apple Store locations within the United States and will run from April 16, 2025, to May 16, 2025 (while supplies last).

Related

What Can You Use Your Old Smartphone for Instead of Selling It?

Sometimes, selling your old phone for some extra cash isn’t the best option.

You can recycle the following devices:

  • AirPods
  • AirPort
  • AirTag
  • Apple TV
  • Computers
  • Displays
  • Hard Drives & Storage
  • Headphones & Speakers
  • HomePod
  • Mice & Keyboards
  • Networking
  • Printers & Scanners
  • Smartphones
  • Tablets
  • Watches
  • iPod

Once recycled, you can use the 10% discount to purchase one of the following Apple Branded accessories:

  • Adapters
  • AirPods 4
  • AirPods 4 with Active Noise Cancellation
  • AirTag (1-pack)
  • AirTag (4-pack)
  • Apple Pencil
  • Apple TV 4K
  • Apple Watch bands
  • Cables
  • Chargers
  • HomePod mini
  • iPad cases
  • iPhone cases
  • Magic Keyboard (excluding Magic Keyboard for iPad)
  • Magic Mouse
  • Magic Trackpad

You can recycle up to five Eligible Devices during this period. Unfortunately, refurbished products and open-box returns cannot be exchanged as part of this promotion and won’t qualify for a discount.

Combine Your 10% Discount With Other Apple Offers

Now, we know that a 10% discount may sound close to nothing when it comes to Apple products. The good news is that this promotion can be combined with other Apple promotions for “individual end-user customers,” which likely refers to people buying products for personal use instead of institutions or resellers, as long as they fall within the same Promotion Period.

Genmoji screen on iPad, alongside AirPods and Apple Pencil
Mahnoor Faisal/MakeUseOf

 

For instance, if you’re a current (or newly accepted) university student or a parent of one, a faculty member, staff, or homeschool teacher of any grade level, you’ll qualify for Apple’s education pricing, which offers discounts on select products including AirPods and AirTags.

So, if you have a device that falls within Apple’s eligibility criteria, and it’s just rotting away in your cupboard, you can recycle it, get a 10% discount, and combine it with the education discount!

You’ll need a photo ID to recycle a device, so make sure you take it with you when heading to the Apple store.

All in all, this is a neat way to put your old, forgotten devices to good use, and the perfect excuse to upgrade to that shiny new Apple accessory you’ve had your eye on.

Blooming tulips brighten up spring in Beijing

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Blooming-tulips-brighten-up-spring-in-Beijing-1CCkDEMIYRq/img/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304.jpeg'
Blooming tulips are seen at Zhongshan Park, Beijing, April 15, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Blooming-tulips-brighten-up-spring-in-Beijing-1CCkDEMIYRq/img/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304.jpeg'
Blooming tulips are seen at Zhongshan Park, Beijing, April 15, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Blooming-tulips-brighten-up-spring-in-Beijing-1CCkDEMIYRq/img/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304.jpeg'
Blooming tulips are seen at Zhongshan Park, Beijing, April 15, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Blooming-tulips-brighten-up-spring-in-Beijing-1CCkDEMIYRq/img/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304/67b0f4868d2d4f51b2d01ee00e515304.jpeg'
Blooming tulips are seen at Zhongshan Park, Beijing, April 15, 2025. /VCG

Colorful blooming tulips have stretched their petals to welcome visitors from all over the world to Beijing! The 30th Spring Flower Tulip Culture Festival is being held at Zhongshan Park, in China’s capital, featuring around 95 tulip species, including 20 tulip varieties presented for the first time. The floral exhibition area covers 4,000 square meters with tulips and other flowers, totaling 180,000 plants, offering visitors a great opportunity to admire spring scenery.

Amanda Bynes just wants to talk. It’ll cost fans $50 a month

Amanda Bynes just wants to talk with her fans — at least with the ones willing to pay. The former child actor has joined OnlyFans.

“I’m on onlyfans now!” Bynes wrote in an Instagram story Tuesday. “Disclaimer: I’m doing onlyfans to chat with my fans through dm’s. I won’t be posting any sleazy content. Excited to join.” (Though it has created seven-figure income for some creators, OnlyFans does have a reputation for NSFW content.)

She has set her subscription rate at $50 a month and has yet to post anything on her account.

The 39-year-old, who did Nickelodeon’s “All That” sketch show from 1996 to 2002, has been trying to settle on a future path for a while now after announcing she was retiring from acting in June 2010 and then unannouncing it a week later.

“Being an actress isn’t as fun as it may seem,” said Bynes, then 24, in her retirement announcement. “If I don’t love something anymore, I stop doing it. I don’t love acting anymore, so I’ve stopped doing it.” Upon her return, she said simply, “I’m unretired.”

Soon after that, life began to spiral for the “She’s the Man” star.

Bynes went under conservatorship late in fall 2013, while she was undergoing court-ordered psychiatric care after reportedly starting a small fire in July in the driveway of a Thousand Oaks home.

Amanda Bynes in July 2015.

(David Livingston / Getty Images)

Prior to that, Bynes had engaged in a range of erratic behavior — including incidents involving alleged hit-and-run and DUI — before she was possibly diagnosed with mental illness in 2014. Her parents said in mid-2013 that she was paranoid, using drugs and had spent $1.2 million in only a few months. Bynes’ attorney denied that the former actor had been diagnosed with schizophrenia.

She accused her father of sexual and verbal abuse in October 2014, then recanted her allegations. At the time, mom Lynn Bynes told E! News through her attorney, “It saddens me beyond belief that my husband’s character could be slandered in such a way.”

“My clients are very concerned about their daughter,” Tamar Arminak, Lynn Bynes’ attorney, told ABC News in a statement at the time. “Despite what is being reported, they are doing everything they can to help Amanda.”

Amanda Bynes was soon released from a psychiatric facility where she’d been on involuntary hold and a month later said in a series of tweets, “I’m so mad at my parents. They are with holding my belongings and money from me so I don’t have new clothes or enough money to rent an apartment. We aren’t speaking. So until I get a different conservator ill look terrible because I don’t have enough to get new clothes or anything I need.”

A woman in a movie chomps awkwardly on a big hunk of bread

Amanda Bynes as Viola at a debutante luncheon in the 2006 movie “She’s the Man.”

(DreamWorks Pictures)

A few weeks later, she apologized through her attorney for saying in leaked recordings that she wanted to kill her parents and burn down her mom’s house.

She has since gotten sober. In 2019, Bynes graduated from the Fashion Institute of Design and Merchandising with an associate’s degree in product management. She got engaged in 2020 to Paul Michael, whom she met in the context of rehab, though they broke up about two years later.

In 2022, she successfully removed herself from that conservatorship, which had control of her estate and her person — i.e. her money and her body — for almost nine years. “In the last several years, I have been working hard to improve my health so that I can live and work independently,” Bynes said in a statement to People, “and I will continue to prioritize my well-being in this next chapter.” She also thanked her attorney and her parents for their help.

However, in 2023 she came into contact with authorities twice. The first time, she was found roaming naked near downtown L.A. and placed on a psychiatric hold. The second time, police responded to a call from a woman in distress who TMZ said was later determined to be Bynes. She was taken in for a mental health evaluation.

Bynes launched a podcast with friend Paul Sieminski later that year, but that ground to a halt after only one episode. A promised reboot never manifested. Then in 2024 she told fans via social media that she had been struggling with depression. A few months later, in October, People reported that she had collaborated with a fashion designer, providing the original art that went on shirts and shorts. The capsule collection sold out.

Now to see if Bynes’ OnlyFans effort is as successful.

2025 Skoda Kodiaq Price, Specifications and Features Revealed, Bookings Open; Know Everything About Next Gen Skoda Kodiaq Launched in India

New Delhi, April 17: 2025 Skoda Kodiaq is launched in India. The next-generation Skoda Kodiaq, which made its debut at the Bharat Mobility Global Expo 2025, arrives with new styling, and advanced features. Skoda Auto India has launched new Kodiaq in base Sportline and Selection L&K (Laurin and Klement) variants. 2025 Skoda Kodiaq price in India starts at INR INR 46.89 lakh (ex-showroom).

The SUV has increased in size, now measuring 4,758 mm in length, which is 61 mm longer than its predecessor. It has a width of 1,864 mm and a height of 1,679 mm, while the wheelbase remains unchanged at 2,791 mm. The front of the SUV features a newly designed grille. It is equipped with split matrix LED headlights that are linked by LED strips. Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Launched in India at INR 48.99 Lakh; Check Specifications and Features of New VW Flagship SUV.

The 2025 Skoda Kodiaq is available in two variants, that includes the Sportline and the Selection Laurin & Klement (L&K), which mainly differ in their exterior designs. The Sportline has a more sporty look, while the L&K includes an aerodynamic style. The L&K variant features chrome accents in various areas, including roof rails that have a brushed silver finish. It also includes a horizontal LED strip in the grille that links the headlights. The Sportline trim adopts a more aggressive look with a blacked-out design for the front grille, wing mirrors, roof rails, and D-pillar.

The Selection L&K variant features R18 Mazeno alloy wheels with Aero trims and the Sportline variant includes an R18 Soira alloy wheels. The 2025 Skoda Kodiaq has seven colour options, which are Bronx Gold Metallic, Velvet Red Metallic, Steel Grey, Race Blue Metallic, Graphite Grey Metallic, Magic Black Metallic, and Moon White Metallic.

2025 Skoda Kodiaq Specifications and Features

The Kodiaq L&K trim comes with cognac leather upholstery and features front massage seats with heating and cooling options. The Sportline variant offers leather upholstery in all-black colour. The new Kodiaq includes a 10-inch display for the driver and a 13-inch touchscreen that supports wireless connectivity for Android Auto and Apple CarPlay. The SUV comes with a CANTON sound system with 13 speakers and a subwoofer.

The SUV also features configurable rotary dials with displays and a wireless charging pad. Additionally, it gets a panoramic sunroof, a 360-degree camera and park assist. Safety features include nine airbags, ABS, and more. The 2025 Skoda Kodiaq SUV is powered by a 2.0 TSI petrol engine that produces 150kW of power and 320 Nm of torque. This engine is paired with a seven-speed gearbox. It offers a fuel efficiency of around 14.86 KM per litre. 2025 Honda Dio Launched in India With OBD-2B Compliance, Improved Fuel Efficiency and Upgrades; Check Price, Specifications and Features.

2025 Skoda Kodiaq Price in India

2025 Skoda Kodiaq price in India stgarts at INR 46,89,000 for Sportline variant. The Skoda Kodiaq 2025 with Selection L&K variant is launched at a price of INR 48,69,000. Booking of the SUV starts today with a token amount of INR 50,000.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 17, 2025 12:44 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Meet The AI Agent With Multiple Personalities

In the coming years, agents are widely expected to take over more and more chores on behalf of humans, including using computers and smartphones. For now, though, they’re too error prone to be much use.

A new agent called S2, created by the startup Simular AI, combines frontier models with models specialized for using computers. The agent achieves state-of-the-art performance on tasks like using apps and manipulating files—and suggests that turning to different models in different situations may help agents advance.

“Computer-using agents are different from large language models and different from coding,” says Ang Li, cofounder and CEO of Simular. “It’s a different type of problem.”

In Simular’s approach, a powerful general-purpose AI model, like OpenAI’s GPT-4o or Anthropic’s Claude 3.7, is used to reason about how best to complete the task at hand—while smaller open source models step in for tasks like interpreting web pages.

Li, who was a researcher at Google DeepMind before founding Simular in 2023, explains that large language models excel at planning but aren’t as good at recognizing the elements of a graphical user interface.

S2 is designed to learn from experience with an external memory module that records actions and user feedback and uses those recordings to improve future actions.

On particularly complex tasks, S2 performs better than any other model on OSWorld, a benchmark that measures an agent’s ability to use a computer operating system.

For example, S2 can complete 34.5 percent of tasks that involve 50 steps, beating OpenAI’s Operator, which can complete 32 percent. Similarly, S2 scores 50 percent on AndroidWorld, a benchmark for smartphone-using agents, while the next best agent scores 46 percent.

Victor Zhong, a computer scientist at the University of Waterloo in Canada and one of the creators of OSWorld, believes that future big AI models may incorporate training data that helps them understand the visual world and make sense of graphical user interfaces.

“This will help agents navigate GUIs with much higher precision,” Zhong says. “I think in the meantime, before such fundamental breakthroughs, state-of-the-art systems will resemble Simular in that they combine multiple models to patch the limitations of single models.”

To prepare for this column, I used Simular to book flights and scour Amazon for deals, and it seemed better than some of the open source agents I tried last year, including AutoGen and vimGPT.

But even the smartest AI agents are, it seems, still troubled by edge cases and occasionally exhibit odd behavior. In one instance, when I asked S2 to help find contact information for the researchers behind OSWorld, the agent got stuck in a loop hopping between the project page and the login for OSWorld’s Discord.

OSWorld’s benchmarks show why agents remain more hype than reality for now. While humans can complete 72 percent of OSWorld tasks, agents are foiled 38 percent of the time on complex tasks. That said, when the benchmark was introduced in April 2024, the best agent could complete only 12 percent of the tasks.

Stablecoin Sector May Reach $2 Trillion: Standard Chartered

Standard Chartered Bank estimates the size of the stablecoin market could surge by about 10-fold to $2 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,71,29,830 crore) within the next three years after the expected passage of US legislation that seeks to provide a regulatory framework for the cryptocurrencies.   

That would likely require an extra $1.6 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,37,05,008 crore) in short-term Treasuries to be held in reserve by stablecoin issuers, or the total amount of new T-bills to be sold over that time, analysts at the London-based bank wrote in a report Tuesday. The entire crypto market value is currently estimated at around $2.68 trillion (roughly Rs. 2,29,56,196 crore). 

“US legislation on stablecoins — digital assets that are typically pegged to a fiat currency like the USD and designed to reduce price volatility and facilitate transactions — would further legitimise the stablecoin industry,” Geoff Kendrick, global head of digital assets research, and two other strategists, wrote. “This has implications for both US Treasury buying (for reserve purposes) and USD hegemony.”

The additional demand for dollar-denominated assets such as T-bills would likely be a welcomed development for the Trump administration after the US government debt market was roiled in recent weeks by the president’s global trade tariffs. The levies have raised concern that investors will demand a higher premium to hold US debt because of the risks of inflation and selling by international holders.   

Standard Chartered is among the most crypto-focused mainstream banking organisations. It’s also very bullish in terms of its forecast for Bitcoin. The financial services firm estimates that the price could rise to $500,000 (roughly Rs. 4 crore) by the end of 2028. Bitcoin was trading at about $84,000 (roughly Rs. 72 lakh) on Tuesday. 

The Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for US Stablecoins Act, or the GENIUS Act, is a bipartisan bill introduced in early 2025 that creates a regulatory framework for stablecoins in the US. The bill passed a Senate committee vote in March and is moving toward potentially becoming law, Standard Chartered said. Trump has endorsed the bill.

“Assuming that T-bills’ share of total UST supply remains unchanged, this would be enough to absorb all of the fresh T-bill issuance planned for the rest of Trump’s second term. In terms of supply held, only money-market funds (which currently hold $2.4 trillion or roughly Rs. 2,05,58,652 crore) of the total $6.4 trillion or roughly Rs. 5,48,24,288 crore) of T-bills outstanding) would remain larger holders,” the report said.   

Tether Holdings SA, the issuer of the largest stablecoin USDT, is already one of the largest holders of the US Treasury bills. Tether, which profits from the interest earned off the bonds that make up the reserve, said that it earned $13 billion (roughly Rs. 1,11,357 crore) last year. 

Increasing demand for Treasuries would act as a “medium-term offset” against the potential threat to dollar hegemony on the back of the tariff concern, the analysts wrote.

President Donald Trump’s crypto project World Liberty Financial announced its plans to launch a stablecoin at the end of March. The token, USD1, will be 100 percent backed by short-term US Treasuries, dollar deposits and other cash equivalents, according to World Liberty Financial.

© 2025 Bloomberg LP

(This story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is auto-generated from a syndicated feed.)

Apple rebrands Search Ads as Apple Ads

Apple is officially dropping the “Search” from Search Ads to better represent its expanding ad placements across the App Store.

The rebrand reflects Apple’s growing ad footprint beyond App Store search results — a signal that the iPhone maker is eyeing a more aggressive play in the broader digital ad market.

What’s changed:

  • The original Search Ads product, launched in 2016, showed promoted apps at the top of App Store search results.
  • Ads now appear in the Today tab and in app listings under “You Might Also Like.”
  • The rebrand aligns with Apple’s naming convention (think Apple Music, Apple TV+) and sets the stage for future ad expansion.

Between the lines. Apple says the change is about clarity. But it also hints at deeper ambitions, like inserting ads into other Apple services.

  • Apple Maps has been floated as a possible next frontier, raising concerns about how far the company will go in monetizing its ecosystem.
  • The move echoes broader industry trends, with rivals like Netflix introducing ad-supported tiers to capture new revenue.

Why we care. Apple Ads now offers more touchpoints to reach users beyond search, including premium real estate like the Today tab and app product pages. This expanded inventory increases visibility and targeting opportunities within Apple’s high-intent ecosystem. Plus, the rebrand signals Apple’s long-term commitment to growing its ads business, which could mean more placements, tools, and data-driven options in the near future.

What they’re saying. In an email (with the subject line “Apple Search Ads is now Apple Ads.”), Apple said:

  • “When Apple Search Ads launched in 2016, we offered a single ad placement at the top of search results. Today, advertisers can run ads in multiple placements across the App Store, so we’ve decided to change our name.”

The big picture. Apple has long positioned itself as a privacy-first alternative to platforms like Meta and Google. But as hardware sales flatten, services – including ads – are becoming a critical growth area.

  • Apple’s ad business, while still small compared to competitors, is growing fast.
  • In 2023, it reportedly tested AI-driven tools to optimize campaigns and made key hires in TV ad sales.

What to watch: Apple’s next move – whether it expands ads into services like Maps, News, or even Podcasts could reshape how users interact with the ecosystem – and how advertisers reach them.

Ubisoft Is Making Another Battle Royale, This One Inspired By Apex Legends – Report

Ubisoft is reportedly making a new battle royale game that’s inspired by Apex Legends, so much so that the project once used the game as a thumbnail.

According to Insider Gaming, Ubisoft’s new battle royale game is codenamed “Scout” and has been in development for a few years already. Its characters are said to be similar to Apex Legends’ own Pathfinder, Wraith, and Lifeline, as well as others.

The company’s higher-ups reportedly wants to take advantage of Apex Legends’ dwindling player base. As a result, they are said to think that there’s now an opportunity to launch another battle royale game. This is despite Ubisoft’s internal research team indicating that engagement in battle royale games is on the decline.

Ubisoft has already entered the battle royale genre with Hyper Scape. However, its servers were shut down back in April 2022. Ubisoft was also reportedly making another battle royale game, codenamed Pathfinder (unrelated to the Apex Legends character), but it’s unknown whether its related to project Scout in any way.

Ubisoft attempted to replicate Call of Duty’s success with xDefiant, but the game is shutting down in June. Ubisoft has recently created a new dedicated subsidiary focusing on its three main franchises: Assassin’s Creed, Far Cy, and Rainbow Six. Ubisoft is reportedly working on a tactics game set in the Rainbow Six universe.

As for Apex Legends, EA has teased some sort of “Apex Legends 2.0,” but it still seems a while away.

Golden eyes: How gold nanoparticles may one day help to restore people’s vision

A new study by Brown University researchers suggests that gold nanoparticles — microscopic bits of gold thousands of times thinner than a human hair — might one day be used to help restore vision in people with macular degeneration and other retinal disorders.

In a study published in the journal ACS Nano and supported by the National Institutes of Health, the research team showed that nanoparticles injected into the retina can successfully stimulate the visual system and restore vision in mice with retinal disorders. The findings suggest that a new type of visual prosthesis system in which nanoparticles, used in combination with a small laser device worn in a pair of glasses or goggles, might one day help people with retinal disorders to see again.

“This is a new type of retinal prosthesis that has the potential to restore vision lost to retinal degeneration without requiring any kind of complicated surgery or genetic modification,” said Jiarui Nie, a postdoctoral researcher at the National Institutes of Health who led the research while completing her Ph.D. at Brown. “We believe this technique could potentially transform treatment paradigms for retinal degenerative conditions.”

Nie performed the work while working in the lab of Jonghwan Lee, an associate professor in Brown’s School of Engineering and a faculty affiliate at Brown’s Carney Institute for Brain Science, who oversaw the work and served as the study’s senior author.

Retinal disorders like macular degeneration and retinitis pigmentosa affect millions of people in the U.S. and around the world. These conditions damage light-sensitive cells in the retina called photoreceptors — the “rods” and “cones” that convert light into tiny electric pulses. Those pulses stimulate other types of cells further up the visual chain called bipolar and ganglion cells, which process the photoreceptor signals and send them along to the brain.

This new approach uses nanoparticles injected directly into the retina to bypass damaged photoreceptors. When infrared light is focused on the nanoparticles, they generate a tiny amount of heat that activates bipolar and ganglion cells in much the same way that photoreceptor pulses do. Because disorders like macular degeneration affect mostly photoreceptors while leaving bipolar and ganglion cells intact, the strategy has the potential to restore lost vision.

In this new study, the research team tested the nanoparticle approach in mouse retinas and in living mice with retinal disorders. After injecting a liquid nanoparticle solution, the researchers used patterned near-infrared laser light to project shapes onto the retinas. Using a calcium signal to detect cellular activity, the team confirmed that the nanoparticles were exciting bipolar and ganglion cells in patterns matched the shapes projected by the laser.

The experiments showed that neither the nanoparticle solution nor the laser stimulation caused detectable adverse side effects, as indicated by metabolic markers for inflammation and toxicity. Using probes, the researchers confirmed that laser stimulation of the nanoparticles caused increased activity in the visual cortices of the mice — an indication that previously absent visual signals were being transmitted and processed by the brain. That, the researchers say, is a sign that vision had been at least partially restored, a good sign for potentially translating a similar technology to humans.

For human use, the researchers envision a system that combines the nanoparticles with a laser system mounted in a pair of glasses or goggles. Cameras in the goggles would gather image data from the outside world and use it to drive the patterning of an infrared laser. The laser pulses would then stimulate the nanoparticles in people’s retinas, enabling them to see.

The approach is similar to one that was approved by the Food and Drug Administration for human use a few years ago. The older approach combined a camera system with a small electrode array that was surgically implanted in the eye. The nanoparticle approach has several key advantages, according to Nie.

For starters, it’s far less invasive. As opposed to surgery, “an intravitreal injection is one of the simplest procedures in ophthalmology,” Nie said.

There are functional advantages as well. The resolution of the previous approach was limited by the size of the electrode array — about 60 square pixels. Because the nanoparticle solution covers the whole retina, the new approach could potentially cover someone’s full field of vision. And because the nanoparticles respond to near-infrared light as opposed to visual light, the system doesn’t necessarily interfere with any residual vision a person may retain.

More work needs to be done before the approach can be tried in a clinical setting, Nie said, but this early research suggests that it’s possible.

“We showed that the nanoparticles can stay in the retina for months with no major toxicity,” Nie said of the research. “And we showed that they can successfully stimulate the visual system. That’s very encouraging for future applications.”

The research was funded by the National Institutes of Health’s National Eye Institute (R01EY030569), the China Scholarship Council scholarship, the Saudi Arabian Cultural Mission scholarship, and South Korea’s Alchemist Project Program (RS-2024-00422269). Co-authors also include Professor Kyungsik Eom from Pusan National University, Brown Professor Tao Lui, as well as Brown students Hafithe M. Al Ghosain, Alexander Neifert, Aaron Cherian, Gaia Marie Gerbaka, and Kristine Y. Ma.

Internship Opportunity @ YuvaCracy Centre for Policy Research

About YuvaCracy Foundation

YuvaCracy Foundation is a non-profit organisation registered under section 8 of The Companies Act, 2013, with approvals from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises (MSME), and recognition on NGO Darpan (NITI Aayog, Government of India).

About the Opportunity

YuvaCracy Centre for Policy Research is inviting applications for the NITI Internship program (extension) from students across diverse academic disciplines, with a preference for those pursuing public policy or social sciences.

We are looking for motivated individuals to join our team and contribute to meaningful policy research and analysis.

Mode

Remote.

What You’ll Gain?

  • Practical exposure to real-time policy work.
  • Opportunities to contribute to impactful policy research, analysis, and drafting.

Eligibility Criteria

  • Currently enrolled in the 2nd or 3rd year of an undergraduate program or the 1st year of a postgraduate program at any recognised college or university.
  • Prior experience or exposure to public policy is desirable but not mandatory.
  • Strong interest in research, public policy, and policy analysis.

How to Apply?

Interested candidates should send their CV (1 page) and a writing sample related to any of the Central Government Schemes, acts or policies in 500 words only to [email protected].

Application Deadline

April 18th, 2025.

Contact Information

For any queries, please contact at [email protected].

Click here for LinkedIn Notification.

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is an unethical practice and can lead to blacklisting. Facing concerns? Please email us at [email protected]

Michelle Trachtenberg cause of death: Can liver transplant lead to diabetes mellitus? | Health

‘Gossip Girl’ star Michelle Trachtenberg died from complications with diabetes mellitus, TMZ reported citing the New York City Medical Examiner’s Office. This comes weeks after the 39-year-old was found dead inside her New York City apartment. Soon after her abrupt death, a source to NBC News said that the actor had received a liver transplant.

Michelle Trachtenberg’s cause of death was revealed on Wednesday(AFP)

However, the lab results did not state whether Trachtenberg had type 1 or type 2 diabetes. The actor was found dead by her mother at a building in Manhattan, New York City, back in February.

Read More: Michelle Trachtenberg called out ‘haters’ for unkind comments on her health weeks before death: Why do you have to hate?

Can a liver transplant lead to diabetes?

According to the National Library of Medicine, post-live transplantation diabetes mellitus (PLTDM) develops in up to ‘30% of liver transplant recipients’. The website adds that it is ‘associated with increased risk of mortality and multiple morbid outcomes’.

“PLTDM is a multicausal disorder, but the main risk factor is the use of immunosuppressive agents of the calcineurin inhibitor (CNI) family (tacrolimus and cyclosporine). Additional factors, such as pre-transplant overweight, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis and hepatitis C virus infection, may further increase risk of developing PLTDM.” the NIH adds.

Read More: Michelle Trachtenberg was ‘really down emotionally’ before death, started looking ‘less and less like herself’: Report

According to Mayo Clinic, some of the symptoms of type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes are: Feeling more thirsty than usual, Urinating often, Losing weight without trying, Presence of ketones in the urine, Feeling tired and weak, Feeling irritable or having other mood changes, Having blurry vision, Having slow-healing sores and Getting a lot of infections, such as gum, skin and vaginal infections.

(This article is for informational purposes only. All information is official. If you are experiencing a health issue, please visit your doctor)

Bluebird says Ayrmid missed deadline for rival takeover bid

Bluebird bio is still waiting on a binding takeover bid from Ayrmid Ltd., three weeks after the company said it would pay $15 million more than SK Capital and Carlyle Group offered for the gene therapy maker.

In a Wednesday statement, Bluebird board chair Mark Vachon said Ayrmid has yet to present a binding offer or acquire the financing necessary to complete its $45 million proposal. The initial deadline for Ayrmid to produce an offer was April 11, which Bluebird had agreed to extend for four days.

“Ayrmid’s proposal remains highly conditional, despite an extension to the previously agreed-upon timeline to complete confirmatory diligence and submit a binding offer,” Vachon said.

In a regulatory filing, Bluebird reported that “representatives of Ayrmid informed management that they were unable to obtain committed financing and make a binding offer by that day’s deadline and that they were continuing to pursue financing and expected to provide an update in the coming week.”

The board of directors reiterated its recommendation that Bluebird pursue SK Capital and Carlyle’s takeover bid, which is worth almost $30 million. The two firms offered $3 per share in upfront cash, with a $6.84 per share contingent value right payment.

Ayrmid offered $4.50 per share upfront, along with the same contingent value right payment.

If Bluebird backs out of the offer with SK Capital and Carlyle, it could owe the two firms as much as $1.5 million in termination fees, or $300,000 in expense reimbursement, according to a regulatory filing. The deadline for shareholders to tender their stock to the offer is now May 2.

The gene therapy developer originally agreed to a take-private deal with SK Capital and Carlyle in February after revealing it was at risk of defaulting on its loans. Under the terms of the agreement, former Ipsen and Mirati Therapeutics CEO David Meek will take over as head of Bluebird. Capital provided by the private equity firms would be used to continue commercializing the three gene therapies Bluebird brought to the market for sickle cell disease, beta thalassemia and cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy.

Shares in Bluebird have lost about 80% of their value over the past year as the company hit financial difficulties and struggled to sell its treatments. Its share price fell 7% Wednesday.

[PODCAST] Will the Federal Election Really Shake Up the Property Market? Let’s Bust Some Myths

In this episode of the Michael Yardney podcast, I discuss the current state of the housing market with Dr. Nicola Powell, Chief of Research and Economics.

We explore the impact of federal elections on housing predictions, the effects of political uncertainty, and the concept of Solomon’s Paradox in decision-making.

Our conversation also delves into the differences in housing policies between political parties, the ongoing supply and demand issues in the market, and the opportunities available in established properties.

The episode concludes with insights into market trends and the importance of making property decisions based on personal circumstances rather than external noise.

Takeaways:

  • The housing market is influenced by federal elections.
  • Rate cuts can improve buyer sentiment and inquiry.
  • Solomon’s Paradox highlights our decision-making flaws.
  • Political uncertainty can delay property transactions.
  • Auction outcomes can be surprisingly positive on election days.
  • Labour governments tend to support first home buyers more.
  • Supply issues are a significant challenge in the housing market.
  • Established properties are often undervalued compared to new builds.
  • Market cycles will continue despite political changes.
  • Personal circumstances should guide property investment decisions.

Links and Resources:  

Michael Yardney – https://propertyupdate.com.au/michael-yardney/

Get the team at Metropole to help build your personal Strategic Property Plan Click here and have a chat with us – https://investor.metropole.com.au/strategic-property-plan/

Join us at Wealth Retreat – Australia’s Premier Wealth Retreat for Elite Investors and Business People – www.WealthRetreat.com.au

Dr. Nicola Powell, Chief of Research and Economics at Domain.

Get a bundle of free reports and eBooks – www.PodcastBonus.com.au

Also, please subscribe to my new podcast Demographics Decoded with Simon Kuestenmacher – just look for Demographics Decoded wherever you are listening to this podcast and subscribe so each week we can unveil the trends shaping your future.

The Most Useful Notion Widgets You’ve Never Tried

Notion widgets are a handy feature, but good ones can be difficult to find. The right widgets don’t just look cool; they pull in dynamic info, automatic nudges, and make your dashboard feel alive again.

As useful as a tool Notion is, it relies on you to keep the app open and constantly check your goals and tasks. The Notion Streak widget gives you a handy streak right in Notion. It’s not a lot, but it does add that extra motivation you need in the morning to open Notion and look at everything you need to do.

The widget tracks how many days in a row you have been working on a Notion page. To keep a streak going, you need to open said page at least once a day, every day. It’s also highly customizable, but you need a Potion account to customize or create your streak widget.

Animedoro widget open in Notion

Using a Pomodoro timer is a great way of ensuring productivity in quick bursts without burning yourself out. However, most Pomodoro timers you’ll come across are boring to look at, with most just having a countdown timer on a light background.

Animedoro takes a twist on this by introducing Anime-themed timers right on your Notion page. Once you’ve embedded the widget into your Notion page, you can select from eight anime-based themes, adjust your work and watch timers, and choose from four sound effects for a post-alarm bell.

Related

5 Surprising Downsides of Using the Pomodoro Technique

Here’s why the popular time management method isn’t always as effective as it seems.

The timer is also fully resizeable, so you can have a nice big Pomodoro timer going right at the top of your page and looking good while doing so. If you need more customization, you might just need to build your own Pomodoro timer app using Python.

Life calendar widget open in Notion

The Life Calendar, like the Notion streak widget, is more informative than interactive. All you need to do is enter your date of birth and any significant events you want, and the website will spit out a grid of squares with black squares for the weeks that have passed away and white ones for the weeks yet to come.

Of course, this isn’t accurate. The widget grid displays all the weeks that make up a 90-year-old’s life. The widget’s description explains best why it’s useful.

Technically speaking, this digital calendar, cannot be cached. Exactly as your life. Every time you will have a look at this image inside a Notion page, it will be a distinct and exact representation of the weeks you already lived, the weeks to come and, hopefully, it will remind you that time is a gift. And you can make great things with it.

Kairo Notion blocks open in Notion

Kairo Notion Blocks are small widgets that you can build for free on their website and then embed to your Notion page. The blocks can be customized with an icon, colors, dark or light mode, and properties based on what block you’ve selected. I find them really handy for timers and habit-tracking.

They don’t require an account to make, and you can quickly set up a nicely animated timer, habit, countdown, or progress block with a few clicks. If you need more customization, you can get Kairo’s Gold plan for $3.75 a month or $45 per year. This gives you access to 12 block types, a layout and grid editor, cloud data storage, and more. My Notion subscription pays for itself; with these blocks, it does even more.

Switching back and forth between two different programs can be annoying, especially if you’re on a short deadline. The Spotify widget takes this hassle out by letting you embed any song, album, artist, playlist, podcast, or episode on your Notion page. You don’t even have to use a third-party website for this. Just head over to the music you want to put in Notion, copy its embed code, and paste it in Notion’s Embed block.

This isn’t as useful as switching to the Spotify app, and if you wanna switch playlists or start a new one, you’re going to have to go back to the Spotify app. However, for those who prefer listening to their own playlists, this widget is a massive convenience.

Calculator widget in Notion

Notion can help you calculate things, but having a good old calculator handy never hurts anyone. If you often crunch quick numbers or don’t want to create databases every time you need a column’s sum, this widget will be useful.

Other than the usual arithmetic functions, you also get basic trigonometry, your choice of angles in degrees or radians, and log, among others. This widget won’t run complicated expressions but is perfectly fine for most of your everyday calculating needs.

Buttons widget in Notion

Buttons are part of Indify’s suite of Notion widgets. These customizable buttons can act as quick shortcuts to a website, email address, phone number, or another Notion page. Make sure to enter the link in the correct format, and you should be good to go.

You can customize the button’s icon and text, change its color and hover highlight color, and adjust size, corner rounding, layout, and alignment. The site has a handy color picker that shows how colors look in Notion’s dark and light modes. You can configure multiple buttons at once, and there’s a preview at the bottom to make sure your buttons look right.

Once embedded in Notion, the button uses the default app for a particular task on your PC. For example, clicking a button linked to a website will open the website in your PC’s default browser, and so on.

Related

9 Notion Integrations to Enhance Productivity

Automate, streamline, and organize—Notion just got better.

Whether you’re looking to up your productivity or organize your life in Notion, these widgets will come in handy. The next time you open Notion, you might find your new favorite tool hiding in plain sight.

Flavors across borders reveal the tastes of Cambodia and China

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Flavors-across-borders-reveal-the-tastes-of-Cambodia-and-China-1CCluqNc7zW/img/7839a4a7175b478b8e9dbda2e2814e8a/7839a4a7175b478b8e9dbda2e2814e8a.jpeg' alt='Peking duck served with pancakes, scallions and sweet bean sauce. /VCG'

As the “Cambodia-China Tourism Year” unfolds, it offers more than just a chance to explore scenic landscapes – it’s also a golden opportunity to savor the rich flavors of two distinct culinary traditions.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Flavors-across-borders-reveal-the-tastes-of-Cambodia-and-China-1CCluqNc7zW/img/dadc9e69a289445f9d5eec4fb2d51211/dadc9e69a289445f9d5eec4fb2d51211.jpeg' alt='Khmer red curry and Cambodian spring rolls, two staples of the country's flavorful cuisine. /VCG'

Cambodia’s beloved Fish Amok is a fragrant coconut curry steamed in banana leaves, known for its creamy texture and subtle spices. On the Chinese side, Peking duck is a crispy-skinned delicacy with centuries of imperial history, often served with pancakes and sweet bean sauce. Both of these dishes are must-tries that speak to their countries’ culinary roots.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Flavors-across-borders-reveal-the-tastes-of-Cambodia-and-China-1CCluqNc7zW/img/c8f95f1d8fc84534b01210e918947804/c8f95f1d8fc84534b01210e918947804.jpeg' alt='Bubbling broth and colorful side dishes set the stage for a classic Sichuan hot pot meal. /VCG'

Khmer red curry brings warmth without overwhelming heat, often cooked with coconut milk, chicken and local spices. In contrast, Sichuan hot pot is a bold, fiery experience loaded with chili peppers and numbing peppercorns. While Khmer curry invites a gentle warmth, Sichuan hot pot is an adrenaline rush for the taste buds.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-16/Flavors-across-borders-reveal-the-tastes-of-Cambodia-and-China-1CCluqNc7zW/img/8f0d6de1541b499c9f50c49ad2ae97c8/8f0d6de1541b499c9f50c49ad2ae97c8.jpeg' alt='A selection of Cantonese dim sum, a staple of south China cuisine. /VCG'

Cambodian spring rolls, filled with fresh herbs and vegetables, offer a crisp bite and light refreshment. Dim sum – with its wide range of dumplings, buns and rolls, – showcases the finesse of Cantonese cooking. Both dishes are bite-sized, perfect for sharing, and reflect the importance of community at the dining table.

Ryan Coogler and Ludwig Göransson find the music of ‘Sinners’

“Sinners,” Ryan Coogler’s newest film, supposes that music has the power to conjure spirits past, present and evil.

It’s a compelling hook, one that leads the story’s heroes, including Michael B. Jordan (playing twins), Hailee Steinfeld, Delroy Lindo and revelatory newcomer Miles Caton, into conflict with bloodsucking creatures of the night but also on a time-tripping tour of American musical history. This is a movie that features legendary bluesman Buddy Guy and, on the soundtrack, banjo evangelist Rhiannon Giddens and Metallica drummer Lars Ulrich. It’s a movie where music sizzles and wails out of every pore.

In one knockout set piece, Caton — baby-faced but with the time-stained voice of a 60-year-old railroad man — sings a new blues song (“I Lied to You”) at the film’s central juke joint. Positioned behind a gigantic Imax camera (Coogler literally had his hands on the operator’s hips), the director rips a time portal open and whirls through the crowded room where, suddenly, ancient African drummers and dancers share the floor with 1930s plantation workers, a rock guitarist, modern twerkers and DJs alike. The camera, airborne, rushes up through the roof, which bursts into flames.

“We actually lit the s— on fire, bro,” says Coogler, 38, proudly. His cast and crew gathered at the end of principal photography to watch the central building set ablaze for the shot. “It was almost, like, ritualistic.”

Michael B. Jordan in the movie “Sinners.”

(Warner Bros. Pictures)

In theaters Friday, “Sinners” is the latest lovechild between the writer-director and his longtime music man, Ludwig Göransson, the Oscar-winning composer who previously fused the nostalgic brass heroism of “Rocky” to modern hip-hop in “Creed” and who adapted traditional West African idioms to Marvel-sized blockbuster dimensions in Coogler’s “Black Panther” films. “Sinners” is a culmination of their unique creative partnership, a deeply personal celebration of their shared love of music and of each others’ families.

“Everybody had this sense of urgency,” says Coogler via Zoom from New York, “where we all knew that this might be the last time in our lives where we could make something like this, that requires this much of ourselves.”

The ex-footballer likened it to returning a kickoff and taking advantage of a fleeting hole in the defense. “I felt like that every day on this movie, like there might not ever be a time when Ludwig can just move to another town and uproot his whole family.”

Göransson, 40, is on the Zoom call too, albeit in a different box onscreen. He’s busy finishing up the “Sinners” soundtrack album at Electric Lady Studios. And even though Göransson is a white Swede with Samson locks and Coogler hails from Oakland and has cornrows, they talk with the easy fraternity of two guys who bonded over a mutual love of hip-hop at a pool table in USC’s student housing. Göransson has scored every Coogler picture since his 2009 student film “Locks,” and he never merely varnishes them with music in postproduction — he is truly Coogler’s co-author.

A man with long locks poses for the camera.

“I grew up with [my dad] always listening to those guitar heroes, having those records at home,” says composer Ludwig Göransson, inculcated with an appreciation of the blues from an early age.

(The Tyler Twins / For The Times)

He also is a partner in Coogler’s new production company, Proximity Media. And despite his background — growing up in Linköping, Sweden, in the 1980s — Göransson was practically baptized in American blues music. His father worshipped guitarists from the Delta and even wanted to name his son after the Mississippian Albert King but was outvoted by his wife, who named him after Beethoven.

“I grew up with [my dad] always listening to those guitar heroes, having those records at home,” says Göransson. “He filmed those concerts from the ’70s that he wanted me to watch, with Albert King playing guitar and smoking a pipe onstage in rainy Stockholm.”

Göransson absorbed his dad’s passions and mutated them into a personal obsession with Metallica, an electric descendant of the blues, in the process becoming a guitar player proficient in everything from thrash metal to jazz.

For “Sinners,” Coogler, per usual, started sending Göransson drafts of his ambitious script about two brothers (Jordan, seamlessly doubled) who open a juke joint in 1930s Mississippi and accidentally attract a trio of vampires. The story was first sparked by his uncle James, a blues-loving man from Mississippi who died when Coogler was in post on “Creed.” Listening to the blues became a way of “conjuring” his uncle, the director says.

After he made “Black Panther: Wakanda Forever,” Coogler was washing dishes one night and listening to “Wang Dang Doodle,” a 1960 blues song about a crazy all-night party with a colorful cast of characters, and lightning struck. Fueled by a lifetime love of horror, the filmmaker developed a plot that resurrected the life force of the early blues scene and merged it with the intriguing possibilities inherent in a vampire’s eternal lifespan.

He was excited that the guitar-shredding Göransson (who has played onstage at Coachella) could finally write a guitar score, and the director even took up the instrument himself while writing his script, receiving riff lessons from his friend.

Two moviemakers strum on instruments to make a point about a moment in a script.

In their unique collaboration, Ryan Coogler and Ludwig Göransson played music together during much of the prep for “Sinners.”

(Serena Göransson)

“If you’ve got the right type environment with the right type of people, you feel immortal,” says Coogler, awed by Göransson’s chops. “I’ve seen Ludwig on guitar, I’ve seen him shred, and I’m like: I don’t know that person.”

There was obviously going to be much source music in the film: blues tunes, Irish folk songs, church music, all of it performed onscreen. It seemed a fairly straightforward task, at first.

They asked Serena Göransson — Ludwig’s wife and a studio violinist whose playing had a starring role in his score for “Oppenheimer” — to produce all of the songs. She took one read of the script and had some direct advice.

“She was like, there’s no way you do this and just go down to New Orleans on weekends,” recalls the composer. “So, yeah, we rented a house, and it turned out that we stayed for three months, and the scope of the project was way bigger than I thought it was going to be.”

A man in a suit and glasses looks over his shoulder at the camera.

“If you’ve got the right type environment with the right type of people, you feel immortal,” says Coogler, who brought together a dream team for “Sinners.”

(The Tyler Twins / For The Times)

The Göranssons set up camp in the heat of a Louisiana summer with their two young children last year. Serena, a classically trained performer who “was taught that all music came from Bach,” says on a separate Zoom call from New York that she recognized that this uniquely southern Black music had to be handled with care and expert consultation.

“I feel like a steward of this project,” she says, “especially with the music. I just feel like it has a life of its own and the right artists are coming in to collaborate with us at the right time.”

They interviewed blues legends and ethnomusicologists, as well as the top singer of traditional Sean-nós vocal music in Ireland. Ludwig Göransson even got to take his father on the blues trail in Memphis as part of a research trip. He co-wrote original songs with Brittany Howard, onetime lead singer of the Alabama Shakes, and Raphael Saadiq, the R&B maestro from Oakland, which became key moments in the plot. He gave Lindo — who plays a scene-stealing old soak nicknamed Delta Slim — piano lessons.

The Göranssons rented a studio (converted from a church) in New Orleans and worked tirelessly with the supporting cast — Jack O’Connell, Lola Kirke and Peter Dreimanis as folk-singing vampires, Jayme Lawson as a seductive torch songstress — rehearsing their numbers again and again to the point where, as Serena Göransson says, “you could have woken them up in the middle of the night and they knew these songs like the back of their hands.”

After writing multiple songs and helping with the shoot (including the complex musical choreography of that space-time-shattering set piece), Göransson was now faced with the daunting task of writing a score. Weaving around the many period-rich diegetic songs, he took a 1932 Dobro resonator guitar — the same one that Caton’s character, Sammy, plays in the film — and channeled his father’s blues-loving DNA. Joined by a lyrical harmonica and Caton’s vocals, it’s music that almost lets the audience smell the cotton fields and country roads and smoke-filled hoodoo huts.

Four people play music in the woods in the moonlight.

Peter Dreimanis, left, Jack O’Connell, Hailee Steinfeld and Lola Kirke in the movie “Sinners.”

(Warner Bros. Pictures)

Reflecting the historical continuum explored in the story, he then plugged into his Metallica love and wrote gleefully fun, neon power chords for Remmick (O’Connell) and his fanged companions, with drums authentically supplied by Ulrich. The score also cleverly exploits the pipe organ’s dual connotations with religion (Sammy is the son of a pastor) and gothic horror. When the blood really starts hitting the fan, Göransson asked his wife and a string orchestra to help escalate the drama, and he had violins bend notes just like his slide guitar.

“When I hear that last section,” Coogler says, “that’s the one where I’m just like: This is really good, but I don’t know if anybody outside of like me and maybe [my wife] Zinzi know how good this is.”

“I’m Ludwig’s biggest fan who’s, like, not married to him,” Coogler adds, his face beaming while Göransson blushes. The director, whose kids also hung out on set, has known Ludwig and Serena since they met cute at a scoring session in 2008; he officiated their wedding 10 years later. “I love this score because I think it’s infused with his love for music, his love for his dad, his love for his wife, his love for his kids. I can literally feel it in the music.”

The final scene in the film, technically a post-credits scene, was actually the first one shot chronologically. Coogler wanted to show a more recent link to the story’s century-old events, and he really wanted his uncle’s favorite blues musician, Buddy Guy, to be involved. But he quickly learned that Guy, now in his late 80s, hadn’t been to a theater since the “fish movie,” a.k.a. “Jaws,” and he despaired of his chances.

Still, he arranged to go see Guy play in Chicago.

“I get to the show,” says Coogler, “and his whole family is in the backstage room — his grandkids. And they’re like, ‘Oh, cool, we’re going to bring you to see our grandpa.’ And me and Zinzi go in there and sit down, and he’s like, ‘Yo, man.’”

“I’m not a movie guy,” the bluesman said, in Coogler’s retelling of this momentous meeting, “but my kids love your movies and they tell me that I gotta meet with you. So I’m here — whatever you need. You want me to sing? I’ll sing. You want me to act? I’m on for the work. But I got you.”

“I pitched him what the movie was,” Coogler continues, “and he told me his life story about being a sharecropper as a kid and going up to Chicago and trying to learn how to play. I broke down crying, because everything I had just written in the script, this dude lived.”

“Outside of the supernatural stuff,” Coogler clarifies.

Will Meta Really Have to Sell Instagram and WhatsApp?

Paresh Dave: Absolutely. The timing when some of those moves were first announced was viewed as kind of suspicious because it was right around when these investigations into Meta and these cases started getting filed against Big Tech companies.

Zoë Schiffer: We’re going to take one more short break. And when we come back, we’ll tell you what to check out on WIRED.com this week. Welcome back to Uncanny Valley. I’m Zoë Schiffer, WIRED’s Director of Business and Industry. I’m joined today by WIRED’s senior writer, Paresh Dave. Before we go, Paresh, can you tell our listeners about what they have to read on WIRED.com today other than the stories we mentioned in this episode already?

Paresh Dave: Yes. Smishing Triad, the scam group stealing the world’s riches.

Zoë Schiffer: Is Smishing a phishing variant?

Paresh Dave: It’s a combination of phishing with SMS. Smishing, yes.

Zoë Schiffer: Smishing. Got it, got it, got it.

Paresh Dave: I’m sure we’ve all gotten those text messages about, “You got to pay this toll road fee,” or some parcel can’t be delivered properly. Very annoying. I still get them all the time. I don’t know why our phones can’t stop this, but this story by our colleague, Matt Burgess, talks about how a lot of these messages, which are called sort of smishing messages, originate from this group of cyber criminals that is actually constantly improving their scamming software. The cybersecurity does not have the upper hand here. And my takeaway was we are going to get more and more of these messages before it gets better. And this article is part of a WIRED series, Guide to the Most Dangerous Hackers You’ve Never Heard Of. And this is dangerous, right? There are people who type in their credit card numbers in reply to these text messages and get all their money stolen. It’s not great.

Zoë Schiffer: I feel like after I started at WIRED, I started getting messages purporting to be from company executives asking me to input personal information, which was well-timed because I had just started a new job. I was like, “I don’t know if they text me.” But no.

Paresh Dave: Maybe it was our cybersecurity team testing us. I don’t know. I had that too.

Zoë Schiffer: They do that from time to time.

Paresh Dave: And what about you, Zoë? What are you recommending this week?

Zoë Schiffer: Well, in addition to your wonderful pre-write about the trial, which everyone should read and gives people kind of a good overview of what we should expect, we also published a piece just this morning by Caroline Haskins, another writer on the business desk at WIRED, about a New Mexico man who faces federal charges for allegedly setting fire to a Tesla showroom. This is part of the kind of Tesla protest indictments that are happening. Pam Bondi, the Attorney General, and Trump and Elon Musk have all called for the people who are engaged in violent acts against Tesla property to be charged with really, really serious crimes. And this is the second time that we know of that the FBI terrorism investigators have gotten involved in an investigation tied to the kind of public backlash against Elon Musk and Tesla in particular. Bondi said that the man in question would be going to prison for 20 years or more, even though he hasn’t yet been convicted. We have a lot of detail on the allegations in the case, things that we found in the arrest warrant, and it’s a really good kind of overview of what’s happening on that. Paresh, thank you so much for joining me today.

Paresh Dave: Thanks for having me.

Zoë Schiffer: That’s our show for today. We’ll link to all the stories we spoke about in the show notes. Make sure to check out Thursday’s episode of Uncanny Valley, which is all about surveillance technology, protests, and how to safely navigate physical and online spaces during this moment. If you liked what you heard today, make sure to follow our show and rate it on your podcast app of choice. If you’d like to get in touch with us for any questions, comments, or show suggestions, write to us at [email protected]. Kyana Moghadam and Adriana Tapia produced this episode. Amar Lal at Macro Sound mixed this episode. Pran Bandi was our New York Studio engineer. Jordan Bell is our executive producer. Condé Nast Head of Global Audio is Chris Bannon. And Katie Drummond is WIRED’s Global Editorial Director.

Polygon to Shift Focus to Stablecoins Amid Rising Institutional Interest

Polygon Labs plans to concentrate on preparing for a rising and anticipated boom in the stablecoin market. In conversation with Gadgets 360, Polygon founder Sandeep Nailwal said that the institutional interest in stablecoins has risen significantly, and industry players have started to prepare to cater to the demands around stablecoin custody and services. Polygon is a popular layer-2 scaling solution supported on Ethereum, offering low transaction costs and interoperability among other features. In the future, the platform plans to improve its efficiency, especially related to stablecoins.

Stablecoins are crypto assets that derive their value from an underlaying asset – like gold or a fiat currency. Stablecoins like Tether (USDT) and Circle (USDC) are also usually less prone to market volatility because they are pegged to stable, reserved assets. Standard Chartered estimates that the stablecoin market will grow tenfold to $2 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,71,29,800 crore) within the next three years.

Nailwal said that Polygon is aiming at becoming the go-to provider for stablecoin payments and transactions in the future. Explaining why stablecoins are garnering institutional attention, he stated that stablecoins make the bridge that connects the worlds of crypto finance and traditional finance.

“The stablecoin supply on Polygon’s proof-of-stake chain increased 14 percent in the fourth quarter to surpass $2 billion (roughly Rs. 17,100 crore), making it the leading EVM chain with nearly 30 percent of all app action transactions. To aid in broader adoption, Polygon launched 1Money, a layer-1 payments network that supports multi-currency transactions,” Nailwal noted.

A recent report by a16z crypto claimed that stablecoins can increase the speed of transaction processing and bring more transparency to records, due to the blockchain element.

“Instead of stitching together clunky, costly, and outdated systems, stablecoins flow seamlessly on top of global blockchains. These systems are programmable, composable, and designed to scale across borders,” the firm said in its report. “Clear rules of the road for stablecoins and crypto market structure could finally allow these technologies to move out of the sandbox and toward widespread adoption.”

Many countries are now working on diving deeper into stablecoin exploration. In the US, the Stablecoin Regulation Bill is close to receiving approval from the US House Committee. Singapore and the UK have regulations in place that govern the use of stablecoins.

In the coming months, Nailwal says that the blockchain firm will add support for yield-bearing stablecoins that combine the stability of traditional collateralisation with DeFi yield.

Nailwal weighed in on the ongoing stablecoin frenzy. “There is tremendous revenue potential with stablecoins, with institutions looking closely at the proven profitability demonstrated by established players like Tether and wanting to take advantage of the opportunity to provide better payment rails for their users, especially for remittances, while avoiding traditional fee structures,” he said.

CPC inflation: How fast are Google Ads costs rising?

Most advertisers will confidently tell you that the cost per click (CPC) on Google Ads rises year after year. But is that actually true?

And if it is, how quickly are CPCs inflating?

Surprisingly, there’s no simple answer.

To get closer to the truth, we’ll explore three reliable data sources – and explain why this question matters more than most advertisers realize.

The problem of CPC inflation

If you advertise on Google, CPC inflation should be high on your list of concerns. Why?

Because rising CPCs directly erode advertising performance.

For example, if CPCs increase by 5% this year, your budget will deliver 5% fewer clicks – assuming all other variables stay constant.

Let’s look at a simple example to illustrate:

The problem of CPC inflation - Simple illustration

If average CPCs rise by 5%, advertisers lose 5% of their clicks – despite spending the same amount.

But performance targets don’t go down just because costs go up.

In most cases, the only way to keep up is to increase total ad spend by that same 5%.

That might work – if you can also raise your prices by 5%.

The example below shows how adjusting pricing can maintain revenue outcomes, even as CPCs increase.

The problem of CPC inflation - Illustration with adjusted pricing

And this is where the problem lies: as CPCs continue to rise, businesses are forced to increase their prices just to stay level.

Ideally, prices rise at the same rate as market inflation. 

But if CPCs rise faster than inflation, your margins start to erode. 

That’s the danger of CPC inflation – and it often goes unnoticed.

So, how big is this problem really?

To answer that, we’ll look at three key data sources that reflect CPC trends over time:

  • Google annual reports: Alphabet, as a public company, reports changes in CPCs as part of its revenue breakdown.
  • Third-party tools (WordStream): WordStream collects data from thousands of Google Ads campaigns and publishes annual CPC benchmarks by industry.
  • Owned ad accounts: At our agency, we track exact search terms over several years across multiple industries to measure CPC fluctuations at the most granular level.

CPCs from Alphabet’s annual reports

To better understand CPC trends, we extracted data from Alphabet’s annual reports (Form 10-K) covering the years 2018 to 2024.

CPCs from Alphabet’s annual reports

This table shows the year-over-year percentage change in two key metrics:

  • The volume of paid clicks.
  • Average CPCs.

For example, the 2024 column represents the change compared to 2023.

The “Average” column has been added for reference and does not appear in the original reports.

What stands out is that in three of the six years (2024, 2023, and 2021), both paid clicks and CPCs increased.

In those years, Google effectively earned more by generating more clicks and charging more per click.

The most dramatic shifts occurred between 2020 and 2021, a period marked by COVID-driven growth in online activity.

As demand surged, competition rose – and so did CPCs.

Looking at the broader trend, the volume of paid clicks increased every year, averaging a 14.5% annual growth rate. 

But CPCs only rose in three out of the six years, with an average annual increase of just 2.33%. 

This is surprisingly low – I expected a more consistent upward trend of at least 3% per year.

However, there are important limitations to this data. 

Alphabet’s reports likely cover more than just Google Search – other platforms like YouTube and the Display Network may be included. 

Additionally, the figures reflect global data, which could be skewed downward by lower CPCs in emerging markets. 

It’s also possible that the growing use of automated bidding tools has contributed to slower CPC inflation overall.

Dig deeper: Dealing with Google Ads frustrations – Poor support, suspensions, rising costs

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


See terms.


Wordstream CPC data

WordStream publishes an annual industry benchmark report on Google Ads CPCs, drawing insights from over 17,000 campaigns. 

Below, I’ve compiled their reported CPC data for U.S.-based advertisers from 2021 to 2024.

Wordstream CPC data

The first five columns show the average CPC for each industry by year. 

The final column reflects the compound annual growth rate (CAGR), which is calculated to measure how quickly CPCs are rising on a smoothed annual basis.

To put this in context, the average U.S. inflation rate over the past five years – measured by the consumer price index (CPI) – is 4.24%. 

Industries with a CPC CAGR above this benchmark are highlighted to show which are seeing CPC inflation outpacing general economic inflation.

Interestingly, 12 of the 23 industries analyzed have CPCs growing faster than the CPI. 

That means the majority of industries are experiencing CPC inflation above the national average price inflation.

When averaging across all industries, the overall CAGR is 3.18% – slightly below the CPI. 

However, this average is heavily impacted by an outlier: the Finance and Insurance sector, which shows a sharp -12.68% decline. 

This anomaly may be the result of reporting errors, data shifts, or other unknown variables.

If we exclude this outlier, the average CAGR rises to 4.02%, and the median across all industries sits at 4.37%. 

Both are in line with or slightly above CPI, reinforcing the conclusion that CPCs for most industries are increasing at – or faster than – the rate of inflation.

Dig deeper: Top Google Ads recommendations you should always ignore, use, or evaluate

Owned CPC data

The following data comes from accounts our agency manages. 

We’ve selected seven accounts across uncorrelated industries, each with search terms that have had consistently high spend over a period of five years or more.

We chose search terms rather than keywords to eliminate ambiguity and ensure consistency. 

A search term is an exact word or phrase, unchanged over time. 

All of these terms have been managed by the same agency (us), allowing us to track CPC changes with high accuracy.

Below, we’ve graphed the CPCs over time for each of the seven search terms.

  • CAGR: 14.25%
Legal industry CPC

Dental industry

  • CAGR: 8.97%
Dental industry CPC

Ecommerce camping goods

  • CAGR: 4.68%
Ecommerce camping goods CPC

Removalist

  • CAGR: 10.99%
Removalist CPC

Medical technology

  • CAGR: 12.79%
Medical technology CPC

Footwear

  • CAGR: 13.82%
Footwear CPC

Travel

  • CAGR: 16.72%
Travel CPC

Below are the summarized results for all industries. 

Across these accounts, the compound annual growth rate of CPCs is significantly higher than what we’ve seen in Google’s annual reports or WordStream’s benchmarks.

Summary of findings

We looked at three sources to understand how CPCs have changed over time. Here’s what we found:

  • 2.33%: The average annual CPC increase from Google’s annual reports (2019–2024), covering all markets, platforms, and industries.
  • >4%: The CAGR from WordStream benchmarks across all industries (after removing outliers) over the last four years.
  • 11.75%: The average CAGR from our managed accounts, based on the top search term in each of our seven highest-spend accounts (average time frame: 9 years).

Based on years of experience, my gut feeling has always been that CPCs are rising rapidly – and our own data backs that up with an 11.75% increase. 

But when we look more broadly, that growth moderates: WordStream shows 4%, and Google claims it’s just 2.33% – lower than CPI inflation. 

So, which number should we trust?

The limitations of this approach

Using aggregated data – like WordStream’s benchmarks or Google’s reporting – comes with limitations. These sources may not be comparing apples to apples year to year.

For example, if an account switches to a new ad manager who slashes CPCs by shifting strategy, this might appear as a market trend – but it’s really a management change. Aggregated data can’t always control for that.

There’s also the issue of selection bias.

WordStream’s data may skew toward accounts that use their tools, introducing confounding variables.

Perhaps a tool update improved performance, or a price hike caused certain advertisers to leave. Their data might reflect advertiser behavior as much as market dynamics.

By contrast, our internal data is tightly controlled, so we understand the full context.

However, the tradeoff is sample size – seven accounts aren’t enough to reflect the entire market. So while our data may be more precise, it’s less generalizable.

Conclusion

All three data sources confirm that CPCs are rising. The question is – by how much?

And more importantly, what’s happening in your own account?

That’s the number that matters most. 

If your CPCs are rising faster than inflation or benchmarks, you’ll need to respond – whether by:

  • Raising your own prices.
  • Exploring more cost-effective ad strategies,.
  • Even shifting platforms.

Benchmarking your CPC growth against CPI or industry data can help you understand whether your account’s trajectory is justifiable – or unsustainable.

One final thought: If your CPCs are rising faster than inflation, then it’s cheaper to acquire a customer today than it will be tomorrow – and likely cheaper than it will ever be. 

Major brands like Coca-Cola understood this long ago. 

The brand equity they built decades ago still pays dividends today – and it was far cheaper to build back then.

Advertising is an investment. If CPCs go up, the cost of not investing today will only grow.

Dig deeper: PPC budgeting in 2025 – When to adjust, scale, and optimize with data

Battlefield 6 Dev Clarifies Use Of SBMM In Playtest

The next Battlefield game doesn’t even have an official name yet, but fans are already hands-on with an early build thanks to the new Battlefield Labs playtest program. That program has proved a headache for devs, with participants leaking footage in spite of NDAs, and starting rumors about the use of skill-based matchmaking (SBMM).

A rumor that Battlefield 6 would use SBMM, which likely originated from the playtest, has spread through the Battlefield community, with fans up in arms about its potential inclusion. Battlefield’s lead producer David Sirland attempted to clarify the use of SBMM with playtesters, in a post that was later shared to Reddit.

“Just for clarity–saying SBMM is bad is not really useful. What you really want to say is ‘Heavy SBMM where skill separation is a priority is bad,'” Sirland said in the post. “But that doesn’t make skill as a factor in matchmaking bad wholesale, on the contrary we need a skill value to make balanced teams–no matter the ranges of skills total on a server. It wouldn’t be fun if all high skill players ended up on the same team, would it?”

Sirland added that Battlefield 2042 also would be considered to have SBMM by this definition, and attempted to calm down the conversation by assuring fans that any SBMM used in Battlefield 6 would be applied with a light touch. The response to Sirland’s comments being shared to Reddit only reignited the discussion, prompting Battlefield’s global community manager T0TALfps to step in.

“Okay enough,” T0TALfps’s comment started, trying to put an end to the ongoing discourse. The community manager reminded players that the build that part of the BF Labs playtest is far from a finished game, and there is no guarantee that any feature in it will make it to the finish line in the same form. T0TALfps continued to tell off leakers who ignored NDAs to spread details about the early playtests.

“There is a specific time and place for the wider community to learn about new features and functionalities, and this is not it,” they said. “We will address various topics and expand participation in Battlefield Labs when appropriate, but the constant reposting of things is not that time or place. Individuals are and will continue to be removed if they continue to violate the NDA that they agreed to.”

It will likely be a while until we get more official details on the next Battlefield game–including its official title. According to a recent EA financial report, the company expects the game to release before March 2026. Interested players can still sign up for the Battlefield Labs playtest program in the meantime.

Gut microbes release cancer-fighting bile acids that block hormone signals

Bacteria naturally present in the human intestine (known as the gut microbiota) can transform cholesterol-derived bile acids into powerful metabolites that strengthen anti-cancer immunity by blocking androgen signaling, according to a preclinical study led by Weill Cornell Medicine investigators. The study was published on April 15 in Cell.

“I was very surprised by our findings. As far as I know, no one has previously discovered molecules like these bile acids that can interact with the androgen receptor in this way,” said co-senior author Dr. Chun-Jun Guo, an associate professor of immunology in medicine in the Division of Gastroenterology and Hepatology and a scientist at the Jill Roberts Institute for Research in Inflammatory Bowel Disease at Weill Cornell Medicine.

Dr. David Artis, director of the Jill Roberts Institute and the Friedman Center for Nutrition and Inflammation and the Michael Kors Professor in Immunology, and Dr. Nicholas Collins, assistant professor of immunology in medicine, both at Weill Cornell Medicine, are co-senior authors of the study. Drs. Wen-Bing Jin, formerly a postdoctoral associate, and Leyi Xiao, a current postdoctoral associate in Dr. Guo’s lab, are the co-first authors of the study.

Primary bile acids are produced by the liver and released into the gut, where diverse groups of bacteria work together to modify their chemical structures. Researchers suspected these gut microbial modifications could affect how bile acids function and interact with human signaling pathways. To test this idea, the investigators set out to explore the full extent of bacterial modifications to bile acids and understand how these changes affect their biological roles.

It turns out that gut bacteria have remarkable potential to transform bile acids. “We discovered more than fifty different bile acid molecules modified by the microbiota — many of which had never been identified before,” said Dr. Guo, who is also the Halvorsen Family Research Scholar in Metabolic Health at Weill Cornell Medicine.

These newly uncovered structures could open the door to new biological insights-particularly in how they interact with human receptors that sense bile acids. Given that bile acids share the same steroid backbone as sex hormones like testosterone and estrogen, the structural resemblance raised an intriguing question for the researchers: could these microbially modified bile acids also interact with sex hormone receptors in the body? “It seemed like a wild idea at the time,” Dr. Guo said.

Surprisingly, the answer appears to be yes. When the investigators tested the 56 altered bile acids that they discovered, they found one that antagonizes the androgen receptor — a molecule that interacts with sex hormones to regulate many aspects of human development. When they tested an additional 44 microbiota-modified bile acids that had previously been characterized, the team found three more that act similarly. This unexpected finding raised exciting new questions for the team: which specific cells were affected by the altered bile acids — and what biological functions these modified molecules might influence.

In addition to its role in development, the androgen receptor is also found in certain immune cells, including CD8 T cells. Previous studies have shown that blocking this receptor can enhance the ability of these immune cells to fight tumors. The investigators wondered whether the bile acids could replicate this effect by binding to and inactivating the androgen receptor. To test the idea, they treated mice with bladder cancer using these compounds — and observed a potent anti-tumor response. Further analysis revealed that the modified bile acids specifically boosted the activity of T cells — the immune cells best equipped to kill cancer.

“Our results suggest that these altered bile acids help shrink tumors by enhancing T cells’ ability to survive within the tumor and destroy cancer cells,” Dr. Collins said.

“This study highlights the profound and evolving partnership between the human host and its gut microbiota, emphasizing the importance of integrating microbial activity into the design of future cancer therapies.” Dr. Artis said. “It also exemplifies the power of multidisciplinary collaboration in driving microbiome science toward deeper molecular understanding of host-microbe interactions.”

This discovery opens up exciting new possibilities for boosting tumor-killing immune response. Potential approaches include introducing targeted gut microbes to cancer patients before therapy, or directly administering the anti-cancer bile acids as part of treatment, the researchers suggested. Although these compounds still need to be tested in humans, the team is optimistic that bile acids could eventually become a key component of effective cancer therapies — especially when combined with existing treatments for a more powerful impact.

However, important questions remain. For example, how might diet — which is known to influence microbiota composition — affect the production of these bile acids? And beyond their anti-cancer properties, what physiological effects might these androgen receptor-blocking bile acids have in healthy individuals? The team is now focused on precisely controlling the synthesis and release of these beneficial molecules using advanced techniques to genetically engineer gut commensal bacteria, aiming to understand the broader physiological impact in the host initiated by these androgen blocking, microbiota-derived bile acids.

Conference On ‘Trade, Business & Sustainability’ by HNLU

About the Conference

Hidayatullah National Law University, Raipur (HNLU) through its Centre for WTO & WIPO Studies, School for Law and Technology and in collaboration with Environment and Sustainability Chapter, Asian Law Schools Association (ALSA)is set to organise International Conference on “Trade, Business & Sustainability: Pathways to Inclusive & Resilient Growth” from 27-28 July 2025 in online mode.

In commemoration of World Nature Conservation Day, this conference will delve into the critical nexus of Trade, Business, and Sustainability, charting a course for future action. The event will feature thematic panel discussions and online technical sessions showcasing selected research papers and articles.

This conference is open to academicians, researchers, professionals, practitioners, and students of law from India and the international community.

How to Submit?

Interested participants can submit their abstract using the link mentioned at the end of this post.

Deadline for the Submission of Abstract

20 May 2025

Mode

Online

Contact

  • Dr. Ankit Awasthi (Programme Director)
  • Email id: [email protected]
  • Contact Nos.: +91-7355235075

Click here to submit the abstract.

Click here for the official notification.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Flights are packed, visas are soaring: Germany is new favourite hotspot for Indian travellers | Travel

Indian travel to Germany is booming! According to recent statistics, Indian tourist arrivals in Germany have jumped 8.6% in 2024, with 8,97,841 overnight stays compared to 8,26,703 the previous year.

Move over Switzerland, Germany just became India’s most wanted travel hotspot!(Image by Pixabay)

This significant growth is attributed to strengthened air connectivity between India and Germany, with monthly flight frequency increasing by 28% from 241 in January 2019 to 309 in January 2025.

Visa applications have increased by almost 20% in the first three months of this year compared to the same period last year.

This surge in direct flights highlights Germany’s rising popularity among Indian tourists, offering improved accessibility and a smoother travel experience.

The German National Tourist Board (GNTB) and the German Embassy in India hosted a joint press conference on Wednesday, highlighting Germany as a top travel destination for Indian tourists.

The event unveiled a range of exclusive offers aimed at couples, nature lovers, and those seeking sustainable travel experiences. In response to the rising interest from Indian travellers, GNTB introduced specially tailored packages to cater to their evolving preferences.

Indian tourists are staying longer in Germany, with an average length of stay increasing to 9.6 nights from 9.3 nights in 2023. Supporting this momentum, Skift India’s report revealed that Indian tourist spending is growing four times faster than the global average, underscoring the market’s strategic significance.

These curated offerings aim to firmly position Germany as a top choice for Indian honeymooners and culturally curious travellers alike.

While speaking with ANI, Georg Enzweiler, Deputy Chief of Mission, German Embassy, discussed the current state of tourism cooperation between India and Germany and said, ‘I think there is a very positive development. I was surprised to hear how positive it is. The German National Tourist Office just presented impressive numbers. I think this was also reflected in, for example, the applications we have for visas, which is just in the first three months of this year, vis-a-vis the first three months of last year, up by, I think, almost 20 per cent. So that indicates a strong boost in tourism to Germany.”

Moreover, Germany boasts 54 UNESCO World Heritage sites, thousands of museums, and many castles, making it an attractive cultural destination. Strong business ties between India and Germany encourage professionals to visit and explore leisure activities.

When asked about what initiatives the German government is taking to attract more Indian travellers, Enzweiler said, ‘Well, I think there are several factors that play a role in this. I had mentioned earlier that we have a very large number of Indian students these days in Germany, for about 50,000, and that, of course, entails that you will have many young people, family, friends, also visiting these young people, students in Germany, and that again boosts tourism. There’s the business side, where business people who do business, Germany and India are tied very closely in the business and trade field, so they will add two or three days of leisure time in Germany. So they will not only go there and do their business, but they will stay there for recreation and leisure time, which is, of course, also a very positive development.”

With around 50,000 Indian students in Germany, tourism gets a boost from visiting family and friends. Germany is working on further digitalising the Schengen visa process, which will simplify travel for Indian tourists.

On visa accessibility and upcoming steps to simplify the Schengen visa process for Indian tourists, Enzweiler stated, “Yes, you’re right, mentioning that Schengen visa process, this is something that Germany by itself should not change any rules or procedures, but one trend is the further digitalisation of the whole process. This is something that does not come overnight, but we started this process with our national visas, and we will expand it at a later stage, as well as other sources of visas.”

When asked about the German National Tourist Board’s (GNTB) earlier announcement to expand its market activities in India, Enzweiler added, “What I have taken from today’s discussion is that, for example, Indian weddings in Germany are a very interesting field of tourism. I think that Germany is an interesting cultural destination. We have 54 UNESCO World Heritage sites. There are thousands of museums. There are many thousands of castles in Germany. So I think all of this in the cultural field is very interesting for potential Indian tourists to Germany as well.”

When asked about the role of tourism in strengthening economic and people-to-people ties between India and Germany–and whether it represents a sector of strategic growth over the next decade–he emphasised its growing importance and potential to further deepen bilateral relations.

“I think it’s a very important aspect because, via tourism, you will be able to establish a people-to-people contact. That then leads to strengthening relations in all other fields because once you’ve been to Germany, you’ve seen it for yourself. This will be motivating, and this will encourage further expansion of your professional, academic, or whatever ties you have. And so, that’s why I think that’s very important to try to foster tourism to Germany,” Enzweiler said.

Tourism is expected to play a vital role in strengthening economic and people-to-people ties between India and Germany over the next decade.

Startup Glycomine raises $115M to push rare disease drug deeper into testing

Glycomine, a biotechnology startup working on a treatment for a rare genetic disorder, has raised a $115 million Series C round to push its lead program deeper into clinical testing.

The funding announced Wednesday for the San Carlos, California-based company will support development of its therapy GLM101, which is designed to treat phosphomannomutase 2-congenital disorder of glycosylation, or PMM2-CDG.

PMM2-CDG is the most common among a family of inherited disorders that cause errors in glycosylation, the biological process by which sugar chains called glycans are added to proteins. This type of malfunction can affect the structure and function of cellular proteins throughout the body, leading to an array of symptoms, developmental delays and impaired motor function. There are no approved treatments for the roughly 15,000 people who are estimated to have the condition in the U.S. and Europe, though a few programs are in clinical testing.

“That need is extremely high,” said Steven Axon, Glycomine’s CEO. “There’s no other therapies for these patients. There’s only supportive care.”

Glycomine aims to change that by delivering into the body a component used in glycosylation — mannose-1-phosphate — that’s deficient in people with PMM2-CDG.

The company’s approach is somewhat akin to the enzyme replacement therapies used to treat lysosomal storage disorders like Fabry or Pompe disease. Glycomine’s therapy is replacing a missing sugar molecule rather than an enzyme, however, and corrects a defective chemical process instead of clearing an accumulating toxin.

Last year, Glycomine released Phase 2 data showing the drug appeared to impact ataxia, a common symptom of PMM2-CDG, in a small group of patients. The Series C round will carry the company through a more rigorous, randomized and placebo-controlled Phase 2b study that should start in the middle of this year and enroll between 40 to 50 participants, Axon said.

The company hopes to report data in 2026 that “will really tell us whether the effect we were seeing in the earlier clinical program has been confirmed,” he said.

If those results are positive, Axon said the company may explore a partnership with a pharmaceutical company.

“Having this randomized controlled data and really knowing that the drug works and its path to approval would be highly derisking for a pharma partner,” he said.

Though Glycomine has not disclosed specifics about the rest of its pipeline, it’s developing drug candidates for other rare diseases outside of PMM2-CDG, according to Axon.

The company’s Series C funding was led by CTI Life Sciences Fund, funds managed by Abrdn, and Advent Life Sciences. Other backers include Novo Holdings, Sanofi Ventures and Abingworth. Glycomine previously raised $80 million across Series A and B rounds.

Climate Change is Dividing Us — But Not in the Way You Think

Key takeaways

Climate change conversations aren’t just politically or geographically divided; there’s a more subtle yet critical generational divide.

It’s incorrect and misleading to simply characterise older generations as apathetic and younger ones as deeply concerned.

Generations are shaped by formative experiences, influencing their approach to climate issues.

Economic well-being directly impacts an individual’s capacity to prioritise environmental concerns.

People facing financial struggles focus on immediate survival rather than long-term climate risks.

Climate activism can inadvertently become an elite pursuit, alienating financially stressed populations, and potentially turning into a cultural divide similar to US COVID debates.

Resolving generational and geographic divides requires pragmatic, future-focused leadership embracing engineering, economics, and empathy equally.


Climate change is real, and it’s here to stay.

But while the climate may be changing gradually, the conversations around it are becoming more polarised by the day.

You’d expect the divide to be political — progressive versus conservative.

Or maybe geographic — city dwellers versus country folk.

But after a fascinating discussion with demographer Simon Kuestenmacher on our Demographics Decoded podcast, a more subtle, deeper split came into focus.

The real divide?

It’s generational.

And it’s not as simple as “young people care, old people don’t.”

That narrative is lazy and dangerously misleading.

Let’s unpack what’s really going on.

For weekly insights and strategic advice, subscribe to the Demographics Decoded podcast, where we will continue to explore these trends and their implications in greater detail.

Subscribe now on your favourite Podcast player:

Each generation sees climate change through a different lens

Generations are shaped by the big events of their formative years.

And when it comes to climate change, that’s leading to starkly different worldviews.

Baby Boomers, for example, often get accused of apathy on the climate front.

But that’s not fair and it’s not accurate.

Simon made the point that Boomers were at the forefront of many environmental movements.

They were the ones who cleaned up our rivers, pushed for national parks, and embraced recycling — long before the climate became a global buzzword.

And yes, while their focus was often local rather than planetary, the legacy is real.

Simon reminded us that the Bob Brown-led “Green Movement” was a Boomer creation.

Environmentalism didn’t start with Gen Z.

It’s just evolved as science and urgency have shifted.

Now compare that with Gen Z.

These young Australians came of age with smartphones in their pockets and 24/7 news cycles in their faces.

Climate catastrophe is their constant backdrop — floods, fires, melting ice caps, coral bleaching, and dire IPCC reports.

That constant exposure has shaped not just their thinking but their psychology.

We’re now seeing a surge in eco-anxiety — a diagnosable psychological condition.

Some councils are even hiring therapists to help young people cope with their fears about a world they believe is in freefall.

Simon likened this anxiety to the Cold War-era nuclear dread.

Back then, children practised duck-and-cover drills and feared global annihilation.

Today’s youth fear an overheated planet, rising seas, and societal collapse.

The scale of doom is similar, only this time, it’s wrapped in environmental warnings.

“You can’t go green without having enough greens in your wallet”

Simon made an important observation that’s often overlooked in these discussions: people can only care about climate change when they’re not struggling to survive financially.

It’s hard to worry about sea levels rising in 2050 when you’re wondering how to pay the rent next week.

That’s not apathy — that’s reality.

We can’t ignore the fact that cost-of-living pressures are taking centre stage in both urban and rural Australia.

And when people are under financial strain, climate concern fades.

You don’t buy an electric car or install solar panels when you’re behind on your mortgage repayments.

That’s why the current climate debate, if not handled well, risks becoming a cultural wedge.

It’s already happening.

The inner-city elites pushing the strongest climate narratives are often the least affected by climate events.

Meanwhile, regional Australians — the ones facing drought, floods, and bushfires — often feel left out of the discussion.

As Simon pointed out, this mismatch could turn climate policy into a cultural fight, the same way the US saw COVID health mandates split along tribal lines.

And that benefits no one.

Migration2

Climate change is already reshaping property and migration trends

Now, let’s bring this back to property, because that’s where the rubber really hits the road.

Australia is already seeing parts of the country become uninsurable due to rising climate risk.

Think about parts of Far North Queensland, low-lying coastal suburbs, or bushfire-prone regions in the hinterlands.

Insurance premiums are skyrocketing and in some areas, insurers are simply walking away.

Simon and I agreed that once an area becomes uninsurable, it becomes uninvestable.

People move away.

Grok Just Upgraded to Rival ChatGPT’s Canvas

xAI has launched Grok Studio, a major update to its Grok chatbot platform. The new update lets you collaborate on code, create browser-based apps, and generate documents all in one place.

Generate Code and Documents with Grok Studio

Elon Musk’s Grok is a late bloomer in the AI chatbot world. However, it’s expected that his Grok AI tool will bring many great features to chatbot technology. xAI—the company behind Grok itself—threw a surprising late-night announcement of Grok Studio on April 15th, 2025.

Although considered late to the game compared to other AI chatbots, the integration of Grok Studio allows users to do more than ever with Grok. This upgrade allows you to execute code and find support from Google Drive, in a very similar way to ChatGPT’s Canvas feature.

Whether you’re a paying user or a free one, you can access Grok via its website or through Grok’s standalone app released earlier this year. Grok Studio’s code execution opens your requested code generation in a new tab, allowing you to edit the code right inside the Grok interface.

The preview shares snippets of HTML, and allows you to run Python, C++, Javascript, Typescript, and Bash scripts in the new tab. Showing you the results in a separate tab allows you to collaborate with Grok to find your perfect result.

For instance, you can simply ask Grok to “Write the code for a simple HTML calculator.” It’ll generate the code in seconds.

Grok AI previewing code in Grok Studio

With the preview pane, you don’t even need to save the code as a file to view it. You can see both the output and the code at the same time. This makes it easier to create, edit, or fix any aspects of the code to reflect the correct results.

Below are some more examples of browser games X users made with Grok Studio:

Related

You Can Now Use Elon Musk’s Sarcastic Chatbot Grok for Free

You can ask up to 10 questions in a 2-hour period.

Google Drive Integration in Grok Studio

​​​​​​​Along with the announcement of Grok Studio came a second announcement that Grok studio will have integration for Google Drive support. This lets you attach your own Google Drive files to your prompt.

Grok can work with documents, spreadsheets, and slides, letting you take full advantage of Grok Studio in your document creation or editing.

Grok Google Drive Integration
Ruby Helyer / MakeUseOf

There’s no further announcement of other integrations, but you can already upload local files like CSV or other formats than Google files.

Upload a document, and ask for code to be generated based upon your Google Drive document. This works great for CSV files, which hold lots of organized information. The productivity that Grok Studio will bring should benefit many people who are short on time or don’t have the ability to craft a well-created document or presentation.

Grok hasn’t been around as long as other AI chatbots like OpenAI’s ChatGPT, but with Elon Musk’s funding behind it, it should not only catch up, but also surpass other chatbots available.

Annual Water Splashing Festival held in Xishuangbanna

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-15/Annual-Water-Splashing-Festival-held-in-Xishuangbanna-1CANSi14Os0/img/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a.jpeg'
The annual Water Splashing Festival is held in Jinghong City of Xishuangbanna Dai Autonomous Prefecture, Yunnan Province on April 15, 2025. /By Zhang Kai, Yang Jinghao of CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-15/Annual-Water-Splashing-Festival-held-in-Xishuangbanna-1CANSi14Os0/img/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a.jpeg'
The annual Water Splashing Festival is held in Jinghong City of Xishuangbanna Dai Autonomous Prefecture, Yunnan Province on April 15, 2025. /By Zhang Kai, Yang Jinghao of CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-15/Annual-Water-Splashing-Festival-held-in-Xishuangbanna-1CANSi14Os0/img/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a.jpeg'
The annual Water Splashing Festival is held in Jinghong City of Xishuangbanna Dai Autonomous Prefecture, Yunnan Province on April 15, 2025. /By Zhang Kai, Yang Jinghao of CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-15/Annual-Water-Splashing-Festival-held-in-Xishuangbanna-1CANSi14Os0/img/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a.jpeg'
The annual Water Splashing Festival is held in Jinghong City of Xishuangbanna Dai Autonomous Prefecture, Yunnan Province on April 15, 2025. /By Zhang Kai, Yang Jinghao of CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-15/Annual-Water-Splashing-Festival-held-in-Xishuangbanna-1CANSi14Os0/img/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a.jpeg'
The annual Water Splashing Festival is held in Jinghong City of Xishuangbanna Dai Autonomous Prefecture, Yunnan Province on April 15, 2025. /By Zhang Kai, Yang Jinghao of CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-04-15/Annual-Water-Splashing-Festival-held-in-Xishuangbanna-1CANSi14Os0/img/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a/28869299c0a64857aaf2e3221cddad9a.jpeg'
The annual Water Splashing Festival is held in Jinghong City of Xishuangbanna Dai Autonomous Prefecture, Yunnan Province on April 15, 2025. /By Zhang Kai, Yang Jinghao of CGTN

Thousands of people gathered at the city square in Jinghong, Xishuangbanna on Tuesday to celebrate the annual Water Splashing Festival. Before the water splashing carnival began, a ceremony was held near the Lancang River to take the auspicious water to the square. With the day marking the New Year of the Dai ethnic group, several other folk activities – such as worshipping and bathing the Buddha and flying Kongming lanterns – are also held.  

Wink Martindale dead: ‘Tic-Tac-Dough,’ ‘Gambit’ game show host dies

Wink Martindale, the king of the television game show who hosted “Tic-Tac-Dough,” “Gambit,” “High Rollers” and a slew of other programs that became staples in living rooms across America, died Tuesday in Rancho Mirage. He was 91.

Martindale, a longtime voice of Los Angeles radio who had an unexpected hit record in the late 1950s, died surrounded by family and his wife of 49 years, Sandra Martindale, according to a news release from his publicity firm.

Throughout a long career in radio and television, Martindale was frequently asked how he came by his unusual first name.

As he would explain, one of his young friends in Jackson, Tenn., had trouble saying his given name, Winston, and it came out sounding like Winkie. The nickname, shortened to Wink after he got into radio, stuck — with one exception.

After Martindale signed to host his first national TV game show in 1964, NBC’s head of daytime programming felt that the name Wink sounded too juvenile. So, for its nearly one-year run, What’s This Song?” was hosted by Win Martindale.

Not that he particularly minded having the “k” dropped from Wink.

“Not really, because I loved those checks [from NBC],” he said in a 2017 interview for the Television Academy Foundation. “They can call me anything they want to call me: Winkie-dinkie-doo, the Winkmeister, the Winkman, you name it.”

The genial, dapper TV host with the gleaming smile and perfectly coiffed hair had hosted two local TV game shows in L.A. before going national with “What’s This Song?”

Over the decades, according to his website, Martindale either hosted or produced 21 game shows, including “Words and Music,” “Trivial Pursuit,” “The Last Word” and “Debt.”

“That’s a lot of shows,” he acknowledged in a 1996 interview with the New York Daily News. “It either means everybody wants me to do their show or I can’t hold a job.”

Martindale was best known for hosting “Tic-Tac-Dough,” the revival of a late 1950s show, which aired on CBS for less than two months in 1978 but continued in syndication until 1986.

Unlike tic-tac-toe, in which two players simply try to get three Xs or three Os in a row in a nine-box grid, “Tic-Tac-Dough” required contestants to select a subject category in each of the nine boxes, everything from geography to song titles. Each correct answer earned the players their X or O in the chosen box.

“Tic-Tac-Dough” achieved its highest ratings in 1980 during the 88-game, 46-show run of Lt. Thom McKee, a handsome young Navy fighter pilot whose winning streak earned him $312,700 in cash and prizes and a spot in the Guinness Book of World Records.

“Our ratings were never as big until he came on and were never as big after he left,” Martindale said in his Television Academy Foundation interview.

As he saw it, the simplicity of “Tic-Tac-Dough” and other TV game shows helps explain their continued popularity.

People at home, he said, “gravitate to games that they know. They can sit there, and they say to themselves, ‘Man, I could have gotten that; I can play that game.’ And when you get that from a home viewer or a person in the audience, you’ve got them captured.”

Martindale left “Tic-Tac-Dough” in 1985, a year before it went off the air, to host a show that he had created. Alas, “Headline Chasers” lasted less than a year.

As Martindale told The Times in 2010, “There have been a lot of bombs between the hits.”

Born Winston Conrad Martindale on Dec. 4, 1933, in Jackson, Tenn., he was one of five children. His father was a lumber inspector and his mother a housewife.

While growing up, Martindale was a big fan of the popular radio shows of the day and early on dreamed of becoming a radio announcer. For years, he recalled in his Television Academy Foundation interview, he’d tear out advertisements from Life magazine and, behind a closed bedroom door, he’d ad-lib commercials as he pretended to be on the radio.

All that practice paid off. After repeatedly hounding the manager of a small, 250-watt local radio station in Jackson for a job, Martindale was offered an audition less than two months after graduating high school in 1951.

At 17, the former drugstore soda jerk was hired at $25 a week to work the 4-11 p.m. shift at radio station WPLI.

On-air jobs at two increasingly higher-wattage local radio stations followed before he landed his “dream” job in 1953: hosting the popular morning show “Clockwatchers” at WHBQ Radio in Memphis, Tenn.

For Martindale, working at WHBQ was a matter of being in the right place at the right time.

One night in July 1954, he later recalled, he was showing some friends around the station when popular DJ Dewey Phillips played a demonstration disc of a recently recorded song that had been given to him by Sam Phillips (no relation), the founder of Sun Records in Memphis.

The song was “That’s All Right” and the singer was a young Memphis electric company truck driver named Elvis Presley.

“Dewey put it on the turntable and the switchboard lit up,” Martindale said in a 2010 interview with The Times. “He kept playing it over and over.”

The song caused so much excitement that a call was made to Presley’s home to have him come in for an on-air interview. Elvis wasn’t home, so Gladys and Vernon Presley drove to a movie theater, where their son was watching a western, and drove him to the radio station for his first interview.

“That was the beginning of Presley mania,” said Martindale. “I think of that as the night when the course of popular music changed forever.”

After WHBQ launched a television station in Memphis in 1953, Martindale branched into TV, first hosting a daily half-hour children’s show called “Wink Martindale of the Mars Patrol.” The live show featured a costumed Martindale, who would interview half a dozen kids in a cheaply built spaceship set, and segue to five- or six-minutes of old Flash Gordon movie serials.

Then, influenced by the success of Dick Clark’s still-local teenage dance show “Bandstand” in Philadelphia, Martindale began co-hosting WHBQ-TV’s “Top 10 Dance Party.”

He scored a coup in June 1956 when he landed Elvis, by then a show-business phenomenon, for an appearance and interview with Martindale on his live show — for free.

Col. Tom Parker, Presley’s manager, “would never speak to me after that because he wanted to be paid for everything. We had no budget. They hardly paid me, for Pete’s sake,” Martindale told The Times in 2010.

Because of Martindale’s local popularity with his “Top 10 Dance Party,” a small Memphis record company, OJ Records, signed him to a recording contract.

His recording of “Thought It was Moonlove” led to his signing with Dot Records, for which he recorded well into the 1960s.

Martindale, who had a pleasant but not memorable singing voice, also played himself as the host of a teen TV dance show in the low-budget 1958 movie “Let’s Rock!,” in which he sang the mildly rocking “All Love Broke Loose.”

While working on radio and TV in Memphis, Martindale graduated from what is now the University of Memphis, where he majored in speech and drama.

In 1959, he moved to L.A. to become the morning DJ on radio station KHJ.

That same year, he scored a surprise hit in “Deck of Cards,” which reached No. 7 on the Billboard Hot 100 and No. 11 on its Hot Country Songs chart. Martindale, who received a gold record for the recording, performed the piece on Ed Sullivan’s popular Sunday-night variety show.

While working at KHJ Radio in 1959, he began hosting “The Wink Martindale Dance Party” on KHJ-TV on Saturdays. The popular show, broadcast from a studio, also began airing weekdays, live from Pacific Ocean Park in Santa Monica.

Over the years, in addition to KHJ, Martindale worked at L.A. radio stations KRLA, KFWB, KMPC and KGIL.

In 2006, he received a star on the Hollywood Walk of Fame. A year later, he became one of the first inductees into the American TV Game Show Hall of Fame in Las Vegas.

“I always loved games,” he said in his Television Academy Foundation interview. “Once I got into the world of games, I just seemed to glide from one to the other. … I never looked down upon the idea that I was branded as a game-show host, because most people like games.”

Martindale is survived by his wife, Sandra; sister Geraldine; his daughters Lisa, Lyn and Laura; and several grandchildren and great-grandchildren.

McLellan is a former Times staff writer.

OpenAI’s New GPT 4.1 Models Excel at Coding

OpenAI announced today that it is releasing a new family of artificial intelligence models optimized to excel at coding, as it ramps up efforts to fend off increasingly stiff competition from companies like Google and Anthropic. The models are available to developers through OpenAI’s application programming interface (API).

OpenAI is releasing three sizes of models: GPT 4.1, GPT 4.1 Mini, and GPT 4.1 Nano. Kevin Weil, chief product officer at OpenAI, said on a livestream that the new models are better than OpenAI’s most widely used model, GPT-4o, and better than its largest and most powerful model, GPT-4.5, in some ways.

GPT-4.1 scored 55 percent on SWE-Bench, a widely used benchmark for gauging the prowess of coding models. The score is several percentage points above that of other OpenAI models. The new models are “great at coding, they’re great at complex instruction following, they’re fantastic for building agents,” Weil said.

The capacity for AI models to write and edit code has improved significantly in recent months, enabling more automated ways of prototyping software and improving the abilities of so-called AI agents. Rivals like Anthropic and Google have both introduced models that are especially good at writing code.

The arrival of GPT-4.1 has been widely rumored for weeks. OpenAI apparently tested the model on some popular leaderboards under the pseudonym Alpha Quasar, sources say. Some users of the “stealth” model reported impressive coding abilities. “Quasar fixed all the open issues I had with other code genarated [sic] via llms’s which was incomplete,” one person wrote on Reddit.

All of the new models can analyze eight times more code at once, which improves their ability to make improvements and fix bugs. The new models are also better at following instructions given by users, reducing the need to repeat commands in different ways to get the desired result. OpenAI showed demos of GPT-4.1 building different apps including a flashcard app for language learning.

“Developers care a lot about coding, and we’ve been improving our model’s ability to write functional code,” Michelle Pokrass, who works on post-training at OpenAI, said during the Monday livestream. “We’ve been working on making it follow different formats and better explore repos, run unit tests, and write code that compiles.”

GPT-4.1 is 40 percent faster than GPT.4o, OpenAI’s most widely used model for developers. The cost of users inputting queries has been reduced by 80 percent in this latest version, OpenAI says.

On today’s livestream, Varun Mohan, CEO of Windsurf, a popular tool for AI coding, said that the company had been testing GPT-4.1 and found that the new model was “60 percent” better than GPT-4o according to its own benchmarks. “We found that GPT-4.1 has substantially fewer cases of degenerate behavior,” Mohan said, noting that the new model spends less time reading and editing irrelevant files by mistake.

Over the past couple of years, OpenAI has parlayed feverish interest in ChatGPT, a remarkable chatbot first unveiled in late 2022, into a growing business selling access to more advanced chatbots and AI models. In a TED interview last week, Altman said that OpenAI had 500 million weekly active users, and that usage was “growing very rapidly.”

Binance Among Crypto Exchanges Hit by Amazon Web Services Outage

Crypto exchange Binance said it briefly stopped allowing users to withdraw from the platform on Tuesday, due to an issue involving an Amazon Web Services (AWS) data centre, while other crypto exchanges also reported problems.

Binance posted on X that withdrawals were suspended “to keep safe”, before posting around ten minutes later that withdrawals had resumed. A spokesperson for Binance said withdrawals were suspended for around 23 minutes.

AWS’s service dashboard showed a “connectivity issue” affected its Tokyo cloud region at 1.15 a.m. PDT (0815 GMT). The issue was resolved by 1.51 a.m. PDT (0851 GMT).

“The issue has been resolved and the service is operating normally,” an AWS spokesperson said.

Another crypto exchange, KuCoin, also said it was experiencing “temporary disruptions”.

“Our technical team is urgently working on a fix, and the recovery time will be announced separately. Rest assured that your assets remain secure and all data is intact,” KuCoin said in a post on X.

A spokesperson for KuCoin said via email that the disruption was due to an AWS outage that affected services across the Tokyo data centre.

“Some services have already been restored, and our team is working closely with AWS to recover full functionality as quickly as possible. No user assets or data have been affected,” the spokesperson said.

Crypto exchange MEXC said in a post on X that due to AWS disruption, users may experience issues including “abnormal candlestick charts”, “failed order cancellations” and “delays in asset transfers for spot trading”.

“We want to assure you that your assets on MEXC remain fully secure. For any losses incurred as a result of this platform-related issue, we will prepare a compensation plan to appropriately reimburse affected users,” MEXC said.

© Thomson Reuters 2025

(This story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is auto-generated from a syndicated feed.)

Google sends personalized growth plans to advertisers, pushing AI-driven solutions

Advertisers are receiving step-by-step guidance emails from Google Ads aimed at improving campaign performance over a three-month period.

The details. Google Ads is sending emails with the subject line “Personalised action plan for growth” to business advertisers, according to an X post from Govind Singh Panwar.

The email contains:

  • A three-month structured improvement plan delivered through weekly emails.
  • A progress tracker showing completed and pending actions.
  • Clear calls to action focused on ad strength improvements.
  • Claims that improving ad strength from “Poor” to “Excellent” results in an average 12% increase in conversions.

AI suggestions. The guidance pushes advertisers toward Google’s preferred strategies, including:

  • Enabling “personalized recommendations” (Google’s AI suggestions).
  • Adding broad-match keywords (which typically increase ad spend).
  • Creating Performance Max campaigns (Google’s black-box AI campaign type).

Why we care. The email campaign essentially represents Google’s effort to standardize advertiser behavior while framing it as personalized guidance. These “personalized” plans appear somewhat templated, potentially leading to more homogenized advertising approaches across competitors.

However, as more advertisers follow these guidelines, those who don’t may see performance impacts as Google’s algorithms increasingly favor accounts aligned with their recommended practices.

Bottom line. While positioned as personalized guidance, the recommendations follow Google’s standard playbook for increasing advertiser adoption of its automated solutions and broader targeting options, which typically require larger budgets.

Best Buy Spring Sale 2025 – Save On Video Games, Hardware, VR Headsets, And More

Best Buy is running a site-wide Spring Sale until April 20, offering major discounts on everything from video games, TVs, and computers to Apple devices, cameras, audio gear, and more. We’ve dug through the sale to round up a list of our favorite video game deals from the sale, but you’ll also want to check out Best Buy’s full Spring Sale page to see even more discounts in other categories.

See More Best Buy Spring Sale Deals

As for the gaming deals, you’ll find price cuts to hardware and games at Best Buy this week. Some notable hardware deals include Arcade1Up’s Pac-Man Deluxe Arcade Machine, which is available for $450 (was $500). The machine recreates the classic look of the original Pac-Man arcade cabinet with modern touches like online leaderboards and a 17-inch 1080p screen, and comes with 14 games preloaded on the cabinet. Fans of handheld gaming can grab the Lenovo Legion Go Z1 Extreme with 16GB RAM and 1TB SSD for $650 (was $750), and anyone looking for a comprehensive entrypoint into VR can grab the Meta Quest 3S bundle that includes Batman: Arkham Shadow and a 3-month trial subscription of Meta Quest+ in two models. The 128GB version is $270 (was $300), and the 256GB model is $370 (was $400).

Console players can pick up numerous PS5, Xbox Series X, and Nintendo Switch games as big discounts, too. Fans of survival horror will want to grab the Alan Wake 2 Deluxe Edition–which gets you the base game and all DLC–while it’s just $45 on PS5 and Xbox, and last year’s Silent Hill 2 remake for PS5 that’s down to $50 (was $70). This is also a great chance to grab some of 2024’s other best games, including Metaphor: ReFantazio and Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2, both of which are down to $50 (normally $70 each). And if you’re into retro RPGs, you’ll want to snag a copy of the Final Fantasy I-VI Pixel Remaster collection on PlayStation while it’s $50 (was $75).

Check the list below for even more of our favorite Best Buy Spring Sale deals on video games and gaming hardware, or head over to Best Buy to see all the discounts.

Best Buy Spring Sale Gaming Deals

Gaming Hardware Deals

Video Game Deals

  • Alan Wake 2 Deluxe Edition (PS5, Xbox) — $45 ($60)
  • The Crew Motorfest – Standard Edition (PS5, Xbox) — $20 ($70)
  • EA College Football 25 – Standard Edition (Xbox Series X) — $8 ($70) | Also on PS5 for $20 ($70)
  • EA Sports FC 25 – Standard Edition (PS5, Xbox) — $40 ($70)
  • Final Fantasy I-VI Collection Anniversary Edition (PS4) — $50 ($75)
  • Like a Dragon: Infinite Wealth (PS5) — $25 ($45)
  • Marvel vs. Capcom Fighting Collection Arcade Classics (Switch, PS4) — $30 ($50)
  • Metaphor: ReFantazio Launch Edition (PS5) — $50 ($70)
  • Nio Collection — $20 ($70)
  • Persona 3 Reload – Launch Edition (PS5) — $25 ($70)
  • Persona 5 Royal (Switch) — $25 ($35)
  • Rise of the Ronin (PS5) — $40 ($70)
  • Romancing SaGa 2: Revenge of the Seven (PS5, Switch) — $30 ($50)
  • Shin Megami Tensei V: Vengeance (Switch) — $25 ($60)
  • Silent Hill 2 (PS5) — $50 ($70)
  • Sonic X Shadow Generations (PS5, Switch, Xbox) — $35 ($50)
  • SpongeBob SquarePants – A Patrick Star Game SteelBook Edition (Switch) — $20 ($30)
  • Star Wars Jedi: Survivor (PS5, Xbox) — $20 ($53)
  • Star Wars Outlaws (PS5, Xbox) — $35 ($70)
  • Stellar Blade (PS5) — $40 ($70)
  • Tomb Raider I-III Remastered (PS5) — $15 ($30) | Also on Switch for $20 ($30)
  • Unicorn Overlord (PS5, Switch) — $30 ($60)
  • Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2 (PS5) — $50 ($70)
  • WWE 2K25 (PS5, PS4, Xbox) — $60 ($70)
New explanation for muscle memory found in muscle proteins

Researchers investigated the quantities of thousands of muscle proteins and found a possible new explanation for muscle memory. A study by the Faculty of Sport and Health Sciences at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland, showed for the first time that muscles “remember” training at the protein level. The memory trace of previous resistance training persists in muscle proteins for over two months.

It is often thought that the effects of exercise are short-lived, and a break from the gym for just a few weeks can cause stress over muscle loss for some people. However, the research from the University of Jyväskylä has shown that this stress is partly unnecessary, as the effects of resistance training persist in muscles for up to two months and the gains are fast when training is started again after the break. But what mechanisms and changes at the cellular and molecular levels explain muscle memory? This is what the researchers investigated by studying the quantities of thousands of muscle proteins from muscle.

In the study, ten weeks of resistance training was followed by a break of the same length and then followed by another ten weeks of resistance training. Using the proteomics method, it was possible to simultaneously study the quantities of over 3,000 muscle proteins using advanced mass spectrometry equipment.

Training gets encoded into muscle proteins

The study found two types of change profiles in muscle proteins.

Some proteins changed as a result of training, returned to their pre-training state during the break, and changed again during the new training period similarly to the first training period. These included proteins related to aerobic metabolism.

Another group of proteins changed as a result of training and remained changed during the break and after the new training period. Among these proteins were several calcium-binding proteins, such as calpain-2, whose gene has recently been identified to retain a memory trace even after a training break.

“At the level of the number of muscle nuclei and the memory traces of genes, that is, epigenetics, long-term responses that persist even after a break and possibly explain ‘muscle memory’ have previously been observed,” says the lead researcher, Professor Juha Hulmi from the Faculty of Sport and Health Sciences.

“Now, for the first time, we have shown that muscles ‘remember’ previous resistance training at the protein level for at least two and a half months.”

“So, even though muscles eventually shrink back to their original size during a long training break, a memory trace of previous training remains in the muscles. This can make it easier to start training again,” explains Hulmi.

The research is part of a larger TraDeRe research project funded by the Research Council of Finland and led by Associate Professor of Coaching Science Juha Ahtiainen (PI) in collaboration with Juha Hulmi (Co-PI).

The data collection was carried out at the Faculty of Sport and Health Sciences, University of Jyväskylä. The participants were young adult and middle-aged Finnish men and women who were physically quite active but had no previous experience of systematic resistance training. Proteomic analyses were conducted on 116 muscle samples at the University of Helsinki in the laboratory of research director Markku Varjosalo.

The study has been published in the Journal of Physiology. The study was funded by Renaissance Periodization, Rehabilitation Foundation Peurunka, the Research Council of Finland and Suomen Urheilututkimussäätiö.

IP Essay Writing Competition on ‘IP and Music’

About the Organiser

The DPIIT-IPR Chair is established at Osmania University under the SPRIHA scheme of Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. The IPR Chair aims to promote IPR Culture and contribute to IPR research and knowledge.

The DPIIT-IPR Chair at Osmania University looks forward to collaborate with academics, researchers and industry to promote effective utilization of IPRs. Prof. (Dr.) G.B. Reddy, Professor of Law, Osmania University is the DPIIT IPR-Chair Professor at Osmania University.

Details About IP Essay Writing Competition

The DPIIT-IPR Chair at Osmania University, is organizing ĀviṣkārNational Level IP Essay Writing Competition on the theme IP and Music: Feel the beat of IP” with the primary objective of creating awareness and promoting discourse on Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs). The Essay Competition is one of the events being organized by the IPR-Chair to celebrate the World IP Day 2025 (26th April).

How to Register?

Interested participants can register using the link mentioned at the end of this post.

Guidelines

  • Word limit for the Essay is 2000 words, exclusive of the footnotes. Co-Authorship is NOT permitted.
  • Text must be in Times New Roman font; Size 12; Justified; 1.5 spacing – Footnotes must be in Times New Roman font; Size 10; Justified; 1 spacing. Any uniform method of citation may be followed.
  • Essay manuscript must be an original and unpublished work of the Author. All essays would be checked for similarity and those with similarity index more than 10% would be liable for rejection.
  • Author shall not disclose any information regarding the identity, including, but not limited to name, institutional assistance, professional details, etc., within the body of the manuscript.
  • The manuscript submitted in the Essay Competition shall be original work of the author and the same shall not be published or submitted for publication elsewhere, and not infringe any other copyright.
  • The DPIIT IPR-Chair Osmania University retains absolute discretion in marking the manuscripts submitted in the Essay Competition and selecting the Winners.
  • The ownership over the copyright of the essay submitted for the Competition and selected for the Publication in the OU IPR Forum Blog shall be transferred to DPIIT IPR-Chair, Osmania University and the author shall only retain the moral rights over their work.
  • In case of any dispute, the decision of DPIIT IPR-Chair, Osmania University will be final and binding.
  • Interested Candidates shall Register for the Competition by filling the Registration Form (Google Form) within 24th April, 2025 – 11:59 PM.
  • The Registered Candidates would be provided link for submission of the Manuscript of the Essay by email on 25th April, 2025 and the submission shall be made within 26th April, 2025 – 11:59 PM. Interested Candidates are advised to be prepared with their essay beforehand.

Eligibility

Students pursuing UG/PG/Diploma Course in any discipline, from any University or its affiliated College recognized by the University Grants Commission (UGC) are eligible to participate in the Competition. [Age Limit: up to 25 years]

Location

The Competition is organized in an Online/Virtual mode. The DPIIT IPR-Chair, Osmania University is situated at Hyderabad.

Fee Details

No Fees for registration or submitting essays in the Competition.

Prizes

  • 1st Prize: Rs.5,000/- cash prize and Certificate
  • 2nd Prize: Rs.4,000/- cash prize and Certificate
  • 3rd Prize: Rs.3,000/- cash prize and Certificate
  • Participation Certificate would be provided to all the candidates making successful submissions.

The RESULT will be declared in an Online Event which would be intimated to the registered participants.

Deadlines

  • Registration Due Date: 24th April, 2025
  • Submission Due Date: 26th April, 2025

Contact

Click here to register.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for April 16, 2025 | Astrology

Whether you are looking for a little guidance in love, work, or personal growth, astrology can offer some interesting insights. Curious about what the stars have in store for you today? Here’s the horoscope for April 16, 2025.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for April 16, 2025

Aries (Mar 21-Apr 20)

A family habit may need revision, and open discussions will make transitions smoother. A scenic drive today will bring tranquility and breathtaking views. Maintaining good posture will help prevent tension, even if no major health concerns arise. Long-term investments remain stable, though short-term risks should be carefully managed. Seeking career guidance will provide clarity, but long-term results require persistence. Renting your property could provide steady returns with reliable tenants and smooth management. Academically, learning feels exciting, with each lesson offering new possibilities.

Love Focus: Subtle romantic gestures will speak volumes—small, thoughtful actions can strengthen your bond.

Lucky Number: 8

Lucky Colour: Grey

Taurus (Apr 21-May 20)

Your positive energy is contagious, bringing comfort and inspiration to those around you. Reliable lenders make short-term loans easily accessible, but careful assessment is advised. Team mentorship will enhance collaboration and performance at work. A bond with an elder family member will bring joy and warmth. Flight delays may occur, but staying calm will help make the wait more pleasant. Renovation plans may take longer than anticipated, but steady progress will keep things moving forward. Academically, steady efforts will ensure continuous progress.

Love Focus: New beginnings in love may come with challenges; take things slow and allow natural growth.

Lucky Number: 2

Lucky Colour: Orange

Gemini (May 21-Jun 21)

A well-earned promotion will bring fulfillment to your professional aspirations. Your stamina today makes long tasks feel manageable and even enjoyable. Prioritizing essential financial commitments will help maintain stability. Spiritual or moral differences within the family may arise, but finding common ground will ease tensions. Upcoming travels are set to bring excitement and memorable experiences. Leasing property can generate reliable income, though staying proactive in management will be key. In academics, maintaining steady dedication will keep you aligned with your goals.

Love Focus: Moving on gracefully is a process—give yourself the time and space to heal.

Lucky Number: 6

Lucky Colour: Cream

Cancer (Jun 22-Jul 22)

A household decision may require input from all members, ensuring inclusivity. Detox vacations can be refreshing, but preparing for any restrictions will help avoid discomfort. Dedication and balance will fuel success in your fitness journey. Keep an eye on banking updates to stay informed about account policies. If attending a job interview or review, preparing key points in advance will bring confidence and clarity. A housewarming may be delayed due to unforeseen construction issues—double-check final details beforehand.

Love Focus: Emotional depth in relationships requires effort; nurturing connections will bring clarity and understanding.

Lucky Number: 3

Lucky Colour: Brown

Leo (Jul 23-Aug 23)

A family story shared today will bring nostalgia and joy. AI-generated travel itineraries can simplify trip planning, offering curated experiences. Avoiding processed foods alone may not resolve digestive discomfort, opting for a more balanced approach. Seeking expert financial advice could unlock new earning opportunities. Office misunderstandings can be resolved through professional and open discussions. Property decisions require patience, rushing may not yield the best outcomes.

Love Focus: Commitment fears can be eased with honest and open conversations.

Lucky Number: 11

Lucky Colour: Dark Grey

Virgo (Aug 24-Sep 23)

Celebrating good health will reinforce positive habits, making your body feel stronger. Smart financial choices today will help maximize savings. Strong public speaking skills will enhance leadership influence at work. A disagreement with a younger family member may arise, listening before responding will help bridge differences. A scenic drive will offer breathtaking views, though minor delays may occur. Connecting with property developers could unlock new real estate opportunities, even if progress feels slow.

Love Focus: Reunion plans bring excitement and anticipation—cherish the moments.

Lucky Number: 18

Lucky Colour: Orange

Libra (Sep 24-Oct 23)

Breathing exercises will promote relaxation and improve overall wellness. Modern financial tools will help streamline transactions and budgeting. Your efficiency will be at its peak, making it an ideal day for high-impact work. A spontaneous family activity may bring joy, even if plans shift unexpectedly. Last-minute travel bookings could lead to exciting adventures, embrace spontaneity! Property transactions today hold promise, whether buying, selling, or renting. Academically, learning will feel fulfilling and spark enthusiasm.

Love Focus: Showing emotional empathy will strengthen your bond, fostering deeper understanding and a more meaningful connection with your partner.

Lucky Number: 5

Lucky Colour: Green

Scorpio (Oct 24-Nov 22)

A parent’s warmth will bring comfort and joy. Packing weather-appropriate clothing will ensure smooth travels. Strengthening muscles will improve endurance and physical well-being. A rejected vehicle loan may require financial reassessment. Completing an important task at work today will boost confidence. Renovation delays due to supply chain issues may require flexibility in plans. Academically, staying patient will help manage temporary frustration.

Love Focus: Thoughtful compliments will create a loving and warm atmosphere in your relationship.

Lucky Number: 1

Lucky Colour: Magenta

Relaxation will be beneficial today, though minor muscle tension may require gentle stretching. If tempted to make an impulse purchase, consider if it aligns with your financial goals. Adjusting expectations in a team setting will improve workplace harmony. Addressing a past family issue with patience will bring clarity and resolution. Travel will bring joy and discovery, with delightful surprises at every turn. Saving for a down payment on property should start early, with consistent contributions ensuring success. Academically, new concepts will unfold effortlessly, bringing enthusiasm.

Love Focus: Let budding relationships develop naturally without added pressure.

Lucky Number: 7

Lucky Colour: Maroon

A job relocation may open doors to exciting opportunities. Managing chronic health concerns proactively will lead to steady improvements. Secure deposits will allow fixed savings to grow effortlessly. A family task may take longer than expected, but teamwork will make it enjoyable. Travel temptations are strong, but evaluating the right timing is key. Reviewing legal property agreements thoroughly before committing will provide protection. Every learning experience today will bring a sense of accomplishment and personal growth, making your academic journey more fulfilling.

Love Focus: Romantic getaways may take time to plan but will create lasting memories.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Dark Red

A cash surplus provides the flexibility to enjoy expenses without financial strain. Improving posture will boost confidence and spinal health. Workplace initiatives may require more participation, offering insights could be beneficial. A relative’s unexpected request should be handled with a balanced approach. Overcrowded tourist spots may look appealing but require mindful navigation. Property under construction may face delays, but progress will eventually lead to completion. Academically, today will be filled with inspiration and motivation.

Love Focus: A romantic gesture may take you by surprise but will be warmly welcomed.

Lucky Number: 17

Lucky Colour: Dark Grey

Pisces (Feb 20-Mar 20)

Desk exercises will improve circulation and prevent stiffness. Keeping organized financial records will simplify tuition planning. A results-driven approach at work will ensure steady career success. Family bonds will provide emotional strength and encouragement. Travel plans promise fun and excitement, leaving lasting memories. Property investments show strong growth potential, seizing current opportunities will be beneficial. Academically, breaking down difficult topics into smaller sections will aid understanding.

Love Focus: Emotional depth and understanding will bring you and your partner closer.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Golden

By: Dr. Prem Kumar Sharma

(Astrologer, Palmist, Numerologist & Vastu Consultant)

Email: [email protected]

Url: http://www.premastrologer.com

Contact: Panchkula: +91-172-2562832, 2572874

Delhi: +91-11-47033152/40532026

J&J keeps forecasts steady as pharma confronts tariff threat

Johnson & Johnson is confident it can manage the impact of tariffs on its pharmaceuticals and medical device businesses this year, announcing Tuesday that it will maintain its financial forecast for the year while raising its sales guidance.

J&J, which is the first large drugmaker to report results for the first quarter, expects adjusted earnings per share of $10.60 for 2025. That number is the same as the company estimated in January, before President Donald Trump announced sweeping new tariff policies that will tax imports of medical devices along with most other goods.

Duties on drugs are likely coming soon, too. The Trump administration disclosed Monday an investigation into the national security effects of pharmaceutical imports in a move that analysts anticipate will result in new levies in the near future.

“We built into our guidance about $400 million in tariff costs based on what we know today,” said J&J CFO Joe Wolk in a CNBC interview Tuesday morning. “It was really a pretty healthy beat considering we didn’t have those things in January that we’re now absorbing.”

Much of that $400 million impact involves J&J’s medical device business, Wolk clarified on a company conference call held later on Tuesday morning, and also reflects retaliatory tariffs China has imposed on U.S. goods.

Wolk declined to share an annualized estimate for the impact of tariffs, citing the fast-changing nature of the Trump administration’s policies.

Yet, for an industry shaken by both Trump’s tariff threat and a chaotic regulatory restructuring, J&J’s stability may be welcome news.

“[J&J management] downplayed tariff risks this morning, which we view as an important positive development for perception about the threat to [J&J] and the branded biopharma industry at large,” wrote Leerink Partners analyst David Risinger in a client note.

Recently, J&J said it will spend $55 billion over the next four years on building new drug factories in the U.S., one of several drugmaker announcements of plans to reshore manufacturing to the U.S. — something Trump has leaned specifically on the industry to do. After those plants are complete, J&J expects that “essentially all” of its advanced medicines will be made in the U.S.

Speaking on the company’s conference call, J&J CEO Joaquin Duato made the case that tax policy, not tariffs, is more effective at spurring capital investment.

“Tariffs can create disruptions in the supply chain, leading to shortages,” Duato said. “If what you want is to build manufacturing capacity in the U.S. … the most effective answer is not tariffs, but tax policy.”

The pharmaceutical industry benefited mightily from the tax law passed in 2017 during Trump’s first administration, and is arguing for its renewal.

It’s unclear what kind of pharma tariffs might emerge from the newly begun probe by the Department of Commerce. According to a regulatory notice posted Monday, Commerce will look at both branded and generic medicines, as well as the active drug ingredients they contain and the starting materials from which they’re derived.

Trump has threatened duties between 50% and 200%, which, if imposed, would dramatically increase costs for an industry that has supply chains spread throughout Europe and Asia. Most precursor chemicals and active ingredients are sourced from China and India, while many branded manufacturers have production facilities in countries like Ireland, Switzerland, the Netherlands and Singapore.

Wolk, in his CNBC interview, speculated that the administration might focus on generic medicines and precursor chemicals, but stressed that was only J&J’s view of where national security concerns might be most acute.

“I think it’s also important that companies in healthcare partner with the administration to look to mitigate some of the vulnerabilities that exist today in other healthcare supply chains,” said Duato, on the conference call. “It is important for us to partner with the administration … and we plan to do it.”

Brisbane Property Market Forecast for 2025

Key takeaways

Brisbane continues to be one of Australia’s strongest capital city housing markets and is likely to remain so in 2025 with dwelling values continuing to go from strength to strength.

Brisbane’s housing market skyrocketed over the last few years with 64% price growth since the onset of COVID-19 and is currently at a new peak in price.

Like everywhere else in the country, Brisbane’s rental market is in crisis with historically low vacancy rates and skyrocketing rents.

The strong demand for detached houses in Brisbane, particularly in the inner and middle ring suburbs, and outstanding demand for lifestyle areas, are likely to lead to these locations outperforming cheaper properties in outer suburbs.

At the same time, demand for apartments is likely to remain softer, but more and more Queenslanders are turning to townhouses in Brisbane’s inner suburbs as a preferred style of accommodation.


Are you wondering what’s ahead for the Brisbane property market in 2025?

Throughout 2024 Brisbane remained one of Australia’s strongest capital city housing markets and is likely to remain the same in 2025 with dwelling values continuing to go from strength to strength.

Brisbane’s housing market skyrocketed over the last few years with 67.7% price growth since the onset of COVID-19 and is currently at a new peak in price.

This remarkable growth has pushed up the city’s median home value to be higher than that of Melbourne.

With buyers have enjoying a greater choice throughout spring 2024, the increase in stock for sale has seen the pace of price growth slow.

Despite this, Brisbane remains one of the strongest-performing capital city markets over the past year, with home prices sitting 12.% above November 2023 levels.

Here is the latest data on the median property prices for Brisbane.

Source: CoreLogic, 1st April 2025

Brisbane’s property markets update

Despite more homes being listed for sale and rising prices making property less affordable, the Brisbane property market is expected to keep steaming ahead in 2025.

A slowdown in construction has hampered the supply of new housing, concentrating buyer demand on existing properties.

In 2025 the Brisbane property market is likely to experience a year of two halves, with a slower first half and then a resurgence in both buyer and seller confidence when interest rates fall.

At Metropole Brisbane we’re finding that strategic investors and homebuyers are back actively looking to upgrade, picking the eyes out of the market.

Cheaper properties are recording stronger price growth, with prices in Brisbane’s bottom quartile being 30% higher than their 2022 peak.

Brisbane Price Growth By Segment

When interest rates fall, affordability will still be an issue for many potential buyers, and buyers will only be able to pay up to the limit of what they can afford, so I would only invest in locations where wages are increasing faster than average and residents have multiple streams of income, not just wages.

This means investing in the more affluent inner-ring suburbs and the gentrifying middle-ring suburbs of Brisbane which will outperform the cheaper suburbs, where residents will still find it difficult to afford to buy a home.

The best performing investment properties in Brisbane for 2025

Brisbane’s property market is gearing up for an exciting year ahead, and savvy investors have plenty of opportunities to tap into its potential.

With infrastructure projects ramping up, interstate migration fuelling demand and lifestyle trends shifting, it’s crucial to pinpoint the types of residential properties and suburbs poised for growth.

Houses in Lifestyle and Growth Suburbs

Detached homes in established Brisbane suburbs with lifestyle appeal will continue to be the top performers in Brisbane.

With a growing influx of families and professionals moving from southern states in search of more space, affordability, and a better lifestyle, houses in Brisbane’s established suburbs will maintain strong demand.

These properties offer capital growth potential and stable rental yields.

I would recommend investors buy  a 3 or 4 bedroom home with land, proximity to schools, parks, shopping centres, and transport links.

Properties with renovation potential or extra land for future development can be particularly valuable and will allow the investor to “manufacture” capital growth and rental growth.

Brisbane’s Inner-City Suburbs like Paddington, Ashgrove, and Red Hill are likely to perform strongly.  These suburbs offer a blend of heritage charm, access to the CBD, and a strong café culture. The scarcity of land, coupled with ongoing demand from professionals and families, makes them ideal for capital growth.

Also western suburbs in Brisbane like Indooroopilly, Chapel Hill and Kenmore should outperform.  Known for their excellent schools, green spaces, and family-friendly lifestyle, these suburbs have experienced consistent demand and offer strong rental yields and capital growth potential.

The Brisbane suburbs of Stafford, Kedron, Wavell Heights, Cannon Hill, Camp Hill and Mansfield enjoy infrastructure improvements, proximity to major employment hubs, good schools and with gentrification in full swing, these suburbs are gaining popularity among families and young professionals. They offer affordable entry points with good prospects for capital growth over the next few years.

Townhouses in Inner and Middle-Ring Suburbs

The shift towards medium-density living is a continuing trend in Brisbane as more people seek affordable alternatives to traditional houses without compromising on space and location.

Townhouses offer a great balance, providing more room than apartments but at a lower entry price than standalone houses.

This segment is gaining popularity among young families, professionals, and downsizers.

3 bedroom townhouses in low-density, modern developments with easy access to transport, retail hubs, and lifestyle amenities make great long term investments.

Properties with outdoor spaces or private courtyards are highly sought after  as both tenants and own occupies are prepared to trade backyards for courtyards.

Look for townhouses in South Brisbane and Greenslopes. These inner-city areas are undergoing rapid transformation with new infrastructure and urban renewal projects, making them attractive for townhouse investments. The demand from professionals working in the CBD and nearby hospitals ensures solid rental demand.

Also Carina and Camp Hill are suburbs to target. Located just 7-10 km from the CBD, these suburbs are experiencing an influx of young families and professionals looking for spacious living at a more affordable price point. Townhouses here offer good rental yields and future capital growth.

Stafford and Kedron have excellent access to public transport, shopping centers, and proximity to Brisbane Airport, these northern suburbs are emerging as townhouse hotspots. They attract a mix of renters and owner-occupiers, providing strong rental yields and growth potential.

Apartments in Boutique Complexes

While I would avoid high-rise apartments in large complexes, boutique “family friendly” apartments (typically in complexes of 4 – 20 units) in well-located suburbs are expected to perform well in the next few years.

They cater to renters and owner-occupiers who want the convenience of apartment living without the congestion of larger complexes.

Investors who can’t afford a house or townhouse should consider 2 bedroom apartments with spacious layouts, quality finishes, and amenities such as balconies, secure parking, and access to nearby lifestyle facilities like cafes, restaurants, and public transport.

The trendy riverside suburbs of New Farm and Teneriffe are always in high demand among young professionals and downsizers looking for lifestyle-driven apartment living.

With their proximity to the CBD, high-end dining options, and recreational facilities, boutique apartments here have strong rental demand and capital growth potential.

West End and Highgate Hill are known for their vibrant, eclectic vibe and continue to attract renters and buyers looking for a lively urban lifestyle. Boutique apartments in these suburbs perform well due to their proximity to the CBD, cultural attractions, and entertainment options.

The northern inner-city suburbs of Albion and Wooloowin  are rapidly gentrifying, with infrastructure upgrades and new developments attracting renters and owner-occupiers. Boutique apartments in these areas provide an affordable entry point with good long-term growth prospects.

What’s happening in the Brisbane property market?

Brisbane Total Property Listings 15 April

 

Source: SQM Research

Moving forward, Queensland has been tipped to have more million dollar suburbs than Victoria in 2025, according to analysis by Ray White.

Of the six states and two territories, Queensland is the fastest growing with its count of $1 million suburbs growing by 25 times over the last decade from just seven to 174.

Second in terms of growth rate is ACT with an 11 times growth in count of $1 million suburbs from just six in 2014 to 70 in 2024.

Assuming the growth rate of the last decade maintains its trend for the next 12 months, we can expect around 99 new suburbs to pass the $1 million mark.

Thirty of these will come from New South Wales, 24 from Queensland, and 18 from Victoria, which means Queensland has a very high probability of overtaking Victoria as the state with the second most count of million dollar suburbs.

Brisbane’s rental markets remain exceptionally tight

Dr. Andrew Wilson reports the Brisbane rental markets have commenced 2024 with more tough results for tenants with generally higher rents and continuing near record-low vacancy rates for both houses and units.:

  • Brisbane’s vacancy rates for houses is 0.9% with rents rising 9.3% over the last year.
  • Brisbane’s vacancy rates for units is 1.0% with rents rising 24.8% over the last year.

Brisbane Residential Vacancy Rates 15 April

Source: SQM Research

Like everywhere else in the country, Brisbane’s rental market is in crisis.

The city has seen significant investment in recent years, and many people have moved to Brisbane to take advantage of job opportunities and high quality of life.

But a migration surge has led to an increased demand for rental properties, which has kept the vacancy rate low.

While the current vacancy rate in Brisbane may be good news for landlords, it only serves to exacerbate the city’s already pressurised rental market with renters increasingly struggling to look for affordable housing.

Brisbane Weekly Rent Listings 15 April

Source: SQM Research

2024 is unlikely to provide any relief for tenants with new home building levels remaining chronically recessed despite government policies designed to reduce surging migration.

Key trends for Brisbane’s housing market 2025.

Brisbane’s many infrastructure projects, including the Cross River Rail, Brisbane Metro, and preparations for the 2032 Olympics, are transforming the city.

Suburbs benefiting from these developments are likely to see increased demand and continued capital growth.

At the same time Brisbane continues to attract residents from Sydney and Melbourne due to its more affordable housing, lifestyle advantages, and employment opportunities. This trend is driving demand in family-friendly and lifestyle-focused

Suburbs undergoing urban renewal and gentrification tend to outperform, as they attract a new demographic of more affluent residents (both owner occupiers and tenants) , which in turn boosts demand for housing and rental properties.


Moving forward there will be a flight to quality properties and an increased emphasis on livability.

That explains why we’re seeing robust demand for A-grade homes and investment-grade properties, particularly in lifestyle locations, with many holding their values well.

Buyers will be willing to pay a little more for properties with a little more space and security, but it won’t be just the property itself that will need to meet these newly evolved needs – a “livable” location will play a big part too.

To many, livability will mean a combination of:

  • Proximity – to things like parks, shops, amenities, and good schools
  • Mobility – access to good public transport (even though this may be less important moving forward) or a good road system
  • Access to jobs

Another driver of strong capital growth in Brisbane is school zones.

As part of their property decision-making process, many parents and investors consider the geographical location of a potential property in relation to a school catchment zone.

When people are looking for a home, they’re looking for a lifestyle, and education is a big part of that picture.

Brisbane’s migration and population growth vs. property prices

Brisbane and Queensland can thank a huge influx of internal migrants for the robustness of their property markets – between the pandemic, lockdowns, and a surging property market many Australians, particularly from Victoria and NSW, flocked northwards to our Sunshine State in search of more affordable property in lifestyle suburbs.

1.5 Interstate Migration

And the lifestyle move is one that still holds true today, having picked up pace throughout 2023.

Popular areas of the Gold Coast and Sunshine Coast have enjoyed strong demand considering the increased flexibility of being able to work from home and commuting to the big smoke less frequently.

At the same time property investor activity has been strong, particularly for houses, not only coming from locals but from interstate investors who see a strong upside in Brisbane property prices as well as favourable rental returns.

Of course, there is not one Queensland property market, nor one south-east Queensland property market, and different locations are performing differently and are likely to continue to do so.

Queensland recorded a population growth rate of 2.3% in the 12 months to 30 June 2024, above the national average (2.1%).

Queensland population growth

Queensland population growth

Components Of Annual Population Growth

Source: ABS data

And there is more forecasted population growth on the horizon.

Federal government forecasts suggest that Queensland’s population is expected to grow by more than 16% by the time Brisbane hosts the Olympic Games in 2032.

And the population spread in Australia’s most decentralised state is tipped to sway towards the city, with most Queenslanders expected to live in Greater Brisbane by the time the Olympic flame is lit at the Gabba.

Greater Brisbane is expected to grow faster than the rest of Queensland, with a rate of 1.9% projected for the capital in 2022-23, compared to 1.4% for the rest of the state.

That means that Queensland’s population is set to boom in the coming decades, from the current 5.4 million people to as much as 8.27 million by 2046.

Brisbane

Brisbane’s fundamentals are very strong

It’s not just Brisbane’s population and migration growth that is holding up the state’s economy, the remainder of the city’s underlying fundamentals are also very strong.

Queensland made history by becoming the best-performing state economy for the first time in January 2023.

The CommSec State of the States report at the time showed that its economy grew at a faster pace than any other state in Australia, thanks to strong population growth, a solid job market, and overseas demand for energy resources, such as coal and natural gas.

And I would argue it has been this job growth that has fuelled record levels of migration because most will not be willing to make a life-changing move unless they have some form of employment on the horizon.

This is something that was sorely missing from the Sunshine State in the first half of the last decade.

While Brisbane’s property market was significantly more affordable before the property boom, it still represents a valuable benefit to buyers who are looking to purchase at a time when interest rates are rising steeply.

And the impending 2032 Olympics, hosted by Brisbane, will only serve to put even more pressure on the city.

The need for upgraded infrastructure and transport in Brisbane, the Gold Coast, and the Sunshine Coast will likely put a rocket under Brisbane’s property market.

Why?

Because infrastructure spending is one of the most powerful forces in residential real estate – it can transform local economies and generate real estate booms.

That’s because major infrastructure projects can elevate the appeal of locations by improving the accessibility or amenity of an area and they can also generate economic activity and jobs during construction.

Brisbane

Brisbane’s housing market – the forecast for 2025

Bearing in mind there are multiple markets within the Brisbane property market, it seems that freestanding Brisbane houses within 5-7 km of the CBD or in good school catchment zones are likely to continue to grow strongly.

Here’s What Happens if You Lose Your Google Account—and How to Prepare for It

Losing access to your Google account can have far-reaching consequences beyond the inability to send and receive emails. In short, it can be devastating, which is why preparing ahead of time will save you from a whole world of pain.

What It Means to Lose Access to Your Google Account

So much of what you do online is tied to your Google account. So, losing access can have several serious consequences.

1. You Won’t Be Able to Sign In to Gmail

The first thing you’ll notice if you’re locked out of your Google account is that you won’t be able to access Gmail. If you only have one major email account (the one you’re locked out of), this can cause some serious setbacks. This is one of the main reasons why it helps to have multiple email accounts. If your only account gets locked, having different email accounts to which you can redirect your emails can help.

2. You Won’t Have Access to Google Services Like Photos and Drive

the Google Photos app on a smartphone
BigTunaOnline / Shutterstock

Another consequence of getting locked out of your Google account is that you won’t be able to access Google Photos, Drive, Docs, or any other Google service. While there are alternatives to most of these services, not being able to access these apps can be incredibly inconvenient, especially if you have important photos or documents on your Google account. Unless you’ve backed up these files in another location, you might end up losing years’ worth of valuable data.

3. Third-Party Logins Might Break

Many people use their Google accounts to sign in to third-party websites and apps, given how convenient this process is. However, those connected logins could stop working if you lose access to your Google account. This might, in turn, lock you out of important apps that you rely on.

Related

Signing In With Your Google Account Is a Risk: How to Minimize the Dangers

Google Account security is important, so take precautions where possible.

How to Secure Your Google Account

Losing access to your Google account can quickly turn into a major inconvenience. Once it happens, it can be really difficult to recover access to your account. That’s why taking precautionary steps beforehand is important to secure your account.

1. Use a Digital Password Manager

Password manager app logos on smartphone screen.
Koshiro K/Shutterstock

Forgotten passwords are among the most common ways people lose access to their accounts. A password manager can prevent this by securely storing and managing your login credentials. There are numerous free and paid password managers, so finding the right one for you and setting it up shouldn’t be too difficult. Once set up, you only need to remember your master password, and the password manager will handle the rest, reducing the chances of you getting locked out of important accounts.

Related

I’m a Security Expert, and This Is My Favorite Free Password Manager

I’ve used so many password managers over the years, and this is the one I always come back to.

2. Add Multiple Recovery Methods

Adding a recovery phone number or email address can help you reset your password if you forget it or are locked out of your Google account for another reason. While adding just one recovery method is usually good enough, you can’t go wrong with setting up multiple options. For instance, if you change your phone number or lose access to an old email address, having a secondary backup means you can regain access to your account.

3. Keep Note of Your Old Passwords

You might have to key in an old password to verify your identity to regain access to your Google account. If you don’t remember your previous passwords and don’t have any recovery methods set up, it can be hard to prove you are the rightful owner of the account. That’s why it’s smart to keep a record of old passwords. If you recycle your passwords, be sure to keep your old passwords in a secure location.

4. Back Up Your Account Periodically

It helps to have a backup of your critical files in case the worst happens. Keeping a backup of your critical files, including documents, email attachments, and more, is vital, along with any important files linked to your Google account.

What to Do if You’ve Already Lost Access to Your Google Account

If you’ve already lost access to your Google account because you forgot your password or username or can’t get verification codes, there are still some account recovery options. Google’s Account Recovery process is fairly straightforward and involves you answering a few questions. To make this easier for yourself, answer as many questions as possible. Wrong guesses don’t kick you out of the process, so don’t be afraid to try a few different answers if you’re unable to recall anything.

Also, try to use a familiar device and location during the process. If you usually sign in with a particular computer, phone, or tablet, use the same device and browser as you usually do. Don’t try to recover your account from a new city or country because that could raise red flags.

These steps should help you avoid losing access to your Google account in the first place and recover access if you’ve already lost it. Once you’re back in, update your recovery information and take other precautionary measures to keep it from happening again.

BizFocus Ep.124: Flower express brings trains of prosperity

Editor’s Note: CGTN launches a new series called BizFocus, where anchors and reporters explore the most vibrant business sectors and events in China. Through in-depth interviews with industry experts and on-the-ground coverage, we bring you the latest developments and trends in various business sectors.

As spring brings vibrant colors to the countryside, China’s railways have sparked a floral economic boom. In Xi’an, the Flower Viewing Express has transformed seasonal travel by offering high-speed trains that depart every eight minutes. These trains transport city dwellers directly into breathtaking landscapes of golden blossoms.

Brian Austin Green ditches his appendix just in time

Brian Austin Green just got really lucky. Now he’s really grateful.

Last week, the former “Beverly Hills, 90210” star found himself experiencing pain in his abdomen — pain bad enough that he headed out looking for medical help.

“I started feeling some pain in my stomach,” he said in a video posted early Monday on Instagram. “I ended up going to the emergency room and I had a perforated appendix. Not quite burst, but just before it.”

Green held the thumb and forefinger of one hand maybe an inch apart to indicate how close. Appendicitis, especially with a perforated appendix, is dangerous and can lead to complications including septicemia and peritonitis, the Cleveland Clinic says. A burst appendix can be fatal if not treated quickly.

He said the emergency rooms around his home in the Valley were really crowded until he found himself at Providence Cedars-Sinai Tarzana Medical Center.

“They were fantastic. They got me in right away, got me right into surgery. The after-care was phenomenal,” he said. “I mean, when I tell you every single person that was there was incredibly kind and loving and supportive, and helpful, I mean it. Every single person.”

It was Green’s first major surgery, he said. “I’m on the road to recovery. It’s not an easy process.”

Still, he said, when you come across “great places with great people and they work really hard for you,” they deserve a shout-out. “So that’s what I’m doing.”

Green had begun the video by mentioning that he hadn’t posted on the socials for a couple of weeks, and now fans know why he was absent. Looks like one of the first steps on his road to recovery is swinging into Season 3 of his “Oldish” podcast with Sharna Burgess and Randy Spelling. That kicks off in a week.

Burgess and Green met when they competed on “Dancing With the Stars.” They got engaged in September 2023. Green was previously married to actor Megan Fox, who just had a baby with ex-for-now Machine Gun Kelly.

2025 Skoda Kodiaq Launch in India on April 17, 2025; Check Expected Price, Specifications and Features of Upcoming SUV From Skoda

New Delhi, April 15: 2025 Skoda Kodiaq launch date in India is on April 17, 2025. The next-gen Skoda Kodiaq was unveiled during the Bharat Mobility Global Expo 2025. The upcoming 2025 Skoda Kodiaq will come with premium features, including two variants and multiple colour options. Skoda Auto India plans to assemble the new Kodiaq locally at its manufacturing plant. As the 2025 Skoda Kodiaq launch approaches, details regarding the booking process and delivery timeline for the SUV is tipped.

Bookings for the new Skoda Kodiaq are set to begin on April 17, 2025, with deliveries expected to start from May 2, 2025. As per reports, the 2025 Skoda Kodiaq price in India may be between INR 45 lakh and INR 55 lakh (ex-showroom). The 2025 Skoda Kodiaq is expected to feature two variants. It may include Sportline and Laurin & Klement (L&K). Volkswagen Tiguan R-Line Launched in India at INR 48.99 Lakh; Check Specifications and Features of New VW Flagship SUV.

The SUV will likely be available in seven colour choices, which are expected to be Velvet Red Metallic, Race Blue Metallic, Graphite Grey Metallic, Magic Black Metallic, Moon White Metallic, Bronx Gold Metallic, and Steel Grey. Additionally, the Kodiaq is anticipated to feature a wheelbase of 2,680 mm.

2025 Skoda Kodiaq Specifications and Features (Expected)

The 2025 Skoda Kodiaq SUV’s Sportline variant is expected to come with a 12.9-inch infotainment system, 10.25-inch digital driver’s display, and 13-speaker sound system. Additionally, it will offer three-zone climate control, wireless phone charging, ventilated seats, a panoramic sunroof, and more. MG Cyber X SUV Teased Ahead of Shanghai Motor Show; Likely To Debut Alongside Updated MG Cyberster (See Pics).

The next-generation Kodiaq L&K variant is anticipated to provide even more premium features. It may include drive mode selection, a 360-degree camera, and a massage function for the front seats. The SUV will likley feature nine airbags as standard, along with essential safety systems. It is said to come with ABS with EBD, hill start assist, hill descent control. The 2025 Skoda Kodiaq is expected to be powered by a 2.0-litre turbocharged petrol engine, which will be paired with a 7-speed DSG automatic gearbox.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Apr 15, 2025 05:00 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

A New Mexico Man Faces Federal Charges for Allegedly Setting Fire to a Tesla Showroom

A New Mexico man is facing federal charges for two separate incidents of alleged arson—one at an Albuquerque Tesla showroom and one at the New Mexico Republican Party’s office—according to a Monday press release from the Department of Justice.

Jamison Wagner, 40, was charged with allegedly setting fire to a building or vehicle used in interstate commerce. The charge can apply to goods manufactured and sold in different states and the facilities that house them—like the Tesla showroom or the Republican office, which also sells MAGA merchandise. DOJ spokesperson Shannon Shevlin tells WIRED that Wagner’s arrest happened on Saturday.

“Let this be the final lesson to those taking part in this ongoing wave of political violence,” attorney general Pam Bondi said in the Monday press release. “We will arrest you, we will prosecute you, and we will not negotiate. Crimes have consequences.”

Wagner’s arrest warrant alleges that he is responsible for a February 9 incident at a Tesla showroom in which windows were shattered and two Tesla Model Ys were set on fire. It also alleges that he is responsible for a March 30 incident at the Republican Party of New Mexico office in which the entrance area was set on fire and “ICE=KKK” was graffitied on the building’s exterior.

The arrest warrant also says that a lead investigator on Wagner’s case is an FBI agent specializing in “international terrorism, domestic terrorism and firearms.” This marks the second known time that FBI terrorism investigators have gotten involved in a criminal investigation tied to the recent public backlash against Musk and Tesla. However, it’s the first time that the suspect was also allegedly tied to another incident—which, in this case, targeted a Republican office.

The arrest comes amid repeated calls by Bondi, President Trump, Elon Musk, House Speaker Mike Johnson, and Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene to treat arson and vandalism of Tesla property as “domestic terrorism.” Five other people are currently facing federal charges for alleged vandalism and arson targeting Tesla property, according to press releases by the DOJ.

As reported by WIRED, law enforcement can get access to surveillance technologies and have more legal leeway during terrorism investigations than in other types of investigations. These investigations could also possibly enable Musk and Tesla executives to access surveillance on “Tesla Takedown” protesters, though the protests have broadly been peaceful, and public-facing protest organizers have said that they don’t endorse property damage. The FBI can decide to share this type of information with the victim of a crime during an investigation, WIRED previously reported.

Bondi teased news of Wagner’s arrest last week in a televised Cabinet meeting, telling Trump that there would be “another huge arrest” pertaining to an attack on a Tesla dealership within the next 24 hours.

“That person will be looking at at least 20 years in prison with no negotiations,” Bondi said on Thursday. (The DOJ press release issued after Wagner’s arrest notes, “A complaint is merely an allegation, and all defendants are presumed innocent until proven guilty beyond a reasonable doubt in a court of law.”)

Should India Follow the US and Establish a Bitcoin Reserve? Polygon, Avail Co-Founders Talk to Gadgets 360

US President Donald Trump announced the creation of separate reserves for Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies in the US last month, in a boost for the digital assets sector. The decision prompted Sweden and South Korea to open dialogue around considering Bitcoin as a potential reserved asset. There’s currently no word on whether the Government of India is planning to establish a strategic crypto reserve. Gadgets 360 discussed the possibility of India’s Bitcoin reserve with Polygon and Avail co-founders Sandeep Nailwal and Anurag Arjun.

Pros and Cons of a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve

Polygon COO Nailwal said that US President Donald Trump has kickstarted a race to acquire Bitcoin and other altcoins for long-term benefits to the US economy. He said that India, which is one of the fastest-growing economies in the world, may regret its conservative approach on crypto if it fails to catch up with other big economies in a timely manner.

“The world is long past the days when Bitcoin was considered an experiment or simply a haven for criminals. Some of the world’s largest asset managers, sovereign wealth funds, and national governments have invested large amounts of money in BTC and the broader altcoin market, indicating the rising adoption of the asset class,” Nailwal told Gadgets 360.

Abu Dhabi’s investment company, Mubadala and Norway’s Norges Bank Investment Management (NBIM) are prominent financial firms that have begun to deal with Bitcoin via investments in pro-crypto firms like MicroStrategy, Tesla, and BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETFs. In India, Mumbai-based IT training firm Jetking has acquired Bitcoin tokens worth Rs. 10 crore.

The January 2025 edition of the World Bank’s Global Economic Prospects (GEP) report projected India’s economy to grow at a steady rate of 6.7 percent in both FY26 and FY27, significantly outpacing global and regional peers. The IMF also estimates India’s growth to remain robust at 6.5 percent for 2025 and 2026. “India can seriously consider creating a crypto stockpile to diversify its reserves and elevate the integration of blockchain with its economic ecosystem,” Nailwal said.

However, the Polygon COO also cautioned that the authorities need to strengthen tech infrastructure, cybersecurity, and introduce a regulatory framework for cryptocurrencies before establishing a crypto reserve. Existing gaps in crypto awareness, legal provisions, and enforcement of criminal punishments could pose risks to India’s financial stability if crypto is considered as a reserved asset.

Possible Avenues to Set Up Crypto Reserves

India can allocate one to two percent of its foreign exchange reserves to crypto assets as a pragmatic starting point, Avail Co-Founder Anurag Arjun told Gadgets 360. Avail is a blockchain firm that supports the design of Web3 applications. Arjun also co-founded Polygon alongside Nailwal in 2017 but exited the firm in 2023.

“India needs to see the creation of a crypto reserve as more than just about jumping on a trend. It’s more about positioning India strategically in a rapidly evolving global financial landscape,” Arjun said.

“An small allocation of India’s foreign exchange reserves to crypto makes for a modest exposure that limits risk while enabling India to experiment strategically, mirroring institutions like BlackRock (managing $50 billion in Bitcoin ETFs) and corporations like MicroStrategy, whose stock surged 1,500 percent after adopting Bitcoin as a treasury reserve. In the short term, such a move would position India as a forward-thinking economy, attracting blockchain innovation and global capital,” he added.

Avail’s co-founder also highlighted that Bitcoin’s fixed supply of 21 million tokens offers protection against inflationary pressures in traditional currencies, serving as a hedge against monetary instability in an increasingly uncertain world.

“With 17 percent of the global population and a tech-savvy workforce, India has the demographic and intellectual capital to lead rather than follow. Digital assets offer a hedge against dollar hegemony, a tool for financial inclusion, and a bridge to the digital economy—critical for sustaining growth in a digitising world. A late entry into the race would mean acquiring assets at significantly higher prices, placing India at a strategic disadvantage,” he added.

India is also at liberty to keenly analyse US’ step of putting seized crypto funds into its crypto reserves. In February this year, India’s Enforcement Directorate (ED) seized its biggest crypto fund worth Rs. 1,646 crore investigating a money laundering case. Other similar probes have also roped in hefty crypto funds that have been placed under the custodies of Binance, ZepPay, WazirX, and CoinDCX.

Financial Analyst Suggests Caution

Nimen Shah, a senior chartered accountant and international tax advisor from Mumbai, said India’s financial position is on solid ground, which eliminates any urgency for it to venture into creating crypto reserves.

“Cryptocurrencies are volatile and still largely unregulated. They enable private financial transactions without the involvement of any central bank or broker, making them susceptible to misuse by criminals. Because crypto lets individuals process financial transactions without an intermediary, it threatens the autonomy and control of central banks on a global level,” Shah told Gadgets 360.

Over the last few years, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) lifted its ban on crypto, while the government introduced a 30 percent tax on cryptocurrency incomes, which has been criticised by many crypto investors.

In 2024, former RBI governor Shaktikanta Das called crypto risky and highly speculative, addressing the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos. Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman also stated last year that crypto cannot be viewed as a legitimate currency in India.

“India need not rush into a creating a crypto reserve. Given the apprehensions of the RBI and other stakeholders, it would be a very long leap to go from zero regulations to crypto reserves,” Shah said, while dismissing the idea of crypto becoming an alternative to the US dollar for India.

He said that crypto activities are more intensive in the US than in India. “Crypto is not big enough either as an industry or as an acceptable enough asset class to impact our monetary policy or our financial system. We are a long way away from there,” Shah added.

As of Tuesday, the valuation of the crypto sector stood at $2.7 trillion (roughly Rs. 2,31,56.903 crore) with over 13 million tokens in circulation. Bitcoin, the most expensive crypto token, is presently trading at $85,600 (roughly Rs. 73.4 lakh).

Google Search to redirect its country level TLDs to Google.com

Google will begin redirecting its country code top-level domain names (ccTLD) versions of its Google domain to Google.com. That means if you frequent google.fr (in France), google.ng (in Nigeria) and so on, you will be redirected to Google.com.

Why the change. Google said, “Over the years, our ability to provide a local experience has improved. In 2017, we began providing the same experience with local results for everyone using Search, whether they were using google.com or their country’s ccTLD.” “Because of this improvement, country-level domains are no longer necessary,” Google added.

Google said, “we’ll begin redirecting traffic from these ccTLDs to google.com to streamline people’s experience on Search.”

The impact. For the most part, most searchers should not notice any difference. When you are redirected, there is a chance you may have to login to Google again and also reconfigure some of your search settings.

But overall, there won’t be any significant changes. Google wrote, “It’s important to note that while this update will change what people see in their browser address bar, it won’t affect the way Search works, nor will it change how we handle obligations under national laws.”

Timing. This change will begin today but “will be rolled out gradually over the coming months,” the company said.

Why we care. You may notice slightly different referral traffic from Google Search, related to this change.

This may also impact your signed in experience with Google.com in the short term.

But outside of that, there should be no other large changes with these ccTLD changes for Google Search.

States Push Medicaid Work Rules, but Few Programs Help Enrollees Find Jobs

For many years, Eric Wunderlin’s health issues made it hard to find stable employment.

Struggling to manage depression and diabetes, Wunderlin worked part-time, minimum-wage retail jobs around Dayton, Ohio, making so little he said he sometimes had to choose between paying rent and buying food.

But in 2018, his CareSource Medicaid health plan offered him help getting a job. It connected him to a life coach, who helped him find full-time work with health benefits. Now, he works for a nonprofit social service agency, a job he said has given him enough financial stability to plan a European vacation next year.

“I feel like a real person and I can go do things,” said Wunderlin, 42. “I feel like I pulled myself out of that slump.”

Republicans in Congress and several states, including Ohio, Iowa, and Montana, are pushing to implement work requirements for nondisabled adults, arguing a mandate would encourage enrollees to find jobs. And for Republicans pushing to require Medicaid enrollees to work, Wunderlin’s story could be held up as evidence that government health coverage can help people find employment and, ultimately, reduce their need for public assistance.

Yet his experience is rare. Medicaid typically does not offer such help, and when states do try to help, such efforts are limited.

And opponents point out that most Medicaid recipients already have jobs and say such a mandate would only kick eligible people off Medicaid, rather than improve their economic prospects. Nearly two-thirds of Medicaid enrollees work, with most of the rest acting as caregivers, going to school, or unable to hold a job due to disability or illness, according to KFF, a health information nonprofit that includes KFF Health News.

Existing efforts to help Medicaid recipients get a job have seen limited success because there’s not a lot of “room to move the needle,” said Ben Sommers, a professor of health care economics at the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health. Most Medicaid enrollees already work — just not in jobs with health benefits, he said.

“The ongoing argument that some folks make is that there are a lot of people freeloading in Medicaid,” he said. “That’s just not supported by the evidence.”

Wunderlin struggled for years to find stable employment due to health issues, bouncing from one minimum-wage job to another around Dayton, Ohio. He says he sometimes found it difficult to afford food for himself and his cat, Annabelle. A job program through his Medicaid health plan connected him with a life coach, who helped him find full-time work with health benefits.(Maddie McGarvey for KFF Health News)

Using Health Programs To Encourage Work

The GOP-controlled Congress could allow or require states to implement a Medicaid work requirement as part of revamping and downsizing Medicaid. The first Trump administration encouraged those work mandates, but many were struck down by federal judges who said they were illegal under federal law.

Policy experts and state officials say more attention should be paid to investments that have helped people find better jobs — from personalized life coaching to, in some cases, health plans’ directly hiring enrollees.

They argue work requirements alone are not enough. “The move to economic mobility requires a ladder, not a stick,” said Farah Khan, a fellow with the Brookings Institution, a nonpartisan think tank.

While Medicaid work requirements have been debated for decades, the issue has become more heated as 40 states and Washington, D.C., have expanded Medicaid eligibility under the Affordable Care Act to the vast majority of low-income adults. More than 20 million adults have gained coverage as a result — but Republicans are now considering eliminating the billions in extra federal funding that helped states extend eligibility beyond groups including many children, pregnant women, and disabled people.

Only Georgia and Arkansas have implemented mandates that some Medicaid enrollees work, volunteer, go to school, or enroll in job training. But a study Sommers co-authored showed no evidence work requirements in Arkansas’ program led to more people working, in part because most of those who could work already were.

In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost coverage under the state’s requirement before the policy was suspended by a federal judge in 2019 after less than a year. Those who lost their Medicaid health care reported being unaware or confused about how to report work hours. Since 2023, Arkansas has been giving Medicaid health plans financial incentives to help enrollees train for jobs, but so far few have taken advantage.

Some plans, including Arkansas Blue Cross and Blue Shield’s, offer members $25 to $65 to complete a “career readiness” certificate. In 2024, some Arkansas health plans offered enrollees educational videos about topics including taxes and cryptocurrency.

Health plans don’t have an incentive to help someone find a better-paying job, because that could mean losing a customer if they then make too much to qualify for Medicaid, said Karin VanZant, a vice president at Clearlink Partners, a health care consulting company.

Rather than offering incentives for providing job training, some states, such as California and Ohio, require the insurance companies that run Medicaid to help enrollees find work.

In Montana, where some lawmakers are pushing to implement work requirements, a promising optional program nearly collapsed after state lawmakers required it be outsourced to private contractors.

Within the program’s first three years, the state paired 32,000 Medicaid enrollees with existing federally funded job training programs. Most had higher wages a year after starting training, the state found.

But enrollment has plummeted to just 11 people, according to the latest data provided by the state’s labor department.

Sarah Swanson, who heads the department, said several of the nonprofit contractors that ran the program shuttered. “There was no real part in this for us to deliver direct services to the folks that walked through our door,” she said. The state hopes to revive job training by allowing the department to work alongside contractors to reach more people.

The Hunt for Results

State officials say they don’t have much data to track the effectiveness of existing job programs offered by Medicaid plans.

Stephanie O’Grady, a spokesperson for the Ohio Department of Medicaid, said the state does not track outcomes because “the health plans are not employment agencies.”

Officials with CareSource, which operates Medicaid plans in multiple states, say it has about 2,300 Medicaid and ACA marketplace enrollees in its JobConnect program — about 1,400 in Ohio, 500 in Georgia, and 400 in Indiana.

The program connects job seekers with a life coach who counsels them on skills such as “showing up on time, dressing the part for interviews, and selling yourself during the interview,” said Jesse Reed, CareSource’s director of life services in Ohio.

Eric Wunderlin was on Medicaid for many years while working minimum-wage jobs around Dayton, Ohio. (Maddie McGarvey for KFF Health News)

Wunderlin now works for a nonprofit social service agency, which he says has given him greater financial stability. (Maddie McGarvey for KFF Health News)

Since 2023, about 800 people have found jobs through the program, according to Josh Boynton, a senior vice president at CareSource. The health plan itself has hired 29 Medicaid enrollees into customer service, pharmacy, and other positions — nearly all full-time with benefits, he said.

In 2022, California started offering nontraditional health benefits through Medicaid — including help finding jobs — for enrollees experiencing homelessness or serious mental illness, or who are otherwise at risk of avoidable emergency room care. As of September, it had served nearly 280,000 enrollees, but the state doesn’t have data on how many became employed.

The University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, which is among the largest private employers in Pennsylvania, running both a sprawling hospital system and a Medicaid plan, has hired over 10,000 of its Medicaid enrollees since 2021 through its training and support services. Among other jobs, they took positions as warehouse workers, customer service representatives, and medical assistants.

The vast majority left low-paying jobs for full-time positions with health benefits, said Dan LaVallee, a senior director of UPMC Health Plan’s Center for Social Impact. “Our Pathways to Work program is a model for the nation,” he said.

Josh Archambault, a senior fellow with the conservative Cicero Institute, said Medicaid should focus on improving the financial health of those enrolled.

While the first Trump administration approved Medicaid work requirements in 13 states, the Biden administration or federal judges blocked all except Georgia’s.

“I don’t think states have been given ample chance to experiment and try to figure out what works,” Archambault said.

KFF Health News senior correspondent Angela Hart contributed to this report.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Give Marathon A Chance, Former Concord Developer Says

Bungie finally lifted the lid on its extraction shooter Marathon this week, and while the game looks like a vibrant entry in the genre, it has been negatively compared to Sony’s live-service flop Concord. Both games share similar elements, being live-service sci-fi shooters with a colorful art direction, but one former Concord developer wants people to not only give Bungie’s project a chance when it launches later this year, but to also show some compassion for the people working on it.

“After reading the comments about Marathon being Concord 2.0 on Reddit, YouTube, and Twitch, I just wanted to share a little insight into what a 40-year-old man is feeling after dedicating a large portion of his life to making videogames,” former Firewalk Studios senior VFX artist Stephan Williams wrote on the Marathon subreddit (via VG247). “Seeing the faces of the developers on the Bungie stream gave me hope and excitement for what is to come for Marathon,” Williams added. “I commend them for taking a chance, trying something foreign to them, that isn’t proven, nor guaranteed to succeed. It takes a lot of courage.”

Williams explained that while Concord “failed to inspire players,” there were lessons to be learned from that “gut-wrenching” failure. Now a senior VFX artist at Warframe studio Digital Extremes, Williams stressed that video games are meant to be fun and that people need to be kinder to the developers working on them behind the scenes.

After its big livestream, Bungie revealed quite a few details on Marathon, from its September 23 release date to a closer look at the maps players will battle each other on as they hunt down some loot. The big question surrounding the game for now is its price, as while Bungie says that Marathon won’t be a full-priced game, it is promising a “premium” experience. If you’re one of the people who’d like to give it a chance, you can try your luck at snagging a key to join the game’s closed alpha playtest later this month.

“Marathon could launch as a solid multiplayer shooter that is brimming with potential but thin on content. And in the dog-eat-dog world of multiplayer games, that could be a major issue,” Tamoor Hussain wrote in GameSpot’s hands-on preview of Marathon

New study finds surprising way to curb college-aged drinking harms — without cutting alcohol

Young adults — particularly college students — are more likely than any other group in the U.S. to engage in heavy drinking and experience alcohol-related consequences.

The consequences of heavy drinking — which is defined as four or more drinks per occasion for women and five or more for men — are felt throughout the college community. These include blackouts, academic underperformance and interpersonal problems. Then there are the secondhand consequences for students who don’t drink, such as interrupted study, aggression, assault and having to care for intoxicated peers.

In a new study, researchers from the Brown University School of Public Health developed and tested an intervention called Counter-Attitudinal Advocacy (CAA). CAA involves advocating for a position that contradicts a personally held attitude or behavior. In this context, CAA targets positive perceptions of heavy drinking and the belief that alcohol is an essential part of college life.

In randomized controlled trials at two sites with 585 college students, researchers compared CAA to the well-established Personalized Normative Feedback (PNF) to evaluate their effectiveness in decreasing drinks per week, peak blood alcohol concentration and alcohol-related consequences relative to a control group. Researchers focused on drinks per week, a standard measure given the irregular drinking patterns of college students, who often veer between heavy drinking and alcohol-free days.

Ultimately, they worked on answering two main questions:

  • Does CAA effectively reduce alcohol-related risk compared to our control?
  • How does CAA compare to PNF, which has proven to be an effective low-cost way of reducing alcohol consumption among high-risk students?

Here’s what they found: Participants who received PNF reported significantly fewer drinks per week than the control group, while those who received CAA reported significantly fewer consequences. CAA had a harm reduction effect on consequences — its intended focus — but not on consumption of alcohol, which it did not target.

“Both interventions take just 5-10 minutes, making them ideal for broad prevention efforts,” said Kate Carey, co-lead investigator of the study and professor of behavioral and social sciences at Brown. “Our results showed that PNF did reduce alcohol consumption, as expected. But CAA specifically reduced the number of problems participants reported due to drinking. So, while they had different effects, they were complementary — giving us another useful tool for harm reduction.”

Carey explained that PNFs show participants how their drinking habits stack up against those of their peers, often exposing a common misconception that others drink more than they actually do: an insight that can help them adjust their own behavior. In contrast, CAA encourages participants to reflect on why it is a good idea to avoid alcohol-related problems, such as passing out or taking excessive risks, and to identify specific actions they can take to minimize these risks.

“Instead of directly telling students what to do, we prompt them to generate their own strategies,” Carey said. “This makes the intervention personalized and non-confrontational. Unlike some interventions that make people feel defensive about their drinking, CAA frames the discussion more broadly: ‘Why is it good for young people to avoid problems?’ rather than ‘You personally need to change.'”

As participants responded to these prompts, a research assistant or peer asked them to explain their written responses. Carey noted that this act of verbal reinforcement likely strengthened the intervention’s effect, since we tend to feel more committed to our viewpoints when we share them publicly.

It’s important to have a variety of brief interventions, since no single approach works for everyone, Carey stressed. Offering multiple evidence-based options increases the chances of reaching more people who are undergoing a period of heightened risk.

The research team, which includes co-primary investigators Angelo DiBello associate professor of applied and professional psychology at Rutgers University and Clayton Neighbors, professor of social psychology at the University of Houston, are encouraged that CAA provides another effective tool — especially for those who may not respond to PNF.

Canonsphere Law Review [Volume I Issue I (April

About Canonsphere Law Review

Canonsphere Law Review is a peer-reviewed online legal journal committed to publishing high-quality scholarship on contemporary legal issues. Our journal allows academics, practitioners, and students to contribute to legal discourse and promote critical analysis of legal developments worldwide.

We invite submissions from legal scholars, practitioners, and students on topics related to [areas of law covered, e.g., constitutional law, international law, corporate law, human rights, etc.].

Call for Papers

Canonsphere Law Review invites submissions for the next issue, i.e., Volume 1 Issue 1 of April – June 2025. Our first issue is already published on the website, which is Volume 1, Issue 1 of September – December 2024.

Themes

  • Intellectual Property Laws
  • Competition Laws
  • Technology Law
  • Insolvency and Bankruptcy Law
  • Banking and Finance Law

Eligibility

Students pursuing bachelor’s or master’s, advocates, academicians, professors, legal professionals, etc.

Types of Submissions

  • Long Article: 4,000 – 10,000 words (excluding footnotes)
  • Short Article: 1,500 – 3000 words
  • Case Commentary: 1,500 – 2,500 words (with table)
  • Legislative Comment: 1,500 – 4,000 words
  • Blogs/Short Note: 1,000 – 2,500 words
  • Book Review: 1,500 – 3,000 words

Formatting Requirements

  • Submissions must be in Microsoft Word format (.doc or .docx).
  • Font Style: Times New Roman,
  • Font Size: Topic Name – 16, Headings – 14, Subheadings & Body – 12-point size (main text); 10-point size (footnotes).
  • Line spacing: 1.5 for text, single-spaced for footnotes.
  • Citation Style: Bluebook (21st ed.)

Originality & Plagiarism Policy

  • Submissions must be original and not under consideration elsewhere.
  • The journal follows strict anti-plagiarism policies; any detected plagiarism will result in rejection.
  • Plagiarism shall not exceed 20%.

Submission Guidelines

  • Submissions must be in Microsoft Word format (.doc or .docx).
  • Submit your manuscript via the link given below with the subject line “Submission – [Title of Paper – Type of Submission]”. For Example, Submission – Cybersecurity and AI – Long Article.
  • Include a short abstract (250–300 words) and a list of 5 keywords.

Perks and Publication

  1. Selected submissions will be published on the website of Canonsphere Law Review.
  2. The author(s) will get a Soft Copy of the Certificate of Publication.
  3. The best ones will be mentioned in our monthly newsletter.

Deadline

30 April 2025

Registration Fees

200/-

Payment Details

  • Account Number- 50100719791974
  • Account Holder- Manya Harit
  • Bank Name – HDFC Bank
  • Branch – Garh Road – Meerut
  • IFSC Code – HDFC0001911
  • UPI ID – 9152958951@pz 

Contact

Click here to submit.

Click here for the brochure.

Click here for the official notification.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Does biotin really help in hair loss, hair growth? Doctor reveals truth | Health

Dr Taglia explaThe popularity of supplements like biotin for hair loss has been growing tremendously over the years, with people taking them to combat issues related to hair fall and hair growth.

The American Dermatological Association states that biotin has no proven benefits for hair growth or loss prevention, despite its popularity as a supplement.

Also Read | Woman says this 5-minute bloating massage technique helped her belly go flat: Doctor reveals if it actually works

Biotin, per the Mayo Clinic, is necessary for the formation of fatty acids and glucose, which are used as fuels by the body. However, a lack of biotin is rare. If it occurs, it may lead to skin rash, loss of hair, high blood levels of cholesterol, and heart problems. But is taking biotin supplements beneficial?

Does biotin really help in hair growth?

On April 10, social media-famous doctor Cyriac Abby Philips, aka The Liver Doc, revealed in an Instagram video if taking biotin supplements actually helps. He posted the clip with the caption, “Biotin for hair loss. The biggest misunderstanding and misinformation that doctors themselves spread among patients.”

Touching on the topic of consuming biotin for hair loss, The Liver Doc explained that The American Dermatological Association has made clear statements regarding the use of biotin. Per Philips, the president of the American Dermatological Association has written in their blog – which serves as a guideline for dermatology practitioners – that there is no benefit to using Biotin.

He revealed, “Biotin does not increase hair growth, does not increase the volume of hair, and does not prevent hair loss. This is well known, as none of the studies they have conducted on these parameters have shown that Biotin actually improves any of these hair-related issues. This information has been available on their website for decades, yet people continue to prescribe it.”

What does the American Academy of Dermatology Association say?

Per the American Academy of Dermatology Association, despite their growing popularity for achieving thicker hair and better skin, dermatologists warn that the effectiveness of supplements like biotin, collagen, and probiotics is often inconsistent or unreliable.

Per Dr Lauren N Taglia, MD, PhD, FAAD, a board-certified dermatologist, biotin (vitamin H or B7) is commonly found in foods like eggs, salmon, sweet potatoes, almonds, and milk.

Dr Taglia explained, “It helps the body process proteins, fats, and carbohydrates for energy and supports hair and scalp health. High doses can lead to inaccurate lab results, particularly for hormone tests like thyroid levels. Biotin deficiency is rare, and supplements should only be taken if you have a biotin deficiency.”

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Safety worries spur Pfizer to drop another obesity pill

Dive Brief:

  • Pfizer is scrapping another obesity pill, announcing Monday it will stop testing an experimental therapy called danuglipron after uncovering a case of possible liver damage in one study participant.
  • The announcement marks the second time Pfizer has given up on an oral weight loss medicine since 2023 and is its latest setback in obesity, a lucrative market it seeks to break into. In a statement, Chris Boshoff, Pfizer’s top scientist, said the company is “disappointed” but remains “committed to evaluating and advancing promising programs.”
  • Drugmakers are racing to develop an oral alternative to the injectable obesity medicines that generated a combined $13 billion in sales last year. But they’ll have to leap frog market leaders Eli Lilly and Novo Nordisk, both of which have oral drugs in Phase 3 testing.

Dive Insight:

Danuglipron’s development has already been a roller coaster ride for Pfizer. Testing of a twice-daily regimen revealed a high rate of side effects in Phase 2 studies. Pfizer was confident a once-daily formulation would perform better, however. Last year, CEO Albert Bourla claimed the company could be second to market, behind only Lilly, with an obesity pill.

Pfizer will now have to look elsewhere. The company said the frequency of liver enzyme elevations, a sign of possible organ damage, in testing of danuglipron was “in-line” with other obesity medicines. But the “totality of information” from the danuglipron trials, the case of possible liver damage and recent input from regulators have led it to discontinue development, the company said.

Pfizer still has other candidates in its pipeline. One pill targeting a gut hormone called GIP is in Phaes 2 testing, while another GLP-1 drug it’s working on with Nxera Pharma is in Phase 1. The company is also searching for obesity drugs through a broad alliance with startup creator Flagship Pioneering.

Nonetheless, the setback sparked speculation among Wall Street analysts that Pfizer might turn to deals for new obesity medicines, particularly if the drugs in its pipeline have a similar molecular structure to danuglipron. Shares of Viking Therapeutics, Altimmune, Structure Therapeutics and Metsera — all of which have weight loss drugs in clinical testing — rose in trading Monday.

Viking has injectable and oral obesity drugs in advanced testing, while Altimmune has released promising Phase 2 data for a dual-acting treatment. Structure released positive Phase 2 data last year, and Metsera had strong enough data from a long-acting GLP-1 shot it’s developing that it was able to raise $275 million in an initial public offering in January.